Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Elementis plc

Elementis plc

elm.l · LSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker elm.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 1244
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Elementis plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
E

l

e

m

e

n

t

i

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

3

Elementis plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: CoversX_XIntro_v78 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:44 pm

 
 
 
 
 
 
Elementis is a global specialty 
chemicals company. 

We offer performance driven additives  
that help create innovative formulations  
for consumer and industrial applications.

Our purpose 
Unique chemistry, sustainable solutions

At Elementis, we bring a distinctive 
combination of expertise, innovation  
and teamwork to every formulation  
challenge. We create high value specialty 
additives that enhance the performance  
of our customers’ products and  
make a positive change in the world.

   Read more about how our purpose guides our strategy, culture and values on  
pages 6, 45-50 and 82.

Cautionary statement
The Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 31 December 2023, as contained in 
this document (“Annual Report”), contains information which viewers or readers might consider to  
be forward-looking statements relating to or in respect of the financial condition, results, operations 
or businesses of Elementis plc. Any such statements involve risk and uncertainty because they  
relate to future events and circumstances. There are many factors that could cause actual results  
or developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by any such forward looking 
statements. Nothing in this Annual Report should be construed as a profit forecast.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd

File name: CoversX_XIntro_v78

Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:44 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Financial highlights1

Operational highlights1

Revenue

$713.4m 

2022: $736.4m

Profit/(loss) before tax

Total recordable injury rate

$39.7m

2022: $(54.8)m

0.33

2022: 0.67

Adjusted operating profit

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share 

Environmental incidents

$103.9m

2022: $100.5m

4.7c

2022: (10.7)c

7

2022: 0

Adjusted operating margin

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions

14.6%

2022: 13.6%

10.8c

2022: 10.9c

Operating profit/(loss)

Dividend per share

$58.9m

2022: $(41.8)m

2.1c

2022: 0.0c

63 kt CO2e

2022: 67 kt CO2e 

1  Refer to explanations and definitions, including alternative performance measures, on pages 24-25 and 190-191.

Contents

Strategic Report

 2 

Elementis at a glance 

 4  Chair’s statement

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

73 

 Chair’s introduction to governance

127 

Independent auditor’s report

74  Board of Directors

135  Consolidated income statement

 6 

The foundation of Elementis

77  Division of responsibilities

 7  Our business model

78  Board and engagement highlights

10  Chief Executive Officer’s review 

79  Board in action

13 

Investment case 

80  Workforce engagement

14  Our market environment 

82  Purpose, culture and values

16  Strategic progress

83  Board evaluation

24  Key performance indicators 

84  Nomination Committee report

26  Stakeholder engagement

87  Diversity

28  Section 172

29  Sustainability

88  Audit Committee report

92  Compliance statement

33  Materiality and strategy

96  Directors’ Remuneration report

123  Directors’ report

126  Directors’ responsibilities

34  Climate 

42  Environment

45  People

51  Responsible business

54 

 Non-financial information statement

55  Finance report 

60  Operating review 

63  Risk management 

67  Principal risks and uncertainties 

72  Viability and going concern statement 

136   Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

137  Consolidated balance sheet

138   Consolidated statement 
of changes in equity

139  Consolidated cash flow statement

140   Notes to the consolidated 
financial statements

183  Company balance sheet

184   Company statement of 
changes in equity

185   Notes to the company financial 
statements of Elementis plc

Shareholder Information

190   Alternative performance measures 

and unaudited information

192  Five year record

193  Shareholder services

194  Corporate information

195  GRI index

197 

 SASB index

198  Glossary

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd

File name: CoversX_XIntro_v78

Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:44 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

01

Elementis at a glance 

What we do

Our products don’t have everyday names, but there is a little bit of Elementis in many everyday 
items. We create specialty chemicals that deliver crucial end product attributes across a range  
of industries. Innovation is at the heart of what we do: our focus is on creating solutions that 
deliver performance improvements and enhanced sustainability credentials. 

1,281

employees

23

FTSE 250

Two

locations worldwide

constituent

focused businesses

Global footprint

Americas

38%
of Group 
revenues

31%
of employees

9
offices

Europe

42%
of Group 
revenues

36%
of employees

8
offices

1  

2

Asia

20%
of Group 
revenues

3

33%
of employees

6
offices

Key

 Office

 Laboratory

 Manufacturing

02 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: AaG_v70 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 11:08 am

1  Cologne, Germany office closing end of 2024. 
2  Porto, Portugal office opening in H1 2024. 
3  We have two sites in Taiwan 1km from each other.

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Our businesses

Personal Care

Revenue

$209m

% of Group operating profit

Segment operating margin 

42%1

24%

Key markets and our positioning
Colour cosmetic and skin  
care rheology leader; global  
antiperspirant actives leader

Competitive advantage
Innovation and 
formulation 
leadership

Customised  
rheology 
modifiers

Active  
ingredients

High-quality  
hectorite 
resource

Global  
reach

Skin care
We offer a broad selection of natural and 
naturally-derived ingredients, facilitating 
the development of natural skincare 
products, while providing exceptional 
texture, great sensory properties and 
long-lasting stability.

Antiperspirants
Leader in antiperspirant actives,  
we cater to consumer needs with 
effective and sustainable solutions.  
Our customers value our supply resilience 
driven by our global production footprint. 
We are the leading industry innovators, 
responding to consumer trends for 
high-performance actives that ensure 
long-lasting sweat and odour protection.

Colour cosmetics
As the market leader in oil-based 
rheology modification, we offer  
a wide range of solutions and 
technologies that help formulate  
make-up products with vibrant colour  
and excellent sensory properties. 

   Read more about Personal Care on pages 16-23 and 60-61.

Performance Specialties

Revenue

$504m

% of Group operating profit

Segment operating margin 

58%1

14%

Key markets and our positioning
Deco and industrial coatings;  
auto plastics; global rheology  
additives leader; leading talc player

Competitive advantage
Innovation and 
formulation 
leadership 

Rheology 
modifiers  
and additives

High-quality  
hectorite 
resource 

High 
performance 
talc

Coatings 
We supply rheology modifiers and other 
complementary specialty additives to 
manufacturers of industrial coatings  
and decorative paints. Our products  
help make industrial coatings last longer, 
decorative paints more stain resistant  
and sealants apply more evenly.

Talc
We are the second largest global  
supplier of talc-based additives.  
We use proprietary flotation technology, 
which produces consistent talc purity  
and allows customisation. Our talc makes 
long life plastics stronger and lighter, 
gasoline particulate filters work,  
and food packaging recyclable.

   Read more about Coatings and Talc on pages 16-23 and 61-62.

1   Pre central costs. Refer to alternative performance measures definitions on pages 190-191.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: AaG_v70 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 11:08 am

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

03

Chair’s 
statement

“ Elementis delivered  
a resilient performance  
in 2023, in a continued 
challenging demand 
environment. These 
results reflect the 
commitment and hard 
work of all our people 
and their relentless 
customer focus, 
underpinned by our 
specialist high-value 
product offering.”

John O’Higgins 
Chair

Introduction
The 2023 financial year has been 
challenging for our sector, with prolonged 
destocking by our customers across  
both the industrial and personal care 
segments. Against this backdrop, 
Elementis demonstrated the resilience  
of its integrated business model,  
delivering both profit growth and margin 
improvement. This also included a marked 
improvement in the Talc business under 
new leadership, which has further potential 
for improvement in the near term.

Balance sheet and 
shareholder returns
The Group made further progress in  
2023 on strengthening the balance sheet. 
Net debt fell to $202 million at year end, 
helped by the proceeds from the sale of 
our Chromium business earlier in the year. 
Net debt, along with the higher earnings, 
resulted in the net debt to EBITDA ratio 
reducing to 1.4x (2022: 2.2x). 

Considering this and also taking into 
account the promising near-term 
prospects for the business, the Board  
is recommending a reinstatement of the 
ordinary dividend to an amount of 2.1 cents 
per share to shareholders at the upcoming 
Annual General Meeting (“AGM”). 

The final dividend will be paid on 31 May 
2024 in pounds sterling at an exchange 
rate of £1.00:$1.2705 (equivalent to  
a sterling amount of 1.65 pence per  
share) to shareholders on the register  
at 3 May 2024.

Our updated Dividend Policy is intended  
to provide a reliable annual return to our 
shareholders. We will seek to maintain 
balance sheet flexibility and strength,  
in line with the Group’s capital allocation 
framework, outlined in our recent Capital 
Markets Day (“CMD”) presentation. 
Elementis is a highly cash generative 
business, so as leverage further reduces, 
we will consider returns of excess capital  
to our shareholders.

Strategic priorities and  
new financial targets
Following the sale of Chromium, Elementis 
has been transformed into a higher-quality 
business, with strong market position in 
attractive and structural growth segments. 
Our strategy, as confirmed recently, is built 
on the three pillars of Innovation, Growth 
and Efficiency, underpinned by our 
sustainability objectives. I am confident 
that this will support our growth objectives 
over the coming years. In addition,  
we have set out updated 2026 targets  
for adjusted operating margin of 19%+, 
three-year average operating cash 
conversion of at least 90%, and added  
a new target for return on capital employed 
(excluding goodwill) of over 20%. These 
are ambitious targets which require both 
detailed planning and relentless focus on 
our core business and execution. Your 
Board is fully committed to their delivery. 

The plans include new efficiency and 
growth programmes, which were 
presented to investors by the members  
of the Executive Leadership Team (“ELT”), 
at our CMD in November. The efficiency 
programmes aim to deliver $30 million  
of annual savings by 2025, through 
organisational restructuring, and further 
operational and procurement savings. 

04 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Chair_sXStatement_v74 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 2:04 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Governance and Board 
There were no changes to the Board 
composition in the year. 

After nine years’ dedicated service,  
Steve Good will retire from the Board  
at the conclusion of the AGM. On behalf  
of the Board, I would like to thank Steve  
for his immense contribution to Elementis 
over that time. 

Clement Woon will assume the role of 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee  
from 30 April 2024, the date of the AGM.

We were pleased to welcome Maria 
Ciliberti to the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director on 11 March 2024. Maria brings  
a strong track record of global operational 
experience in the chemical industry. 
On appointment to the Board, Maria  
will become a member of the Audit, 
Nomination and Remuneration 
Committees. Her appointment further 
contributes to the strength and diversity  
of the range of skills, backgrounds and 
operational experience to the Board.

Shareholder engagement 
As Chair, I welcome the opportunity  
to maintain an active dialogue with our 
shareholders, and seek their feedback  
on a range of topics. This year, I have 
spent a significant amount of time talking 
to our shareholders about the strategic 
direction of Elementis. 

Following the publication of a letter by  
our largest shareholder in which they 
recommended the sale of Elementis,  
I reached out to other major shareholders, 
seeking their views on this matter. 
Discussions highlighted the different  
needs and views of our shareholders, 
which the Board considered. 

The Board fully understands the need to 
demonstrate that Elementis can deliver 
attractive and sustainable value for our 
shareholders, noting the lack of progress  
in achieving our 2019 objectives. We 
believe that the strategy and efficiency 
programmes outlined at the CMD, 
alongside the updated financial targets,  
go some way towards addressing 
shareholders’ concerns. Clearly,  
the proof will lie in delivery. 

We are confident that the Group’s financial 
strength gives us flexibility to demonstrate 
growth and attractive capital distribution  
to our shareholders, including our decision  
to reinstate dividend payments.

Section 172 statement

The Board of Directors confirms that 
during the year ended 31 December 
2023, it has acted to promote the  
long term success of Elementis for the 
benefit of its shareholders, whilst having 
due regard to the matters set out in 
section 172(1) of the Companies Act 
2006, being: 

(a)   the likely consequences of  

any decision in the long term;

(b)   the interests of the Company’s 

employees;

(c)   the need to foster the Company’s 

business relationships with 
suppliers, customers and others; 

(d)   the impact of the Company’s 
operations on the community  
and the environment;

(e)   the desirability of the Company 
maintaining a reputation for high 
standards of business conduct; and

(f)   the need to act fairly between 
members of the Company. 

Throughout the year, the Board 
discussed its obligations, including  
how stakeholder engagement is 
incorporated into our long term  
decision making. The Board regularly 
discusses progress against strategic 
priorities, focusing on the long term 
strategic direction of Elementis. 

As part of these discussions, the  
Board considered relevant market  
and industry trends and their potential 
impact on our stakeholders.

   Details of the Board’s engagement  
with key stakeholders and key decisions 
taken over the year are included on 
pages 26-28.

   Further details of the Board’s activities 
are described in the Governance Report 
on pages 78-81.

Outlook
Elementis has two attractive businesses 
well positioned in markets with structural 
growth drivers. I am confident that we  
have the right team and the right strategy 
to deliver on our ambitious new targets  
and create long term sustainable value  
for all our stakeholders.

John O’Higgins 
Chair

The top-line growth programme covers 
seven growth platforms across Personal 
Care and Performance Specialties. It 
targets a delivery of $90 million of above 
market revenue by 2026 and is an integral  
part of the margin improvement target. 

We made good progress in 2023 on our 
sustainability objectives, further reducing 
emissions across our operations and in  
our supply chain. Our ongoing work to 
identify the risks and opportunities of 
climate change to our business model 
remains a top priority for the Board and  
the ELT. We continue to look at ways to 
optimise our energy and raw materials 
supply to renewable sources and to 
improve the safety and sustainability  
profile of our products. 

Nearly 70% of our revenue is generated 
from products classed as natural,  
or naturally-derived, leaving us well 
positioned to address the sustainability 
drivers in our markets, and support our, 
and our customers’ commitments to 
achieving Net Zero by 2050. In this  
regard, we are committed to setting  
new science-based target (“SBT”)  
which will be published in 2024. 

   You can read more about our climate 
disclosures on pages 34-41 of this report.

Our people, culture  
and values
At Elementis, our people are the key 
ingredient of our success and play a  
pivotal role in bringing our purpose to life. 
We have a value led culture, which is 
demonstrated daily through supporting 
and respecting each other and ensuring 
that we meet the needs of our customers. 

We place significant importance on 
ensuring the safety and wellbeing of all 
employees, and we performed strongly  
in this area in 2023. We have also made 
good progress against our objective of 
creating a more diverse and inclusive 
environment, and further increased  
the proportion of senior female leaders  
across our business. 

The Board is committed to a high level of 
employee engagement, and we welcomed 
the opportunity to meet with employees  
in several of our locations over the year.  
In 2023, we partnered with a new external 
provider to help us improve employee 
engagement throughout the business, 
moving to a biannual employee survey 
process. We believe this new approach will 
allow us to better engage with our people, 
provide relevant and timely support and 
training throughout the year. You can  
read more about the results of the  
Gallup employee survey on page 49.

On behalf of the Board, I would like  
to thank all our employees for their 
continued dedication in delivering  
this resilient performance. 

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Chair_sXStatement_v74 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 2:04 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

05

The foundation of Elementis

Our purpose
Unique chemistry,  
sustainable solutions.

Our culture
Our supportive culture is  
the catalyst to successful 
delivery of our strategy.

Our strategy
The right strategy is important 
to deliver business growth.

Sustainability 
Sustainability flows  
through every aspect of  
our organisation, starting  
with our purpose.

Our Values are core to our high performance culture and reflect 
everything that we do

Safety

Solutions

Ambition

Respect

Team

Our commitment  
to safety is our  
way of life.

We make a difference 
through our expertise, 
responsiveness and 
focus on quality.

We have a passion for 
excellence and a drive 
to create value.

   Read more about our culture and values on pages 45-53.

We do the right thing  
for all our stakeholders.

We work, grow, and 
succeed together.

Our strategy ensures we continue to deliver long term, 
sustainable growth…

Innovation

Growth

Efficiency

   Read more about our strategy and strategic progress on pages 16-23.

…enabling us to create value for our stakeholders

Customers 

Employees 

Suppliers 

Investors 

Communities and environment

Government, trade bodies and regulators

   Read more about how we engage with, and create value for, our stakeholders on pages 9 and 26-27.

Sustainability flows through every aspect of our organisation

It underpins our strategy, allowing us to unlock value, provide better outcomes for our stakeholders and deliver on our purpose.  
Our sustainability strategy is based on a three pillar framework.

People

Environment

Responsible business

   Read more about our approach to sustainability and our sustainability strategy on pages 16-23 and 29-44.

06 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: FoundationX_XBusinessXmodel_v94 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 2:45 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Our business model

Elementis is a business-to-business specialty chemicals 
company, offering performance driven additives  
for consumer and industrial applications.

We operate globally via two focused businesses

Personal  
Care

We are a leading supplier of rheology 
modifiers, based on natural and synthetic 
ingredients, and antiperspirant actives.  
We offer a wide range of products to 
customers across personal care, home 
care, industrial cleaning, agriculture  
and pharma. Our products help make  
skin creams smoother, antiperspirants  
work longer, home care products more 
natural and plant protection products  
more efficient.

Performance  
Specialties

We supply rheology modifiers and 
complementary specialty additives to 
manufacturers of industrial coatings, 
decorative paints, additives for oil and  
gas drilling and stimulation fluids,  
adhesives and sealants. 

Our talc grades enhance the mechanical 
strength of plastic parts, resulting in  
high-quality end products. We supply  
talc to customers in a wide range of  
sectors including automotive, plastics, 
paper, paint and agriculture.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: FoundationX_XBusinessXmodel_v94 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 2:45 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

07

Our business model
continued

Our competitive advantage

Premium assets
We combine advantaged positions in hectorite and talc, with our distinctive technologies, to create value added customer solutions.

Hectorite is a natural mineral that delivers excellent rheology  
in both water- and oil-based systems, making it an attractive 
alternative to synthetic materials. It can be processed at  
lower temperatures, leading to lower costs and improved 
sustainability. It also delivers important attributes, such as 
excellent texture and colour for Personal Care and long term 
stability for Performance Specialties applications.

We use proprietary flotation technology, which enables 
production of talc that is consistently over 95% pure and can 
be customised for colour, size and shape. Our talc grades 
enhance the mechanical strength of plastic parts, resulting in 
high-quality end products. Furthermore, talc can help reduce 
carbon emissions by enabling lighter, thinner plastic designs 
that can replace metal parts, while maintaining strength.

Engaged and skilled people with unparalleled expertise in rheology and formulation solutions
Our people are fundamental to the 
continued success of our business.  
We have a skilled and engaged global 
workforce, and we place great focus on 
recognising and valuing their contributions 
and the expertise they share. 

Formulation solutions 
We are experts at formulation 
solutions. This is the process of 
optimising formulation ingredients to 
achieve the desired functionality and 
performance of the final product. Our 
additives represent a small percentage 
of a formulation’s cost, but are critical 
to delivering end product performance.

Rheology
Rheology is essential to the 
performance of a formulation –  
it makes the ingredients work together. 
We have expertise across multiple 
technologies and, with our global asset 
footprint, we can cater to large global 
clients as well as smaller, but faster 
growing, regional players.

We collaborate with our customers 
We work in partnership with our 
customers, providing technical support 
and collaboration to develop innovative 
products, tailored to their needs and 
goals. We have an established global 
key account programme which  
enables us to focus on deepening  
our customer relationships.

We develop innovative solutions 
We are known innovators, with 
significant technical expertise. 
Leveraging our capabilities in rheology, 
surface chemistry and formulation,  
we focus on creating solutions for  
our customers that deliver product 
performance improvements,  
efficiency gains and enhanced 
sustainability credentials.

~100 

scientists working in seven laboratories 
across four continents 

Customer centric,  
with global reach
Our global footprint allows us to build  
long lasting relationships with our clients 
and serve them in their local markets,  
as well as large clients across multiple 
locations. Our manufacturing footprint 
provides flexibility and supply resilience.

17 

manufacturing sites around the world

08 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: FoundationX_XBusinessXmodel_v94 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 2:45 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Sustainable solutions
We have a high natural and naturally-derived material content  
in our product portfolio. We continue to work with suppliers and 
customers to further increase our use of bio-based materials, 
both as a direct replacement of fossil-derived petrochemicals  
and to create new products together. Many of our products 
already help our customers use less energy and their operations 
emit less greenhouse gas (“GHG”).

Strong cash generation 
Strong cash generation enables us to invest for  
the long term growth, reduce financial leverage  
and generate returns for stakeholders.  

68%

77%

of revenues from natural or naturally-derived ingredients

average three-year operating cash conversion

Our integrated business model, combined with our technology and market leading formulation capabilities and the continuous 
improvement focus, supports margin enhancement and drives returns. We re-invest in our business to expand our capabilities,  
so we can continue to meet the requirements of our customers and generate long term sustainable growth and stakeholder returns.

How we create value

For customers

For suppliers

For our people

By partnering with our customers,  
we can provide innovative solutions  
that help solve their toughest  
formulations challenges, and create  
value enhancing products.

28

joint development  
projects 

By committing to driving transparency 
throughout our value chains and 
partnering with suppliers who share  
our commitments. 

Elementis promotes a supportive  
culture where our people feel safe,  
valued and can maximise their potential. 

3.86

mean Gallup Q12 score  
(out of 5)

   Read more about our approach to 
innovation on pages 16-19.

   Read more about how we work with 
suppliers and our approach to sustainable 
sourcing on pages 51-53.

   Read more about our people and culture 
on pages 45-49.

For communities and 
environment

Behaving responsibly and with integrity  
in the communities in which we operate, 
and focusing on reducing the 
environmental impact of both our 
activities and our customers’ products.

60%

reduction in absolute Scope 1 and 2  
market-based GHG (vs 2019 baseline)

   Read more about our sustainability  
and community involvement on  
pages 27-44 and 50.

For investors

For government, trade 
bodies and regulators

We seek to generate reliable returns for 
our shareholders over time, through 
sustained earnings growth and 
shareholder distribution. 

We are committed to continuing high  
standards of business conduct in  
line with regulatory, governmental  
and legal expectations.

2.1 cents

dividend per share  
– reinstated 

   Read more about our investor proposition 
on page 13.

   Read more about our business conduct  
on pages 51-53.

   Read more about how we engage with our stakeholders on pages 26-27.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: FoundationX_XBusinessXmodel_v94 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 2:45 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

09

Chief  
Executive 
Officer’s review

Paul Waterman 
Chief Executive Officer

Performance
Elementis delivered a resilient financial 
performance in 2023, with revenue of  
$713 million, down 3% on prior year  
(2022: $736 million). Adjusted operating 
profit increased 3% to $104 million  
(2022: $101 million), and adjusted 
operating margin improved by 100bps  
to 14.6% (2022: 13.6%). Growth in profit 
was driven by improved pricing and 
favourable product mix benefits, offsetting 
lower volumes in the year. Statutory 
operating profit increased to $59 million 
(2022: loss of $42 million).

Performance Specialties revenues were 
4% lower than prior year at $504 million 
(2022: $525 million) while adjusted 
operating profit was even with the prior 
year at $70 million. Talc performance 
recovery and $36 million of new business 
was offset by continued Coatings 
de-stocking through 2023.

Coatings performance, which represents 
approximately half of Elementis revenues, 
reflected a combination of customer 
destocking throughout the year and  
a weaker demand environment. In Asia, 
where over 80% of our sales come from 
industrial activity, we saw revenue up 2% 
on a constant currency basis, with a 
modest growth across several countries 
including China, helped by the easing of 
COVID-19 restrictions in the second half  
of the year. The premium decorative sector 
in the Americas region was affected by  
a weaker housing market and customer 
destocking. European revenues were  
also lower, reflecting the continued weak 
macroeconomic environment, and ongoing 
inflationary pressure that impacted 
customer demand in both the decorative 
and industrial coatings sectors. We 
continued to leverage new product 

launches and in 2023 worked on  
19 customer joint development projects.  
The adjusted operating profit margin of 
15% (2022: 18%), demonstrates both  
the quality and resilience of this business  
in challenging market conditions. 

Talc revenue remained broadly flat on the 
prior year, with pricing actions and better 
product mix offsetting lower volumes, due 
to weaker end market demand. Sales into 
automotive plastics customers were below 
the prior year, impacted by destocking. 
Despite the flat revenues, the self-help 
measures implemented over the year  
led to a material improvement in Talc 
profitability, with much improved adjusted 
operating margin of 10% (2022: negative 
0.3%). Looking ahead, we see attractive 
growth opportunities in higher value  
talc applications and remain focused  
on driving improvement in this business.

Personal Care performed well during the 
year, with sales marginally lower compared 
to the strong prior year and adjusted 
operating profit higher at $50 million 
(2022: $49 million). Revenues were 
impacted by lower market related volumes 
but were partly offset by $15 million of  
new business, improved pricing and a 
higher value product mix. In Cosmetics,  
we saw growth across all regions, with  
a particularly strong growth in Asia, driven 
by continued investment in sales and 
marketing capabilities. We also saw 
continued growth in Skin Care revenues, 
supported by new product innovation. 
Antiperspirants (“AP”) Actives sales were 
below the strong prior year, reflecting  
input driven price adjustments and lower 
volumes. Overall, in Personal Care, 
product mix improvements and price 
actions offset the weaker volumes resulting 
in an improved segment adjusted 
operating margin of 24% (2022: 23%). 

Innovation, 
Growth and 
Efficiency 
strategy driving 
profit growth  
and improved 
margins.

“ Elementis delivered  
a resilient profit 
performance and an 
improved operating 
margin in the face  
of challenging  
market conditions.”

10 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: CEO_sXReview_InvestmentXCase_v90 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:08 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

In 2023, we made significant progress on 
our deleveraging ambition, with net debt 
reducing to $202 million (2022: $367 
million) benefitting from the $139 million 
 of proceeds from the sale of Chromium 
earlier in the year and improved 
profitability. As a result, the net debt to 
EBITDA ratio reduced to 1.4x (2022: 2.2x), 
and we are pleased to reinstate dividend 
payments and propose a final dividend  
of 2.1 cents per share. Going forward,  
we plan to pay a sustainable progressive 
dividend, while further reducing leverage. 

Strategic progress and  
new financial targets 
We made good progress implementing  
our strategy, launching 12 new products, 
and delivering $51 million of new business. 
We delivered 14% of revenues from 
innovation sales and had a record new 
business opportunities (“NBO”) pipeline of 
$363 million at the end of 2023. Through 
discipline and focus, we have managed 
both costs and pricing well, and the financial 
recovery of our Talc business is on track. 

At the November CMD, we communicated 
the growth and efficiency initiatives that  
will underpin our performance through 
2026 as well as our sustainability strategy. 
Going forward, we will focus on seven 
growth platforms across Personal Care 
and Performance Specialties, targeting 
$90 million of above market revenue 
growth by 2026. This will be driven by 
ongoing innovation, utilising our 
advantaged technologies, supported  
by key industry trends. 

We also announced two efficiency 
programmes that will deliver $30 million  
of cost savings over the next two years. 
The Fit for the Future restructuring 
programme will deliver $20 million cost 
savings by 2025. This programme is  
well underway, with significant progress  
in the outsourcing and consultation 
processes. We announced the opening  
of a new support base and research and 
development (“R&D”) laboratory in Porto, 
Portugal, with the build out and new hires 
in this location already underway. A further 
$10 million annual savings by 2025 will 
come from supply chain optimisation and 
procurement savings. To underpin this, we 
will further streamline our manufacturing 
footprint by consolidating our AP Actives 
plants from three to two locations in 2024. 

We believe the combination of growth  
and efficiency programmes announced  
in November will deliver our ambitious 
2026 performance objectives: 

  Adjusted operating profit margin  
of 19%+

  Three-year average operating  
cash conversion above 90% 

  Return on capital employed  
(excluding goodwill) above 20%

At the end of the year, we completed  
a multi-year project of transferring our 
enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) 
systems into a single global system.  
We expect this to enable improved data 
standardisation and analytics, improving 
both efficiency and effectiveness. 

Safety
Safety is fundamental to the success of 
Elementis and a core part of our culture. 
We made a good progress on our objective 
of becoming a zero-injury business, 
continuing to drive our TogetherSAFE 
campaign across all our sites. In 2023, we 
achieved a 50% reduction in work-related 
injuries, with 90% of our sites remaining 
injury free over the year. 

We continued to strengthen our processes in 
2023 making good progress on our process 
safety management improvement plan and 
developing enhanced health, safety and 
environment (“HSE”) standards. 

The number of environmental events 
increased over the year, with seven Tier 2 
events reported in 2023. A thorough 
analysis of each incident was conducted 
with learnings communicated across  
our manufacturing sites to prevent  
future occurrences.

Sustainability 
We place sustainability at the core of  
our strategy. Our aim is to develop 
high-performance additives that deliver 
positive, sustainable outcomes for the 
environment and for society. We seek to 
design products that use fewer resources 
and create less pollution. Our areas of focus 
include reducing GHG emissions with  
an ambition to reach Net Zero by 2050; 
improving water and energy management; 
and leveraging improved product design  
to deliver better lifecycle impacts. 

In 2019, we set our 2030 environmental 
targets, and this year we have met the waste 
and water emissions target reduction.  
We are working towards setting a SBT,  
which we plan to finalise in 2024. In 2023,  
we reduced Scope 1 and 2 (market based) 
GHG emissions by 6.7% compared to the 
prior year, with 77% of our purchased 
electricity coming from renewable or low 
carbon sources. 

We focus our capabilities on finding  
unique solutions to emerging sustainability 
challenges. For example, our organoclay-
based gels improve the water resistance  
of consumer sunscreens, increasing their 
effectiveness and lowering loss to the 
environment. We have a high natural material 
content in our product portfolio, and 68%  
of Group revenues (2022: 67%) were 
generated from natural or naturally-derived 
ingredients (as defined by ISO 16128). 

Our products also help customers do  
more with less resources, such as 
additives that help adhesives instantly  
grip heavy ceramic tiles without slipping, 
thus saving materials, time, and money. 

We continue to improve our environmental, 
social and governance (“ESG”) disclosure 
processes and had our Scope 3 emissions 
verified by a third party for the first time  
in 2023. We are also pleased to have 
achieved a Gold rated score from 
EcoVadis for the third year, and a B rating 
from Climate Disclosure Project. 

People and culture
The financial results achieved this year  
are a testament to the hard work and 
commitment of our people, who continue  
to be dedicated to the success of the 
company. This year we launched a 
biannual engagement survey with a new 
external provider, which will allow more 
regular employee engagement and provide 
better opportunities to support our people.

In 2023, we have announced changes  
that have impacted our global workforce.  
In January 2023 we sold our Chromium 
business and shortly after we started 
working on a restructuring programme,  
Fit for the Future, that will streamline and 
optimise our organisation. This restructuring 
programme, which will trigger c.190 
redundancies, was announced in 
September 2023, followed by extensive 
consultations and support for employees 
impacted by these changes. Our people 
have demonstrated incredible resilience as 
we make the required, but difficult, changes 
that will position the company for future 
success. It is encouraging to see how teams 
have supported one another through this 
change, showcasing our values at their best. 

I would like to thank the whole Elementis 
team for their fortitude, adaptability and 
commitment over the year and look 
forward to together creating a successful 
future for the Company.

Outlook
Elementis has seen a good start to the 
year, with sales ahead on the prior year. 
The global macroeconomic environment 
remains uncertain. Notwithstanding this, 
we are focused on executing our self-help 
efficiency and growth programmes as  
this will support ongoing performance 
improvement, regardless of the demand 
environment that we face. 

We have a portfolio of high-quality 
businesses, and a clear and consistent 
strategy based on Innovation, Growth and 
Efficiency. We have a strong pipeline of 
new products that is driving new business, 
and we continue to invest in our business 
for long-term growth. 

Most importantly, we have a talented  
and dedicated team that is completely 
focused on delivering the 2026 objectives 
communicated at our November CMD.

Paul Waterman 
Chief Executive Officer

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

11

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: CEO_sXReview_InvestmentXCase_v90 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:08 pm

We announced closure of our Cologne 
office in 2024 and a creation of new global 
support and R&D support centre in Porto. 
We are making good progress already  
and expect to deliver $20 million of cost 
savings, with c. one third delivered in  
2024 and the remainder in 2025. 

In addition, we have a great opportunity to 
build on our momentum further improving 
Global Supply Chain and Procurement 
efficiency. We expect to deliver further  
$10 million of annual cost savings by  
2025 through more automated processes, 
more efficient energy uses as well as 
optimising our manufacturing footprint. 

Q

Talc has delivered much 
improved performance  
in 2023, can this business 
continue to improve?

A

Talc performance improved materially  
in 2023, despite a difficult demand 
environment, due to pricing actions  
and effective cost management. 

We have a new leadership team in place 
and the implementation of Performance 
Specialties has improved our execution. 
We continue to target high-value 
segments, focusing on value over volume. 
Vehicle light-weighting, where talc is  
used to improve the strength of plastic,  
and technical ceramics, where highly 
engineered talc enhances the ceramic’s 
stability, are two key examples. 

We are also targeting continued synergies 
with our Coatings business, where  
talc is used as an additive in various 
applications such as protective coatings. 
Talc will also benefit from the Elementis 
efficiency program. 

This focus on high-value applications while 
continuing to drive efficiency will support 
further performance improvement in the 
near term.

Q

How will you achieve  
the above market  
revenue growth?

A

We set out seven key growth platforms, 
three for Personal Care and four for 
Performance Specialties. Growth across 
those platforms will be driven by innovative 
new products, utilising our advantaged 
technologies, and benefitting from key 
industry trends.

For example, in Personal Care, most  
of our products are made out of natural 
ingredients, which is a real benefit given 
the strong market demand from our 
customers and ultimately consumers,  
for more sustainable solutions. We have  
a global reach, which positions us well  
to grow in the future. 

In Performance Specialties, which includes 
Coatings and Talc, we see customers 
demanding more natural ingredients,  
that can deliver real efficiency benefits,  
for example, by helping reduce processing 
or logistics costs. We have the expertise 
and technology to solve our customers 
biggest formulation challenges. Over the 
years, this allowed us to expand into new 
market segments and enlarge our 
addressable markets.

At the end of 2023, our new business 
pipeline stood at a record $363 million, 
with over 50 products that we plan to 
launch over the next three years. This will 
support our target of $90 million of above 
market revenue growth by 2026.

Q

How will you achieve  
the $30 million of  
annual cost savings?

A

The announced $30 million of cost  
savings will come through two efficiency 
programmes. The first one, Fit for the 
Future is a project we initiated following  
the sale of Chromium early in 2023.  
This includes around 190 redundancies, 
moving roles to lower-cost locations and 
outsourcing back-office transactional  
roles to India. 

Q 
&A

Paul Waterman 
answering key 
stakeholder questions

Q

What gives you confidence 
you will achieve the new 
operating margin target  
of 19%+?

A

The improvement in our operating margin 
is supported by growth and efficiency 
programmes we announced at our CMD. 

Around a third of the improvement  
is driven by the above market revenue 
growth across the Personal Care  
and Performance Specialties where  
we are focusing on higher margin  
market segments. 

The other two thirds are supported by our 
new efficiency programmes, which will 
deliver $30 million of savings by 2025. 

These programmes are already underway, 
and we are on track to achieve the first  
$12 million of savings in 2024. We see 
attractive growth opportunities across 
many of our markets, where we are well 
positioned, with innovative technologies 
and long-standing customer relationships. 
Even if the demand environment is 
unchanged, this self-help program will 
underpin performance delivery. This gives 
me the confidence we can achieve the 
19%+ operating margin target we set  
in November.

12 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: CEO_sXReview_InvestmentXCase_v90 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:08 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Investment case 
Our shareholder value proposition is built on:

1.  Differentiated premium assets

2. Two attractive, resilient businesses 

Focused on market segments with 
structural growth opportunities, 
supported by industry trends.

Our California based mine is the 
largest high quality hectorite mine in 
the world, with substantial reserves 
of white coloured hectorite. 

Hectorite:

>50

We also own significant deposits  
of high-quality talc in Finland. 

Our vertically-integrated model 
utilises our natural mineral 
resources which, combined  
with our technology and market 
leading formulation capabilities, 
creates unique product sets and 
compelling competitive advantages.

years of estimated  
resource life

Talc:

>90

years of estimated  
resource life

3. Customer centric and innovation focus 

4. Global reach

28

joint development 
projects 

Our manufacturing and R&D 
capabilities in key regions allow us 
to serve customers globally and 
provide supply chain resilience. 

A leading supplier of specialty 
chemicals, we leverage  
our capabilities in rheology,  
surface chemistry and formulation 
to solve our customers’  
formulation challenges. 

Through our key account 
partnerships, we develop 
customised solutions and provide 
ongoing technical support, adding 
further value to our customers. 

Personal Care:

42%

of Group  
operating profit1

Performance 
Specialties:

58%

of Group  
operating profit1

17 

manufacturing 
plants and seven 
technology  
centres across  
four continents

5. Sustainable solutions

6. Strong cash generation 

68% 

revenue from 
natural products

Our strong cash generation, 
alongside our Innovation, Growth 
and Efficiency strategy, support 
re-investment for long-term  
growth, financial deleveraging and 
sustainable shareholder returns. 

>90% 

operating cash 
conversion target2

We combine our expertise in  
natural clay and talc minerals  
with bio-based molecules to  
create more sustainable solutions 
for our customers. 

We take pride in our extensive 
portfolio of natural products and 
sustainable formulation concepts, 
meeting consumer needs while 
minimising our, as well as our 
customers’, environmental impact.

1   Pre central costs. 
2   Three-year average.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: CEO_sXReview_InvestmentXCase_v90 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:08 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

13

Our market environment

We identified three key drivers which are creating and changing trends in the markets 
in which we operate. We have positioned our strategy to address the needs of our 
clients, while maximising the growth opportunities arising from those megatrends. 

Sustainability

Climate change and the increasing 
consumption of resources and pressures 
on nature require new solutions to  
address the complex global and societal 
issues they cause. This includes the 
transition to cleaner energy, and the 
creation of a circular economy that  
can benefit everyone. 

What this means for our industry
  Consumers are becoming more 
sustainability focused, demanding 
natural products that have low negative 
impact on the environment, communities 
and workers in the value chain 

  It is increasingly important that 
companies can support claimed product 
benefits with credible, science-based 
evidence and standards 

  Increased desire for solutions that 
contribute positively to the health  
and wellbeing of society

  Demand for solutions that help 
resources go further and contribute 
towards the circular economy

  Pressure to minimise the social and 
environmental impact of production 
throughout supply chains

Our opportunities

  Leverage our naturally-derived products 
and high-quality hectorite clay resource 
to help customers use less material, 
energy and water 

  Innovatively designed products  
to help minimise pollution in  
downstream applications

  Growth in natural and naturally-derived 
rheology modifiers as a replacement  
to synthetic alternatives

  Improved manufacturing processes and 
supply chain management, resulting in 
better outcomes for all stakeholders

Demographics

The United Nations expects the  
world’s population to increase to nearly  
10 billion by 2050, driven by increased 
longevity, increasing urbanisation and 
accelerating migration. 

Most of this population growth will be in the 
developing world. Economic development, 
along with an expanding middle class,  
is fuelling consumption and demand  
for higher quality products. In the West,  
older consumers with greater disposable 
income, are becoming more health and 
sustainability focused, with increasing 
interest in services and experiences. 

What this means for our industry

  Increasing demand for construction and 
infrastructure related solutions

  Rise of new ‘giant brands’ in emerging 
markets, demanding quality products 
and faster speed to market

  Rising demand for personal care 
products such as colour cosmetics  
and skin creams

  Increased demand for longer lasting and 
more technologically advanced products

  Demand for products that make 
consumers’ lives easier and provide 
premium and feel good characteristics

14 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: OurXMarkets_Strategy_v120 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:09 pm

How are we responding  Innovation focused on specialty additives that deliver improved product performance, lower operational costs and enhanced sustainability claims, e.g. low-temperature organic thixotropes and powdered non-ionic synthetic associative thickeners (“NiSATs”)  Identifying new applications for our natural personal care ingredients, bringing long lasting and more efficacious benefits from the  whole formulation  Setting challenging environmental targets that help us to innovate better solutions, such as our science-based target initiative (“SBTi”) commitment to reduce GHG emissions  Investing in our capabilities to assess risk and quantify impacts  of our supply chain, portfolio and products, to better prioritise our most impactful actions  Continuing to improve product verification against leading certification standards such as COSMOS and Ecolabel to highlight the credentials of our productsStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Our opportunities

  New geographic markets for consumer 
and industrial products that require 
premium performance additives

  Our manufacturing and R&D capabilities 
in key regions allow us to serve 
customers globally and provide  
supply chain resilience

  Our high-quality hectorite clay resource 
has a chemical structure that can retain 
various active ingredients, delivering  
a combination of benefits for a wide 
range of personal care products 

  Consumers are willing to pay a premium 
for products that deliver superior 
performance with additional benefits

  Higher demand for additives  
that deliver premium product 
performance characteristics

  Opportunities for natural or naturally-
derived ingredients (e.g. hectorite,  
talc or castor wax-based)

Technology/digital

Technology progress is advancing rapidly, 
and technologies are becoming ever more 
interconnected. Computing power and 
materials science are the key enablers  
to drive technology changes, providing 
options for process and product innovation 
and increased personalisation. 

Technology is also being used to drive 
improvements to customer experiences: 
for example, through providing richer  
data insights, better monitoring of 
customer engagement and automating 
non-value-adding processes.

Our opportunities

  Access to digitalised processes and 
customer interface increases the speed, 
flexibility and service level we can 
provide to our customers

  We can achieve safer and more  
efficient production technologies  
via manufacturing automation and 
digitalised supply chain

  Increased market penetration amongst 
the SMEs is boosting creation of indie 
brands on a global scale

  Use of AI driven tools to accelerate 
product development and formulation 
solution creation

  New technologies may open new  
value pockets in fast growing markets

What this means for our industry
  Ability to move fast and adapt  
the right technology provides 
competitive advantage 

  A growing use of simulation and software 
is required to generate smarter insights 
early on and to develop products  
faster, more efficiently and in a more 
sustainable manner 

  Renewable energy applications  
require more demanding materials  
to deliver performance

  Digitalisation, with generation of big  
data and its interpretation using artificial 
intelligence (“AI”), will impact consumers’ 
behavioural changes through better 
access to information, improve decision 
making processes, and change the way 
the different players interact across  
value chains 

  Multichannel approach to customer 
engagement increases transparency  
across the supply chain

  Technological changes increase 
customer need and willingness to 
reformulate, while digital support  
to testing and trials can speed up 
innovation projects

  Virtual reality opens opportunities for 
remote training and technical support

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: OurXMarkets_Strategy_v120 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:09 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

15

How are we responding  We are developing digital data management capability to scale new products faster across  the globe  Continue to explore innovative technologies and testing  our products’ suitability  for new applications   Better use of customer data to analyse search behaviours and product reviews, generating insights on new trends in our  target markets. Ability to process data quickly and accelerate innovation will lead to better customer proposition  We are setting up our Product Information Management system, one centralised repository for our product information, which will create a user-friendly and intuitive interface for Elementis’ employees, partners and customers  Increased digital media outreach, online customer education, sophisticated formulation support and close collaboration with distribution partners  Increased Product Stewardship  and Regulatory Affairs efforts  and proactive positioning of technologies as being natural  and safe  Continuing to improve our automation capability, enhancing both productivity and safety  in our plantsHow are we responding  Expanded our capabilities in  China and Brazil, allowing us to make local formulations, and develop new products that  comply with local regulations   Expanded resources in Asia  in new and existing regions, generating more insights  on local market needs and  deepening innovation dialogue   In 2023, we announced plans  to open a new R&D facility in  Porto, which will enhance our customer proposition  Leveraging our leading rheology position and high-quality  hectorite resource to launch  new natural rheology modifiers  for Personal Care  In 2024, we plan to launch our  first natural film formers for  sun care and colour cosmetics   Planning product launches that  are suitable for the ‘mass’ market and reduce speed to market  Launching new product solutions with better durability, workability and aesthetics for the decorative and construction marketsStrategic progress

Elementis operates via two focused businesses, well positioned in attractive and 
structural growth segments. Our strategy is built on the three pillars of Innovation, 
Growth and Efficiency, underpinned by our sustainability objectives.

Innovation

We are a global leader in 
performance driven additives that 
help create innovative solutions  
for our customers. Leveraging  
our capabilities in rheology,  
surface chemistry and formulation,  
we help our customers create  
better products.

   Read more about our approach to innovation on pages 18-19.

Growth

Our two businesses operate in 
attractive markets with structural 
growth opportunities, supported  
by clear market and industry trends. 

  Read more about our growth strategy on pages 20-21.

Efficiency

We constantly seek to be a fit  
for purpose and more efficient 
business, agile and growing, with 
our impact on the environment  
and the communities in which  
we operate at the forefront of  
our minds.

  Read more about our approach to efficiency on pages 22-23.

Our sustainable approach
We respond to sustainability 
drivers (Climate, Circularity, 
Nature and Health) in our 
markets and use our expertise 
to find new ways to add value. 
For example, innovating with  
a new natural skincare 
ingredient, introducing a novel 
bio-based coating additive, 
developing an antiperspirant 
using waste aluminium or 
enabling our customers to  
use safer ingredients.

2023 progress

  Launched 12 new products 

   68% of revenue from natural 
or naturally-derived products

   Total innovation sales 
increased to 14.3%  
(2022: 13.3%)

   28 customer joint 
development projects 

Our sustainable approach
As innovation becomes 
established in the market,  
we help our customers to 
maximise their positive impacts. 
We add to the health and 
wellbeing of society with natural 
personal care products, 
coatings additives with low 
volatile organic compounds 
(“VOC”), avoiding the use of 
biocides and contributing to  
the effectiveness of vehicle  
pollution control systems.

2023 progress

   $51 million of NBO created

   15% revenue growth  
in Colour Cosmetics

   10% revenue growth  
in Personal Care Asia,  
driven by growing interest  
in our new generation 
hectorite-based gels

    Record NBO pipeline of  
$363 million (2022: $282m)

Our sustainable approach
We contribute to our customers’ 
sustainability goals. Our 
additives and ingredients  
help to make our customers’ 
products more durable, and  
can lower processing energy 
requirements and improve 
transportation efficiency. 

We also strive to make our own 
operations more efficient and 
reduce their environmental 
impact by increasing our use  
of renewable energy, recycling 
water and reducing waste.

2023 progress

   Delivered $10 million of cost 
savings in 2023 

   Met two out of four 2030 
sustainability targets 

   Completed ramp up of  
our antiperspirant actives 
plant in India 

   Completed the multi-year 
programme to consolidate  
all our ERPs into a single 
global system 

   50% reduction in work related 
injuries and progress on 
process safety improvements

Link to KPIs 

   Refer to the Key performance indicators section on pages 24-25 for further detail, including how those link to our strategy.

16 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: OurXMarkets_Strategy_v120 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:09 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Material growth and efficiency opportunities announced at our November CMD

Seven growth platforms across  
Personal Care and Performance Specialties

Near term, larger  
efficiency platforms

50+

new products

$90m 

above market revenue 
growth by 2026

$30m 

of savings by 2025

Growth platforms aligned to industry trends

Growth platforms

Sustainability

Trends

Technology/
digital

Demographics

Opportunity

Personal  
Care

Skin care

Colour cosmetics

Antiperspirants

Performance 
Specialties

Architectural  
coatings

Industrial coatings

Adhesives, sealants 
and construction 
additives

Talc

Natural solutions to replace  
synthetic ingredients

Skinification, individualisation,  
speed-to-market

High-efficacy and natural products

Expand share in premium segment

Expand sustainable coatings

Offering more sustainable  
product solutions

Gain share in selected  
high-value target segments

Two efficiency platforms delivering $30 million of annual cost savings by 2025

Fit for the Future organisational restructuring

Global Supply Chain and Procurement

   Supports strategy implementation

   Simpler, streamlined and lower cost organisation

   Leverages digital infrastructure and enhances capability

   Implementation initiated in Q3 2023, complete during 2025

   Global Supply Chain: optimising manufacturing network  
and scaling continuous improvement delivery

   Procurement: enhanced organisational capabilities  
and practices

$20m

annual savings by end 2025

$10m

annual savings by end 2025

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: OurXMarkets_Strategy_v120 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:09 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

17

Strategy in action

Innovation

Priorities for 2024

   Launch at least 15 new products

   Increase new and proprietary products 
to 15% of sales vs 14% in 2023

   Expand alternative sourcing and 
innovation solutions for secure  
new material supply

Link to risk
1    Global economic conditions and 
competitive market pressures

4    Regulatory compliance and  

product stewardship challenges

7    Intellectual property and know-how

8    Portfolio innovation and technology

   For detail about our approach to risk,  
see pages 63-71.

Innovation sales %

13.5

13.5

13.3

14.3

2020

2021

2022

2023

68%

of revenue generated from natural  
or naturally-derived products

In addition, through our established 
global key account programme, we work 
closely with our customers, offering our 
expertise and innovation, and keeping 
them at the forefront of their industries. 

Our scientists are formulation experts  
in our core markets and our laboratories 
are equipped to facilitate formulation of 
finished goods similar to our customers’ 
products. We can test these materials  
to mimic real life conditions for 
demonstration. This allows us to build 
strong technical and commercial 
relationships with major customers and 
co-operate in the development of new 
formulations to enhance their products 
and processes. This drives volume and 
sales growth, increases our share of 
these customers’ spend and opens up 
major new business opportunities. In 
2023, we worked on 28 joint development 
projects with customers across Personal 
Care and Performance Specialties,  
of which 15 were with our global  
key accounts (“GKA”). In Coatings,  
we increased the share of revenues  
from GKA by 45% since 2020.

Our revenue from new and innovation 
products increased to 14% compared to 
13% in 2022. Our new business pipeline 
stood at over $360 million at the end  
of 2023, with over 50 products in the 
pipeline, of which approximately 15 are 
scheduled to launch in 2024. This will 
support our ambition to achieve an 
adjusted operating profit margin target  
of 19%+.

We are a global leader in performance 
driven additives and are focused on 
creating solutions for our customers  
that deliver product performance 
improvements, efficiency gains and 
enhanced sustainability credentials. We 
continued to leverage our relationships 
and digital capabilities to drive the launch 
of 12 new products in 2023.

Our innovation focus is clear. We want  
to create solutions for the biggest 
challenges that our customers face  
which in turn, are reflected in our  
growth platform focus. 

In Personal Care, consumers no longer 
just want natural ingredients that deliver 
superior performance. They are looking 
for more sophisticated products, for 
example, with additional skin care 
benefits. An example is CeraVe, a face 
care product which uses hectorite and 
promotes it on its packaging, due to  
its rheology modification properties,  
but also as an active ingredient for  
oil absorption. 

Likewise, the Coatings industry wants 
high-performance additives that offer 
sustainability and new efficiency benefits. 
Our Rheolate® powder, which we 
expanded this year, provides excellent 
paint performance and enhanced film 
build. Given its powder form, it requires 
only half the storage space compared 
with liquid alternatives, and reduces  
the shipping volumes, leading to lower 
transportation emissions. It is also 
biocide free with low VOC. 

Innovation at Elementis goes hand in 
hand with sustainability. All our new 
product launches and pipeline projects 
must have clear sustainability credentials. 
In 2023, nearly 70% of our revenue  
was from natural or naturally-derived 
chemistries, for example, castor wax 
based organic thixotropes. In addition, 
we are conscious of the need for our 
products to contribute to the overall 
wellbeing of society, whether it is through 
bio-based Thixatrol® technology or 
utilisation of recycled aluminium in 
antiperspirant actives.

18

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: OurXMarkets_Strategy_v120 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:09 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

BENTONE® PLUS GLOW  
– Radiance unleashed! Hectorite X Actives

The skin glow trend has taken the 
beauty industry by storm. Consumers 
are no longer content with simply having 
clear, matte skin; they are seeking 
products that give them a radiant, 
luminous complexion. Glowing skin  
is a sign of health and vitality, and no 
wonder, as it is universally flattering. 

Whether labelled as dolphin skin, glass 
skin, glazed donut skin or other current 
skin terms, all these multi-functional 
claims and cross-category products are 
required to improve the skin condition of 
the consumer and ultimately blend skin 
care and colour cosmetics seamlessly. 

Responding to the emerging ‘skin glow’ 
trend, BENTONE® PLUS GLOW, a new 
hectorite-gel technology, joins forces 
with naturally-derived active ingredients 
to provide a speed to market solutions 
that blends skin care and colour 
cosmetics seamlessly.

BENTONE® PLUS GLOW combines 
natural ingredients that promote the 
skin’s barrier function, creating a healthy 
glow and providing lasting hydration. 

It is designed to impart rheological 
control and suspension to the oil phase 
of cosmetics and skincare products, 
allowing for an optimal distribution of the 
active ingredients on the skin’s surface.

In colour cosmetic products, 
BENTONE® PLUS GLOW also allows  
an optimal distribution of pigments, 
which enables an immediate benefit  
for the consumer.

Cosmetic products developers value  
it for its high formulation flexibility, 
delivered through an increased  
hectorite clay content. 

Powdered NiSAT Rheolate® PHX 7025 

that reduced the high water content, 
thus eliminating the need to ship water 
around the globe, while maintaining  
the superior performance benefits  
that make our Rheolate® family the 
preferred choice.

With this goal in mind, we applied  
our innovation expertise and have 
developed Rheolate® PHX 7025, 
expanding our family of 100% solid 
urethane rheology modifiers.

These 100% active powders significantly 
reduce the global shipping volumes. In 
addition, they can be easily incorporated 
into paint formulations, resulting in 
improved handling, increased efficiency 
and meeting the latest health and safety 
demands. All this, whilst preserving the 
high quality we are known for.

   Sustainability: Realise up to 80% 
CO2 reduction on transportation and 
reducing storage space with these 
solvent-free modifiers

   Safer ingredients: Biocide and  
VOC free and compatible with  
allergy and asthma friendly paints

   Performance: Experience a higher 
efficiency, improved rheology and 
excellent dry film properties

We introduced the Rheolate® PHX 7025 
during the 2023 edition of the European 
Coating Show in Nuremberg, Germany, 
a leading event in the coatings industry 
and currently have over 50 customers 
testing it in their formulations.

Synthetic rheology modifiers like our 
Rheolate® family of urethane-technology 
additives are extensively used in 
architectural paint formulations.  
They are supplied in liquid form  
and typically contain 80% water. 

With customers demanding higher 
performing, safer and more sustainable 
paints, we wanted to create a solution 

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: OurXMarkets_Strategy_v120 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:09 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

19

Strategy in action

Growth

Priorities for 2024

   Deliver target revenue growth across 
seven growth platforms

   Generate $50 million of new business

   Expand manufacturing capabilities at 
new India plant

Link to risk
1    Global economic conditions and 
competitive market pressures

2    Business interruption due to supply 
chain failure of key raw materials 
and/or third-party service provision

5    Business interruption due to a major 

event or a natural catastrophe

   For detail about our approach to risk,  
see pages 63-71.

NBO pipeline $m

363

281

282

248

2020

2021

2022

2023

$90m

above market revenue growth by 2026

Our hectorite-based additives are well 
positioned to benefit from this trend,  
as they work equally effectively in both 
water-based and oil-based products.

We entered the skin care market in 2019 
and have seen good momentum in this 
business since. Going forward we will 
focus our innovation efforts on natural 
rheology with more sophisticated 
products, but in addition we will also 
create products that offer attractive  
new functionalities. Our ambition is to 
deliver growth at two to three times  
the market by 2026.

Finally, the third area of focus, 
Antiperspirants, where we have a global 
leading position in antiperspirant actives. 
We see trends for longer lasting sweat 
protection, and increasingly, growing 
demand for more natural products, 
including natural actives. 

As recognised innovation leaders  
in this field, we are focusing on new 
products that address these demands, 
for example, our new range of 
antiperspirants utilising waste aluminium, 
and we have an ambition to develop 
actives that bring antiperspirant benefits 
to the deodorant product category.  
We believe our ambitious plans will help 
us to deliver mid-single-digit revenue and 
margin growth over the next three years. 

We set out seven growth platforms 
across Personal Care and Performance 
Specialties. Here we focus on market 
segments with structural growth 
opportunities, utilising our key 
technologies. Together, they are 
expected to generate over $90 million  
of above market revenue by 2026.

Our Personal Care business operates 
across three core market segments, in 
which we have built a strong competitive 
position: Skin Care, Colour Cosmetics 
and Antiperspirants. 

   For further detail on Personal Care 
performance and strategy, see pages 60-61.

We have seen good growth in Colour 
Cosmetics, especially in Asia, where  
we recently enhanced our sales and 
marketing capabilities. 

We expect further growth in Colour 
Cosmetics sales in the coming years, 
supported by our innovative products, 
such as Bentone® Luxe XO and the 
Bentone® Plus Glow. We have a strong 
new products pipeline for 2024, which 
includes a range of patent pending 
Bentone® Ultimate products and a natural 
film former that will enhance the  
wear resistance of colour cosmetics,  
for example in lipsticks. 

We believe these products will further 
strengthen our leading position in colour 
cosmetics and allow us to expand in  
new regions and market segments.  
As a result, we target a delivery of  
$10 million of above market revenue 
growth by 2026 for this application. 

Skin Care is an attractive part of the 
personal care market, where we have 
historically had limited participation.  
This segment has been growing at 
around 4-5% annually, supported by 
increasing demand from consumers 
looking for more sustainable products 
with natural ingredients. 

20

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: OurXMarkets_Strategy_v120 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:09 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Growth platforms

Key technologies

Benefits

Personal 
Care

Skin care

Hectorite, hectorite derivatives,  
natural oils

Natural, luxurious touch and feel, 
formulation stability

Colour cosmetics

Hectorite derivatives, natural oils

Antiperspirants

Inorganic actives, hectorite derivatives

Natural, suspension of actives and 
pigments, formulation flexibility

Long lasting sweat protection, 
dispersion of actives

Performance 
Specialties

Architectural  
coatings

NiSAT, dispersants, bio-based defoamers 

Improved hiding and stain resistance, 
safer and more sustainable paint

Industrial coatings

Adhesives, sealants 
and construction 
additives

Organoclays, organic thixotropes, 
dispersants

More sustainable coatings  
enhanced aesthetics

Organic thixotropes, hectorite  
rheology agents 

Improved time and material efficiency, 
safer handling

Talc

High-purity talc through unique flotation 

Improved plastics rigidity and strength

The final growth platform focuses on 
Talc. Our medium-term strategy focuses 
on high-value applications across 
selected market segments, with an 
estimated market size of $800 million, 
and growing at approximately 4% per 
annum. Those include, for example 
electric vehicle manufacturing, which 
utilises lighter, reinforced plastics. 

We have a strong track record of 
identifying and developing new product 
applications, with five new products 
launched over the year, and a new 
business pipeline of $50 million. We 
believe this will help us deliver $15 million 
of above market revenue growth by 2026. 

   For further detail on Talc performance  
and strategy, see page 62.

In Coatings, the three growth platforms 
are all positioned to respond to specific 
market needs or major market trends.

   For further detail on Coatings performance 
and strategy, see page 61-62.

The first of these, Architectural Coatings, 
is an important market for Elementis,  
with the premium decorative segment 
estimated at approximately $1 billion  
and growing 4% per annum. We have 
developed a suite of innovative,  
high-performance products. 

We believe this, alongside our 
manufacturing footprint across three  
key regions, will support our ambition  
to grow at twice the market by 2026,  
in this attractive market segment.

The second growth platform is Industrial 
Coatings, where we see growing demand 
for more sustainable coatings and 
coating additives, driven by regulations 
and market trends. We focus on  
an addressable market of around  
$800 million, which includes additives  
for high-performance segments such  
as marine, protective and automotive 
industries, growing at c.4% annually. 
Across this market segment, we expect 
to deliver $30 million of incremental 
revenues by 2026, focusing on 
ingredients that make customers’ 
formulations more sustainable  
without sacrificing performance. 

Our third growth platform comprises 
Adhesives, Sealants and Construction 
Additives. This is a relatively new 
application for Elementis, with the target 
market valued at around $700 million, 
growing at 5% per year. Growth in this 
market segment is driven by trends such 
as lightweighting and more efficient 
manufacturing processes. Our ambition 
is to double our market share from 3%  
to 6% by 2026, by focusing on innovative 
products, such as our low activation 
temperature Thixatrol® technology.

A major component of our growth 
strategy is our key account management 
programme. We have built strong 
technical and commercial relationships 
with major customers and cooperate in 
the development of new formulations to 
enhance their products and processes. 
This drives volume and revenue growth 
and deepens our relationships with  
major customers. In 2023 we worked  
on 28 customer joint development 
projects, generating material revenues 
and contributing to improved  
product mix.

28

joint development  
projects

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: OurXMarkets_Strategy_v120 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:09 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

21

Strategy in action

Efficiency

Priorities for 2024

   Deliver targeted efficiency savings  
of $12 million

   Implement continuous improvement 
projects in the supply chain to lower 
cost and reduce environmental impact

   Improvement in working capital 
leading to higher cash conversion

   Make further progress vs 2030 
environmental targets and develop 
updated SBT

   Launch ESG risk assessment  
process, enhancing our responsible 
sourcing system

   Develop site decarbonisation plans 

Link to risk
2    Business interruption due to a supply 
chain failure of key raw materials 
and/or third-party service provision

5    Business interruption due to a major 

event or a natural catastrophe

9    Health and safety

   For detail about our approach to risk,  
see pages 63-71.

We continuously work towards improving 
our organisation, driving efficiency  
gains, and becoming a more resilient 
business. Over the last year we delivered 
$10 million of savings, completing the 
$25 million of savings programmes 
announced in 2021. 

This was achieved through a combination 
of continuous improvement, procurement 
savings and strict cost management over 
the year, as well as delivery of Coatings 
and Talc synergies. Furthermore, we 
eliminated the first $4 million of stranded 
costs following the sale of Chromium.

This year, at our CMD, we announced 
two efficiency programmes, delivering 
$30 million of additional cost savings by 
2025. The first one is Fit for the Future, 
targeted to deliver $20 million annual 
savings by end 2025. The large majority 
of these will come from staff cost savings 
in three areas. Firstly, through optimising 
of our organisational structure – following 
the sale of Chromium, we are a smaller 
company, and we believe the size our 
workforce should reflect this. We are 
restructuring into a simpler and more 
efficient organisation, focused on our 
three key regions. We will also close  
our Cologne, Germany, office in 2024. 

Secondly, we will create a new R&D  
and support centre in Porto, Portugal. 
This location is a proven global business 
services location, with the added 
advantages of being a source of great 
R&D talent as well as being a lower  
cost location. Since the announcement  
of the Fit for the Future programme in  
Q3 2023, we have hired multiple roles  
in Porto, Portugal, and expect to further 
consolidate roles from higher cost 
locations, into the new Porto office.  
We are excited about creating a new 
showcase laboratory, which will allow us 
to strengthen our customer proposition.

$30m

annual savings by 2025

Finally, we will outsource over  
20 back office roles to India. This  
move will provide access to stronger 
processes, digital tools, and automation 
opportunities that we would not be  
able to deploy quickly ourselves.

The second efficiency programme 
focuses on supply chain optimisation  
and procurement efficiencies, where we 
target an additional $10 million of annual 
savings. Half of those are expected to 
materialise in 2024 and half in 2025. 

In our supply chain, we have built 
capability in continuous improvement. 
Examples of recent successes include 
the optimisation of raw material usage  
in New Martinsville, US, site and the 
transfer of hectorite technology to our 
organoclay manufacturing plant at Anji, 
China, enabling the site to produce 
higher value products while increasing 
global capacity for hectorite production. 

We will drive better overall equipment 
effectiveness through more automated 
processes, reduce production 
bottlenecks and improve overall energy 
use across our business. In addition  
to running our plants better, we see 
scope to optimise our manufacturing 
footprint, especially as we completed  
the ramp up of our antiperspirant  
actives plant in India. 

22

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: OurXMarkets_Strategy_v120 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:09 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Continuous improvement – dust filter 
cleaning method change at Sotkamo 

At Elementis, we use a pneumatic 
conveying system to move dry talc 
products and remove dust. This 
process uses airflow to carry powder  
in a conveyor pipe and filters are 
required to separate solids and  
excess air. 

In the filter housing, air passes through 
the filter bags removing talc dust,  
which enables air to be discharged  
from the top of the baghouse into  
the atmosphere. During this process,  
the filter cloth gaps become filled  
with particles and the filter becomes 
less efficient. To clean the filter bags,  
an air pulse is given to clean the 
particles from the filter cloth  
re-opening the gaps. 

In our Sotkamo plant, we were looking 
at ways to lower the air compressors’ 
energy consumption by reducing  
their running time. Dust filter cleaning 
consumes a lot of compressed air  
and most of the filters had pulse jet 
cleaning running continuously. 

We recognised that we could save 
energy by changing the cleaning 
method based on differential pressure. 
This releases the cleaning pulse only 
when the pressure difference gets 
lower than the set limit. So far, the 
process has withstood the Finnish 
winter conditions, and the cold has  
not affected the cleaning method.

Photo: Example dust filter at Sotkamo plant.

Changes were implemented between 
April and June 2023 in 38 bag houses 
in the Sotkamo Micro Talc plant, and 
the compressed air consumption in the 
instrument air network reduced 40% in 
this period. We continue to monitor the 
energy usage and expect to not only 
deliver annual energy savings and CO2 
reduction, but also increase the lifetime 
of wearing parts of the equipment used. 

Across procurement, we expect  
to drive benefits from better use of 
vendor management, digital tools 
including e-sourcing, cutting back  
the number of raw materials that are 
single sourced, and standardising  
our procurement processes. 

We see the combination of our growth 
platforms, together with these material 
efficiency programmes, delivering much 
improved financial performance by 2026.

Another key enabler of our efficiency  
is our sustainability focus. Our products 
help customers do more with less 
resources, for example, additives that 
help adhesives instantly grip heavy 
ceramic tiles without slipping, saving  
end users materials, time and money. 

Efficiency is also a foundational 
requirement for sustainability 
improvements in our own operations  
and supply chain. This year, we made 
further progress in this area, for example 
in our Sotkamo plant, where we reduced 
electricity consumption by changing  
filter cleaning method, or a reduction  
in water consumption in Ludwigshafen, 
Germany, by transferring product line  
to a different filter press utilising  
different cleaning technology.

Our focus on efficiency has helped  
us to achieve two of our four 2030 
environmental targets, meaning we  
are emitting less GHG and using less 
water per tonne of production than  
in our 2019 baseline year. 

   For detail about our sustainability strategy 
and sustainability targets, see pages 29-44.

Throughout our operations, our global 
process excellence teams have identified 
over 60 projects that are beneficial from 
both an efficiency and environmental 
perspective. Their implementation  
will drive delivery of both our cost  
saving ambitions and our 2030 
sustainability targets.

We also completed the multi-year  
project to deliver one global ERP 
programme. This provides a single 
source of information including financial, 
manufacturing and supply chain data on 
the same system, cutting out duplication 
and inefficiency. And we also updated the 
Elementis corporate website, to improve 
the end user experience, including  
a more efficient customer interaction. 

   See our new website at: elementis.com

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

23

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: OurXMarkets_Strategy_v120 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:09 pm

 
 
Key performance indicators

Our key performance indicators (“KPIs”) enable us to monitor our strategic progress.

Financial KPIs

Adjusted operating
cash flow ($m)
$105.3m

2021
2022
2023

76.0

64.2

105.3

Adjusted operating cash 
conversion (%)
106%

2021
2022
2023

70

55

106

Adjusted Group profit
before tax ($m)
$84.4m

2021
2022
2023

59.6

80.9
84.4

Adjusted operating  
profit ($m) 
$103.9m

2021
2022
2023

88.0

100.5
103.9

Adjusted operating  
profit margin (%)
14.6%

2021
2022
2023

12.4

13.6

14.6

Contribution margin (%)
49.4%

2021
2022
2023

46.6
47.3
49.4

Definition 

Performance

The net cash flow from operating 
activities less net capital 
expenditure, but excluding 
income taxes paid or received, 
interest paid or received, pension 
contributions net of current  
service cost and adjusting items.

Further information can be found 
on pages 58. 

Link to strategy

Link to remuneration 
No direct link.

Definition 

Performance

Adjusted operating profit divided  
by adjusted operating cash  
flow plus provisions and share 
based payments.

Figures for 2021 and 2022 include 
results for the Chromium business. 
2023 exclude Chromium. 

Further information can be found 
on pages 190-191. 

Link to strategy

Link to remuneration 
No direct link.

Target 
Three-year average operating 
cash conversion of over 90%.

Definition 

Performance

The Group profit before tax 
after adjusting items, excluding 
adjusting items relating to tax.

Further information can be found 
on pages 150-153. 

Link to strategy

Link to remuneration 
Key element of the bonus plan  
for the Executive Directors. 

Further information can be found 
within the Directors’ Remuneration 
report on pages 101 and 113.

Definition 

Performance

Profit derived from the normal 
operations of the business after 
adjusting items.

Further information can be found 
on pages 190-191. 

Link to strategy

Link to remuneration 
No direct link.

Definition 

Performance

Adjusted operating profit divided 
by revenues.

Further information can be found 
on pages 190-191. 

Link to strategy

Link to remuneration 
No direct link.

Target  
2026 adjusted operating profit 
margin of 19%+.

Definition 

Performance

Revenue less all variable costs, 
divided by revenue, expressed  
as a percentage.

Further information can be found 
on pages 190. 

Link to strategy

Link to remuneration 
No direct link.

24 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: KPIs_v65 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 12:31 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Average trade working 
capital to sales ratio (%)
25.1%

2021
2022
2023

17.7

22.5

25.1

Adjusted return on 
operating capital employed 
(%)
15%

2021
2022
2023

13

14

15

Definition 

Performance

Further information can be found 
on pages 191. 

Link to strategy

The 12 month average trade 
working capital divided by revenue, 
expressed as a percentage.

Trade working capital comprises 
inventories, trade receivables 
and trade payables. It specifically 
excludes prepayments, capital  
or interest related receivables  
or payables, changes due to 
currency movements and items 
classified as other receivables  
and other payments.

Definition 

Performance

Further information can be found 
on pages 190. 

Link to strategy

Adjusted operating profit divided 
by operating capital employed, 
expressed as a percentage.

Operating capital employed 
comprises fixed assets (excluding 
goodwill), working capital and 
operating provisions. Operating 
provisions include self-insurance and 
environmental provisions but exclude 
retirement benefit obligations.

2023 return on capital employed 
(“ROCE”) including goodwill  
was 9% (2022: 9%).

Non-financial KPIs

Total recordable  
injury rate (“TRIR”)
0.33

2021
2022
2023

0.33

0.90

0.67

Scope 1 and 2  
GHG emissions (kt CO2e)
63 kt CO2e

2021
2022
2023

75.2
67
63

Environmental incidents
(Tier 21)
7

0
0

2021
2022
2023

7

1   No Tier 1 incidents recorded.

Definition 

Performance

We use the US Occupational 
Safety and Health Administration 
(“OSHA”) definition for recordable 
injuries and illnesses. TRIR is 
the total number of recordable 
incidents multiplied by 200,000 
divided by total hours worked by  
all employees during the year.

Further information can be found 
on pages 45-46. 

Link to strategy

Definition 

Performance

Total Scope 1 and 2 (market 
based) GHG emissions as  
defined by the GHG Protocol. 

Further information can be found 
on pages 39-41. 

Link to strategy

Definition 

Performance

Further information can be found 
on pages 46. 

Link to strategy

We record and categorise 
environmental incidents into tiers 
based on the severity or actions  
taken by regulatory authorities.  
Tier 1 incidents are those that have a 
significant impact on the environment 
and require reporting to an external 
authority and where enforcement 
action is likely. Tier 2 incidents  
have a minor impact and require 
notification but are likely to result  
in minimal action by the authorities.

Link to remuneration 
Key element of the bonus plan  
for the Executive Directors. 

Further information can be found 
within the Directors’ Remuneration 
report on pages 113.

Link to remuneration 
ROCE is an underpin for the  
long term incentive plan. 

Further information can be found 
on page 102.

Target 
2026 ROCE of over 20%.  
This is equivalent to over 12% 
ROCE including goodwill. 

Link to remuneration 
Non-financial targets within the 
Executive Directors’ annual bonus 
structure typically include a 
component of individual objectives 
relating to safety performance.

See page 114 for detail.

Link to remuneration 
Non-financial targets within the 
Executive Directors’ annual bonus 
structure include a component  
of individual objectives relating  
to sustainability objectives. 

See page 114 for detail.

Link to remuneration 
Non-financial targets within the 
Executive Directors’ annual bonus 
structure include a component of 
individual objectives relating  
to safety performance. 

See page 114 for detail.

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

25

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: KPIs_v65 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 12:31 pm

Stakeholder engagement

The Board has considered the interests of stakeholders throughout the year.

Customers
Our customers rely on us to deliver  
high quality products with superior 
performance, efficiency and 
sustainability features. We deliver  
a range of products to customers 
around the world and, by providing 
expertise and innovation, we keep  
our customers at the forefront of  
their industries.

What matters to them

   Customer service and performance

   Supply reliability and quality

   Responsible investment

   Affordability and value

Suppliers
A resilient and ethical supply chain  
is critical to our business. We rely  
on our suppliers to be able to meet  
the needs of our customers so that  
we can meet our growth opportunities  
and portfolio potential.

What matters to them

   Responsible supply chain

   Sustainability

   Collaboration

Employees
Our employees are crucial to the  
success of our business, and many  
of our decisions have an impact on 
them. Our employees want to feel 
valued and empowered to make  
a difference. A safe, ethical and 
sustainable workplace with the 
possibility of creating real impact 
remain important hallmarks of our 
employee proposition.

What matters to them

   Health, safety and wellbeing

   Diverse and inclusive workplace

   Fair pay and reward

   Opportunities for learning  
and growth

26 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

How we engage

   Continuous customer dialogue helps 
inform our innovation, which aligns  
with market trends 

   Provide technical support services  
to our customers: an established  
global key account programme  
enables us to focus on deepening  
our customer relationships 

   Continuous feedback loop with  
key large customers drives more 
sustainable, innovative products that  
will meet their needs, strengthening 
partnerships and collaborations 

   Participation and launching of new 
products at conferences and trade 
shows, and active participation in 
Industry associations

How we engage

   Onboarding process provides  
two-way communication to build 
relationships with our suppliers 

   Direct engagement with suppliers by 
senior management and regular contact 
with procurement team to address  
any issues or potential issues 

   Corporate responsibility and  
ethics reporting

Actions and outcomes

   Launched 12 new products 

   28 innovation projects in development 

   $51 million new business won

   $16 million spend on R&D and  
technical support 

   Customer support trainings was 
approximately 50 formulators trained  
per month

   $97.5 million total Innovation sales 

  Read more on pages 18-19.

Actions and outcomes

   Suppliers are held to high  
ethical standards 

   Reliability of supply/key raw materials 
– development of additional raw  
material supply sources

  Read more on pages 14, 22-23 and 51-53.

How we engage

Actions and outcomes

   Initiatives around health, safety and 
wellbeing, and our organisational culture 

   Promote diversity and inclusion,  
with a full month dedicated to  
the theme in October, and regional 
activities facilitated by the employee 
resource group 

   Bi-annual engagement survey to obtain 
feedback and develop action plans 

   Global and local townhall meetings

   Regular leadership briefings  
and intranet updates for the  
Fit for the Future programme 

   Performance reviews and appraisals 
provide feedback on agreed objectives 
and career development discussions 

   Unlimited access to LinkedIn Learning 

   Global 24-hour, confidential employee 
assistance programme

   90% of sites without a recordable incident 

   Over 80% participation in the 
engagement survey, with a grand mean 
of 3.86 out of 5 in both 2023 surveys 

   Over 1,720 hours logged on  
LinkedIn Learning 

   Over 2,400 hours logged on  
learning platform Lzdxedu.com, 
available in China 

   Three global townhall meetings

   Collective consultation process  
for Fit for the Future programme  
completed as required in Germany,  
the Netherlands and Finland

  Read more on pages 45-50.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: StakeholderXengagement_v83 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:11 pm

 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Communities and  
the environment
Engagement helps us to understand  
our impact on wider society and the 
ways in which we can work together  
to make a valuable difference.

What matters to them
   Local employment

   Economic contribution

   Operational impact and disruption

   Environmental considerations

Investors
As owners of the Company, it is 
important to engage actively and  
listen and respond to investor 
feedback throughout the year.

What matters to them

   Successful delivery of our strategy  
and financial targets

   Transparent and regular updates

   Capital generation and  
shareholder returns

   Robust governance practices and 
responsible corporate citizenship

How we engage

   Environmental and social reporting  
on our website, including corporate 
responsibility, modern slavery,  
gender pay, water stewardship  
and carbon emissions 

Actions and outcomes

   Water Stewardship Policy 

   Volunteering and fundraising activities 

   Gold rating from EcoVadis and  
B rating for CDP Climate and Water 

   Philanthropy and employee-matched 
funding for charity policy 

   Alignment with UN Sustainability 
Development Goals (“UN SDG”)

   Local volunteering activities 

  Read more on pages 29-44 and 51-53.

   Carbon Disclosure Project (“CDP”),  
UN Global Compact (“UN GC”) 
communication on progress

   Local biodiversity initiatives such  
as recycling rainwater for banana 
plantations in Brazil

How we engage

   Interim and full-year results 
presentations, investor roadshows, 
attendance at conferences, site visits 
and ad-hoc meetings with existing  
and potential investors 

   The AGM is an important event, 
attended by all Directors, where  
all shareholders can access the  
meeting and ask questions

   Governance roadshow with the  
Chair and meetings with the SID  
and Committee Chairs as required 

Actions and outcomes

   Maintained a comprehensive 
programme of communication 
throughout the year, with regular  
market updates

   70 investor meetings with over  
90 institutions 

   CMD in London, with over 50% of the 
shareholder register represented either 
in person or via a live webcast

   Updated financial targets, including  
a new ROCE target, reflecting  
investor feedback

   Hybrid AGM, with all resolutions passed

   Our Chair held a corporate  
governance roadshow, meeting  
five of the top shareholders 

   Following a public letter by a major 
shareholder, the Chair reached out  
to top shareholders to collect their 
feedback, which was shared with  
the Board

   Investor feedback is collated and 
considered by the Board on  
a regular basis 

  Read more on pages 78

Government, trade 
bodies and regulators
Engagement with governments and  
local regulatory authorities helps to 
ensure we understand changing 
regulatory requirements and can 
maintain a constructive dialogue  
to meet these requirements.

What matters to them

   Governance and compliance

   Trust and transparency

   Environmental impact

   Sustainable procurement

How we engage

   Direct engagement with regulatory 
authorities, including permit compliance, 
reporting breaches, annual technical 
submissions and regulatory guidance 

   Establishing and maintaining key 
contact relationships with the 
Company’s main regulators 

   Active engagement with industry bodies 

Actions and outcomes

   Clear commitment to complying with 
legal obligations

   Code of Conduct and relevant policies 
reflect legal and ethical standards

   Through our membership of the 
European Talc trade association, 
Eurotalc, we have participated in 
dialogue representing the industry’s 
views in relation to the proposed 
harmonised classification and  
labelling of talc

   In relation to our talc mines in Finland, 
we have launched a programme of 
engagement activities with regional  
and national regulatory bodies to  
ensure meaningful engagement

   Consultations with trade unions and 
works councils

  Read more on pages 51-53.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: StakeholderXengagement_v83 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:11 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

27

Section 172

To be able them to fulfil their duties when 
making decisions, it is essential that our 
Directors understand what matters to,  
and the impact on, our stakeholders  
and, equally, that it is not always possible  
to provide positive outcomes for all 
stakeholders when considering the long 
term success of the Company. Details  
of our stakeholder groups and how the 
business and the Board have engaged  
with them during the year are set out  
on pages 26-27. 

The Board receives information on 
stakeholder engagement matters through 
regular reports and presentations from 
senior management throughout the year. 
All Board papers for principal Board 

decisions include a specific section on 
s.172(1) and stakeholder interests. In 
addition to s.172(1) duties, there are also 
other factors that are taken into account or 
may be considered relevant in the context 
of decision making: for example, pension 
scheme members or engagement with 
regulatory authorities, as well as an 
overarching governance framework which 
includes Group policies and the Code of 
Conduct. Directors bring additional value 
by sharing knowledge or insight gained 
from other previous or current roles. 

The Board visited several of our sites 
during 2023 (Hsinchu (Taiwan), Livingston 
(Scotland) and Songjiang (China)).  
These visits provided opportunities  

for our employees to engage with the 
Directors during their tours of the sites, 
management overview presentations and 
social events with the Board. In addition, 
the Directors engaged directly with our 
investors (see page 78 for more detail)  
and participated in a wider programme  
of engagement with our employees.

Christine Soden, our Designated  
Non-Executive Director (“DNED”) for 
Workforce Engagement, ensures that the 
views and concerns of the workforce are 
brought to the Board, understood and 
taken into account. Further information on 
our approach to workforce engagement  
can be found on pages 80-81. 

Key decisions in the year

Fit for the Future organisational restructuring

S.172(1) considerations

   How the restructuring would be 
perceived by the global workforce and 
uncertainty it might bring to staff during 
the transition period

   The long term financial benefits to the 
Group and a wide range of stakeholders

The Board’s role
Following the sale of the Chromium 
business, the Board felt it was the right 
time to focus on creating an organisational 
design that would make the Company 
more financially and operationally resilient.

An external consultancy, Q5 Partners, was 
selected to help transition the business to a 
new operating model and ways of working, 
making Elementis Fit for the Future. 

Reintroduction of dividend

The Board began to evaluate the detailed 
design proposals for the project during  
Q1 2023, including ensuring that the 
Group’s innovation and commercial 
capabilities would be protected, and 
approved the announcement of Fit for the 
Future in Q3 2023. The new organisational 
structure for the Group is expected  
to be completed during 2025. Changes 
announced include the creation of  
a simpler and more efficient organisational 
structure based around our three  
regions; the opening of an R&D unit  
and global centre of excellence in  
Porto, Portugal; and the outsourcing  
of several financial processes. 

As a result of the proposed changes,  
the Cologne site, in Germany, will close. 
Full consultation took place with the  
Dutch and German works councils  
and the Finnish shop stewards, with the 
appropriate agreements finalised and 
communicated to employees during 
January 2024.

Key stakeholders identified

   Employees

   Customers

   Suppliers

   Communities and the environment

   Investors

The Board has recommended a dividend 
of 2.1 cents per share in respect of the 
2023 financial year, and will be put to 
shareholder approval at the AGM  
on 30 April 2024.

Key stakeholders identified

   Employees

   Investors

S.172(1) considerations

   Importance of dividends for long-term 
success of the Company

   Ensuring there would be no material 
impact on the security of the Elementis 
Group Pension Scheme

The Board’s role
The Board is regularly updated on the 
Company’s performance and its capital, 
funding and liquidity position.

Following the recovery from COVID-19  
and strengthening of the balance sheet, 
the Board discussed the possibility of 
declaring a dividend for the full year.

   Important element of the Group’s 
investment case for investors

   Expectations of shareholders to be 
taken into account

   Ensuring the company had sufficient 
resources to continue supporting 
customers and employees, whilst 
maximising opportunities

   Broader economic uncertainty  
and the potential medium and  
longer term impact on the group

28 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: StakeholderXengagement_v83 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:11 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Sustainability
Overview

Guided by our purpose – unique chemistry, sustainable solutions – we strive to use our 
expertise to shape positive outcomes for the world. Our product innovations and responsible 
management of natural resources help us to create better additives that help our customers 
meet their own sustainability and performance ambitions.

We support the UN SDGs and are committed to maintaining a business which contributes to  
their delivery. We are a signatory to the UN GC and our annual communication on progress  
is available on their website. We are committed to slavery-free supply chains. Our Board of 
Directors approves our annual Modern Slavery transparency statement, available on our website.

2023 sustainability highlights

Total recordable injury rate  
vs 2022

Revenue share from products that  
are natural or naturally-derived1 

Absolute GHG emissions (combined 
Scopes 1 and 2 market based) vs 2022

50%

Women in senior  
leadership positions

37%

Third-party ratings

Climate 

B

Water

B

68%  

 6.7%

2030 environmental targets  
met in 2023

Purchased electricity from renewable  
or low carbon sources 

2 / 4

77%

EcoVadis rating

Gold 75/100

Medium risk

A

Constituent member

We believe that transparency on risks, actions and data is crucial to demonstrating sustainability improvements and we support 
various external rating agencies in their assessment of our performance. Our CDP disclosures are available on both our website and 
CDP’s website. In 2023, we again achieved EcoVadis Gold, further improving to reach the top 2% of companies rated by EcoVadis. 
Our ratings from Sustainalytics, MSCI and FTSE4Good were unchanged from 2022.

Reporting  
approach

We have reported with reference to the Global Reporting Initiative Standards (“GRI”)  
for the period 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023, and to Sustainability Accounting 
Standards Board (“SASB”) chemicals sector standards. How we identify ESG topics  
of material importance is described on page 31.

1	 ISO	16128	definition.	2022:	67%;	2021:	65%.	Prior	years	restated	after	reclassification	of	some	products.

  GRI content index: page 195  
  SASB index: page 197

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

29

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Sustainability 
Overview 
continued

Progress against our 2030 environmental intensity targets

2030 Target1

 25%

Combined Scope 1 
and Scope 2 market 
based emissions 
(tonne CO2e/tonne)

 20%

Energy from fuels  
(GJ/tonne)

10%

Water withdrawal  
(m3/tonne)

10%

Waste sent to  
third parties  
(tonne/tonne)

Performance  
vs 2019 baseline

 42%

Target exceeded

 0.5% 16%

Target exceeded

5%

Performance  
2023 vs 2022

16%  4%  2% 10%

We met two of four 2030 environmental targets (GHG intensity and water withdrawal intensity in 2023 (2022: two2)). Our environmental 
performance in 2023 was impacted by product mix, with relatively higher volumes of higher intensity chemical products and lower 
volumes of lower intensity mineral-based products compared with 2022. In addition, our improvement projects this year were not of  
large enough impact to counteract the mix effect. In addition, our GHG intensity reflects the first full year of high volume operation at  
our Taloja, India. This site had a particularly negative impact due to the high emission electricity grid in the country. Sourcing clean 
electricity for the site is one of the largest single actions we can now take to lower emissions intensity and absolute emissions further.

In 2024, we plan to refresh our sustainability targets to ensure we continue to improve. This activity includes setting a SBT for GHG 
emission reductions for all three scopes via the SBTi. We will also define new targets to cover specific aspects of our value chain.

Strategy
We recognise that it is important for our business to create value for all our stakeholders, and successfully doing so improves the 
performance and resilience of our business. Our strategy of Innovation, Growth and Efficiency captures the opportunities that come from 
making sustainability improvements. We continue to grow our capabilities to better assess sustainability risks and opportunities – using 
industry standard approaches and tools – to help guide our priorities and decisions and communicate our impacts in a balanced way.

1  All targets are per tonne of production and have a 2019 baseline year.
2   After correction of 2022 waste data due to internal methodological standardisation.

30 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

InnovationWe focus our capabilities on finding unique solutions to emerging sustainability challenges. For example, our organoclay-based  gels improve the water resistance of consumer sunscreens, increasing their effectiveness and ensuring  they stay longer on the skin.GrowthMany of our products are well-established in end-use applications that already improve sustainability outcomes, and we aim to increase our participation in these applications further. Examples  are the use of our talc for vehicle pollution control ceramics and our additives for paints with low VOC.EfficiencyOur products help customers do  more with fewer resources, such  as additives that help adhesives instantly grip heavy ceramic tiles without slipping, saving end users materials, time and money. Efficiency is also a foundational requirement  for sustainable improvement in our own operations and supply chain.Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

To respond to the sustainability drivers in the markets we serve, we focus on a three pillar framework: environment, people and 
responsible business. 

Environment

Reducing GHG emissions

Becoming more natural 

Improving product safety

Driver: Climate change

Our focus is on lowering GHG 
emissions throughout the value chain. 

We are committed to setting an SBT, 
covering Scopes 1, 2 and 3, and plan 
for validation of this target in 2024.

We also work to increase our resilience 
to the risks climate change brings.

Driver: Resource efficiency and 
lowering environmental impacts

Driver: Products that have  
lower health risks

We work to increase our use of natural, 
renewable and recycled raw materials.

Nature supplies many of our raw 
materials, so we focus on reducing 
environmental impacts. 

We aim for a more circular and efficient 
use of resources in our own operations, 
for customers and for end-users. 

We work to find ways to lower the 
hazards associated with the use of  
our products, including substitution  
with lower risk materials.

We can also help our customers 
formulate new products with less  
risk for end-users.

  See pages 34-41 for detail.

  See pages 42-44 for detail.

  See pages 52-53 for detail.

Example

Example

Example

Our site in Sotkamo, Finland, has 
replaced the use of polluting heavy  
fuel oil with new equipment that uses 
cleaner liquified petroleum gas (“LPG”).

We completed our first set of product 
carbon footprints, based on ISO 
14040/44 standards.

Our bio-based defoamers replace 
fossil-derived chemicals and offer 
better performance.

We are introducing aluminium  
metal from factory wastes in  
our antiperspirant actives,  
replacing virgin metal.

We have developed a new additive  
for clear sealants that helps  
formulators replace phthalate 
containing plasticisers.

Our natural hectorite clay can be  
used to replace synthetic ingredients  
in skin care products.

People

Responsible business

We are reliant on our greatest asset, our people. We have  
a particularly strong focus on employee safety and engagement 
and ensuring a diverse, inclusive culture.  

We conduct ourselves with integrity, giving transparency to 
stakeholders, sourcing responsibly, and engaging our value 
chains to better address our material topics. 

  See pages 45-50 for detail.

  See pages 51-53 for detail.

Example

Example

Continued focus on our TogetherSAFE employee safety 
program has brought steady improvements in our total 
recordable injuries rate.

We continue to improve our senior leader gender diversity.

Continuously improving our screening systems for customers 
and suppliers to better manage risks.

Improving our cyber security processes to better secure our 
data systems.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

31

Sustainability 
Overview 
continued

Sustainability governance
Oversight of our sustainability strategy, 
risks and opportunities, and progress is at 
Board level. Our Board has a diverse set of 
skills and experience (page 87), helping  
to embed sustainability and climate related 
considerations into our strategy in a 
balanced way. At Board level, the standing 
CEO’s report highlights progress in 
sustainability (including against our  
climate strategy and related risks and 
opportunities), with further detailed 
management updates provided on a 
bi-annual basis. This year, these included 
improvements to sustainability risk and 
opportunity assessment methods for  
our product portfolio and supplier base, 
and progress on calculating product 
carbon footprint and life-cycle analysis. 

The governance of sustainability  
and climate risks and opportunities is 
integrated into our overall risk management 
framework, with the Audit Committee 
having oversight of our sustainability  
and climate risk processes and disclosure 
recommendations through internal  
audit reports and management  
prepared materials. 

Our CEO has ultimate accountability for 
our strategic response to sustainability, 
including climate related risks and 
opportunities. The CEO and ELT approve 
the sustainability programme and provide 
senior level support to the Sustainability 
Director and Environmental Sustainability 
Council (“ESC”) to embed sustainability 
and climate action across the business  
via project and business teams.

Progress towards our 2030 environmental 
targets (see page 30) is part of the 
performance objectives of both the CEO 
and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”)  
(see page 114). The ELT members are 
responsible for delivering aspects of our 
sustainability and climate strategy and 
managing related risks and opportunities. 
The Sustainability Director is responsible 
for driving our overall sustainability 
strategy, providing the Board and ELT with 
formal updates biannually, and chairs the 
ESC. The Sustainability Director works with 
the Head of Risk and Controls to integrate 
sustainability and climate related risks into 
the broader enterprise risk picture. The 
ESC meets monthly, oversees progress 
and identifies further necessary actions  
on sustainability and climate related topics.

Sustainability and climate governance

Board

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Executive Leadership 
Team

Internal Audit

Environmental  
Sustainability Council

Risk & Control  
Management

Climate related 
working groups

32 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Sustainability
Materiality and strategy

We aim for our strategic priorities to maximise beneficial impacts and minimise 
negative impacts to society and the environment. To do this, our priorities must 
reflect the full reality of the world in which we operate.

Early in 2022, we conducted a materiality 
assessment to help us identify the 
sustainability issues that matter most  
to our stakeholders (such as customers, 
investors, regulators and our employees). 
Full details of the process we followed  
are in our Annual Report 2022.

We considered issues highlighted by 
leading institutions, such as the UN SDGs, 
the UN GC and the SASB. We also 
considered if there were additional issues 
arising from stakeholder feedback and 
emerging from our core business strategy. 
We weighted the issues for importance to 
stakeholder groups and for the resilience 

of our business. The outcome was used  
to confirm our sustainability priorities 
across our global business. For example, 
following our materiality assessment,  
we have committed to set an SBT  
for GHG emissions reduction.

Our material topics and matrix

Environment

1   GHG emissions

2   Ecological impacts

3   Water management

4   Customer sustainability solutions

People

9   Labour practices

10   Community relations

11    Employee health, safety  

and wellbeing

Responsible business

13   Business ethics

14   Management of regulatory aspects

15   Product quality and safety

16    Responsible supply chain 

5   Energy management

6    Waste and hazardous  
material management

7   Air emissions

8    Product design and  

life-cycle management

UN SDG supported 

12    Employee diversity, inclusion  

management

and engagement

UN SDG supported 

17   Competitive behaviour

18   Data security

19    Efficient and resilient supply  

of raw material

20   Critical incident risk management

21   Physical impact of climate change

UN SDG supported 

h
g
H

i

e
c
n
a
t
r
o
p
m

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
k
a
t
S

i

m
u
d
e
M

Communicate actions/plans widely 
Listen sensitively

9

Opportunities to generate wide ranging 
value/benefits with proactive, innovative 
action plans and frequent dialogue

13

2

10

3

Targeted activities

12

6

7

15

14

16

17

18

1

Best practice/risk management

20

4

19

8

11

5

21

Medium 

Business impact

High

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

33

 
 
 
Sustainability
Climate

Climate strategy
Climate change shapes our product 
designs as customers demand new and 
increasingly impactful product benefits.  
It drives our actions to reduce emissions, 
and to improve the environmental footprint 
of our products. In addition, the uncertain 
effects of climate change mean our value 
chains must be more resilient and agile. 

Our ambition is to reach Net Zero by 2050  
at the latest. Our priority is to minimise 
emissions as much as possible, before using 
sequestration offsets for remaining hard-to-
abate emissions. We do see a medium-term 
path for us to reduce Scope 1, 2 and 3 
emissions in line with Paris climate agreement, 
and are committed to setting an SBT via the 
SBTi. We will finalise our SBT in 2024.

Beyond our planned SBT, we recognise 
that to decarbonise many of our own high 
temperature processes – and those of  
our suppliers – new technologies such as 
renewable fuels or carbon capture need be 
commercialised in the locations where we 
operate. There is significant uncertainty 
about these technologies and therefore, 
today, we are unable to specify the balance 
between sequestration offsets and low 
emissions technology that we can use to 
achieve Net Zero. We expect our Net Zero 
ambition to cover Scope 1 and 2, and  
we leave open the possibility of including 
Scope 3 as our approach matures. 

Governance
The Board oversees our climate related 
strategy and reviews progress against  
our climate targets with quarterly written 
updates. The Audit Committee has 
oversight of our climate related risks and 
opportunities process and disclosure 
recommendations through management 
prepared materials. Our CEO has ultimate 
accountability for our strategic response to 
climate related risks and opportunities. For 
more detail about our approach to climate 
and sustainability governance, see page 32.

Strategy
Net Zero transition plan
We are taking immediate actions in  
the short term to lower Scope 1 and 2 
emissions, improving energy efficiency 
through operational gains and equipment 
upgrades. Our low carbon electricity 
purchases involve purchasing renewable 
or nuclear energy certificates.

Delivering on fuel switching opportunities 
(including full or partial electrification)  
is important. We are electrifying a large  
fossil fuel-based process at our Sotkamo, 
Finland, site. The new process can utilise 
both LPG and electricity. The site already 
sources low carbon electricity. If we find 
we can run on 100% electricity, this has 
the potential to prevent approximately 
3,000 tonnes of CO2e emissions per year. 
Securing more clean electricity through 
high quality contractual agreements – 
subject to local market conditions – is key. 
It is especially important for our new site  
in Taloja, India, which had its first high 
volume operating year in 2023, and thus 
made a substantial addition to our 
emissions footprint (an extra 7,500  
tonnes CO2e compared to prior year).
Our Scope 3 emissions will benefit from 
product design improvements and portfolio 
management opportunities that result in 
products with a lower carbon footprint, 
supported by life-cycle assessments and 
supplier collaborations. Our own operational 
gains such as energy efficiency, logistics 
efficiencies and waste reduction also help. 

Longer term, we have high uncertainty 
about the availability of renewable fuels  
and carbon sequestration technologies, 
both for our own operations and for our 
diverse global supplier base. We need such 
technologies to meet the 90-95% emissions 
reduction required for a science-based  
Net Zero target under the SBTi framework. 
Therefore, we take a pragmatic position, 
where an SBT commitment drives our 
medium term actions to lower emissions  

Elementis plc has complied with  
the requirements of LR 9.8.6(8)R  
by including climate related financial 
disclosures consistent with the Task 
Force on climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (“TCFD”) recommendations 
and recommended disclosures. The 
climate related financial disclosures 
made by Elementis plc comply with  
the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 as amended by the Companies 
(Strategic Report) (Climate-related 
Financial Disclosure) Regulations 2022. 

in line with science, while allowing time  
for new technologies outside our control  
to develop further. 

The focus areas and external 
dependencies in our transition plan  
are summarised on the following page.

Climate scenarios
To help us with our climate planning,  
we conducted an annual climate scenario 
analysis. We use climate scenarios defined 
by the Network for Greening the Financial 
Systems (“NGFS”). NGFS is internationally 
recognised for its work to advance  
climate science and contributes to the 
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate 
Change’s (“IPCC”) work. NGFS has 
defined seven future scenarios that explore 
possible economic and financial impacts  
of climate change. We selected three of 
these scenarios for analysis – Net Zero 
2050 (“NZ”), Delayed Transition (“DT”) 
and Current Policies (“CP”). NZ and CP 
represent very clear outer boundaries of 
climate futures, allowing us to apply clear 
differences in how we consider different 
risks. We used the November 2023 NGFS 
update in our scenario analysis. In 2021 
and 2022, we used the Divergent Net Zero 
scenario, but this is no longer available in 
the NGFS data sets, so we substituted it 
with DT scenario. We expect DT to be a 
more likely description of the future than 
NZ and CP. These scenarios are 
summarised in the table below.

NGFS Scenario descriptions
Characteristic

Net Zero 2050

Delayed transition

Current policies

Summary

Limits global warming to 1.5°C 
through stringent climate 
policies and innovation, 
reaching net zero CO2 
emissions around 2050.

Global annual emissions do not 
decrease until 2030. Strong 
policies are then needed to  
limit warming to below 2°C. 
Negative emissions are limited.

Only currently implemented 
policies are preserved,  
leading to higher physical risks.

Policy ambition

Policy reaction

1.4°C

Immediate and smooth

Technology change

Fast

1.6°C

Delayed

Slow then fast

Carbon sequestration

Medium then high use

Low then medium use

Regional policy variation

Medium

High

3°C+

None

Slow

Low use

Low

34 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

In	our	supply	chain,	we:	

For	our	customers,	we:

Dependencies

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Net Zero transition plan

Short term (2024 to 2026)
We continue to work towards 
our 2030 goals, with the 
following	priorities:

   Continue to implement 
energy	efficiency	
improvements

   Further increase our 
purchase of renewable  
and low carbon electricity

   Finalise decarbonisation 
plans for each 
manufacturing site

   Continue to implement 
product designs that  
use recycled or reused  
raw materials, such as 
bio-based chemicals to 
replace petrochemicals 
and using waste aluminium 
to replace virgin metal

   Will increase supplier 
engagement to understand 
their emissions and 
associated reduction 
opportunities, particularly 
for key raw materials and 
logistics providers

Medium term (2027 to 2034)
To meet our SBT, we will 
further extend our focus areas.

In	our	operations,	we	plan	to:

   Expand fuel switching and 
electrification	projects

   Strive for 100% renewable 
or low-carbon electricity 
purchases

In	our	supply	chain,	we	will:

   Work with suppliers  
to reduce emissions 
associated with key raw 
materials and logistics

   Identify new bio-derived 
and recycled/reused 
materials

   Continue to market and 
innovate products that help 
our customers and end 
consumers to use fewer 
resources and less energy

   Will generate cradle-to-
gate life-cycle analysis  
for our products, to  
help us quantify their 
environmental impacts  
and communicate 
improvements we make

For	our	customers,	we	will:
   Continue to innovate 
products with lower life 
cycle impacts, less 
resource use and  
improved functionality

Possible	additional	actions	include:

Long term (beyond SBT target year)
As we move beyond an  
SBT and closer towards  
Net Zero, we will continue 
activities described in the 
short and medium term. 

   Introduction of green 
hydrogen or other 
renewable fuels into our 
hard to abate processes

We will also investigate  
the introduction of  
new technologies.

   Introduction of carbon 
capture technology 
downstream of our hard  
to abate processes

   Purchasing carbon 
sequestration offsets

   Reducing volumes 
purchased from  
suppliers with relatively 
higher emissions

   Supply of low carbon 
electricity and steam at 
Ludwigshafen, Germany, 
and New Martinsville, US, 
is also subject to our 
landlord’s energy 
purchasing strategy

   Quality and performance 
requirements could limit 
the amount of recycled  
or reused content we can 
incorporate into products

   Global market demand for 
solutions that bring more 
sustainable outcomes

Dependencies

   The availability of high 
quality low emission power 
contracts in the locations 
we operate

   The decarbonisation extent 
at our raw material suppliers 
and logistics providers

   Demand levels and  
product mix effects 
impacting activity volume 
levels – especially  
Scope 1 and Scope 3

Dependencies

   Development and 
commercialisation 
of renewable fuels and 
carbon sequestration 
technologies

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

35

Sustainability 
Climate
continued

Material climate related risks for our business

   Carbon pricing

   Customer demands

  Consumer trends

   Investor demands

   Raw material supply/prices

   Energy prices

   Water scarcity

   Access to renewable electricity

   Extreme weather events

We annually review our material climate 
risks with internal functional leaders, 
informed by the different climate  
scenarios. This allows us to identify new  
or obsolete risks. It also allows us to create 
a comprehensive picture of potential 
climate related risks and opportunities  
in each scenario, and the dynamics  
over three time horizons: a) short term 
(2024-2026, our three year business plan 
period); b) medium term (2027-2034, 
expected to be close to our SBT year); and 
c) long term (beyond our SBT, reaching 
our Net Zero ambition). With the functional 
leaders, we also assess the impact and 
likelihood of these nine risks over these 
time horizons in each of the three climate 
scenarios using our enterprise risk scoring 
framework covered on page 64. 

We initially assess climate risks through  
a global perspective before bringing in 
sector-specific or geographically local 
considerations as necessary. Why they are 
important to us, our risk assessment score 
and our strategy to mitigate them are 
described on pages 37-38, with additional 
detail on impacts provided below. These 
impacts should not be considered as 
forecasts – we use these calculations to 
understand a range of potential futures  
and use them to inform our strategy and 
tolerance to different climate risks.

The carbon pricing risk is highest in  
2034 in the NZ and DT scenarios, before 
dropping in the long term. This reflects  
our underlying assumption that we will 
maximise decarbonisation in line with  
Net Zero requirements, minimising our 
exposure in the long term. This results  
in a highest theoretical annual cost of 
$13.6 million around 2030 under the NZ 
scenario. If we do not decarbonise at all, 
and a global carbon price is introduced, 
under the NZ scenario it could potentially 
cost us $46 million by 2040, demonstrating 
the importance of our decarbonisation to 
mitigate this risk. 

Energy prices increase in all scenarios, 
with gas becoming relatively more 
expensive compared to electricity in  
the long term (especially in DT and NZ 
scenarios). Our continued focus on  
energy efficiency and opportunities to 
decarbonise by replacing fossil fuels  
with clean electricity help minimise  
our overall energy cost increases.

Especially in the NZ and DT scenarios,  
we expect that changing customer 
demands are likely to increase 
opportunities for our innovative and more 
sustainable products, while not meeting 
customer expectations, even in the short 
term CP scenario, brings a high risk of 
limiting our business. We are asked about 
our climate strategy and product carbon 
footprint by customers spanning all sectors 
and geographies that we serve. Therefore, 
we see more opportunities for our natural 
and naturally-derived additives for personal 
care products, for bio-based additives 
replacing fossil-derived additives in 
coatings applications and for our talc 
additives used in plastics for vehicle 
light-weighting. For examples, see our 
strategy on pages 16-23.

On the consumer trends, we have potential 
medium and long term exposure to 
reduced fossil fuel demand in the NZ and 
DT scenarios. For example, demand for 
our organoclay additives for fossil fuel 
drilling applications could slow if extraction 
drops over time. Another risk is that 
demand for our talc additives used in 
combustion engine pollution control 
ceramics could drop as new vehicle fleets 
become increasingly electrified. In 2023, 
revenue from our products directly related 
to fossil fuel demand comprised 7% of our 
revenues (2022: 6%). The NZ scenario  
has the largest potential impact on these 
revenues, with a 55% drop in primary 
energy demand from fossil fuels by 2040. 

In the short term, our growth platforms 
target $90 million above market revenue  
growth (see page 17 for details). These 
growth platforms include short term 
opportunities for talc in pollution control 
ceramics, but do not include organoclay 
additives for drilling applications. Thus, we 
consider that the medium and long term 
market opportunities we could access with 
our portfolio would more than compensate  
for the market risks we identified during  
a low carbon transition. 

To deliver to the market, we also need  
a climate resilient operation. We assess 
each of our sites for physical risks, in 
discussion with local site leaders. Extreme 
weather risks and high water stress already 
exist due to their locations, and our sites 
are already designed with these risks in 
mind. Due to this built-in resilience, there  
is low additional risk (medium under CP 
scenario in the long term) expected as long 
as we keep up maintenance. Additionally, 
we do not think our supply chains are 
overly exposed to suppliers or materials 
from specific geographies.

Overall, our short and medium term 
planning includes actions to ensure we 
take climate related opportunities and 
manage risks, including in:

   Marketing, to allow early identification  
of trends and opportunities

   Our innovation pipeline and supply 
chain management to deliver new 
products with both improved 
performance and sustainability impacts

   Operational activities, such as energy 
efficiency and decarbonisation projects

Based on this assessment, we believe  
our strategy is fundamentally resilient to 
market dynamics in different climate 
scenarios (including a 1.5°C Net Zero 
scenario), and other risks over short/
medium, long and extended periods,  
and provides a solid foundation to 
capitalise on climate related opportunities. 

36 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Risk score1 in horizon 

Scenario Short Medium Long Strategic mitigations

Risk type 
Carbon pricing

Why the risk is important to us 

Transition

A high carbon price could cause  
a significant increase in operating 
costs, making us uncompetitive. 

CP

NZ

DT

   Set an SBT to support our continued  
Scope 1, 2 and 3 emission reductions

   Continue energy efficiency and fuel 
switching projects

   Increase low carbon electricity purchases

   Product price adjustments

   Climate and sustainability benefits  
described in our product marketing

   New product innovations

   Finalise SBT and deliver on  
GHG reduction plans

   Develop product life-cycle analysis

   Innovate to ensure we are well positioned  
to address new market trends

   Increase our high naturally derived content 
in products

   Ensure sustainable practices through  
the supply chain

   Maintain our portfolio diversity

   Monitor revenues that are directly 
dependent on fossil fuel consumption

   Clearly describe how our business strategy 
supports climate mitigation and brings 
commercial opportunities

   Clear disclosure of our climate strategy, 
metrics and progress

   Meet our SBT commitment and achieve  
Net Zero ambition

   Engage with third-party rating agencies to 
ensure we are fairly assessed on ESG

   Qualification of multiple suppliers 

   Inventory management

   Encourage climate resilience actions  
at key suppliers

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

37

Customer demands 

Transition

As part of their own climate 
response and to lower their own 
Scope 3 emissions, our customers 
preferentially source products with 
lower climate impacts than we 
offer, resulting in lower revenues. 

CP

NZ

DT

Consumer trends 

Transition

Consumers change buying habits 
to lower consumption or to lower 
climate impact products than we 
offer, resulting in lower revenues. 

Technology or regulatory 
developments may dramatically 
alter the consumer market for 
certain end-use applications  
of our products. 

CP

NZ

DT

Investor demands 

Transition

As part of their own climate 
response, our investors place 
capital in companies with better 
sustainability and climate 
credentials, increasing our cost  
of capital or even limiting our 
capability to invest in the business. 

CP

NZ

DT

Raw material supply/prices 

Transition

Key raw materials have lower 
availability, damaging our ability to 
fulfil orders, potentially lowering 
revenues, and/or higher raw 
material prices mean our cost 
base may become uncompetitive. 

CP

NZ

DT

 High risk 

 Medium risk 

 Low risk   

1  Risk scores are estimated impact on Elementis multiplied by probability of occurrence.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Risk score1 in horizon

Scenario

Short Medium Long Strategic mitigations

Sustainability 
Climate 
continued

Risk type 
Access to renewable electricity 

Why the risk is important to us

Transition

Access to renewable/low carbon 
electricity is a crucial lever for us 
to make progress on our emission 
reduction plans in the near term.

If demand outstrips supply,  
we may find it too costly to use 
renewable electricity, impacting 
our competitiveness. 

Energy prices 

Transition

A high energy price causes 
significant increase in  
operating costs. 

Our cost base may become 
uncompetitive. 

Water scarcity 

Physical

Our sites are disrupted by lack  
of access to clean fresh water  
for manufacturing product. 

Extreme weather events 

Physical

Our sites are disrupted due to 
weather related factors, leading  
to delayed order fulfilment  
and potentially lower revenues,  
while increasing our cost base  
for repairs/prevention. 

CP

NZ

DT

CP

NZ

DT

CP

NZ

DT

CP

NZ

DT

 High risk 

 Medium risk 

 Low risk   

1  Risk scores are estimated impact on Elementis multiplied by probability of occurrence.

Risk management
Our climate risk management approach  
is incorporated into our enterprise risk 
management framework (detailed on 
pages 63-71), and all nine climate related 
risks identified through the climate 
scenario analysis (described above)  
are included in our Group risk register. 
Some of these climate risks (for example, 
extreme weather events) also contribute  
to our principal risks. 

The Audit Committee and Board  
have oversight of our climate risk and 
internal controls (pages 90-91) through 
management prepared materials. 

To ensure we do not over or under 
emphasise climate related risks in relation 
to other enterprise risks, we use the  
same risk scoring framework as for our 
enterprise risks. We annually reassess  
our climate related risk scores under  
each scenario and time frame with  
our functional leaders.

38 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

   Investigate renewable/low carbon electricity 
supplies with multi-year contracts

   Assess opportunities to build additional 
capacity exclusively for our use

   Purchase a mix of renewable and nuclear 
emission certificates to secure low  
carbon electricity at a balanced price

   Energy purchase strategy that balances 
spot, hedged and contracted purchases

   Management of energy supplier contracts

   Increased electrification to minimise 
exposure to gas and liquid fuels

   Energy efficiency projects 

   Projects to minimise water withdrawal and 
improve water and effluent management 

   Some sites have access to their own 
borehole for water supplies

   Continuous assessment maintenance  
and investment in extreme weather 
adaptations at sites

   Supply chain and inventory management  
to cover shorter duration disruptions

Risk mitigations are monitored by the ELT 
and delivered by the ESC-coordinated 
working teams (such as Scope 1 and 2 
emissions reduction) or by functional 
teams (such as new product innovation 
and product marketing).

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Metrics and targets
We have a range of established metrics 
and environmental targets that we use to 
address our climate related risks and 
opportunities. Progress against our climate 
and environmental targets makes up part 
of the performance related remuneration  
of our CEO and CFO (page 114). 

The table below shows which of these 
metrics and targets are relevant mitigations 
for which of our climate related risks.  
The table also shows which risk,  
target and metric are most strongly  
related with our Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG 
emissions, and where in this report to  
find more information about our actions 
and progress. 

We continue to review our metrics and 
targets in line with developing practices 
and regulatory requirements. For example, 
as we embed our use of climate scenarios 
deeper into strategic processes,  
we may introduce internal price of  
carbon scenarios to help assess  
capital investment projects.

GHG emissions 
Our priority is to reduce absolute levels of 
emissions – which is better for the planet 
and all our stakeholders – and this is a 
focus of our climate strategy to be Net Zero 
by 2050. We have committed to set an 
SBT to help keep our focus on emission 
reduction over the medium term. Our GHG 
emissions footprint is detailed on page 41. 

In 2023, we prevented 799 tonnes CO2e 
by replacing heavy fuel oil with LPG in 
Sotkamo, Finland. Combined with lower 
activity, we saw a 17.7% drop in Scope 1 
emissions vs 2022. 

There was no change in which sites 
purchased clean electricity in 2023. 
Renewable and low carbon (nuclear) 
electricity made up 77% of our total 
purchased energy during 2023  
(2022: 77%). We continue to assess 
opportunities to increase our purchase  
of clean electricity, a key element of  
our Net Zero transition plan. 

Versus 2022, our Scope 2 (market based) 
emissions increased by 3,979 tonnes 
CO2e, and Scope 2 (location-based) 
emissions increased by 1,652 tonnes 
CO2e, driven by a higher activity at our 
Taloja, India, site which uses relatively  
high emission grid electricity.

Overall, our combined Scope 1 and  
Scope 2 (market based) emissions 
dropped by 6.7% vs 2022. A 19%  
lower overall production volume was 
counterbalanced by a product mix that 
contained lower amounts of low emission 
intensity talc output relative to our higher 
intensity specialty chemical products,  
and increased activity at Taloja, India. 

Our target is to reduce our combined 
Scope 1 and Scope 2 (market based) 
emissions per tonne of production by 25% 
by 2030, from a 2019 baseline (2030 
target: 0.20). Our intensity increased to 
0.15 tCO2e/tonne production (2022: 0.13). 
Nevertheless, we met our 2030 target for 
the third year in succession. This target will 
be revised in 2025 when we set our SBT.

Climate related targets and metrics

Climate  
related risk

 Carbon pricing

Customer demands

Consumer trends

Investor demands

Raw material  
supply/prices

Access to renewable 
electricity

Energy prices

Water scarcity

Extreme  
weather events

Related 
emission scope

Additional 
information

2030 intensity target

Business metric

Scope 1 and 2 
GHG 
emissions

Energy  
from fuels

Water 
withdrawn

Waste sent  
to third  
parties

Renewable 
electricity

Value chain 
emissions

Natural 
content of 
products

New  
products 
launched

Absolute  
GHG 
emissions

1,2

1

3

3

2

3

3

3

1,2,3

  Page 41

  Page 40

  Page 42

  Page 42

  Page 40

  Page 41

  Page 29

  Page 18

  Page 41

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

39

Sustainability 
Climate 
continued

In 2023, as we prepare for our SBT,  
we expanded the process-based data  
that we use in our highest contributing 
Scope 3 categories of purchased goods 
and transportation. 100% of direct raw 
materials purchased now use specific 
mass-based emissions factors from  
a third party database (2022: 50%).  
For transportation, we also use mode, 
mass and distance for 100% of shipped 
product and for an increased volume  
of raw materials. We also took a more 
pessimistic assumption about how our 
products are treated at end-of-life. 

Methodologies for other categories  
were largely unchanged from 2022 –  
our detailed methodology document  
is available on the Sustainability section  
of our website. Due to resource limitations 
and absence of a current Scope 3  
target, we have not recalculated  
2022 Scope 3 emissions. 

With these data methodology 
improvements, our total Scope 3 emissions 
were calculated to be similar to 2022 
despite lower production volumes.  
The largest single contributor is virgin 
aluminium ingots (94,387 tonnes CO2e)  
– our work to introduce waste aluminium 
can help lower these emissions.

We have screened Forest, Land and 
Agriculture (“FLAG”) emissions across all 
scopes. We estimated that 7% (43,000 
tonnes CO2e) of our 2022 emissions 
footprint are FLAG related. Over 99%  
of our FLAG emissions are in Scope 3 
Category 1, with the largest contributions 
coming from castor and palm oil 
derivatives. The balance falls under Scope 
1 land use change at our own mines.  
Given this result, we do not anticipate 
setting a specific FLAG target as part  
of our future SBT. Our 2023 emission 
footprint includes all FLAG emissions  
we have identified. This year, we have 
obtained third party verification of our 
Scope 3 emissions for the first time. 

Third party verification
We commissioned TÜV SÜD,  
an experienced and independent 
verification body, to verify our 2023 
data for Scope 1, Scope 2 location  
and market based, Scope 3, energy 
consumption, water withdrawal and 
waste generation. GHG emissions  
were verified regarding compliance  
with the ISO 14064-1:2018 standard 
using a reasonable level of verification. 
TÜV SÜD’s full verification statement  
is available on our website.

Energy
We recognise that responsible usage  
of energy (whatever the source) reduces 
demands on resources and infrastructure 
and helps lower our costs and emissions. 
Our 2030 target aims to reduce our energy 
use from fuels per tonne of production by 
20%, from a 2019 baseline (target: 1.52). 
In 2023, 83% of our energy from fuels 
came from natural gas (2022: 85%).

In 2023, sites continued to improve energy 
efficiency, for example: 

   Our Sotkamo, Finland, site introduced  
a fuel switching project to convert from 
fuel oil to LPG for a key drying process 

   Our sites in Songjiang, China, and 
Livingston, UK, fixed compressed air 
leaks across the sites, saving almost 
2,000 GJ of energy (annualised)

   Our site in Livingston, UK, introduced 
heat recovery to pre-heat a boiler  
feed, saving an estimated $40,000 
(annualised)

In total in 2023, we spent $386,000 of 
CAPEX on energy efficiency projects 
(2022: $73,000) to save an estimated 
9,000 GJ of annual energy demand  
(2022: 2,300 GJ). 

Our total energy usage in our continuing 
operations was 13.5% lower in 2023 
compared with 2022, primarily due  
to a drop in production volume, with  
a contribution from our energy efficiency 
projects. Our energy from fuels intensity 
increased by 3.9%. This was primarily  
due to product mix, with relatively lower 
talc production. Talc uses relatively  
low amounts of energy from fuel per  
tonne produced compared with our  
other products.

Examples of how we plan to improve 
energy efficiency further in 2024 include 
process optimisations in Songjiang,  
China, motor upgrades in Ludwigshafen, 
Germany, and electrification of a drying 
process in Sotkamo, Finland. 

Net Zero transition financial metrics
While many of our activities are attributable 
to multiple drivers, we can attribute 1%  
of 2023 CAPEX directly to our climate 
response. This may increase over the 
medium term as we work to decarbonise 
our manufacturing sites. Our operating 
costs directly related to climate change 
include low carbon electricity premiums 
and projects to enhance our emission 
measurement capabilities. Compared  
with total operating expenditure, these 
costs are low (<0.5%). Our revenue 
generating activities are not eligible for 
current climate taxonomy frameworks. 
However, our natural and naturally-derived 
revenue metric is an indicator (page 29)  
of how we generate value from renewable 
rather than fossil-derived feedstocks.

Global energy metric

Total energy (GWh)

Total energy (GJ)

Energy from fuels (GJ)

Purchased energy (GJ)

Purchased energy certified  
renewable/low carbon (%)

Total energy intensity (GJ/tonne produced)

Energy from fuels intensity  
(GJ from fuels/tonne produced)

% change  
in year

-13.5

-13.5

-15.7

-10.9

0

6.5

3.9

2023

416.0

2022

480.7

2021

518.4

2020

517.3

2019 
(baseline)

598.4

1,497,493

1,730,694

1,866,229

1,862,302

2,154,225

787,982

709,510

934,364

796,331

958,322

907,907

952,622

1,145,924

909,680

1,008,301

77

3.59

1.89

77

3.37

1.82

72

3.05

1.57

0

3.46

1.77

0

3.58

1.90

40 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Global GHG metric1 
Scope 1 (tonne CO2e)
Scope 2 (tonne CO2e) 

Total Scope 1 and 2 (tonne CO2e) 

GHG intensity (total Scope 1 and 2 
tonne CO2e/tonne production) 
GHG intensity (total Scope 1 and 2 
tonne CO2e/$m revenue) 
Outside of scopes – GHG from 
biomass (tonne CO2e)

Scope 2 basis

% change  
in year

Market
Location
Market
Location
Market
Location
Market
Location

-17.7
20.5
3.8
-6.7
-7.5
16
11
-3
-4
-4

2023

39,217
23,380
44,608
62,597
83,825
0.15
0.20
88
118
3,850

2022

47,666
19,401
42,956
67,067
90,622
0.13
0.18
91
123
4,011

2021

2020

49,060
26,183
53,447
75,243
102,507
0.12
0.17
106
145
5,165

49,050
94,332
60,501
143,382
109,551
0.27
0.20
237
181
5,732

2019 
(baseline)

58,469
99,957
64,457
158,426
122,926
0.26
0.20
225
175
6,301

Scope 3 GHG emissions by category (tonne CO2e)

% change 
in year2

2023

20222

Purchased goods and services
Capital goods
Fuel and energy related
Upstream transportation
Waste generated
Business travel
Employee commuting
Upstream leased assets
Total upstream Scope 3 emissions
Downstream transportation
Processing of sold products
Use of sold products
Product end-of-life
Downstream leased assets
Franchises 
Investments

Not calculated, not relevant
Not calculated, not relevant

Not applicable

Total downstream Scope 3 emissions
Total Scope 3 emissions
Total Scope 1, 2 (market based), 3 emissions
Total Scope 1, 2 (location based), 3 emissions

UK only GHG and energy metric1
Scope 1 (tonne CO2e)
Scope 2 (tonne CO2e) 

Total Scope 1 and 2 (tonne CO2e) 

GHG intensity (total Scope 1 and 2 
tonne CO2e/tonne production) 

Market

Location

Market

Location

Market

Location

Total energy (GWh)3

Total energy intensity (GWh/tonne produced)

2023  
% of global

13.6

4.2

3.4

10.1

8.2

–

–

8.8

–

2023

5,350

973

1,532

6,323

6,882

0.48

0.52

2022

7,726

321

1,737

8,047

9,463

0.42

0.50

21.0
-31.6
-1.9
-45.4
-53.5
0.1
-41.1
29.7
-3.3
37.4
–
–
212.0
2.4
–
-17.3

115.8
1.5
0.6
0.2

2021

7,740

2,712

2,062

10,452

9,802

0.52

0.49

386,217
15,338
20,916
86,449
4,371
4,779
873
191
519,133
16,257
–
–
31,698
319
–
95

48,368
567,502
630,100
651,329

2020

5,866

2,686

1,986

8,552

7,852

0.53

0.48

319,208
22,421
21,321
158,201
9,397
4,772
1,483
147
536,950
11,832
–
–
10,159
311
–
115

22,417
559,367
626,434
649,989

2019 
(baseline)

7,735

3,026

2,031

10,761

9,766

0.56

0.51

36.6

0.0028

51.3

51.4

0.0027

0.0026

40.9

0.0025

50.4

0.0026

1  For further data breakdowns, see the environmental data tables on our website. 
2  2022 data not recalculated with 2023 methodology due to resource limitations and absence of a specific Scope 3 reduction target.
3  1 GWh = 1 million kilowatt hours (kWh). Total 2023 UK energy was 36,631,594 kWh.

We calculate GHG emissions in line with the GHG Reporting Protocol. For GHG emissions and all other environmental metrics, we report with an operational control 
boundary that aligns with our financial statements. For more information on our calculation approach, see our non-financial data reporting methodology document on 
our website.

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

41

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Sustainability
Environment

Ensuring we minimise the negative impacts of our activities on the natural world is crucial to how  
we operate our business, helping the planet and supporting our own sustainable access to the 
natural materials we require.

Our Health, Safety and Environment 
(“HSE”) team manages environmental 
compliance and performance is  
monitored monthly by our manufacturing 
organisation. Our ESC and the ELT reviews 
performance of our strategic environmental 
KPIs and major improvement projects on  
a quarterly basis. Seven of our sites have 
an environmental management system 
certified to ISO 14001. Further information 
on our environmental data methodologies 
is available on our website.

Water
We see water as a precious natural 
resource, and we continue to work to 
mitigate our water use, risks and impacts. 
Our target is to reduce water withdrawal 
per tonne of production by 10% by  
2030, from a 2019 baseline (2030 target: 
3.38). Our Water Stewardship Policy is 
available on our website. We have also 
considered climate related water risks at 
our sites (page 38). We publicly report  
our water performance through CDP, 
achieving a B rating in 2023 (2022: C). 

Overall, our water withdrawal decreased 
by 17% compared with 2022 (page 43), 
primarily due to lower production volumes. 
We met our 2030 target for the third year 
in succession, although product mix 
effects meant our actual intensity metric 
was 2.5% higher year on year. We will 
publish an updated water target alongside 
our SBT in 2025.

We have worked to increase efficiency  
of water use across our portfolio. For 
example, we changed how we allocated 
products to our filtering equipment in 
Ludwigshafen, Germany, and were able  
to save approximately 30,000 m3 of water 
withdrawal (annualised). We also located 
and repaired a leak in our underground 
supply pipe in Songjiang, China. 

Our water discharge (page 43) is 
significantly higher than withdrawals, 
primarily due to groundwater and rainwater 
management at our mines in Finland.  
For the rest of our sites, discharge is 
generally lower than withdrawal due to 
process water being lost to evaporation  
as we dry our products, and sometimes 
shipped as part of a product.

We use the World Resources Institute 
(“WRI”) Aqueduct tool to help us 
understand water risks. This year,  
our site in Newberry Springs, US,  
has been newly classified as within a high 
water stress area, along with our two 
manufacturing sites in China (Songjiang and 
Anji). Our water withdrawal intensity in those 
areas was 6.1 m3 per tonne produced in 
2023 (2022: 4.1 m3 per tonne produced). 

Waste
We recognise how valuable resources  
are and we aim to use them as efficiently 
as possible to support a more circular 
economy. To this end, our target is to 
reduce the waste (including hazardous 
waste) we send for third party treatment 
per tonne of production by 10% by 2030, 
from a 2019 baseline (2030 target: 0.032). 

We have re-baselined our data for  
this metric as we better standardised  
our data management of this KPI to 
exclude wastewater trucked offsite at  
two sites. Data from 2019 to 2022 has 
been corrected. 

Our waste per tonne of production 
increased by 9.7% in 2023 (page 43).  
We will publish an updated waste target 
alongside our SBT in 2025. 

We conducted activities to reduce our 
waste, including at our Hsinchu, Taiwan, 
facility where the recycling of process 
residues and recycling of raw material 
drum packaging saved over five tonnes of 
waste (annualised). Future projects include 
the potential reclassification of clay wastes 
from our Livingston, UK, site as products 
for use within agricultural and construction 
businesses. If realised, this could reduce 
our waste by thousands of tonnes. Similar 
wastes from our Anji, China, site are 
treated by our waste services provider  
and then used in construction materials.

In 2023, 50% of our total waste sent offsite 
for third party treatments was landfilled, 
the majority of this being non-metallic 
mineral wastes. 8% of waste was 
incinerated and 41% was recycled or 
reused. 8% of our waste was classified  
as hazardous (2022: 4%).

Air emissions
We control the emission of dust and 
gaseous pollutants – including VOC, 
Nitrogen Oxides (“NOx”) and Sulfur 
Oxides (“SOx”) – in compliance with our 
local operating permits, using scrubbers 
where necessary. Significant air emissions 
are detailed on page 43. The large drop  
in SOx emissions in 2023 is due to the 
replacement of heavy fuel oil with  
LPG at our Sotkamo, Finland, site.

Photo: Our site in Sotkomo, Finland.

This site has prevented 799 tonnes of GHG 
emissions and approximately 20 tonnes of SOx 
emissions by executing a fuel switching project, 
moving from heavy fuel oil to LPG, with future 
potential to electrify the process.

42 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Water metric

% change  
in year

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019 
(baseline)

Total water withdrawal (m3)

-16.7

1,310,825

1,573,678

1,700,117

2,048,730

2,254,182

Water withdrawal intensity (m3/tonne produced)

2.5

3.15

3.07

2.78

3.80

3.75

Water withdrawn from high water stress  
areas (m3)1

Water withdrawn from high water stress  
areas intensity (m3/tonne produced)

-8.4

188,033

205,248

308,809

291,866

223,422

48.8

6.1

4.1

5.2

10.4

6.4

1  Newberry Springs, CA, US, was classified as in a high water stress area in the WRI Aqueduct tool for the first time in 2023. The site water withdrawal has been 

added to 2019-2022 figures to aid comparison of trends.

Water metric (m3)

Water withdrawal by source

Total water withdrawn

Water discharge by destination

Total water discharged

Total water consumed

Waste sent for third party treatment

Mass of hazardous waste (tonne)

Mass of non-hazardous waste (tonne)

Total waste (tonne)

Total waste intensity  
(tonne generated/tonne produced)

Treatment method of waste 
(tonne)

Hazardous 
waste

Landfilled

Incinerated 

Recycled/reused

Total 

138

1,126

12

1,276

All locations

Water stressed locations

Ground 

Surface

Third party

Ground 

Surface

Third party

248,877

185,539

876,410

1,310,825

0

3,286,514

756,977

4,043,491

-2,732,666

% change  
in year

70

-15.9

-11.1

2023

1,276

14,269

15,545

2022

750

16,728

17,478

2021

293

18,842

19,135

48,461

103,531

36,041

188,033

0

68,370

11,785

80,156

107,878

2019 
(baseline)

–

–

2020

–

–

19,704

21,297

9.7

0.037

0.034

0.031

0.037

0.035

Non-
hazardous 
waste

7,664

185

6,420

7,802

1,310

6,432

14,269

15,545

Total

Emission to air (tonne)

Sulfur oxides

Nitrogen oxides

Volatile organic 
compounds

Hazardous  
air pollutants

Particulate matter

2023

0.5

19.5

65.6

6.3

1.7

2022

24.0

29.6

48.8

4.1

2.5

Production volume (tonne)

Global total

UK only

% change  
in year

-19

-30

2023

2022

2021

2020

416,738

513,300

611,533

538,495

13,253

19,056

19,926

16,282

2021

33.5

37.3

58.3

3.9

20.3

2019 
(baseline)

601,753

19,233

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

43

California, US
We operate one open cast mine in 
California for hectorite clay mineral.  
We can mine 220 hectares of land and 
have additional claims (mineral rights)  
on US federal land surrounding the  
current operation. 

By design and geological location,  
no stormwater leaves the site. 
Occasionally, rainwater in active mining 
areas is pumped to other parts of the 
property to evaporate while allowing 
mining to continue. Water from an on-site 
owned well is used for dust control, to 
remain in compliance with the reclamation 
plan and regional California Air Quality 
Management District requirements. 

All mined material is segregated such that 
further uses can be found for it in future 
(e.g. in agriculture, highway construction  
or landfill liners). We sell a small amount of 
rock as storm erosion protection and clay 
for agriculture amendments and residential 
pond liners.

Our mine is within the habitat range of the 
Mojave Desert tortoise, which is on the 
International Union for Conservation of 
Nature red list as critically endangered.  
We have an approved tortoise barrier 
surrounding the site to prevent tortoises 
entering the site. Should a tortoise be 
found inside the fence, we work with  
a trained biologist to return the animal 
safely to its natural habitat.

Finland
We operate four active open cast mines  
for high purity talc minerals. Our talc mines 
are members of the Finnish Network for 
Sustainable Mining, which aims to advance 
responsible mining practices, and we  
are committed to the Finnish Towards 
Sustainable Mining Standard. 

We continuously monitor environmental 
impacts with our own laboratories or 
qualified third parties, including the  
quality of groundwater and surface water. 
We reuse the water from our tailings 
storage facility in our ore processing, 
minimising freshwater withdrawal and 
resulting in a water recycling rate of  
over 95%. As we mine, we pump out 
accumulating groundwater and rainwater, 
treating it before discharge.

As we process the talc ore, we produce 
nickel concentrate and magnesite sand as 
by-products, which are utilised in on-site 
infrastructure or sold externally. We also 
use rocks in road construction on site.

The land area actively mined at these  
sites is 1,792 hectares. Our land 
management and remediation plans 
include consideration of landscape  
value when designing landfill areas. 

There are no endangered species 
identified in our mining areas. The impact 
of our mining activities on biodiversity  
is monitored in compliance with local 
operating permits and regulations. 

Our permits are susceptible to challenges 
from environmental lobbyists and where 
this occurs, we work constructively with 
the permitting authorities and follow legal 
due process to defend our rights. 

Sustainability 
Environment 
continued

Responsible mining
We operate mines in Finland and 
California, US, that give us direct access  
to key mineral resources incorporated  
into our products. We work to protect  
the environment and nature, reducing or 
avoiding our impact on sensitive species, 
habitats and ecosystems. Our biodiversity 
statement is available on our website.  
We engage openly and constructively  
with local communities, seek continuous 
improvements in our practices,  
and work to minimise negative impacts  
of our operations. 

Overburden, tailings and ore beneficiation 
residues remain in tailing storage facilities 
on our mine sites. Some of these materials 
are sold as products, and there is further 
potential for valorisation in the future.

Photo: Our California mine.

Supporting reforestation 
We partnered with Forestmatic to plant  
a tree for every visitor who left a business 
card at our marketing stand at a major 
conference. We planted 275 trees in  
Peru, supporting a project run locally  
by Camino Verde. The local community 
benefits economically from the resulting 
non-timber products, and degraded land  
is rehabilitated to a healthy forest.

275

Trees planted in Peru

44 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Sustainability
People

At Elementis, our people are the key ingredients of our success. They are vital members of a local 
team and a dynamic, global, inclusive company, and they play a pivotal role in bringing our purpose 
to life – delivering unique chemistry and sustainable solutions to the world.

Our Values define our culture and guide 
our journey. Safety is more than a 
standard; it’s a way of life, showcasing our 
unwavering commitment to our workforce’s 
well-being. Our ambition is demonstrated 
in our passion for excellence and our  
drive to create solutions that bring value. 
Respect is woven into all interactions, 
whether with colleagues, customers, 
communities or the environment. And 
teams are the foundation of our success, 
creating an environment where collective 
efforts result in exceptional achievements.

Health and safety
Safety is a core value at Elementis.  
Our focus is on keeping our employees 
safe, protecting people, and operating 
responsibly. Accountability for health  
and safety is held by our CEO, supported 
by the Senior Vice President (“SVP”) 
Global Supply Chain and Manufacturing 
and the Global Director for HSE. Our 
Board receives a detailed update on our 
health and safety performance at each 
meeting and the ELT receives updates 
monthly as part of the review of overall 
Group performance. 

Our health and safety strategic plan 
reflects how we turn focus into action.  
Our objective is to deliver excellence in 
HSE performance and drive continuous 
improvement through continual investment 
in our people, management systems and 
our facilities. A copy of our HSE Policy is 
available on our website. 

We operate a comprehensive management 
system that supports our Values and  
the delivery of our health and safety 
programme TogetherSAFE. We 
continuously develop key parts of the 
management system. This year, we 
expanded our development of a global 
HSE framework and publication of HSE 
standards in line with International 
Organisation for Standardisation (“ISO”) 
standards. We continued our safety 
leadership certification programme for  
new site management, certifying six new 
leaders on performance, compliance and 
risk management. We awarded our third 
annual CEO TogetherSAFE Award to our 
Huguenot and Wallkill (US) sites for their 
safety initiatives in merging TogetherSAFE 
and hazard recognition, expanding ‘Stop 
Work Authority’ reporting, and increasing 
the number of HSE champions. 

We held our third annual Global Safety 
Week in April, with all our sites uniting 
globally to celebrate and nurture our safety 
culture. Speakers covered topics on 
wellness, sustainability and a shared 
personal story on confined space hazards. 

Organisational roles and responsibilities, 
and mechanisms to communicate 
information and data management 
supporting the measurement and tracking 
of HSE incidents, are operated under  
our global HSE Leadership Council.  
The Council meets monthly and comprises 
functional and business segment 
representatives spearheading the HSE 
management system throughout the 
organisation. All sites’ local management 
systems are based on Plan, Do, Check, 
Act principles to ensure sufficient  
control and drive continual performance 
improvement. Each manufacturing site 
operates a safety committee covering 
matters that impact employee health  
and safety, performance, incidents and 
concerns. All suggestions are tracked  
as corrective and preventative actions. 

To ensure compliance with our safe work 
procedures and compliance with legislative 
requirements, employees are given training 
tailored to their specific job requirements 
and required level of competence. Training 
consists of both in-person and virtual,  
with each site maintaining a training plan. 
Safety critical training and competencies 
are clearly identified and kept up to date. 

Our corporate HSE team conducts  
regular audits to determine compliance 
with country and local regulations, 
completing five audits (eight in 2022)  
of our manufacturing sites.

Health and safety performance
Our total recordable injury and illness rate 
was 0.33, compared with 0.67 in 2022. 
There were four employee recordable 
injuries (2022: eight). There were four lost 
time accidents (“LTAs”) (2022: three). 
Most of our employee injuries were 
lacerations (32%) and sprains/contusions 
(24%). Key improvement opportunities 
identified from these incidents are risk 
assessment of tasks before work 
commences, overseeing work during 
operations, safe lifting practices, early 
reporting of symptoms, and adherence  
to procedures and rules. There were zero 
fatalities reported in 2023 (2022: zero).

Total recordable injuries
4

2021
2022
2023

8

7

4

Total recordable injuries rate
0.33

2021
2022
2023

0.33

0.9

0.67

Total lost time injuries
4

2021
2022
2023

3

2

4

Contractor recordable injuries
2

2021
2022
2023

4

2

7

Total PSE Tier 1 and 2
2

2021
2022
2023

1

2
2

2021 and 2022 data excludes divested sites.

Process safety
Process safety management ensures that 
systems and procedures are implemented 
to prevent and control hazards associated 
with toxic releases, fires, explosions, 
uncontrolled reactions and energy releases 
that can result in catastrophic incidents. 

A formalised process safety management 
standard was created in 2023 to guide  
our plants in managing risk according to 
requirements and best practices. Aligned 
with the standard increased training in 
process safety events (“PSE”), hazard 
analysis, and defined competency 
requirements, were conducted and a 
process safety improvement plan for high 
risk processes executed. Phase 1 of the 
plan included sites identified as high 
hazard, which were prioritised due to 

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

45

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Sustainability 
People 
continued

overall risk (severity and frequency).  
The plan included completion of 
associated process hazard analysis 
(“PHA”), management of risks raised in 
PHAs and identification of deficiencies  
in the maintenance of safety critical 
equipment. Phase 2 will include the 
remaining high risk locations as well  
goal of 100% PHA coverage by 2025. 

A PSE is an unplanned incident or accident 
that occurs during the operation of a 
chemical or industrial plant, where a 
hazardous material is being used or 
processed. We had two Tier 1 or Tier 2 
PSEs in 2023 (2022: two). Both incidents 
involved seal failure. One resulted in the 
loss of primary containment to secondary 
containment; the other a slow leak  
over a period of several days. Corrective 
actions implemented include upgraded 
preventative maintenance plans and 
increased visual inspections of  
critical equipment.

In 2023, we had seven Tier 2 
environmental incidents (2022: zero).  
Our local incident response teams followed 
procedures to recover the situation  
and declared each incident to the local 
authorities as soon as we became  
aware of a problem. The two most 
potentially impactful of these events  
were caused by third party tampering of  
a pipeline, and investigation is ongoing. 
Four of the incidents have been closed  
in collaboration with the authorities.  
The root cause was either equipment 
malfunction (three incidents) or failure  
to follow procedure (one incident).  
A thorough analysis of each incident was 
conducted and learnings communicated 
across our manufacturing network to 
prevent future occurrences. The remaining 
incident was an administrative error made 
during an air permit renewal application.

Safety metric methodology 
We use the US OSHA Regulation 
definition	for	a	recordable	injury:

A work related accident or illness that 
results	in	one	or	more	of:	death;	loss	of	
consciousness;	absence	of	more	than	
one	day;	medical	treatment	beyond	 
first	aid;	restricted	work	or	transfer	to	
another job.

TRIR is the number of recordable  
cases multiplied by 200,000 divided  
by total hours worked by all employees 
(including directly supervised 
contracted/temporary employees)  
over a calendar year. We exclude 
contractors from the TRIR calculation, 
separately tracking the number of 
contractor recordable injuries.

Contractor safety 
A contractor is defined as a third party 
contracted to undertake work on behalf  
of the Company, or to provide a specific 
service to the Company. All new 
contractors are given HSE orientation prior 
to commencement of work to understand 
their on-site responsibilities and to ensure 
compliance with our safe work procedures. 
Each site conducts specific contractor 
orientation, covering life critical rules,  
safe work permitting, emergency 
procedures and incident reporting.

Contractors deemed as high risk are 
vetted by reviewing the suitability of  
their programmes and training, and their 
organisation for regulatory violations.  
A contractor recordable injury is a work 
related accident, meeting the definition  
of recordable injury, that occurs to a 
contractor while working at an Elementis 
site. Contractor recordable injuries 
decreased in 2023 to two (2022: four).

A LTA is a work related injury or illness 
that requires greater than three days 
away from work (excluding the day of 
the incident).

A Tier 1 or Tier 2 PSE involves loss of 
primary containment with consequence. 
It is an unplanned or uncontrolled 
release of any material from a process. 
Tier 1 has a higher magnitude of 
consequence	than	Tier	2,	as	defined	 
in the American Petroleum Institute 
Recommended Practice 754.

A Tier 1 or Tier 2 environmental incident 
is a release of materials at a level in 
breach of our permit limits that requires 
notification	to	the	authorities.	Tier	1	has	
a higher magnitude of consequence, 
either in impact or in remediation costs.

Focus for 2024
In 2024, we will continue implementation  
of global HSE standards and framework 
within the operations and develop 
meaningful KPIs to support the rollout.  
We will heighten engagement by 
leveraging the success of initiatives  
such as the TogetherSAFE CEO Award, 
Global Safety Week and our ‘Call to Action’ 
initiative and embed process management 
practices by continuing to drive execution 
of the process safety improvement plan.  
To reduce associated injury risks, 
continued work is needed on ergonomic 
assessments of our manual handling  
tasks, promotion of hazard recognition, 
work permitting and risk assessment 
processes at all manufacturing sites.  
We will support training of new HSE 
leaders, and promote stop work  
authority and near miss reporting.

In 2023, several of our sites celebrated extended periods of  
safe operation.

90% 

52% 

of sites had zero recordable 
injuries for >1 year 

of sites had zero recordable 
injuries for >3 years

The following sites celebrated significant milestones without  
an employee recordable injury, showing strong employee 
engagement in driving continuous improvements in safety 
culture and taking responsibility for their own and others’ safety: 

   Katwijk (12 years)

   Livingston (6 years)

   Milwaukee (11 years)

   Songjiang (4 years)

   Newberry mine (8 years)

   Middletown (7 years)

   Palmital, Huguenot, Anji  
(3 years)

46 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

‘Call to Action’ initiative 
600 employees, 46 meetings and over  
100 actions developed
Following an increase in incidents in the first half of the year,  
all sites globally were requested to step up efforts to improve 
HSE performance by engaging with employees, which sent  
a clear message about the value we place on safety. 

To ensure future occurrences are minimised, all sites 
participated in small group sessions discussing the events, 
suggesting areas for improvements, and documenting key 
learnings for follow up sessions. Key improvement  
areas identified included reducing risk from manual handling 
tasks, improved employee and contractor training, better 
oversight of work and permits, promotion of Stop Work 
Authority (“SWA”), reporting near misses, and a continued  
drive towards hazard recognition within operations.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Our people 
In 2023, we continued to promote and 
further integrate our employee value 
proposition – Connect, Grow, Make an 
Impact – launched in 2022. These areas 
were identified by our employees as our 
core areas of strength. Connect – as our 
people value the collaboration and being 
part of a global team. Grow – as there are 
plenty of opportunities to participate in 
projects and gain new perspectives and 
experiences. Make an Impact – because 
everyone’s contributions are valued,  
and our work has a meaningful impact.

Our policies and practices
Our HR policies demonstrate how  
our values are put into practice. They 
underscore our commitment to providing 
equal opportunities in employment, striving 
to ensure that the work environment is  
free of harassment and bullying and  
that everyone is treated with dignity and 
respect. Our policies are available to all 
employees via the company intranet and 
local HR. Mandatory training is provided  
to all employees. 

While the Company has fewer than 250 
employees in the UK and is therefore not 
required to report under the gender pay 
gap regulations, the Group reviews gender 
pay globally on a biennial basis, with the 
most recent one completed and reviewed 
by the Board in December 2022. This 
showed significant progress globally  
with the UK data showing that female 
employees were paid slightly higher than 
their male counterparts. A further review 
will take place in 2024.

We are committed to providing fair, market 
competitive, pay and benefits to attract, 
engage and motivate employees at all 
levels. We aim to pay fully competent 
individuals who consistently meet 
performance expectations at competitive 
market levels. We review benchmark salary 
increase data on an annual basis and 
complete a full survey every three years  
to ensure we maintain this position. 

We are accredited by the UK Living  
Wage Foundation in respect of our pay 
commitment to direct and third party 
employees at all UK locations. 

We provide a variety of leave programmes 
to support employees through life events, 
including family leave to care for sick family 
members, paternity and maternity leave, 
and bereavement leave. Leave entitlement 
varies greatly across countries but the 
offerings are all in line with or above  
market norms. 

Employee headcount by gender and region 
Effective as of 31/12/2023

Metric

Americas

Europe1

Asia

Global

1  One employee chose not to disclose.

Male 
employees

Female 
employees

293

326

320

939

110

128

103

341

Total

403

454

423

1,280

Human rights 
Our approach to upholding human 
rights is guided by international 
conventions and standards, including 
the UN Universal Declaration of Human 
Rights, the UN Guiding Principles on 
Business and Human Rights and the 
International Labour Organization’s 
Declaration on Fundamental Principles 
and Rights at Work. We prohibit  
the use of child and forced labour 
throughout our supply chain. We are 
committed to the principles of freedom 
of association, equality of treatment  
and non-discrimination.

In addition, each country offers multiple 
forms of personal and family support which 
aim to enhance work-life balance and 
increase employees’ sense of well-being. 
Examples are child education and 
childcare support, meal allowance  
or meal vouchers, on-site canteen, 
transportation support, and gifts  
for holidays and life events. 

From our employee population, 7.3%  
are union members and 28% are subject 
to collective bargaining agreements  
(data excludes Ludwigshafen, Germany, 
where we have no right to this information). 

Voluntary attrition reduced to 8.8%  
(2022: 10.6%), well below manufacturing 
industry benchmarks.

Metric

Union membership

Collective bargaining 
agreement

Voluntary attrition

2023

7.3% 

28% 

8.8% 

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

47

Sustainability 
People
continued

Benefits and rewards
Our total rewards package goes beyond 
competitive compensation and benefits.  
It encompasses a safe and healthy work 
environment, a commitment to work-life 
balance, meaningful recognition and 
continuous learning and development. 
Guided by our global principles, benefit 
programmes vary from one country to 
another as government mandates, cultural 
factors and market norms shape local 
programme design and employee 
expectations. These local offerings are  
well aligned to and within the scope of  
our global principles. 

All countries offer some form of retirement 
scheme, ranging from the employee 
invested 401k plan in the US to wholly 
state provided and cash lump sums after 
retirement. In countries where state 
programmes are at a basic level, the 
Company offers private plans in addition  
to the mandatory contributions to the  
state programme.

Employees in all countries have access  
to a government health plan, to which the 
company contributes, and/or a company 
sponsored plan. Employees in India, the 
US and Brazil are provided with company 
sponsored healthcare plans as there is no 
national healthcare system or the coverage 
is limited. In the UK and Germany, the 
Company offers supplemental health 
insurance in addition to mandatory 
contributions to the national programmes. 
The offering of a supplemental plan in UK 
is above market norms as private medical 
schemes are not common and only offered 
by 10% of employers. Our new site in 
Portugal will be set up on the same basis, 
aligned to our global principles.

% female

Senior leaders1

Total employees

2023

2022 

2021

2020

37

27

35 

24 

31 

24 

30 

24 

1  ELT and direct reports, excluding administrative personnel. Numbers do not include Ludwigshafen.

% ethnically diverse (US only)

Total

2023

26

2022

26

2021

22

2019

25

23

2020

21

US ethnic diversity has held steady over 
2022 at 26% (against a target of 30%)  
and increased 5% since 2020. We 
continue to ensure diverse candidate  
pools and interviewing panels. We expect 
our diverse talent to be reflected within  
our Board and leadership teams, and have 
started our journey to voluntarily collect 
ethnic diversity data globally.

Elementis is an equal opportunities 
employer and considers applications  
for employment from all backgrounds.  
We provide facilities, equipment and 
training to assist all employees. Should  
an employee become disabled during  
their employment, efforts would be made 
to retain them in their current role or to 
explore opportunities for redeployment  
in the Group. In 2023, we completed  
the vast majority of the Facility Access 
Programme removing physical barriers  
in all but one of our sites. 

Employee-led initiatives 
foster DE&I 
In 2023, our Women in Leadership 
forum conducted listening lounges 
globally coupled with local initiatives. 
This plays a crucial role in 
understanding the unique challenges 
faced by women in the workplace, 
allowing us to address these issues 
effectively. They also gathered inspiring 
career stories from five women leaders 
for International Women’s Day and 
hosted a global workshop on resilience.

We also saw the establishment of  
a new Employee Resource Group – the 
Women Engineers of Elementis. This 
initiative aims to create a supportive 
community for our women engineers, 
offering networking opportunities, 
resources for professional development, 
and a collaborative environment that 
empowers women to reach their  
full potential.

A diverse and inclusive environment
Elementis strives to create a culture where 
all employees feel safe, respected, valued, 
and empowered to contribute ideas and 
perspectives. We recognise that the 
diversity of our people and the inclusive 
nature of our culture are intrinsic to better 
business decisions and fundamental to  
the success of our strategy. 

During the year, the Board has received 
updates on Diversity, Equity and Inclusion 
(“DE&I”) matters and has performed in  
line with the Board Diversity Policy and 
objectives. We have a Board composition 
of 37.5% female Board members,  
a Director from an ethnic minority 
background and one of the four senior 
Board positions occupied by a female.  
By the end of 2024, we expect to reach  
our goal of >40% female, surpassing the 
requirements of the Women FTSE Leaders 
and the Parker review. In 2023, we 
ascended from 74th to 49th place in  
the FTSE Women Leaders Review. 
Additionally, we attained the leading 
position within the Chemical sector.

Our DE&I Leadership Council, created  
in 2020, is co-chaired by the CEO and 
Chief Human Resources Officer (“CHRO”) 
and is represented by senior leaders who 
have a passion for DE&I. During 2023, the 
Council delivered functional and business 
segment DE&I strategies, driving greater 
accountability within the organisation. The 
Council has continued to deliver against its 
road map, with initiatives centred around 
knowledge and culture, process and 
policy, and communications and reporting. 

One of the significant developments in our 
commitment to DE&I is the introduction  
of a Culture of Inclusion Index, measured 
through our engagement survey. Our 
Culture of Inclusion index currently stands 
at a 3.9 mean out of 5.0, an indicator of  
the positive impact of our DE&I efforts on 
our workplace culture.

Our strategy to increase gender diversity 
continues to result in a greater proportion  
of females in senior positions, up to 37%  
in 2023 (from 35% in 2022). We align with 
the FTSE Women Leaders definition of senior 
positions: that is, our ELT and direct reports 
excluding administrative roles. Across the 
whole employee population, gender diversity 
increased to 27% (2022: 24%).

48 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

We recognise the importance of 
developing talent internally, as well  
as attracting talent from outside the 
organisation, to provide our employees 
with the skills they need to succeed in  
the future. 

Managing and supporting 
performance 
With the performance management 
process in Elementis, we align individual 
and business goals to drive organisational 
success. We stimulate a culture of 
performance and develop our employees. 
This connects the different HR processes 
and ensures a fair and consistent 
approach. The performance management 
process starts with goal setting, where 
employees are asked to set goals that 
contribute to the key priorities of Elementis. 
We use the mid-year review to review the 
goals and actions and adjust if needed. 
During the year end review employees and 
managers evaluate their performance and 
managers are asked to give a performance 
rating. The ratings are calibrated to ensure 
fairness. The final performance rating is 
connected to a salary increase and bonus.  
All employees who join before October in 
the year participate in the performance 
management process. 

Listening to our colleagues: 
engagement survey
Elementis is committed to improving 
employee engagement throughout the 
business. Our engagement survey enables 
our people to provide feedback about what 
they need to become happier and more 
successful at work. We use the feedback 
and external trend analysis to make data 
driven decisions that improve employee 
engagement and Company performance. 

In 2023, we changed providers and started 
using Gallup, the leading provider of 
insights into employee engagement.  
The process is now biannual, with surveys 
occurring on a fixed schedule in March 
and September, no matter what is 
happening in the business. Previously 
employees were only surveyed once  
per year. 

In both surveys of 2023, we had over  
80% participation rates. Overall, our  
grand mean score in the 12 key areas  
(also known as ‘Gallup Q12’) remained  
the same in both surveys: 3.86 out of 5. 
Our ambition is to be at the 75th percentile 
of companies by 2025. Currently, we are  
at the 35th percentile and with the  
right focus, we are confident we can 
achieve this.

The survey results serve as a foundation 
for managers to initiate meaningful 
discussions with their teams. These 
discussions involve recognising and 
celebrating successful practices,  
as well as adapting strategies to enhance 
engagement where necessary. In the 
September 2023 survey, 62% of 
participants agreed/strongly agreed  
with “My team has made progress on  
the goals set during our action planning 
sessions after the last Employee 
Engagement Survey”.

We disseminate survey highlights  
globally, fostering a culture of transparency 
and shared understanding across  
the organisation.

Supporting the wellbeing of  
our people
We continue to highlight the importance  
of wellbeing and mental health. In 2023,  
we extended our employee assistance 
programme to all the countries where  
we have operations, offering counselling,  
legal and financial consultation, and crisis 
intervention services to all our employees 
and their family at no cost to them. 

We are committed to accommodating 
flexible work arrangements including 
working from home, flexible work 
schedules and part-time work, as long  
as the role allows, and we promote 
meaningful and open conversations about 
what works best to balance individual 
needs and deliver against goals and 
business requirements. 

Continuous learning and development 
We encourage our people to develop  
their expertise and expand their skills,  
so we can all confidently create value in 
everything we do. We embed learning  
and development in our core processes  
via Performance Management and Talent  
& Succession. With these processes  
we have a fair and consistent approach  
to assess individual learning and 
development needs, provide clear learning 
and development targets and create 
learning and development opportunities. 

Through live (virtual and in-person) 
workshops and via our online platform,  
we provide training supporting our key 
priorities. All employees have unlimited 
access to LinkedIn Learning where they 
can take e-learnings that suit their personal 
learning needs. Over 1,720 hours were 
logged on LinkedIn Learning in 2023.  
In China we also provide unlimited  
access to a local learning platform  
called Lzdxedu.com, where 2,747 hours 
were logged during 2023.

Mean Gallup  
Q12 score

3.86

out of 5

>80%

 employee participation

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

49

Fit for the Future

In 2023, Elementis announced a series  
of proposed changes to the organisation 
and our ways of working that will make 
Elementis Fit for the Future. These 
changes started in Q3 2023 and will be 
completed during 2025. They include a 
simpler and more efficient organisational 
structure based around our three regions; 
the opening of an R&D unit and global 
centre of excellence in Porto, Portugal;  
and the outsourcing of several financial 
processes. As a result of the proposed 
changes, around 190 roles will be 
impacted globally and the Cologne site,  
in Germany, will be closed. Employees 
were notified as soon as possible, and 
consultation took place with the Dutch  
and German works councils and the 
Finnish shop stewards, with the 
appropriate agreements being finalised 
from October 2023 to January 2024  
and communicated to employees.

As a way to demonstrate our value of 
respect, we are committed to being as 
transparent as possible with employees 
about the changes. We created an intranet 
page with FAQs and other relevant content 
in all languages, and we have provided 
frequent updates via leadership briefings 
and town hall meetings.

Supporting leaders 
through change 
To support leaders through these 
changes, the ELT undertook change 
readiness workshops in London and  
in the US. In addition, approximately  
60 senior leaders within the business  
in the US and Europe undertook  
change leadership workshops and 
approximately another 70 people 
managers attended a virtual change 
workshop in December 2023. We will 
continue to review support for our 
people managers and leaders over 
2024 to ensure that they are effectively 
leading the organisation through the 
changes over the next year.

Sustainability 
People 
continued

Supporting our communities
We offer our employees paid time off to spend volunteering and encourage them  
to participate in volunteering activity as teams. A few examples of activities done  
in 2023: 

   The Women in Leadership group at SciPark, New Jersey, US, organised an offsite 
volunteering activity at Lawrence Community Centre. A total of 11 employees from 
SciPark helped paint and refresh the classroom, game room and bathroom of the 
community centre that is used during the summer by young children in need

   Employees from our Hsinchu site, in Taiwan, participated in a beach clean-up 
organised by the Government of Hsinchu City, and collected litter and debris  
from the local beach

   Employees from Elementis’ Anji site, in China, visited a school in Anji for  
immigrant workers’ children. They provided books and stationery to the children. 
The Anji Plant Manager spoke to the children about the importance of studying  
to build a bright future

   The HR team from our Taloja, India, operation supported a local school with 
International Yoga Day celebrations on 21 June, providing free yoga lessons  
with an accredited instructor, emphasising the benefits of the practice for health  
and wellbeing

50 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Sustainability
Responsible business

We are committed to ensuring that Integrity is our Specialty by conducting business fairly  
and ethically. 

Ethics and compliance 
We are committed to conducting business 
with integrity around the world and to fair 
and ethical behaviour throughout 
our organisation. Our Code of Conduct 
and Ethics (“Code”), entitled ‘Integrity  
is our Specialty’, is the cornerstone of  
our ethics and compliance programme.  
It helps us communicate our commitment 
to responsible business and promotes  
a culture of complying with the law and 
doing business ethically. It provides the 
framework for:

   Making a culture of ethics and 
compliance apparent and accessible  
to all employees and third parties doing 
business with Elementis

   Providing training, information and 
guidance on key compliance areas

   Guaranteeing that all concerns are 
addressed appropriately

   Ensuring ethical and compliance 
matters are considered and weighted 
appropriately in all Elementis’  
business decisions

Our Code is available on our intranet  
and our website in seven languages.  
The Code is also promoted through our 
organisation via printed materials as well as 
in communications on compliance topics. 
Our Integrity is our Specialty logo is used 
as a visual reminder of the importance of 
ethics and compliance at Elementis.

Our governance structure 
The Ethics and Compliance Council 
(“ECC”) continued to hold quarterly 
meetings throughout 2023. The ECC 
comprises the Group General Counsel  
& Chief Compliance Officer (Chair),  
the Head of Compliance, the executive 
leaders from each business segment and 
function, and Internal Audit. The ECC 
reports to the CEO after each meeting  
and to the Board twice a year. Its purpose 
is to uphold and oversee an ethics and 
compliance culture at Elementis and to 
ensure the Code, and related Elementis 
policies and standards, are effectively 
communicated and implemented.

Risk assessment 
Following on from the risk assessments 
conducted in 2022, we continue to  
monitor our compliance risks. This  
includes reviewing internal data from  
the compliance programme as well  
as external information on new laws, 
enforcement proceedings, corruption  
risks and benchmark data.

Key topics in 2023 
Trade sanctions continued to be a major 
area of focus: in particular, compliance 
with international sanctions on Russia, 
covering products, organisations and 
individuals. The Legal & Compliance team 
worked closely with colleagues across the 
business units to manage compliance and 
resolve questions. Adjustments were also 

made in our ordering system to improve 
control mechanisms in relation to  
trade sanctions. 

We implemented our new screening 
system for customers and suppliers during 
2023, and supported the launch with  
a new Global Policy on Customer and 
Supplier Screening, as well as providing 
training and guidance on use of the system 
to colleagues. The system is a key part of 
our compliance and responsible sourcing 
efforts. We also launched our first Business 
Partner Code of Conduct, setting out the 
expectations we have of our suppliers and 
other third parties with whom we work.  
The Business Partner Code is available  
on our website in English and Chinese 
languages. We also ran e-learning training 
on trade sanctions and Modern Slavery to 
further enhance employee understanding 
of those risks and the role of screening in 
managing them. 

Another major project in 2023 was 
designing and implementing a new system 
for the management of our Global  
Policies to improve controls and increase 
efficiency. The new system is explained in 
our new Policy on Creation, Approval and 
Review of Global Documents, including  
a Document Hierarchy and a Standard 
Template for Global Policies. A functional 
review of documentation was conducted, 
to identify and document our current 
Global Policies. Following this review,  
a new searchable Global Policies library, 
available on our intranet, was created,  
so that the standards we expect everyone 
to follow are easily accessible. 

Ethics & Compliance week
Our first Ethics & Compliance Week was held in May 2023 to mark a year since the  
launch of our new Code of Conduct. Colleagues gathered together at various sites, 
including London, Amsterdam, Hsinchu and Livingston, to celebrate that milestone  
and learn more about ethics and compliance. The theme of the week was ‘Speak Up, 
Listen Up, Follow Up’, and it was publicised throughout our company with branded  
posters and digital media. 

Global events through the week included:

   Training for line managers on creating 
psychological safety and trust 

   A webinar on ethical decision making 
and sustainability

   Keynote speech by a former FBI agent 
entitled ‘Wilful & inattentional blindness: 
Why we fail to see what we need to see’

   South East Asia compliance case  
study session

   A virtual townhall, in which our CEO  
and members of the ELT focused on the 
importance of speaking up and shared 
powerful personal experiences across 
different compliance areas

Events were well attended, with good engagement levels and very positive feedback. 

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

51

Sustainability 
Responsible Business 
continued

Our Speak Up culture 
We increased our focus on Speak Up  
to ensure that we foster a culture where 
everyone feels able to speak up and be 
heard. In March 2023, we conducted  
a Speak Up survey to gain insights into 
whether employees felt comfortable 
speaking up, and potential barriers to 
speaking up within our organisation.  
The results were reviewed by the ELT  
and the Board, and discussed during the 
Ethics & Compliance Week townhall. 
Appropriate actions were taken based  
on the findings, including promoting  
Speak Up throughout Ethics and 
Compliance Week and delivering  
bespoke line manager training. 

We value open and honest communication, 
and encourage employees and third 
parties to speak up about any concern 
as it arises, to their manager, HR, other 
Elementis function (such as HSE or 
Finance), or Legal & Compliance. Where 
an individual does not feel able to raise the 
matter with anyone at Elementis, it can  
be raised confidentially and anonymously 
(where local law permits) to a reporting 
service hosted independently of Elementis, 
IntegrityCounts, which is available 24 
hours a day, 7 days a week, in multiple 
languages. These Speak Up channels  
are publicised in various ways including in  
our Code, on our intranet, on the training 
portal and on posters at sites. 

All reports are reviewed and appropriate 
action taken, which may include 
investigation at the direction of the 
Group General Counsel & Chief 
Compliance Officer. We ensure that all 
necessary steps are taken based on the 
outcome of the investigation, following  
our internal investigations procedures, 
including provision of regular updates  
to the reporter. We have a clear stance  
on non-retaliation and are committed to 
protecting from retaliation any employee 
who reports a violation in good faith,  
even if the report is not substantiated  
in an investigation. 

We received a total of 17 reports (three in 
2022). Of these, six reports were received 
via the independent reporting service 
(2022: one) and 11 via other routes  
such as direct contact with Compliance 
(2022: two). This increase brings our 
Speak Up rate closer to the benchmark 
level for a company of our size, reflecting 
the work we have done on improving our 
Speak Up culture. No issues which were 
material in the context of the Group  
were reported to the helpline or via  
other means during the year.

52 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Our training programme 
We delivered an updated programme of 
e-learning, tailored to the risks to which 
Elementis and its employees were exposed 
over the year. There were over 2,700 hours 
of compliance training completed on the 
portal in 2023. This was supplemented  
by bespoke in-person training to targeted 
groups to address specific compliance 
risks arising during the year. 

Data privacy
We remain committed to ensuring the 
security and confidentiality of our data.  
The Data Protection Steering Committee 
continues to meet regularly, overseeing  
the Group’s compliance with the  
ever-changing landscape of privacy  
and data protection regulation. 

In 2023, as cyber attacks continued to 
surge across the globe, we launched  
a revised Incident Response Plan which 
provides a structured and systematic 
incident response process for all 
information security incidents. We remain 
committed to the security of our network 
and systems and continue to run regular 
simulated phishing campaigns to raise 
employee awareness of cyber security 
threats. The overall simulated compromise 
rate remained considerably below the 
average predicted rate. To address 
incident reports, we introduced technical 
controls to help prevent emails being  
sent in error and launched advanced 
anti-phishing technologies which help 
guide our users and raise security 
awareness through coaching-in-context. 
We continue to encourage the timely, open 
and transparent reporting of actual and 
potential incidents concerning personal 
data, and have dealt with the following 
reports during 2023: 

Cause of report

Disclosed  
in error

7

Reports

Technical/
procedural failure

4

Reports

Loss or theft of 
data/device

Third  
party

3

Reports

Cyber

1

Reports

3

Reports

Other

2

Reports

Replacing phthalates  
in clear sealants 
Phthalates are a class of chemicals 
under increasing scrutiny by regulators, 
with many being listed in Europe as 
SVHC and under Annex XIV for 
‘restrictions’. They may become 
restricted for certain uses in various  
US states. 

Our innovative rheology additive  
with high natural content (>75%)  
allows formulators to replace phthalate-
based plasticisers in clear sealants, 
such as those used in home kitchens  
and bathrooms, eliminating these 
hazardous materials while simplifying 
the formulation with a more  
sustainable alternative.

Product stewardship
We are committed to a safer future, 
minimising product and chemical-related 
hazards to people or the environment by 
design where possible, and throughout 
product manufacture, use and disposal. 
We are active members of the Scientific 
Association of European Talc Producers 
and the European Bentonite Association, 
which are both sections of the Industrial 
Minerals Association Europe.

Our global Product Stewardship 
organisation monitors local and regional 
regulations for impacts to our products  
and supply chain and ensures our 
products are compliant with current 
regulations. A member of the ELT oversees 
the group and provides the consistency 
and strategy needed to ensure harmonised 
approaches to global customers while 
ensuring local regulatory compliance.

Our Product Stewardship team is actively 
involved with our R&D and Supply Chain 
organisation. When a new product is 
conceptualised, Product Stewardship  
is engaged from the beginning to  
ensure the materials, processes,  
and sales are compliant with appropriate  
regulations. If they are not, we manage the 
authorisation process so that the product 
can be safely sold and used as intended.

We track Substances of Very High 
Concern (“SVHC”), taking proactive action 
to eliminate these substances whenever it 
is technically feasible and when required 
by customers. SVHC and other chemicals 
of concern are brought to the attention of 
the Product Development teams so they 
can either avoid them or manage them  
to expectations. 

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

We use a software system to ensure that 
our safety data sheets (“SDS”) and 
product labelling comply with current 
regulations in the region where the product 
is sold. Commercial SDS for our products 
are available on our website in English and 
in local languages. 

Lowering the use  
of biocides 
We have launched new dry powder 
non-ionic associative thickeners as an 
alternative to our water-based version. 
These powders avoid the use of toxic 
biocides in the product, which are 
necessary to prevent microbial growth 
in the water-based versions. In addition, 
the technical performance of the dry 
powder product is also improved, and 
its much lower weight means shipping 
emissions are reduced.

Elementis seeks to avoid animal testing 
whenever possible. If we are required by 
regulation to do so (for example, under 
European Union (“EU”) Registration, 
Evaluation, Authorisation and restriction  
of Chemicals (“REACH”) requirements), 
we engage third parties to conduct the 
tests in the least impactful way possible. 
Our Animal Testing Policy is available on 
our website.

Responsible sourcing
We operate a complex, international supply 
chain of over 500 suppliers for our direct 
materials, and thousands more for indirect 
procurement. Supported by our new 
Business Partner Code of Conduct and 
enhanced supplier screening system  
(page 51), we are committed to improving 
supply chain transparency, improving how 
we assess and manage sustainability risks 
in the supply chain, and partnering with 
suppliers who share our commitments. We 
conducted site visits to 12 key suppliers in 
2023 to better understand their operating 
environment and potential risk areas. One 
of these suppliers is in a high risk location, 
and we checked specifically for indications 
of child or forced labour, and reviewed 
their human rights policies for alignment 
with our requirements. No concerns were 
noted during the visit.

We continue to develop ways to 
systematically integrate supplier 
sustainability risk analysis into our business 
systems. One tool we are assessing is  
the EcoVadis platform. For example, we 
analysed our 2022 direct material supplier 
base and found that 25% of our spend was 
with 28 suppliers who had an EcoVadis 
Gold rating or higher, indicating they have 
a higher level of sustainability maturity  
and a lower level of sustainability risk. 

We support the use of certified sustainable 
palm oil and derivatives. Our Livingston, 
UK, site purchases palm oil derivatives  
for use in certain products. The site is  
third party certified to the Roundtable on 
Sustainable Palm Oil Mass Balance Supply 
Chain Model. In 2023, we engaged directly 
with our key palm oil derivative suppliers  
to better understand their processes for 
managing slavery and labour risks further 
upstream in the palm-derivative supply 
chain, receiving satisfactory responses.

We purchase a small quantity of  
tin-containing chemicals in the UK  
and China. Using the conflict minerals 
reporting template from the Responsible 
Minerals Initiative, we confirmed there was 
no conflict mineral risk associated with  
these purchases.

Tax transparency
On an annual basis, we develop and 
publish our tax strategy. This statement  
is approved by the Board and is available  
on the Company’s website. We aim for 
proactive and transparent relationships 
with relevant tax authorities to facilitate 
meeting our statutory and legislative 
obligations. For further details,  
see page 89.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

53

Non-financial information statement

Sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006 require the Company to  
provide information to help stakeholders understand our position on non-financial matters.  
The table below sets out where you can find this information.

Reporting requirement

Anti-corruption  
and anti-bribery

Employees

Environmental matters

Policies and standards that 
govern our approach1

― Code of Conduct
― Business Partner Code of Conduct
― Anti-corruption Policy
― Anti-trust Policy (global competition)

― Code of Conduct
― Business Partner Code of Conduct
― Health, Safety and Environmental Policy
― Life saving rules
― Data protection and privacy policies
― Equality and diversity policies
― Whistleblowing policies

― Code of Conduct
― Business Partner Code of Conduct
― Health, Safety and Environmental Policy
― Net Zero transition plan 
― Water Stewardship Statement and Policy
― Biodiversity Statement

Respect for human rights ― Code of Conduct

― Business Partner Code of Conduct
― Equality and diversity policies
― Data protection and privacy policies
― Purchasing Code of Practice
― Modern Slavery Statement

Where to read more in this Report about our 
impact, including the principal risks relating  
to these matters

― Responsible business
― www.elementis.com

― People
― Data privacy
― Responsible business
― Workforce engagement
― Diversity Policy and objectives
― Whistleblowing
― Directors’ Remuneration report

― Sustainability
― Materiality and strategy
― Climate
― Environment
― People
― Responsible business
― www.elementis.com

― People
― Data privacy
― Diversity Policy and objectives

Social matters

― Code of Conduct
― Volunteering Policy
― While we do not have a specific policy on 

― Stakeholder engagement
― Environment
― People

social/community matters, we engage directly 
with our communities wherever we operate

Stakeholders

― Section 172

Description of the  
business model

Description of principal  
risks and impact on  
business activity

Innovation

Non-financial KPIs

― Section 172

― Business model

― Climate
― Risk management
― Principal risks and uncertainties
― Audit Committee report

― Strategic progress
― Innovation

― Non-financial KPIs 
― Sustainability
― Materiality and strategy
― Climate
― Environment

Page

51-53

45-50
52
51-53
80-81
86-87
91
96-122

29-32
33
34-41
42-44
45-50
51-53

45-50
52
86-87

26-27
42-44
45-50

05, 28

07-09

38
63-66
67-71
88-91

16
18-19

24-25
29-32
33
34-41
42-44

1  The Company’s policies, statement and codes are available on the Company’s website, www.elementis.com 

Further information
Reference to our policies, due diligence processes and information on how we are performing in these areas is contained  
throughout the Strategic report. Information on key performance indicators used to assess progress against targets used to  
manage climate-related risks and opportunities can be found on page 39. Certain Group policies and internal standards and 
guidelines are not published externally.

54 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Sustainability_NFIS_v173 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:14 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Finance  
report

Ralph Hewins 
Chief Financial Officer

Significant 
leverage reduction 
and further 
improvement in 
performance.

Group results
In 2023 revenue decreased 3% on a 
reported basis to $713m (2022: $736m) 
with improved pricing and mix offset by 
lower volumes across all businesses.  
On a constant currency basis, revenue 
decreased 4%. Reported operating profit 
increased to $59m (2022: loss of $42m)  
as a result of a reduction in one-off items 
during 2023. 

Adjusted operating profit increased 2% on 
a constant currency basis, 3% on reported 
basis, to $104m (2022: $101m), with cost 
savings and improved price/mix more than 
offsetting the impact of lower revenues. 
Profit from continuing operations for the 
year was $28m (2022: loss of $63m).

$m

Coatings

Talc

Performance Specialties

Personal Care

Revenue

$m

Coatings

Talc

Performance Specialties

Personal Care

Central costs

Operating profit/(loss)

1   After adjusting items, see Note 5 for further detail.

Effect of 
exchange 
rates 

Decrease 
2023

(1.5)

3.1

1.6

1.3

2.9

(20.0)

(2.4)

(22.4)

(3.5)

(25.9)

2023 

367.6

136.5

504.1

209.3

713.4

2022

389.1

135.8

524.9

211.5

736.4

2023

2022

Operating 
profit/(loss) 

Adjusting 
items

Adjusted 
operating 
profit/(loss)1

Operating 
profit/(loss) 

Adjusting 
items

Adjusted 
operating 
profit/(loss)1

55.2

8.6

63.8

43.2

(48.1)

58.9

0.9

5.4

6.3

7.1

31.6

45.0

56.1

14.0

70.1

50.3

(16.5)

103.9

66.2

(134.0)

(67.8)

40.6

(14.6)

(41.8)

4.1

133.6

137.7

8.4

(3.8)

142.3

70.3

(0.4)

69.9

49.0

(18.4)

100.5

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: FinanceXReport_OpXReviews_v97 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:12 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

55

Finance Report 
continued

Adjusted operating profit

$m

Coatings

Talc

Performance Specialties

Personal Care 

Central costs

Adjusted operating profit

1  After adjusting items, see Note 5 for further detail.

Adjusting items
In addition to the statutory results the Group uses alternative 
performance measures, to provide additional analysis of the 
performance of the business. The Board considers these 
non-GAAP measures as an alternative way to measure the 
Group’s performance. Adjusting items in 2023 resulted in a charge 
of $44.7m before tax (2022: $135.7m). The key categories of 
adjusting items are summarised below. For more information on 
adjusting items and the Group’s policy for adjusting items, please 
see Note 5 and Note 1 to the financial statements respectively.

Business transformation 
In November 2020, the closure of the Charleston plant was 
announced. Costs of $0.7m (2022: $2.9m) associated with  
the closure of the site are classified as an adjusting item and the 
site is planned to be disposed of in the future. Since November 
2020, $23.4m has been incurred in relation to the closure of  
the site. In September 2023, the Fit for the Future organisation 
restructuring programme was announced, for which a 
restructuring provision of $25.4m was recognised in 2023, in line 
with the requirements of IAS 37. Total overall estimated costs  
for the programme are $31.3m, of which $5.4m was utilised in 
2023. The programme is expected to be completed in 2025.

Environmental provisions 
The Group’s environmental provision is calculated on a discounted 
cash flow basis, reflecting the time period over which spending is 
estimated to take place. The movement in the provision relates to 
changes in discount rates which has resulted in the reduction of 
$0.4m to the liability (2022: $7.2m), and extra remediation work 
identified in the year which has resulted in a $6.6m increase to the 
liability (2022: $3.4m). As these costs relate to non-operational 
facilities they are classified as adjusting items.

Amortisation of intangibles arising on acquisitions
Amortisation of $12.7m (2022: $14.9m) represents the charge  
in respect of the Group’s acquired intangible assets. As in  
previous years, these are included in adjusting items as they are  
a non-cash charge arising from historical investment activities.

Operating 
profit
20231

Effect of 
exchange 
rates 

Increase/
(Decrease) 
2023 

Operating 
profit
20221

56.1

14.0

70.1

50.3

(16.5)

103.9

0.3

(0.3)

–

1.2

–

1.2

(14.5)

14.7

0.2

0.1

1.9

2.2

70.3

(0.4)

69.9

49.0

(18.4)

100.5

Unrealised mark to market of derivatives
The unrealised movements in the mark to market valuation of 
financial instruments that are not in hedging relationships are 
treated as adjusting items as they are unrealised non-cash fair 
value adjustments that will not affect the cash flows of the Group.

Interest on EU state aid receivable
Finance income of $1.4m has been recognised in respect of 
interest due to the Group if the EU state aid case settles in  
favour of the Group. Refer to Note 30 for further details on  
the tax recoverable asset.

Hedging
The Group uses cash flow hedges to manage exposure to interest 
rate and commodity price risks, particularly those associated with 
US dollar and euro interest payments and aluminium and nickel 
pricing. In 2023 interest rate and commodity price movements 
resulted in a net gain from the hedge transactions of $6.3m  
(2022: loss of $1.6m) recycled to the income statement.

Central costs
Central costs are those costs that are not identifiable as expenses 
of a particular business segment and comprise expenditures of  
the Board of Directors and corporate head office. Adjusted central 
costs reduced to $16.5m (2022: $18.4m), reflecting continued 
focus on cost discipline. 

Other expenses
Other expenses are administration costs incurred and paid by  
the Group’s pension schemes that relate primarily to former 
employees of legacy businesses. These costs were $2.3m  
in 2023 (2022: $1.3m). 

Credit/(charge) 
$m

Business transformation

Environmental provisions

Amortisation of intangibles arising on acquisitions

Total charge to operating profit

Unrealised mark to market of derivatives

Interest on EU state aid receivables

Total

Coatings

(0.7)

–

(0.2)

(0.9)

–

–

Talc

–

–

(5.4)

(5.4)

–

–

Performance 
Specialties

Personal 

Care Central costs

(0.7)

–

(5.6)

(6.3)

–

–

–

–

(7.1)

(7.1)

–

–

(25.4)

(6.2)

–

(31.6)

(1.1)

1.4

Total

(26.1)

(6.2)

(12.7)

(45.0)

(1.1)

1.4

(0.9)

(5.4)

(6.3)

(7.1)

(31.3)

(44.7)

56 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: FinanceXReport_OpXReviews_v97 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:12 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Net finance cost

$m

Finance income

Finance cost of borrowings

Net pension finance income

Discount unwind on provisions

Fair value movement on derivatives

Interest on EU state aid receivable

Interest on lease liabilities

Net finance costs

2023

0.5

(17.5)

(17.0)

1.0

(1.4)

0.4

1.4

(1.3)

(16.9)

2022 

0.2

(19.5)

(19.3)

0.6

(0.7)

9.1

–

(1.4)

(11.7)

Net finance costs increased to $16.9m (2022: $11.7m). Net 
finance costs comprise interest payable on borrowings, calculated 
using the effective interest rate method, facility arrangement  
fees, the unwinding of discounts on the Group’s environmental 
provisions, net pension interest income/expense, fair value 
movement on derivatives, interest receivable on the EU state  
aid receivable balance and interest charged on lease liabilities. 

The increase in net finance costs is primarily due a lower fair  
value movement on derivatives of $0.5m (2022: $9.1m). Reduction 
in the fair value movement on derivatives, which are unrealised 
mark to market movements on derivatives that are not in hedging 
relationships, was driven by the contractual maturity of these 
derivative contracts in 2023. These benefits are not expected  
to recur in the next financial year.

Finance cost of borrowings have decreased by $2.0m,  
primarily due to a lower net debt level during 2023.

Net pension finance income of $1.0m (2022: $0.6m) is  
a function of discount rates under IAS 19, and the value of  
the schemes’ deficit or surplus positions. 

The Group’s environmental provisions are calculated on a 
discounted basis, reflecting the time period over which the 
spending is estimated to take place. The discount unwind on 
provisions of $1.4m in 2023 was greater than prior year due  
to higher discount rates.

Interest receivable of $1.4m has been recognised in respect  
of interest due to the Group if the EU state aid case settles in 
favour of the Group. Refer to Note 30 for further details on the  
tax recoverable asset. 

Both finance income and the interest on lease liabilities were 
broadly consistent with the prior year.

Taxation

2023

2022 

Effective 
rate  
%

29.0

–

23.5

$m

11.5

(8.4)

19.9

Effective  
rate  
%

(14.2)

–

20.0

$m

7.8

(8.3)

16.1

Reported tax charge/(credit)

Adjusting items tax credit

Adjusted tax charge

The Group incurred a tax charge of $19.9m (2022: $16.1m)  
on adjusted profit before tax, resulting in an effective tax rate  
of 23.6% (2022: 20.0%). The increase in effective tax rate was 
largely due to an increase in the UK corporation tax rate to 25% 
from April 2023. 

Tax on adjusting items relates primarily to the amortisation of 
intangible assets and the Fit for the Future restructuring programme.

The medium-term expectation for the Group’s adjusted effective 
tax rate is around 26%. 

Earnings per share
To aid comparability of the underlying performance of the Group, 
earnings per share (“EPS”) reported under IFRS is adjusted for 
items classified as adjusting.

Profit after tax ($m)

Adjusting items net of tax ($m)

Adjusted profit after tax ($m)

Weighted average number of shares  
for the purposes of basic EPS (m)

Effect of dilutive shares options (m)

Weighted average number of shares  
for the purposes of diluted EPS (m)

Basic EPS before adjusting  
items (cents)

Diluted EPS before adjusting  
items (cents)

Adjusted basic EPS (cents)

Adjusted diluted EPS (cents)

2023

28.2

36.3

64.5

2022

(62.6)

127.4

64.8

585.7

11.2

582.6

9.7

596.9

592.3

4.8

(10.7)

4.7

11.0

10.8

(10.7)

11.1

10.9

Adjusted diluted EPS decreased by 1% to 10.8 cents (2022:  
10.9 cents), primarily due to a lower adjusted profit after tax.  
Basic EPS before adjusting items increased to 4.8 cents (2022: 
negative 10.7 cents), principally due to a higher profit after tax. 

Note 9 provides disclosure of EPS calculations both including  
and excluding the effects of adjusting items and the potential 
dilutive effects of outstanding and exercisable options.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: FinanceXReport_OpXReviews_v97 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:12 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

57

Finance Report 
continued

Distributions to shareholders
The Board has considered the strength of the balance sheet  
and the near-term prospects for the business and recommended 
the reinstatement of the ordinary dividend to an amount of  
2.1 cents per share, which will be paid in pounds sterling. 

Dividend of 1.65 pence per share has been determined by 
converting the 2.1 cents into pound sterling using the forward rate 
of £1.00:$1.2705, as determined on 4 March 2024. If approved at 
the AGM, the dividend will be paid on 31 May 2024 to 
shareholders included on the share register on 3 May 2024.

Cash flow
As per the statutory cash flow statement, net cash inflow from 
operating activities of $76.8m (2022: $77.0m), was in line with the 
prior year. A net working capital inflow of $2.1m (2022: outflow of 
$37.2m) related to movements in inventories, debtors and creditors, 
offset by higher interest and tax payments, and net cash outflow 
from discontinued operations of $12.5m (2022: inflow of $5.6m). 

Net cash inflow in relation to investing activities increased to 
$101.1m (2022: negative $46.9m) primarily due to the gross cash 
proceeds from the sale of the Chromium business of $139.2m. 

Net cash outflow in relation to financing activities increased to 
$168.0m (2022: $57.8m) primarily due to the repayment of 
borrowings following the sale of the Chromium business. 

The adjusted cash flow, which excludes the effect of adjusting 
items from operating cash flow and is therefore distinct from the 
statutory cash flow referenced above, is summarised below. 

A reconciliation between statutory operating profit to EBITDA  
is shown in the alternative performance measures (“APM”)  
section on page 190. 

Adjusted cash flow

$m

EBITDA1

Change in working capital

Capital expenditure

Other

Adjusted operating cash flow

Pension payments

Interest 

Tax

Adjusting items

Payment of lease liabilities

Free cash flow

Issue of shares, net of share 
repurchases by ESOT

Dividends paid

Acquisitions and disposals

Discontinued operations

Currency fluctuations

Movement in net debt

Net debt at start of year

Net debt at end of year

2023 

145.8

2.1

(38.2)

(4.4)

105.3

(3.3)

(17.8)

(27.3)

(5.6)

(6.3)

45.0

(1.0)

–

139.2

(12.5)

(5.9)

164.8

2022 

141.8

(43.3)

(33.1)

0.3

65.7

(0.7)

(14.4)

(13.3)

(5.2)

(7.1)

25.0

0.9

–

–

(2.1)

10.4

34.2

(366.8)

(202.0)

(401.0)

(366.8)

Adjusted operating cash flow increased to $105.3m  
(2022: $65.7m), primarily driven by a $2.1m working capital  
inflow compared to an outflow of $43.3m in the prior year. 

Free cash flow increased to $45.0m (2022: $25.0m), primarily  
driven by improved operating cashflow, partly offset by higher  
tax payments as a result of higher corporation tax rates in the 
countries in which the Group operates, an increase in net interest 
paid and an increase in pension payments.

Net debt decreased to $202.0m (2022: $366.8m), a reduction of 
$164.8m. Net debt to adjusted EBITDA decreased to 1.4x in 2023 
on a pre-IFRS 16 basis (2022: 2.2x). The decrease in leverage 
was largely driven by lower net debt as well as the improvement  
in adjusted EBITDA, reflective of the Group’s higher earnings.

Balance sheet

$m

Intangible fixed assets

Tangible fixed assets

Working capital

Net tax liabilities

Provisions and retirement  
benefit obligations

Financial assets and liabilities

Lease liabilities 

Unamortised syndicate fees

Net debt

Net assets held for sale

Total equity 

2023 

650.6

423.6

147.2

2022 

660.2

386.4

141.5

(101.5)

(102.2)

(48.8)

11.3

(36.2)

3.1

(12.2)

5.9

(36.3)

4.3

(202.0)

(366.8)

–

847.3

103.1

783.9

Group equity increased to $847.3m (2022: $783.9m), principally 
driven by lower net debt. Intangible fixed assets decreased by 
$9.6m due to $13.3m of amortisation, offset by $4.1m of foreign 
exchange gain. Increase in tangible fixed assets was driven by 
gross additions of $66.6m, right-of-use asset capitalisation of 
$5.1m and exchange gains of $24.0m, offset by depreciation  
of $41.6m. 

Working capital, which comprises inventories, trade and other 
receivables and trade and other payables, increased to $147.2m 
(2022: $141.5m). The increase was driven by lower payables and 
higher receivables, partially offset by lower inventories at the end 
of the year. 

Net tax liabilities decreased to $101.5m (2022: $102.2m) primarily 
as a result of the amortisation of the intangible fixed assets  
leading to a reduction in the associated deferred tax liability. 

Adjusted ROCE (excluding goodwill) increased to 15%  
(2022: 14%), with higher adjusted operating profit partially 
offsetting increased total operating capital employed  
(see the APM section on page 190 for detail).

1   Earnings before interest, tax, adjusting items, depreciation, and amortisation.

58 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: FinanceXReport_OpXReviews_v97 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:12 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Foreign currency
The financial information is prepared and presented in US dollars, 
the Group’s reporting currency. The main dollar exchange rates 
relevant to the Group are set out below.

Pensions and other post retirement 
benefits

$m

Net (surplus)/liability:

Pounds sterling

Euro

2023

2022

Year end

Average

Year end

Average

0.78

0.91

0.81

0.93

0.83

0.94

0.81

0.95

UK

US

Other

2023 

2022 

(38.7)

(26.4)

–

5.6

3.5

5.4

(33.1)

(17.5)

Provisions
The Group records a provision in the balance sheet when it has  
a present obligation as a result of past events, which is expected  
to result in an outflow of economic benefits in order to settle the 
obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. The Group 
calculates provisions on a discounted basis. At the end of 2023, 
the Group held provisions of $81.9m (2022: $29.7m) consisting  
of environmental provisions of $60.5m (2022: $27.5m), self-
insurance provisions of $0.5m (2022: $0.5m), restructuring 
provisions of $20.1m (2022: $0.6m) and other provisions of  
$0.8m (2022: $1.1m). 

The increase in environmental provisions was largely driven by 
additional rehabilitation and closure costs of $28.4m in relation to 
the Group’s Finnish talc mines, arising from increased rehabilitation 
standards imposed by the Finnish regulators. These costs will be 
incurred over the expected life of our talc mines and are not 
expected to have a material cash impact in the near term.

The remaining increase related to an expense of $6.6m relating  
to extra remediation work required primarily at the Eaglescliffe site, 
which was partially offset by a $0.4m credit relating to a change  
in the discount rate applied to the liabilities. The remaining 
movement in the environmental provisions relates to the unwind  
of the discount in the year of $1.5m, offset by currency translation 
of $1.3m and utilisation of $4.4m. 

The self-insurance provision represents the Group’s estimate of its 
liability arising from retained liabilities under the Group’s insurance 
programme and remained flat during the period. 

The restructuring provision reflects the adjustment to head count 
and other costs of restructuring where a need to do so has been 
identified by management. The restructuring provision increased 
by $25.4m as a result of the Fit for the Future restructuring 
programme, of which $5.4m was utilised in 2023. 

UK plan
The largest of the Group’s retirement plans is the UK defined 
benefit pension scheme (“UK Scheme”), which at the end of 2023 
had a surplus, under IAS 19, of $38.7m (2022: $26.4m). The UK 
Scheme is relatively mature, with approximately two thirds of its 
gross liabilities represented by pensions in payment, and is closed 
to new members. The increase in net surplus was largely driven  
by returns on plan assets of $9.7m (2022: loss of $200.4m) which 
was offset by liability adjustments, primarily due to lower discount 
rates, of $0.3m (2022: $3.0m). Company contributions of $1.8m 
(2022: $0.5m) reflect the funding agreement reached with the UK 
trustees following the 2020 triennial valuation, which concluded in 
2021. The 2023 triennial valuation will be concluded in 2024.

US plan
In the US, the Group reports two post retirement plans under IAS 
19: a defined benefit pension plan with a net surplus at the end of 
2023 of $3.4m (2022: $nil), and a post retirement medical plan 
with a liability of $3.4m (2022: $3.5m). The US pension plans are 
smaller than the UK plan and in 2023 the overall deficit on the  
US plans decreased by $3.5m, as a result of the return on plan 
assets of $4.3m (2022: loss of $26.1m) and employer 
contributions of $1.4m being offset by actuarial increases  
in the liability of $1.3m (2022: $28.7m).

Other plans
Other pension plans amounted to $5.6m (2022: $5.4m) and  
relate to pension arrangements for a relatively small number of 
employees in Germany, certain UK legacy benefits and one pension 
scheme acquired as part of the SummitReheis transaction in 2017.

Financial assets and liabilities
Net financial assets are represented by net derivative financial 
assets of $11.3m (2022: $5.9m) which relate to the valuation of 
various risk management instruments. 

The movements in the mark to market valuation of cross-currency 
swaps that are not in hedging relationships are treated as adjusting 
items, as they are unrealised non-cash fair value adjustments and 
will not affect the cash flows of the Group. The cross-currency 
swaps matured in 2023.

Events after the balance sheet date
On 6 March 2024, Elementis entered into an agreement to sell  
its former Chromium manufacturing site at Eaglescliffe to Flacks 
Group for negative purchase consideration of £11.5m ($14.5m). 
Completion of the transaction is conditional on regulatory approval.

There were no other significant events after the balance sheet date.

Ralph Hewins
Chief Financial Officer

6 March 2024

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

59

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: FinanceXReport_OpXReviews_v97 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:12 pm

Operating review 

Personal Care

Stijn Dejonckheere 
SVP Global Personal Care

Revenue

$209.3m

Adjusted operating profit

$50.3m

Revenue by region %

Asia 
Europe 
Americas 

15%
37%
48%

Financial performance
Personal Care revenue reduced 2%  
(or 1% excluding currency impact) to 
$209.3 million (2022: $211.5 million), 
reflecting continued strong growth in 
cosmetics, offset by weaker revenues  
in antiperspirant actives.

Volumes remained below the strong prior 
year, reflecting the prolonged destocking 
of our customers. Lower volumes were 
partly offset by $15 million of new business, 
improved pricing and higher value product 
mix, especially in Cosmetics. In Cosmetics, 
sales increased in all regions, with  
a particularly strong growth in Asia.

Adjusted operating profit was 3% higher  
at $50.3 million (2022: $49.0 million),  
or flat on an underlying basis. The adjusted 
operating margin improved to 24.1% 
(2022: 23.2%). 

Strategy
Personal Care operates in attractive 
growth markets globally. It develops  
and delivers high-value additives to its 
customers, based on unique chemistry 
and formulation expertise. Our medium 
term growth strategy is focused on three 
core market segments, in which we built  
a strong competitive position: Colour 
Cosmetics, Skin Care and Antiperspirants. 

We have seen good growth in Colour 
Cosmetics, especially in Asia, where  
we significantly enhanced our sales and 
marketing capabilities, in recent years. This 
provides better access and penetration 
into new and existing Asian regions, either 
direct or via a specialised distributor. 

We expect further growth in Colour 
Cosmetics sales in the coming years, 
supported by our innovative products, 
such as Bentone® Luxe XO and Bentone® 
Plus Glow. Those combine our white 
hectorite clay with either emulsifiers or 
actives, allowing our customers to make, 
for example, skincare claims for make-up 
products. We have a strong new products 
pipeline for 2024, which includes a range 
of patent pending Bentone® Ultimate 
products, with a higher load of hectorite 
clay and a new activation mechanism.  
We also plan to launch a natural film former 
that will enhance the wear resistance of 
colour cosmetics, for example in lipsticks. 

These innovative products will further 
strengthen our leading position in colour 
cosmetics and support further growth.  
We target a delivery of $10 million of  
above market revenue growth by 2026,  
in this application. 

Skin Care is an attractive part of the 
personal care market, where we have 
historically had limited participation. The 
natural rheology and film formers market 
segment has been growing at around 
4-5% annually, supported by increasing 
demand from consumers looking for  
more sustainable products with natural 
ingredients. Our hectorite-based additives 
are well positioned to benefit from this 
trend, as they work equally effectively in 
both water-based and oil-based products.

Since 2019 we generated $10 million  
of incremental sales for this application, 
and have more than doubled our NBO 
pipeline. We now have strong foundation 
on which we will build.

Going forward we will continue our 
innovation efforts on natural rheology  
with more sophisticated products, and  
in addition, we will create products that  
offer attractive new functionalities.  
As an example, in 2024, we plan to  
launch water-resistant film formers for  
sun care, as well as ingredients supporting 
ultra-light and highly liquid skin care 
products, which are highly desirable by 
Asian consumers. We are also developing 
skincare ingredients that leverage the 
unique chemical properties of hectorite  
as a natural active.

Our ambition is to deliver growth at two  
to three times the market by 2026.

Finally, the third area of focus, 
Antiperspirants, where we have a global 
leading position in antiperspirant actives. 
Sales in 2023 were below the strong prior 
year, due to softer market demand and 
destocking, especially in the second half  
of the year. 

Looking ahead, our leading position in this 
market positions us well for future growth, 
further supported by favourable industry 
trends. We see trends for longer lasting 
sweat protection, and increasingly,  
growing demand for more natural 
products, including natural actives. 

60 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: FinanceXReport_OpXReviews_v97 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:12 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

As recognised innovation leaders  
in this field, we are focusing on new  
products, that address these demands. 
For example, our new range of 
antiperspirants utilising waste aluminium 
will reduce emissions for Elementis,  
as well as our customers. In addition,  
we have an ambition to develop actives 
that bring antiperspirant benefits for  
the deodorant product category. 

Our production plant in Taloja, India is now 
fully operational. Throughout 2023 we 
continued to test and qualify products with 
our major customers. We expect this to 
strengthen our competitive position in  
AP Actives through lower production  
and distribution costs. Furthermore, it 
enhances our supply resilience, allowing 
us to deliver products to customers from 
multiple sources. 

We believe, that our ambitious plans in  
the area of AP Actives, will help us deliver 
mid-single digit revenue and margin 
growth over the next three years. 

Colour cosmetics, Skin care and AP 
Actives all represent material growth 
opportunities with a $70 million NBO 
pipeline. We remain focused on helping our 
clients with their formulation challenges 
and building strong partnerships with 
global key accounts. 

Innovation remains a key driver of growth 
in Personal Care. We have introduced  
25 new products since 2020, many of 
which are gaining good momentum with 
our customers and driving revenue growth. 
Sales from new and innovation products 
increased to 11% in 2023 (2022: 9%). 
Those products offer sustainability benefits 
to our customers, either because of a 
higher efficacy or because they are 
replacing a product of synthetic origin.  
As a result, we increased revenues from 
natural or naturally-derived products, 
which in 2023 represented more than  
80% of our total Personal Care sales.

We continue to invest in our capabilities, 
having recently announced the opening  
of new R&D facility in Porto, Portugal, 
which will support further growth and 
strengthen our customer proposition. 

Performance Specialties

Luc van Ravenstein 
SVP Global Performance Specialties

Revenue

$504.1m

Adjusted operating profit

$70.1m

Revenue by region %

Coatings

Revenue

$367.6m

Adjusted operating profit

$56.1m 

Financial performance
Overall revenue decreased 6% on  
a reported basis, down 5% excluding 
currency impact, to $367.6million  
(2022: $389.1 million). 

Performance in the year reflected  
a combination of customer destocking  
and weaker demand environment. In Asia, 
where over 80% of our sales come from 
industrial activity, we saw underlying 
revenue marginally up, with modest growth 
across a number of countries including 
China, helped by the easing of COVID-19 
restrictions in the second half of the year. 

The premium decorative sector in  
the Americas was affected by weaker 
housing market and customer destocking. 
European revenues were also lower, 
reflecting the continued weak macro-
economic environment, and inflationary 
pressures impacting customer demand  
in both the decorative and industrial 
coatings sectors. 

Asia 
Europe 
Americas 

23%
43%
34%

Coatings also includes our specialised 
Energy business, which accounts for  
just over 10% of total Coatings sales. 

Adjusted operating profit decreased  
20% on both the reported and underlying 
basis, to $56.1 million (2022: $70.3 million), 
reflecting lower volumes, offsetting price 
and mix benefits.

Adjusted operating margin of 15.3% 
(2022: 18.1%) demonstrates resilience  
in the challenging market conditions. 

Performance Specialties was created at 
the beginning of 2023, by combining the 
Talc and Coatings businesses. 

As the two businesses share many 
distribution channels and end markets, 
the combined segment will enable a 
stronger end market focus on attractive 
growth opportunities, under a single 
leadership team.

We will continue to report Coatings’  
and Talc’s performance separately,  
for transparency.

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

61

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: FinanceXReport_OpXReviews_v97 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:12 pm

Operating review 
Performance Specialties
continued

Strategy
At our November CMD, we unveiled  
our ambitious new targets for the Group, 
supported by efficiency and growth 
initiatives. To drive growth and enhance 
our margins in Coatings, we will focus on 
three differentiated, technology-led growth 
platforms. These are all positioned to 
respond to specific market needs or  
to meet major market trends.

The first of these, architectural coatings,  
is an important market for Elementis,  
with the premium decorative segments 
estimated at approximately $1 billion  
and growing 4% per annum. We have 
developed a suite of innovative, high-
performance products, including rheology 
solutions for one-coat hide paint and 
powdered associative thickener which 
gained significant traction with major 
customers in the US and Europe. 

Encouraged by this success and seeing 
increasing demand from Chinese paint 
manufacturers for high-quality and more 
sustainable paints, we started producing 
architectural additives in our Shanghai site, 
aimed at the local market. We believe this, 
alongside our manufacturing footprint 
across three key regions, will support our 
ambition to grow at twice the market by 
2026, in this attractive market segment.

The second growth platform is industrial 
coatings, where we see growing demand 
for more sustainable coatings and coating 
additives, driven by regulations and market 
trends. We focus on an addressable 
market of around $800 million, which 
includes additives for high-performance 
segments such as marine, protective  
and automotive industries, growing at  
c.4% annually. 

Across this market segment, we expect  
to deliver $30 million of above market 
revenues by 2026, focusing on ingredients 
that make customers’ formulations  
more sustainable, without sacrificing 
performance. Those include bio-based 
organic thixotropes and defoamers,  
and additives for water-based systems.  
In addition, we see powder coatings 
gaining traction as a more sustainable 
option compared to traditional solvent-  
or water-based solutions. Powder coatings  
do not require solvents and the latest 
technology developments are enabling 
lower curing temperatures. This makes 
them suitable for heat sensitive materials 
such as wood coatings, creating additional 
growth opportunities. 

62 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Our third growth platform comprises 
adhesives, sealants and construction 
additives, where we offer high-
performance additives for a range of 
applications, for example, pressure 
sensitive adhesives, water-based 
construction sealants or cement-based  
tile mortars. This is a relatively new 
application for Elementis, with the target 
market valued at around $700 million, 
growing at 5% per year. 

Growth in this market segment is driven  
by trends such as light weighting and  
more efficient manufacturing processes. 
Our ambition is to double our market  
share from 3% to 6% by 2026 by focusing 
on innovative products, such as, our  
low activation temperature Thixatrol® 
technology. Today it is mainly used as  
an adhesives additive. This innovative 
technology can reduce energy processing 
costs when compared with other  
amide-based technologies, also leading  
to lower overall emissions. In addition,  
when compared with fumed silica,  
it offers improved process efficiency  
and safety benefits (through reduced 
exposure to inhalation).

A major component of our growth  
strategy is our key account management 
programme. We have built strong technical 
and commercial relationships with  
major customers and cooperate in the 
development of new formulations to 
enhance their products and processes. 
This drives volume and revenue growth 
and deepens our relationships with major 
customers. In 2023, we worked on 19 joint 
development projects with our customers, 
generating material revenues and 
contributing to improved product mix. 

This approach, combined with our 
innovation focus, is helping us explore  
new market segments and create new 
growth opportunities. 

Talc

Revenue

$136.5m

Adjusted operating profit

$14.0m 

Financial performance
Talc revenue remained broadly flat at 
$136.5 million (2022: $135.8 million)  
or 2% down, excluding currency impact. 
Pricing actions and a better product mix 
successfully offset lower volumes, due to 
weaker demands in many end markets. 

The automotive sector remains our main 
market for talc, and sales into this market 
were below the prior year, impacted by 
destocking in the auto plastic segment.

Despite the flat revenues, we saw material 
improvement in Talc profitability, with 
adjusted operating profit growing to  
$14.0 million (2022: loss $0.4 million). 
Profit growth was driven by improved 
pricing and product mix, which offset  
the lower volumes. 

As a result, we delivered a much improved 
operating margin of 10.2% compared  
with the prior year (2022: negative 0.3%). 

Looking ahead, we see attractive growth 
opportunities in higher value talc 
applications and remain focused on  
driving improvement in this business. 

Strategy
Our medium term strategy focuses on 
high-value applications across selected 
market segments, with an estimated 
market size of $800 million, and growing  
at approximately 4% per annum. Those 
include, for example, electric vehicle 
manufacturing, which utilises lighter, 
reinforced plastics. We recently launched 
the Finntalc K-line, which can strengthen 
plastic by up to 20%, helping us gain  
share in this high-growth market. 

Talc is also a key raw material used in gas 
particular filters, enhancing the ceramic’s 
thermal stability. We have a strong track 
record of identifying and developing  
new product applications, with five new 
products launched over the year, and  
a new business pipeline of $50 million.  
We believe this will help us deliver $15 million 
of above market revenue growth by 2026. 

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: FinanceXReport_OpXReviews_v97 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:12 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Risk management

Elementis faces a number of risks, uncertainties and opportunities in the ordinary course of  
its operations. The effective identification, mitigation and ongoing management of these risks 
underpins the delivery of the Group’s strategic objectives. Elementis has an established risk 
management framework and system of internal controls to support decision making throughout  
the financial year.

Risk management systems are intended  
to mitigate and reduce risk to the lowest 
possible level, as complete elimination of 
all risks is not possible. Risk management 
processes can therefore only provide 
reasonable assurance against material 
misstatement or loss.

Our framework for  
risk management
The Board has overall responsibility for  
risk management and sets the Group’s 
policies, culture and tone on risk as well  
as providing oversight to management.  
A comprehensive risk management 
framework is in place to identify, assess, 
mitigate and monitor the risks faced. 

The Company places the highest priority 
on preventing loss of life, harm to people 
and the environment, legal and regulatory 
breaches, and damage to reputation or 
brand. The Group has in place policies, 
procedures and guidance in order to  
help the ELT and employees manage  
risk in these areas.

Our risk management framework

Board

The Board has overall responsibility for risk 
management and sets the Group’s policies, 
culture and tone on risk as well as providing 
oversight to management.

Top down
Oversight, identification, 
assessment and 
mitigation of risks  
at a Group level

Audit Committee

CEO

The Audit Committee 
supports the Board  
and has specific 
responsibility for 
monitoring financial 
reporting as well as  
the internal and external 
audit programmes,  
one of the primary 
purposes of which is  
to provide assurance  
on financial, operational 
and compliance 
controls.

The CEO is responsible 
for implementing  
Group policies,  
risk management 
performance, 
identifying principal 
risks and ensuring that 
resources are allocated 
for effective risk 
management  
and mitigation.

ELT individuals and 
risk champions

ELT members have 
responsibility for 
managing and 
monitoring risks 
relevant to their 
business or function on 
an ongoing basis, and 
work with the support 
of risk champions to  
further embed risk 
management within  
the organisation.

Operational and supporting functions

Data Protection Steering Committee, HSE Council, Manufacturing 
Council, Ethics & Compliance Council, Environmental Sustainability 
Council, Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Council, Investment 
Commitment Forum (Capital expenditure and allocation),  
Product Stewardship & Regulatory Affairs and Internal Audit.

Bottom up
Identification, assessment 
and mitigation of risks 
across operational  
and functional areas

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

63

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: RiskX_XViabilityXStatement_v82 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:16 pm

Risk management 
continued

1  

First line roles: 
Business operations

2  

Second line roles:
Oversight functions

3   

Third line roles: 
Internal audit

Our first line of defence is our 
employees. They have a responsibility 
to manage day-to-day risk in their  
own areas, guided by Group policies, 
procedures and control frameworks. 
Local management, and ultimately the 
ELT, ensure that risks are managed, 
maintained, reviewed and actioned 
according to these frameworks.

The second line of defence is 
provided by the oversight functions, 
which review and monitor current  
and emerging risks using a bottom up  
and top down approach and provide 
relevant frameworks, policies and 
processes for managing those risks.

The third line of defence is assurance 
over the effectiveness of mitigating 
controls. This is provided by internal 
and external assurance providers, 
which are reviewed by management 
and monitored and challenged by  
the Audit Committee and the Board.

Risk heat map (gross impact)

h
g
H

i

7

=

t
c
a
p
m

I

i

m
u
d
e
M

w
o
L

5

=

6

=

9

-

8

=

1

=

2

=

1    Global economic conditions and competitive 

market pressures

2    Business interruption as a result of supply 
chain failure of key raw materials and/or  
third party service provision

4

=

10

+

3

+

3    Cyber security, IT networks,  
data security and privacy

4    Regulatory compliance and  

product stewardship

5    Business interruption as a result of a major 

event or a natural catastrophe

6    Major regulatory enforcement action, litigation 
and/or other claims arising from products  
and/or historical and ongoing operations

7    Intellectual property and know-how/protection

8    Portfolio innovation and technology

9    Health and safety

10    People, talent and succession

Change vs 2022

=    Same

+    Increasing

-    Decreasing

Low

Medium

Probability

High

64 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: RiskX_XViabilityXStatement_v82 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:16 pm

 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Risk culture
Every individual at Elementis has a 
responsibility to manage risk, irrespective 
of function, business or role. Risk 
awareness exists throughout decision 
making processes and is embedded in 
systems, policies, procedures, leadership 
and behaviours, and specific standards 
such as the Code of Conduct. All 
Company employees are responsible  
for complying with related Company 
policies and guidance and share 
responsibility for ensuring that the 
Company conducts its business in  
a safe, lawful and ethical manner.

Risk appetite and tolerance
Risk appetite at Elementis is understood  
as being the amount of risk that the  
Board is prepared to accept in return for 
reward. There is a degree of variability in 
determining risk appetite, which may be 
based on strategic objectives, as well as 
guidance from management or advisers 
with an understanding and analysis of the 
nature of the risk. The strategic appetite for 
risk is decided on a case-by-case basis at 
Board level: for example, with respect to a 
corporate transaction or significant capital 
expenditure project, and delegated to  
the ELT to implement as appropriate. The 
maximum risk that can be taken before the 
Company experiences financial distress is 
also decided at Board level and mitigated, 
as far as possible, by internal controls, 
business continuity plans, insurance, 
financial instruments and contracts.

Our risk review processes
Our Risk Management Policy defines  
our approach to risk management.  
The Board maintains an annual forward 
planner to ensure that appropriate  
focus is given at scheduled meetings  
to discuss, review and monitor business  
and operational performance, strategic 
priorities, governance, compliance  
and risk matters. This approach enables 
the Board to engage directly with each  
of the business units and functional 
departmental leaders.

Each ELT member is responsible for 
identifying, assessing and monitoring  
their respective business and functional 
risks as well as measuring the impact  
and likelihood of the risk to the business. 
Each identified risk is categorised as 
strategic, commercial, operational, 
financial or compliance.

On an annual basis the ELT collectively 
reviews the enterprise risk universe  
and the Board carries out a review of  
the principal risks and uncertainties.

During the year the following risk 
management activities have been  
carried out:

   Renewal of insurance programme

   Risk registers reviewed and updated 
quarterly, with clear ownership of 
mitigating controls

   Review of climate related risks and 
scenario analysis

   Launch of customer and supplier  
risk screening policy and new  
screening process

   Continued compliance activity to 
effectively manage risks relating  
to trade sanction risks 

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: RiskX_XViabilityXStatement_v82 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:16 pm

Key areas of focus  
during the year 
During 2023 the Board carried out two 
comprehensive reviews of the Group’s 
principal risks; being those which  
if they were to materialise, could have  
a significant impact on the Group’s ability  
to meet its strategic objectives over the 
medium term.

The risk heat map on page 64 identifies 
the key risks, pre-mitigation, that 
Management consider most impactful to 
the Group’s business model and the 
delivery of its strategic objectives. 
Movements on the risk heat map  
reflect changes to the risk environment 
since 31 December 2022 and are 
summarised below:

   Inflationary pressures and rising  
interest rates continued to impact the 
macroeconomic environment in which 
the Group operates. During 2023 
management focused on cost reduction 
initiatives to help mitigate such 
pressures. In particular, the Group 
announced its Fit for the Future 
programme which will deliver $20m  
of cost savings by the end of 2025 

   Cyber security continues to be a 
significant risk to the business. Process 
improvements have been made, 
including a new Crisis Framework and 
Incident Response Plan. Management 
continue to highlight potential cyber 
threats to employees and additional 
security controls were implemented  
in the IT operating environment 

   People, talent and succession risks 
have increased in light of the Fit for  
the Future programme, which impacts 
15% of the global workforce. Mitigating 
controls have been put in place to 
ensure adequate handover periods 
between departing employees and  
new hires, detailed knowledge transfer 
plans have been created, and there are 
frequent reviews of contingency plans 
by the ELT

   Health and safety risks have reduced 
with the sale of the Chromium business. 
Excluding Chromium, our TRIR in 2023 
was 50% below 2022. This success is 
due to the implementation of robust 
management systems, safety culture 
programmes, risk management 
processes, and a continued focus  
on process safety

There have been no material changes to 
the risk profiles for the other principal risks, 
although management continue to monitor 
and review as appropriate.

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

65

Risk management 
continued

Priorities for 2024
   Successful execution of the Fit for the 
Future programme 

   Assessment of the opportunities and 
risks posed by AI 

   Continued horizon scanning for new and 
emerging risks and detailed proposed 
plans for mitigating such risks 

   Further enhancements to the risk 
management framework, including  
more systematic assessment of 
sustainability risks in the Group’s  
supply chain, in line with corporate 
governance best practice

   Finalising the Group’s SBT for GHG 
emissions reduction, thereby helping  
to minimise exposure to climate  
change risks

   Strengthen information security 
governance with the appointment of  
a dedicated Information Security Officer

   Implementation of a partner risk 
assessment programme for  
supplier selection

   Develop a supplemental database to 
more effectively manage and review  
the Group’s harmonised tariff codes

   Leverage the outsourcing process to 
streamline, automate and conform  
our control processes globally

   Continue to work constructively on  
the challenges to the Group’s Finnish 
mining permits, combined with  
wider stakeholder engagement to 
underpin the Group’s commitment  
to responsible mining

Internal control
The key elements of the Group’s internal 
control framework are monitored 
throughout the year. The Audit Committee 
has conducted a review of the 
effectiveness of the Group’s risk 
management and internal control  
systems on behalf of the Board.

To support the Board’s annual assessment, 
a report is prepared by the Global Head of 
Risk and Controls on the Group’s principal 
risks and internal controls. The report sets 
out the Group’s risk management systems 
and key internal controls, as well as the 
work conducted in the year to assess and 
improve the risk and control environment.

The internal control framework is intended 
to effectively manage, rather than 
eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve 
business objectives. It can only provide 
reasonable, not absolute, assurance 
against the risk of material misstatement  
or financial loss.

In accordance with the Financial Reporting 
Council’s (“FRC’s”) guidance on Risk 
Management, Internal Control and Related 
Financial and Business Reporting, the 
Board confirms that there is an ongoing 
process for identifying, evaluating and 
managing the principal risks faced by the 
Group. This process has been in place  
for the year under review and up to the 
date of approval of the Annual Report  
and Accounts. The process is regularly 
reviewed by the Board and accords with 
the relevant guidance.

For further information on internal controls, 
please refer to pages 90-91.

Emerging risks
Emerging risks and opportunities are 
identified and documented through the 
existing risk management framework  
using a variety of horizon scanning 
methods, such as:

   Monthly performance calls with  
each business unit, including deep  
dives on new business opportunities, 
supply chain resiliency and  
procurement matters

   Annual and five year financial plans  
and budgets

   Board, ELT and other internal 
governance forums

   Customer/market insight and  
industry specific data

   Materiality assessment with regard  
to ESG

Management continue to consider how the 
Group could be affected by emerging risks 
over the longer term and how strategic, 
market and customer initiatives might 
manage risks and seize new opportunities. 
It is often possible to identify the potential 
impacts of emerging risks, but it is more 
challenging to predict their financial 
impact, likelihood and timeframe – for 
example, the climate scenario analysis 
which was carried out as part of our  
TCFD statement on pages 42-56.

Climate change
Climate change is an important 
consideration for the Group (see pages 
34-41), and management’s response  
is a crucial part of the Group’s business 
strategy; shaping both how products  
are designed and how they are brought  
to market. Climate change also brings 
opportunities – for example, some of  
the Group’s products can contribute  
to lower energy and resource use  
(see page 38). Elementis has an ambition 
to reach Net Zero by 2050 and in 2024 
management will set an SBT (via SBTi)  
for GHG reductions. 

The Group assesses climate related risks 
using the same impact and likelihood 
criteria as for the rest of its enterprise risks. 
Management have used climate scenarios 
from NGFS to help understand how climate 
risks change in different futures and time 
horizons. Climate change has been 
identified as a contributing factor to many 
of our principal risks and long term 
uncertainties and further information on 
the Group’s approach to climate related 
risks can be found on pages 67-71.

66 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: RiskX_XViabilityXStatement_v82 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:16 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Principal risks and uncertainties

 Innovation 

 Growth 

 Efficiency

1

Global economic conditions and 
competitive market pressures

Description of risks

The performance of the specific end-user markets served is affected 
by macroeconomic conditions. Adverse developments that may 
result in a downturn in macroeconomic conditions, or in the industries 
in which our customers operate, may include political uncertainty, 
retaliatory tariffs or other disputes between trading partners. 

Suboptimal global economic conditions can affect sales,  
raw material costs, foreign exchange rates, capacity, utilisation and  
cash generation, which can impact the financial health of the Group.

Increased competitive pressure in the marketplace can  
result in significant pricing pressure and loss of market share. 
The impact of non-delivery of operating plans can lead to market 
expectations of Group earnings not being met, and slower delivery  
of strategic priorities.

Link to strategic objective:

Movement in year:

2

Business interruption as a result  
of supply chain failure or  
key raw materials and/or  
third party service provision

Description of risks

The Group is dependent on raw materials from various sources.  
In the event of a long term supply disruption, or market volatility,  
it may not be possible to secure sufficient supplies of raw materials 
from alternative sources on a timely basis, or in sufficient quantities 
or qualities, or on commercially reasonable terms. The lead time and 
effort needed to establish a relationship with a new supplier could be 
lengthy and could result in additional costs, diversion of resources 
and reduced production yields.

Link to strategic objective:

Movement in year:

=

=

Links with climate change

Links with climate change

The global response to climate change introduces additional 
uncertainties in macroeconomic and market trends which may 
have both positive and negative impacts on the Group. Customers 
increasingly collect climate related information in preparation for 
future sourcing decisions. The Group understands its emissions 
footprint, including Scope 3, and aims to reach Net Zero emissions 
by 2050. Management are in the process of quantifying carbon and 
environmental footprints at a product level to better demonstrate 
impact and progress. See page 37.

Controls and mitigating activities

   Financial performance (monthly sales, profit and cash flows and 
position against key banking covenants) is closely monitored with 
full year scenario planning of key risks, regular reforecasts and 
prompt investigation of variances

   Contingency and cost reduction plans can be implemented in 
the event of an economic downturn to reduce operating costs, 
including non-essential capital expenditure items and  
discretionary spend

   Interest, currency and commodity hedging actions are taken  
as appropriate to mitigate the impact of rising interest rates  
and inflation

   Global key account management programme to deepen existing 
relationships with our largest customers and help to pre-empt  
end market changes

   Balanced geographic footprint and supply chain and broad 
differentiated product offering across different sectors

Developments in year

   Continued focus on cost reduction, capital expenditure 
effectiveness, working capital and discretionary spend 

   Price rises implemented to mitigate the impact of raw  
material, logistics and energy cost increases

Climate change will increase the frequency and severity of extreme 
weather events that may result in supply chain disruption. Elementis 
manages its supply chain through maintaining minimum stock levels 
and qualifying multiple suppliers. See page 38.

Controls and mitigating activities

   Review of single source materials; find and qualify alternatives

   Market research to understand and monitor the impact of  
short term events

   Recalibration of inventory stock levels and lead times on  
a regular basis

   Business continuity scenario planning overseen by the ELT

   Proactively identify and mitigate risks across the supply chain 

   Implement robust contingency plans to address potential 
disruptions and maintain resilience 

   Increase flexibility in the Group’s manufacturing network  
to supply products from different regions, including new 
manufacturing locations

Developments in year

   Continued leverage of strategic supplier relationships to secure 
required raw material volume

   Accelerated production qualification programme to ensure 
the ability to redistribute production volume across our global 
manufacturing network

   Continued focus on qualification of new sources of supply

   Enhancement of the Group’s global supply chain and  
procurement teams

   Continued focus on the Group’s Global Supply strategy to ensure  
a resilient global production footprint, enabling Elementis to 
continue to produce as new risks materialise in the years to come 

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: RiskX_XViabilityXStatement_v82 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:16 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

67

Principal risks and uncertainties
continued

3

Cyber security, IT networks,  
data security and privacy

4

Regulatory compliance and  
product stewardship 

Description of risks

Description of risks

The Group increasingly relies on IT systems for its internal 
communications, controls, reporting and relationships with customers 
and suppliers.

A significant disruption could cause delays to key operations and 
an inability to meet customers’ requirements, thereby resulting in 
increased operating costs, legal liability and reputational damage. 
In addition, continuing developments in data protection legislation 
globally have created a range of compliance obligations with 
increased financial penalties for non-compliance.

Cyber security continues to be an increasingly significant risk to  
the business and there remains ongoing work to review and 
strengthen the Group’s security systems.

Link to strategic objective:

Movement in year:

+

Links with climate change

Not applicable.

Controls and mitigating activities

   Security controls, including policies and procedures, staff 
awareness and training, risk management and compliance, 
systems and information management and protection process

   Regular IT, cyber and data protection updates to the Board

   Business continuity and emergency response plans for  
each manufacturing site

   Regular internal audit reviews

   Privacy and data protection platform

Developments in year

   Continued phishing simulations in order to raise awareness and 
assess training needs

   Introduction of a Global Crisis Framework and a revised Incident 
Response Plan

   Crisis response workshop completed with ELT

   Implementation of advanced phishing controls to further address 
human risk

   Improved data protection through enhanced access controls

   Introduction of an operational technology detection and  
response tool

   Decision made to appoint a dedicated Information Security  
Officer in 2024

Emerging and existing regulations in global markets can lead to 
hurdles and additional costs in delivering on strategic objectives. 
Non-compliance or suspected non-compliance could lead to 
regulatory action. 

Link to strategic objective:

Movement in year:

=

Links with climate change

Elementis continuously works to improve energy efficiency at all 
sites (see page 34). International Sustainability Standards Board 
(“ISSB”) and Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (“CSRD”) 
regulations ensure rigour in our corporate disclosure and marketing 
documents, and management are preparing for full ISSB and  
CSRD compliance.

Controls and mitigating activities

   The Global Product Stewardship & Regulatory Affairs team 
oversees, manages and monitors regulatory developments in 
various jurisdictions

   SDS, labels and regulatory information are provided for global 
customers specific to the requirements in their jurisdiction

   Active compliance and risk management programmes in place 
(including policies, procedures and training)

   Regular reviews of the evolving regulatory landscape in current 
and new markets

   Regulatory Compliance and Product Stewardship risks  
continue to be regularly updated and reviewed with the Board 

Developments in year

   The Company’s expansion permits in relation to two of its 
talc mines in Finland were revoked by the Finnish courts after 
challenge by environmental groups. In relation to these decisions, 
the Company has filed an appeal and an application for leave 
to appeal, with decisions expected between 2025 and 2026. 
The Company continues to enhance its Responsible Mining 
programme and, as part of this, to engage with local stakeholders 
in Finland in relation to its activities

   UK REACH, Turkey REACH and South Korea REACH planning 
and assessment 

   Ingredient notifications in existing markets with new requirements 
were completed

   Ongoing support of manufacturing optimisation change through 
regulatory activities

68 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: RiskX_XViabilityXStatement_v82 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:16 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

 Innovation 

 Growth 

 Efficiency

5

Business interruption as a result of a 
major event or a natural catastrophe

Description of risks

The ability of the Group to manage its operations successfully and 
achieve performance in line with its strategy, business plans and 
budgets depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of 
planning processes, operational delivery capabilities and the internal 
control environment. Production facilities may be subject to planned 
and unplanned shutdowns, turnarounds and outages including 
for natural catastrophes, weather, climate change or disruption 
associated with transportation, utilities and distributors, which could 
result in increased costs in securing alternative facilities, significant 
time to increase production or customer qualification.

A major event is categorised as an operational, HSE, transport or 
workplace incident caused by system failure and/or human error,  
or by fire, storm, flood or pandemic.

Link to strategic objective:

Movement in year:

=

Links with climate change

Climate change is likely to increase the frequency and severity of 
extreme weather events which may result in operational and supply 
chain disruption. Elementis’ sites are designed and maintained 
to withstand extreme weather and the Group’s supply chain 
management ensures minimum stock levels and the qualification  
of multiple suppliers. See page 37.

Controls and mitigating activities

   Preventative maintenance, critical spares, process and other 
safety procedures to mitigate the effects of a major incident

   Property damage and business interruption insurance coverage

   Each site has developed a business continuity plan that includes 
emergency response and business recovery protocols, annual 
reviews, periodic updates, training and practising the plan  
via periodic drills or table top exercises 

   Management verify the emergency response and crisis 
preparedness elements of business continuity through the  
HSE compliance auditing process

   Business continuity scenario planning overseen by ELT

   HSE management programme includes corporate compliance 
audits and insurance property surveys

   HSE matters reviewed by ELT on a monthly basis

Developments in year

  Internal audit review of manufacturing sites

  Continued focus on operational reliability

  Insurance property survey recommendations adopted and tracked 

6

Major regulatory enforcement  
action, litigation and/or other  
claims arising from products and/or 
historical and ongoing operations

Description of risks

The scale and complexity of the Group’s operations means that it is 
subject to a wide range of international regulation spanning all aspects 
of its business. The regulatory sphere includes multiple corporate 
taxation regimes, national and supra-national anti-corruption, fair 
competition and data privacy laws, as well as applicable environmental 
regulations and standards relating to the Group’s past and present 
operations. Failure to comply can lead to complex cross border  
claims, litigation, damages, fines, penalties and remediation orders. 
The Group may be involved in legal proceedings and claims within the 
ordinary course of business, including legacy claims in relation  
to businesses that have been acquired or disposed of by the Group.

Adverse results in legal proceedings could result in reputational and 
financial damages, loss of business, and diversion of management  
time and resources.

Link to strategic objective:

Movement in year:

=

Links with climate change

Not applicable.

Controls and mitigating activities

   Cross functional expertise including Legal, Compliance, Finance, 
HSE and Product Stewardship & Regulatory Affairs, supported by 
external consultants and advisers, actively monitoring emerging 
risks and ensuring controls in relation to known risks, is effective

   Products are routinely and rigorously tested to the highest standards

   Continuous evolution of the global compliance programme  
to identify, address, monitor and mitigate compliance risks, 
including through new processes, training and other activities

   Insurance programme and risk transfer strategy in place to 
mitigate potential financial losses

   Audit Committee and Board exercise oversight through regular 
reports on all threatened and actual litigation from the Group 
General Counsel & Company Secretary

   Employees are subject to a range of policies and procedures 
setting out required behaviours and standards, and consequences 
for non-compliance

   The Ethics & Compliance Council, chaired by the Group General 
Counsel & Company Secretary, meets regularly to monitor the 
Group’s compliance culture and ensure that ethics and compliance 
considerations are appropriately weighted in business decisions

   The Data Protection Steering Committee meets regularly to 
oversee compliance with applicable data privacy laws

   Regulatory Compliance and Product Stewardship risks continue 
to be updated and reviewed with the Board as new risks arise and 
new developments are made on ongoing issues. Working groups 
are in place for a number of regulatory areas

Developments in year

   The divestiture of the Chromium business in January 2023 
reduced the Group’s overall exposure to claims and enforcement 
actions relating to environmental matters

   Launch of Customer and Supplier Risk Screening Policy and  
new screening process

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

69

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: RiskX_XViabilityXStatement_v82 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:16 pm

Principal risks and uncertainties
continued

7

Intellectual property and  
know-how/protection

8

Portfolio innovation  
and technology

Description of risks

Description of risks

Failure to adequately protect and preserve IP and proprietary  
know-how in both existing and new markets could harm the  
Group’s competitive position.

Link to strategic objective:

Movement in year:

=

Links with climate change

Not applicable.

Controls and mitigating activities

   Active management of the Group’s trademark portfolio via  
an internal Trademark Committee (TMC), attended by the  
Group’s external trademark advisors, comprising the business 
segment’s Marketing Directors, Corporate Communications and 
Legal. The TMC meets regularly to take decisions in relation to  
the registration of new trademarks and defensive activity in relation 
to existing marks. The TMC is supported by a global network 
of trademark agents who represent the Group’s interests in all 
relevant jurisdictions

   The Group’s Science Director works closely with the Legal team 
and external patent attorneys to ensure emerging inventions are 
appropriately protected

   Employees are trained on the importance of appropriate handling 
and disclosure of proprietary and confidential information

   The Legal team reviews confidentiality agreements entered into by 
the Group to assess the suitability of the proposed purpose and 
the duration of the confidentiality obligations. A central record of  
all confidentiality agreements entered into globally is maintained  
by the Legal team

   Contentious IP matters are reported to the Audit Committee  
and Board

   The Group’s stage gate system incorporates IP and freedom to 
operate as requirements to launch new products

Developments in year

   Patent and IP disclosures to keep distinction in new launches

   Enforcement of proprietary advantage 

   Annual patent portfolio review

The ability of the Group to compete is highly dependent on its ability 
to meet the changing needs of customers and keep pace with 
technological innovations and sustainability trends.

New or substitute products and technologies developed by 
competitors could erode the Group’s ability to compete and lead  
to declines in sales and market share.

Link to strategic objective:

Movement in year:

=

Links with climate change

Climate change and increased focus on sustainability drives demand 
for products with lower climate impacts and more efficient resource 
use. The Group is increasing the range of products it offers with  
high naturally-derived material content. In addition, management are 
assessing the Group’s portfolio in a systematic way to identify and 
prioritise opportunities to improve product sustainability.

Controls and mitigating activities

   The Global R&D team aims to develop new products and 
technologies used in an evolving market to meet the changing 
needs of the Group’s sophisticated customers

   Collaborative relationships with customers and industry 
formulators ensures efforts are aligned with the latest  
market trends

   Use of an innovation tool to manage stage gate process,  
with systematic prioritisation to deliver high value solutions  
for the market

   The Group’s proprietary Hectorite and Talc enable the Group  
to consistently deliver high performance innovation

Developments in year

  12 new products launched in 2023

  Open innovation with strategic partners 

70 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: RiskX_XViabilityXStatement_v82 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:16 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

 Innovation 

 Growth 

 Efficiency

Health and safety

9

People, talent and succession

10

Description of risks

Description of risks

The inherent nature of manufacturing activities, such as material 
handling, production, storage and transport have wide ranging 
occupational safety and process safety risks. Failure to recognise, 
evaluate and mitigate health and safety risks would leave the Group 
vulnerable to employee and contractor injuries, lost production time, 
equipment damage, impact to the community, potential regulatory 
compliance challenges, and reputational damage.

Link to strategic objective:

Movement in year:
-

Links with climate change

Not applicable.

Controls and mitigating activities

   Safety Leadership – HSE certification process required for all site 
leaders, setting clear expectations of their responsibility for ensuring 
employee safety and providing them with leadership training/tools 

   Reshaped Global HSE Strategy and Roadmap (through 2026) 
aligned with goals and incident trends, and establishment of 
meaningful leading and lagging key performance indicators

   Compliance and insurance audits, root cause analyses, 
management of change, routine inspections, risk assessments, 
training, contractor management and work permits

   Safety culture promotion – increased employee engagement  
via an incentive programme promoting safety through SWA; 
near miss reporting, hazard recognition, inspections and risk 
assessments participation. ‘Call to Action’ initiative leading to  
over 100 actions developed based on employee feedback

   Continued implementation of hazard recognition processes to 
improve employee awareness and mitigation of hazards

   Process safety management – phase 1 process improvement 
plans for all high risk tasks through process hazard analyses, and 
ensuring equipment mechanical integrity through capital investment, 
equipment assessments and suitable preventative maintenance

Developments in year

   Improved accountability and analytics in the management of  
HSE and quality incidents, action tracking, audit management,  
and regulatory compliance

   Increased use of innovation and technology for incident reporting 
and risk assessments

   Development of a global HSE framework aligned to ISO standards 
and publication of life critical HSE standards

   Implementation of a formalised process safety management 
standard including key elements such as management of change, 
hazard analyses and mechanical integrity

   Third annual Global Safety and Health Week, including technical 
speakers and local activities

   Enhanced communication of HSE through centralised document 
repository, including HSE standards and incident learnings

   Implementation of a formalized process safety standard including 
integration of key essential elements such as management of 
change, hazard analyses and mechanical integrity

   Embedding TogetherSAFE, our value for safety, into our work 
planning and business processes; holding third annual CEO 
TogetherSAFE award promoting team safety initiatives

The Group operates in highly competitive labour markets and relies 
upon the expertise and services of talented individuals and teams  
to succeed.

Loss of key people or disruption to teams without timely action  
could result in disruption to business operations.

Link to strategic objective:

Movement in year:

+

Links with climate change

Employees increasingly wish to contribute to addressing climate 
change. The Group’s Net Zero ambition and commitment to SBTs 
supports the Employee Value Proposition.

Controls and mitigating activities

   Performance management process for all employees to set  
goals aligned to key priorities and actions for personal and 
professional development

   Career profile allowing employees to create their personal profile 
and future aspirations

   Succession planning to build a diverse leadership pipeline;  
the senior leaders are reviewed twice a year by the ELT and  
the ELT are reviewed once a year by the Board

   Measurement of employee engagement to create actionable plans

   People manager training and toolkits, empowering growth  
and impact

   Unlimited access to LinkedIn Learning to allow employees to 
expand their skills based on their own learning needs

   Flexible working

   Creation of knowledge transfer plans facilitated by external 
consultants, retention packages for key employees and  
creation of searchable databases to ensure historic knowledge 
remains accessible

Developments in year

   New engagement survey in collaboration with Gallup 

   Performance management approach transitioned from  
task-orientation to focusing on engagement and development 

   Global and local people manager training sessions conducted  
in local languages, aligned with the specific needs of  
people managers 

   Change management training provided to people managers  
to allow additional support in leading through change as we  
deliver the Fit for the Future programme

   Introduction of a new onboarding app to ensure a smooth 
transition into Elementis for new hires

   Continued enhancements to succession planning in order  
to improve internal talent development and progression.  
Orderly transition to new leaders in global supply chain, 
manufacturing and procurement

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: RiskX_XViabilityXStatement_v82 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:16 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

71

Viability and going concern statement

Going concern
The Directors are satisfied that it  
is appropriate for the Group and 
the Company to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing these 
Group and parent company financial 
statements and that there are no material 
uncertainties impacting the ability of  
the Group and Company to continue  
to operate over a period of at least  
12 months from the date of approval  
of these financial statements. 

To support this assessment the Directors 
produced three models, covering a future 
period of five years from the date of these 
accounts, demonstrating the position of 
the Group regarding its two financial 
covenants, net debt/EBITDA and interest 
cover, at each measurement period for the 
12 months following the date of signing of 
these accounts and annually thereafter. 
These models comprised:

   A base case scenario, aligned to the 
latest Group annual operating plan  
for 2024, as well as the Group’s five 
year plan;

   A possible downside scenario that 
assumes the global economic 
environment is severely depressed  
over the assessment period; and

   A reverse stress test, flexing  
sales to determine what circumstance 
would be required to breach the 
financial covenants.

No breaches in the required covenant  
tests were reported during the year and 
under both the base case and severe but 
plausible downside scenarios the Group  
is expected to remain within its financial 
covenants throughout the going concern 
period. The conditions necessary for the 
reverse stress scenario to be applicable 
were deemed to be remote. 

The Directors also considered factors  
likely to affect future performance and 
development, the Group’s financial 
position, the current excess liquidity 
position, the high level of cash conversion 
and the principal risks and uncertainties 
facing the Group; including the Group’s 
exposure to credit, liquidity and market  
risk and the mechanisms available for 
mitigating these risks. 

The Group’s net debt position as at  
31 December 2023 was $202m. It has 
access to a syndicated revolving credit 
facility of $375m, of which $71.6m has  
an expiry date of September 2024 and 
$303.4m has an expiry date of September 
2025, and long term loan facilities of 
$100m and €142m which have an  
expiry date of June 2026. 

72 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

The Group had further borrowing facilities 
available to it, aside from the syndicated 
revolving credit facility and term loans,  
of over $12m as at 31 December 2023. 

In conclusion, after reviewing the base 
case scenario, the severe but plausible 
downside scenario and considering the 
likelihood of the reverse stress test 
scenario occurring to be remote, as well as 
having considered the uncertainty relating 
to the Group’s principal risks and the 
mitigating actions available, the Directors 
have formed the judgement that at the  
time of approving these consolidated 
financial statements there are no material 
uncertainties that cast doubt on 
the Group’s going concern status for  
next 12 months and that it is therefore 
appropriate to prepare the consolidated 
accounts on the going concern basis. 

Business viability 
assessment
The basis of the assessment included  
a detailed review of strategic and operating 
plans, underpinned by five year financial 
forecasts, including profit and loss and 
cash flows. Consideration was given to 
capital expenditure, investment plans, 
returns to shareholders and other financial 
commitments, as well as the Company’s 
debt bearing capacity, its financial 
resources, borrowings and the availability 
of finance. No review of business plans  
and financial forecasts would be complete 
without a robust assessment of the risks 
and opportunities in such planning models 
and the assumptions used. The review 
included consideration and discussion of 
the materials prepared and presented to 
the Board by management and its advisers 
(where appropriate), as well as additional 
information requested by the Board.

The Board’s programme of monitoring 
major risks is an important component  
of the business viability assessment and 
the financial impact of the principal risks 
was modelled over the five year period. 
Business and segment growth scenarios, 
rate of return on investments, assumptions 
on global GDP growth rates, relevant 
currency rates, and commodity prices  
in business plans and financial forecasts 
were all considered, with stress testing on 
financial models where appropriate. Finally, 
a review of litigation and tax reports, legal 
and compliance risks throughout the year 
and a formal year end risk review, ensures 
that the viability statement is made with  
a reasonable degree of confidence.

Principal risks
For each principal risk that is deemed to be 
both permanent and likely to have a high 
impact, a severe but plausible scenario 
was considered. In making the business 
viability statement, the Board reviewed and 
discussed the overall process undertaken 
by management and assessed the 
outcome of the stress-testing carried  
out using the Group’s five year financial 
forecast as the base case. The five year 
financial forecast considers the Group’s 
cash flows, interest cover covenant, net 
debt/EBITDA covenant, and other key 
financial ratios over the period. These 
metrics were assessed against the Group 
risk register to determine the most 
impactful ones to stress test against. 
Consideration was also given to the 
potential impact of the Group’s climate  
risk scenarios.

Business viability statement
In accordance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code provision 31, the 
Directors have reviewed the Group’s 
current position and carried out a robust 
assessment of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that might threaten the 
business model, future performance,  
and solvency and liquidity of the Group, 
including resilience to such threats, and 
consider that they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities 
as they fall due over a period of at least five 
years. A period of five years was chosen as 
being consistent with the Group’s business 
and financial planning models, R&D plans, 
a number of key supply contracts and 
requirements for external borrowing 
facilities. Regarding accessibility to 
financing, the majority of the RCF currently 
has an expiry of September 2025 and the 
term loans have an expiry of June 2026; 
both of these are within the five year  
period and so will require renegotiation  
or replacement. Elementis has, to date, 
had a very supportive banking syndicate 
and due to recent deleveraging there is 
now a materially lower requirement for  
debt financing; as such the Directors  
do not believe that there will be any  
issues in renegotiating lending facilities  
when necessary.

Strategic report 
The Strategic report was approved by the 
Board of Directors on 6 March 2024 and  
is signed on its behalf by:

Paul Waterman
CEO

Ralph Hewins
CFO

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: RiskX_XViabilityXStatement_v82 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:16 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Chair’s introduction to governance

John O’Higgins 
Chair

Purpose, culture and values
Our purpose – unique chemistry, 
sustainable solutions – guides our strategy 
and priorities and underpins our decision 
making as a Board. The Company’s values 
of Safety, Solutions, Ambition, Respect and 
Team underpin our culture, align with our 
purpose and drive our business success. 

The completion of the sale of our 
Chromium business in 2023 resulted  
in the Company becoming a focused 
specialty chemicals business which  
will operate in a regional organisational 
structure in a way that is Fit for the Future, 
driving the innovation of specialty chemical 
products that deliver cleaner and better 
performance for our customers.

Board succession  
and diversity
Steve Good will step down from the Board 
at the conclusion of the Annual General 
Meeting (“AGM”) after reaching a tenure of 
nine years on the Board in October 2023.  
I would like to take this opportunity to thank 
Steve for his very significant contribution  
to the Board and his leadership of the 
Remuneration Committee. 

In anticipation of Steve’s retirement from 
the Board, succession planning was  
a focus for the Board during the year and  
a thorough recruitment process for a new 
Non-Executive Director was conducted. 

Following this process, we were delighted 
to welcome Maria Ciliberti to the Board  
in March 2024. Maria’s skills, background 
and experience strongly complement the 
existing skills and experience of Board 
members. Maria will stand for election  
at the AGM in 2024.

Dear Shareholders, 
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to introduce our 
Governance report for year ended 31 December 2023.  
This report sets out our approach to effective corporate 
governance and outlines key areas of focus of the Board and  
the activities it undertook during the year, as we continue to  
drive long-term value creation for our stakeholders. I am grateful 
to my fellow Board members for their continued support.

I can report that, as at 31 December 2023, 
37.5% of the Board were women (there 
were five men and three women on our 
Board). With the appointment of Maria 
Ciliberti, I am pleased to report that we 
now meet the new Listing Rules target 
(also referred to in the FTSE Women 
Leaders Review) for female representation 
on the Board to be at least 40%, with 
44.5% of the Board now women. Following 
Steve Good’s retirement from the Board  
at the conclusion of the AGM, female 
representation on the Board is expected  
to be 50%.

The Board also meets the target referred 
to in the new Listing Rules and in the 
Parker Review for there to be at least one 
individual on the Board from a minority 
ethnic background. We will continue to 
ensure that the benefits of diversity are 
appropriately considered in the context  
of any future Board recruitment. 

Further information on Board diversity is 
set out on pages 86-87.

Net Zero transition plan
The Board carefully considered the 
proposed adoption of a science-based 
target (“SBT”) for reduction in our 
greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions  
by c.2030, and a related update to the 
Company’s long-term ambition statement 
from ‘carbon neutral’ to ‘Net Zero by 2050’, 
at the latest. 

As part of these considerations, the Board 
took into account the expectations of its 
stakeholders with regard to management 
of the Company’s GHG footprint and its 
alignment with the UK’s commitment to  
a GHG reduction pathway. 

As a result, the Board was pleased to 
approve the form of the Company’s first 
Net Zero transition plan, and a proposal  
to validate an SBT via the science-based 
target initiative (“SBTi”) by the end of 
2024. Further information on our climate 
strategy can be found on pages 34-41.

Board effectiveness 
The Board undertook the annual evaluation 
of its effectiveness internally this year, 
having completed a full externally facilitated 
Board performance evaluation in 2021. 

I am pleased to report that this resulted in 
a positive assessment of the effectiveness 
of the Board and its Committees, with the 
focus on strategy seen as a particular 
highlight (as demonstrated during the 
Capital Markets Day (“CMD”) held in 
November 2023). 

Wider employee feedback from those who 
interacted with the Board during the year 
reflected the view that the Board was 
approachable and engaged. Further 
details of the process followed and its 
outcomes are set out on page 83. 

During 2023, the Group General Counsel 
& Company Secretary conducted a tender 
process on behalf of the Board to identify 
and appoint a new external evaluator to 
perform an externally facilitated evaluation 
of the Board’s performance in 2024  
(the Board having worked with the  
same external evaluator for two prior 
external evaluations).

Annual General Meeting
The AGM is an important event in the 
Company’s corporate calendar, providing 
an opportunity to engage with shareholders. 

This year, we will again be holding a hybrid 
AGM, with shareholders able to attend the 
meeting in person to vote and ask questions, 
or view the meeting via a live webcast. 

Shareholders can also ask questions  
in advance of the meeting via email: 
company.secretariat@elementis.com. 
Instructions on how to register and join  
the webcast are set out in the Notice  
of Meeting, which is available on the 
Company’s website.

John O’Higgins 
Chair

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

73

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Chair_sXGovernanceXIntro_v41 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:16 pm

 
Board of Directors

The right skills to deliver our strategy

John O’Higgins
Chair

Paul Waterman
Chief Executive Officer

Ralph Hewins
Chief Financial Officer

N

R

Tenure 
John was appointed Non-Executive Chair  
and Chair of the Nomination Committee on  
1 September 2021. John joined the Board as a 
Non-Executive Director on 4 February 2020 and 
was appointed Senior Independent Director on 
29 April 2020 prior to his appointment as Chair.

Independent 
Yes1

Experience and role 
John served as chief executive of Spectris plc 
from January 2006 to September 2018, leading 
the business through a period of significant 
strategic transformation and development. 
Prior to Spectris plc, John spent 14 years at 
Honeywell International in a number of senior 
management roles, including chairman of 
Honeywell Automation India and president  
of Automation & Control for Asia-Pacific.  
His early career was spent at Daimler Benz  
A.G. as a research and development engineer. 

Previous non-executive director roles include 
Exide Technologies, a US based supplier of 
battery technology to automotive and industrial 
users (from 2010 to 2015).

John holds a master’s degree in Mechanical 
Engineering from Purdue University (US)  
and an MBA from INSEAD.

Tenure 
Paul was appointed Chief Executive Officer 
(“CEO”) on 8 February 2016.

Independent 
No

Experience and role 
Paul has a proven track record in developing 
markets, products and opportunities for creating 
value, business optimisation and transformation. 
Paul’s global experience provides the skill set 
required to deliver the Company’s strategy  
and provide inspiring leadership.

Prior to joining Elementis, Paul was global  
CEO of the BP Lubricants business in 2013 after 
having overseen the BP Australia/New Zealand 
downstream business. In 2010, Paul was 
country president of BP Australia. Prior to this 
he was CEO of BP’s global aviation, industrial, 
marine and energy lubricants businesses  
(2009 to 2010) and CEO of BP Lubricants 
Americas (2007 to 2009). He joined BP after  
it acquired Burmah-Castrol in 2000, having 
joined the latter in 1994 after roles at Reckitt 
Benckiser and Kraft Foods.

Paul holds a BSc in Packaging Engineering  
from Michigan State University and an MBA  
in Finance and International Business from  
New York University, Stern School of Business.

Tenure 
Ralph was appointed CFO-Designate and 
Executive Director on 12 September 2016  
and became the Elementis Group Chief 
Financial Officer (“CFO”) on 1 November 2016.

Independent 
No

Experience and role 
Ralph is an accomplished CFO who has a strong 
track record in finance, strategy development 
and implementation, and M&A which enables 
him to provide effective financial leadership to 
underpin the delivery of the Company’s strategy.

Ralph had a 30 year career with BP, where 
he held a number of significant leadership 
positions, including roles in financial 
management, sales and marketing, corporate 
development, M&A, strategy and planning.  
In 2010, Ralph was CFO of BP Lubricants  
and served on the board of Castrol India  
Limited from 2010 until 2016.

Ralph holds an MA in Modern History and 
Economics from the University of Oxford  
and an MBA from INSEAD.

External appointments 
None

External appointments 

   Trustee of the Wincott Foundation

External appointments 
None

   Non-executive director of Oxford  
Nanopore Technologies plc and a member  
of the audit, risk, remuneration and 
nomination committees

   Non-executive director of Johnson Matthey 
plc and a member of the audit, nomination 
and remuneration committees

   Adviser to Envea Global, a market leader 
in environmental air and emissions 
measurement and majority owned by  
The Carlyle Group

1  On appointment.

  Committee  
Chair

A   Audit  

Committee

N   Nomination  
Committee

R   Remuneration  
Committee

74 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: BoardXbiographies_v37 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:17 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Trudy Schoolenberg
Senior Independent Director

Steve Good
Independent Non-Executive Director

Dorothee Deuring
Independent Non-Executive Director

A

N

R

R

N

A

N

R

Tenure 
Dorothee was appointed a Non-Executive 
Director on 1 March 2017.

Independent 
Yes

Experience and role 
Dorothee provides the Board with valuable 
insight into the wider European chemicals  
and Industrial sectors as well as sector  
specific acquisition expertise.

Dorothee manages her own corporate advisory 
consultancy serving a number of European 
clients in the pharma/biotech sector. She is 
active in various industry bodies. Her previous 
executive roles included managing director  
and head of Corporate Advisory Group (Europe) 
at UBS in Zurich, head of M&A chemicals 
and healthcare at a private investment bank 
in Germany and a senior executive in the 
corporate finance department at the  
Roche Group.

Dorothee served as non-executive director  
of the supervisory board of Bilfinger SE  
and member of the audit committee  
(May 2016–May 2021).

Dorothee holds a master’s degree in Chemistry 
from the Université Louis Pasteur, Strasbourg, 
and an MBA from INSEAD.

External appointments 

   Non-executive director of  
PolyPeptide Group AG

   Non-executive director of Temenos AG

Tenure 
Steve joined the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director on 20 October 2014 and became  
Chair of the Remuneration Committee on  
25 April 2017.

Independent 
Yes

Experience and role 
Steve has strong and relevant international 
experience in specialty chemicals businesses, 
manufacturing and diverse industrial markets, 
which enables him to provide guidance and 
challenge to management. Steve’s involvement 
with remuneration committees in other 
organisations enables him to provide judgement 
and demonstrate sound knowledge of topical 
remuneration matters in his capacity as 
Remuneration Committee Chair.

Steve was chief executive of Low & Bonar  
plc between September 2009 and  
September 2014.

Prior to that role, he was managing director of its 
technical textiles division (2006-2009), director 
of new business (2005-2006), and managing 
director of its plastics division (2004-2005). 
Prior to Low & Bonar, he spent ten years with 
BTP plc (now part of Clariant) in a variety of 
leadership positions managing international 
specialty chemicals businesses. Steve served 
as non-executive director and chairman of  
the remuneration committee of Cape plc  
(2015-2017), non-executive director of 
Anglian Water Services and member of the 
audit committee, nomination committee and 
remuneration committee (2015-2018) and non-
executive director of Dialight plc (2018-2020).

Steve holds a degree in Economics and 
Financial Management from Sheffield University. 
He is a chartered accountant.

External appointments 

   Non-executive director and non-executive 
board chair of Norcros plc

Tenure 
Trudy was appointed Non-Executive Director  
on 15 March 2022 and become Senior 
Independent Director on 26 April 2022.

Independent 
Yes

Experience and role 
Trudy has over 30 years’ experience of  
working in the chemicals, engineering and  
high performance product sectors.

Having built her executive career with global 
organisations such as Shell, Wartsila and 
Akzo Nobel, she brings a strong international 
perspective and a proven track record for 
driving sustainability through innovation. 
In addition, Trudy has strong operational 
knowledge, gained during her time at Shell  
as production manager at the Pernis refinery  
in the Netherlands, the largest refinery in  
Europe and one of the largest in the world.

Trudy currently serves as a non-executive 
director and senior independent director  
of Accsys Technologies plc (AIM listed 
sustainable building materials business),  
a supervisory board member of SPIE SA  
(a listed technical services business) and  
as a non-executive director and senior 
independent director of TI Fluid Systems plc 
(a listed global manufacturer of automotive 
systems). Trudy previously served as a board 
member of The Netherlands Petroleum 
Stockpiling Agency (COVA) (2011-2021), 
non-executive director and senior independent 
director at Spirax-Sarco Engineering plc 
(2012-2021), non-executive director and 
senior independent director of Low and Bonar 
plc (2013-2020) and as a supervisory board 
member of Avantium N.V. (2020-2022).

Trudy has a PhD in Technical Physics  
from the Delft University of Technology  
(the Netherlands) and holds a master’s  
degree in Industrial Engineering.

External appointments 

   Non-executive director and chair of  
Accsys Technologies plc

   Independent director of SPIE SA

   Senior independent director of  
TI Fluid Systems plc

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: BoardXbiographies_v37 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:17 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

75

Board of Directors
continued

Christine Soden
Independent Non-Executive Director

Clement Woon
Independent Non-Executive Director

Anna Lawrence
Group General Counsel &  
Company Secretary

A

N

R

A

N

R

Tenure 
Christine was appointed a Non-Executive 
Director on 1 November 2020 and is the 
Designated Non-Executive Director for 
workforce engagement and Chair of the  
Audit Committee.

Independent 
Yes

Experience and role 
Christine brings significant experience of 
innovation and the commercialisation of 
technology to the Board. Christine is an 
experienced CFO with a strong track record  
of leading a range of private and public 
companies rooted in innovation with  
a particular focus on biotechnology, life  
sciences and pharmaceutical products.

Christine was CFO and company secretary 
of Acacia Pharma Group plc, a public quoted 
provider of pharmaceutical products designed 
to improve the outcomes and recovery for 
surgical patients (2015-2020). Prior to Acacia 
Pharma Group plc, Christine served as CFO 
and then non-executive director of AIM-listed 
Electrical Geodesics, Inc., which was acquired 
by Philips NV in 2017. Other CFO and finance 
leadership roles include Optos plc, BTG plc 
(former FTSE250 constituent), Oxagen  
Limited and Celltech Chiroscience Group plc.  
Christine started her life-sciences career  
as financial controller of Medeva plc.

Christine has previously served as chair of  
the audit committee at e-therapeutics plc,  
an AIM listed technology based drug discovery 
platform (2017-2020) and at Provalis plc,  
a quoted healthcare business (2000-2005).  
She was also non-executive director of 
Futurenova Limited, a provider of antimicrobial 
cases for iPads and iPhones from 2017 to 2021.

Christine is a chartered accountant and holds  
a degree in Mathematics from the University  
of Durham.

External appointments 

   Non-executive director of Cell and  
Gene Therapy Catapult

   Non-executive director of  
Arecor Therapeutics plc

Tenure 
Clement was appointed a Non-Executive 
Director on 1 December 2022.

Independent 
Yes

Experience and role 
Clement brings broad managerial experience 
in globally operating technology and consumer 
related industries. He has a strong track record 
of renewing traditional industries and revitalising 
growth through strategic interventions and 
in-depth experience and knowledge of markets 
within the Asia Pacific region.

Clement was Group CEO of Saurer Intelligent 
Technology Co Ltd, a €1 billion textile machinery 
and components business listed on the 
Shanghai Stock Exchange, between August 
2016 and March 2020. Clement continued to 
serve on the board of Saurer as non-executive 
director until August 2021. Between March 
2021 and January 2023, Clement served as 
Chairman of PFI Foods Industries Pte Ltd. 
Between April 2014 and July 2016, Clement  
was Adviser and co-CEO of Jinsheng Industry 
Co. Ltd, an industrial company in China with 
diverse interests including biotech, automotive 
and textiles. Clement also previously held 
various senior positions at companies based  
in Switzerland and Singapore, including Division 
CEO of Leica Geosystems AG, President &  
CEO of SATS Ltd, and CEO Textile Division  
of OC Oerlikon AG.

Clement holds an MSc in Industrial Engineering 
and a BEng in Electrical Engineering from the 
National University of Singapore, as well as  
an MBA in Technology Management from 
Nanyang Technological University, Singapore.

External appointments 

   Non-independent non-executive director  
of PFI Foods Industries Pte. Ltd 

   Non-executive director of  
Morgan Advanced Materials plc

  Committee  
Chair

A   Audit  

Committee

N   Nomination  
Committee

R   Remuneration  
Committee

76 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: BoardXbiographies_v37 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:17 pm

Tenure 
Anna joined Elementis in March 2021.

Experience and role 
Anna has responsibility for all legal and 
compliance matters across the Group and 
is the Group Company Secretary. Anna also 
serves as the Group’s Chief Compliance Officer 
and chairs the Ethics & Compliance Council. 
She has extensive international experience 
gained through holding senior legal positions 
in companies across diverse sectors including 
Rolls-Royce plc, Johnson Matthey plc and 
Kingfisher plc. She qualified as a solicitor at 
Allen & Overy LLP. She holds a BA in Modern 
Languages from the University of Oxford,  
a Postgraduate Diploma in Law and Legal 
Practice from BPP Law School and is an 
Associate of the Chartered Governance Institute.

Maria Ciliberti
Independent Non-Executive Director

Maria’s appointment as a Non-Executive 
Director is effective as of 11 March 2024.

Maria’s professional experience spans over 
35 years in the petrochemical industry 
and includes roles in manufacturing, R&D, 
commercial and business management.  
She worked at The Dow Chemical Company, 
Columbia Gas of Ohio and Container 
Corporation of America in the USA.  
She also spent over a decade in global 
leadership roles in Europe, with Celanese, 
General Electric Plastics (now owned by 
SABIC) and Borealis, where her last role 
was Commercial Vice President for Borealis’ 
Global Specialty Solutions Business.

Since 2022, Maria has held the role of 
President for the USA & Canada business 
of Royal Vopak, a global, independent 
infrastructure provider. Maria sits on the 
board of Vopak’s USA and Canadian joint 
ventures, which include Vopak Industrial 
Infrastructure Americas, Vopak Exolum 
Houston, Vopak Energy Storage Texas, 
Ridley Island Propane Export Terminal  
and Ridley Island Energy Export Facility. 

Maria holds a Bachelor of Science degree 
in Chemical Engineering and a Master of 
Business Administration – both from  
The Ohio State University.

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Division of responsibilities

Governance framework

Shareholders

Board of Directors
The Board is responsible for ensuring long term sustainability and the delivery of long term value and success  
for our shareholders. It also provides effective challenge and support to the Executive Leadership Team (“ELT”)  
in relation to strategy, while ensuring the Group maintains effective risk management and internal controls systems.

Board Committees
The Board is supported in its activities by Board Committees that have specific delegated responsibilities,  
as set out in separate terms of reference, which are available on the website: www.elementis.com

Audit Committee

   Overseeing financial 
reporting and the Group’s 
financial systems

   Providing oversight and 
governance of internal 
controls and risk 
management

   Monitoring the 
independence and 
effectiveness of the 
external auditors

   Maintaining an 
appropriate relationship 
with our internal and 
external auditors

Nomination Committee
   Responsibility for the 
structure, size and 
composition of the  
Board, ensuring the  
Board and Committees 
have the correct balance 
of skills, knowledge  
and experience

   Ensuring and overseeing 
succession planning  
and responsibility for  
the annual review of  
Board effectiveness

   Identifying and nominating 
suitable candidates for 
appointment to the Board

   Promoting diversity

Remuneration Committee
   Setting the Remuneration 
Policy and determining the 
review structure for the 
Chair, Executive Directors 
and ELT, to align their 
remuneration with the 
long term interests of  
the company

   Approving bonus plan, 
long term incentive plan 
targets and share awards

Disclosure Committee
   Advising the Board 
regarding, and to ensure 
that Elementis makes, 
accurate and timely 
disclosure of price 
sensitive information that 
is required to be disclosed 
to meet its legal and 
regulatory obligations

   For further information,  
please see pages 88-91.

   For further information,  
please see page 84-87.

   For further information,  
please see page 96-122.

CEO
The CEO is responsible for the day-to-day running of the business and overseeing  
its performance, development and strategy.

ELT
The ELT is led by the CEO and meets quarterly to review various reports from all  
areas of the business as well as the external operating environment and associated risks and opportunities.  
Relevant matters are reported to the Board by the CEO or the CFO.

Diversity,  
Equality & 
Inclusion  
Council

Ethics & 
Compliance 
Council

Health, Safety and 
Environmental 
Council

Sustainability 
Council

Data Protection 
Steering 
Committee

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: BoardXdivisionXofXresponsibilites_WorkforceXEngagement_v80 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:20 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

77

Board and engagement highlights

Board meeting attendance
The attendance of the Directors at the Board meetings in the year ended 31 December 2023 is as follows:

Member

John O’Higgins

Dorothee Deuring

Steve Good

Trudy Schoolenberg

Christine Soden

Clement Woon

Scheduled meetings 
during the year

Business and financial performance    27.5%
Strategic                                                  49%
Governance, risk and compliance       23.5%

The allocation of agenda time for  
the eight scheduled meetings  
was categorised into: Business and 
financial performance; strategic; and 
governance, risk and compliance.

Board changes
There were no changes to the Board 
during the year. Steve Good reached  
a tenure of nine years in October 2023.  
In order to facilitate an orderly handover  
of the Remuneration Committee Chair to 
Clement Woon after the AGM, Steve  
was re-appointed for a six month period 
until the conclusion of the AGM. Further 
information can be found on page 85.

In March 2024, Maria Ciliberti was 
appointed to the Board and will stand  
for election at the upcoming AGM. 

Member since

Eligible meetings (max 8)

Attendance

February 2020

March 2017

October 2014

March 2022

November 2020

December 2022

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

Shareholder engagement
Investor meetings
The Board values the importance of  
an active engagement programme and  
we are continuously looking to improve 
our engagements to build and develop 
open and trusted relationships with  
our shareholders.

The investor relations function has  
primary responsibility for managing 
day-to-day communications with 
institutional shareholders and supports  
the Chair, Senior Independent Director 
(“SID”), CEO and CFO in conducting a 
comprehensive shareholder engagement 
programme during each financial year.

The CEO and CFO are the Company’s 
principal spokespeople. Throughout the 
year, they engaged extensively with 
existing and prospective investors during 
individual and group meetings, as well as 
conferences and fireside discussions. In 
2023, a total of 70 meetings were held with 
investors, of which 14 were with the Chair.

The Chair conducted a governance 
roadshow in April, meeting with the top 
shareholders. Discussions focused on the 
Group strategy, including the successful 
disposal of Chromium and ways to improve 
Talc performance. The Chair used this 
opportunity to gain feedback on dividend 
reinstatement and other governance 
related matters. Later in the year,  
the Chair initiated meetings with top 
shareholders, asking for their feedback 
following a letter published by Elementis’ 
largest shareholder. Feedback from the 
meetings was shared with the Board.

In addition, the SID and other members  
of the Board, for example, the Chairs of  
the Audit, Nomination or Remuneration 
Committees, are available to meet with 
shareholders as appropriate. 

The Board receives an investor relations 
report at each of its meetings outlining 
recent dialogue with investors and 
feedback received, and updates from  
our corporate brokers JP Morgan  
and Numis. Analysts’ reports are  
also made available to the Board.

Retail investors
The Board is keen to hear the views of  
our private shareholders and they are 
encouraged to use our shareholder mailbox, 
company.secretariat@elementis.com.  
The Company’s website is kept  
updated with Company reports and  
related information. 

Enquiries may also be addressed to  
the Group General Counsel & Company 
Secretary and sent to the registered office.

Annual General Meeting
The Company held a hybrid AGM on  
26 April 2023 which shareholders were 
invited to attend in person or to view  
the AGM proceedings via a webcasting 
facility, with a telephone line available  
for shareholders to ask questions.  
The proceedings of the AGM are  
available on demand. All resolutions  
were approved by shareholders on a poll. 

Shareholders were able to submit 
questions ahead of the AGM, as well as 
ask them during the AGM. One question 
was submitted prior to the AGM and 
answered during the meeting; there were 
no questions raised during the meeting. 

A recording of the AGM can be found on 
our website.

The 2024 AGM will be held on  
30 April 2024 at 10.00am as a hybrid  
AGM and further information can be  
found in the Notice of Meeting.

   Read more about how we engage with,  
and create value for our stakeholders  
on pages 7-9 and 26-27.

78 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: BoardXdivisionXofXresponsibilites_WorkforceXEngagement_v80 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:20 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Board in action

Board meetings
The Board has a formal annual programme 
of activities which is supplemented by 
ad-hoc meetings and conference calls,  
when appropriate.

At each of its formal meetings, the Board 
receives standing reports on business 
performance, operations (including HSE 
performance), sustainability, innovation,  
IT investor engagement, governance  
and compliance.

During 2023, the Board considered  
a number of topics:

   2023-2028 financial shape

   Five-year strategy

   Annual Operating Plan

   Capital Markets Day

   Environmental, social and governance 
(“ESG”) and Sustainability

   Ethics & Compliance

   HSE and Global process safety review

   Innovation

   IT and Cyber Security

   Legal matters (including litigation)

   People related topics including:  
Fit for the Future (organisational 
restructure); strategy; diversity,  
equity and inclusion (“DE&I”);  
people engagement; employee  
value proposition; and succession

   Performance Specialties

   Personal Care

   Procurement

   The Elementis Group Pension Scheme

The Board regularly invites ELT members 
to Board meetings to report on their 
relevant business and functional areas. 
The Non-Executive Directors make 
themselves available for discussion  
with ELT members in advance of Board 
meetings where a particularly strategic 
subject is tabled, to enable an in-depth 
exploration of the subject matter in 
preparation for the meeting.

Time is set aside at the end of each 
meeting for a nominated Director to 
provide constructive feedback on the 
proceedings, including the quality and 
usefulness of the materials presented.

It is customary for the Board, or the 
Non-Executive Directors and the Chair,  
to meet the evening before in-person  
to allow them to discuss relevant  
matters in a less formal setting.

Key activities during the year

Completion of Chromium 
business divestment

Jan

The sale of the Chromium business 
completed on 31 January 2023, 
and finance, IT, sales and HR 
transitional services were  
provided post-completion.

June/
Sep

Sep

Site visits to China,  
Taiwan and UK

With its people as its core asset, the 
Board recognises the importance of 
ongoing face to face engagement 
with the workforce on all levels.

Site visits to Songjiang (China), 
Livingston (UK) and Hsinchu 
(Taiwan) during 2023 enabled  
to the Board to gain insights  
from discussions with the  
local management teams and  
colleagues about the opportunities 
and challenges they face, in 
management presentations as well 
as less formal networking events.

Response to open letter  
from major shareholder

Sep

Nov

An open letter to the Board  
was published by one of our 
shareholders requesting that the 
Board initiate an immediate sale 
process in respect of the Company.

The Board regularly considers the 
Company’s strategic alternatives 
with its financial advisors, and 
reviewed the shareholder’s letter 
carefully, concluding that initiating 
an immediate sale process would 
not be in the best interests of its 
shareholders, given the substantial 
value still to be realised through  
the execution of its strategy.

A copy of the response can  
be found on our website.

2023

Consolidation of  
business segments 

We consolidated our Talc and 
Coatings business segments  
into a new segment, Performance 
Specialties. The integration of the 
product portfolio and strong market 
focus allowed us to further leverage 
synergies between these two 
business segments.

Fit for the Future

Following the sale of the Chromium 
business, the Board felt it was the 
right time to focus on creating an 
organisational design that would 
make the Company more financially 
and operationally resilient, and  
“fit for the future”. The proposed 
changes were announced  
in September, with the new 
organisational structure to be  
in place by the end of 2024.

Capital Markets Day

We held a Capital Markets  
Day for analysts and investors  
in London and via webcast,  
which was attended by 
representatives from over  
half of our institutional investors.

During the event, we communicated 
our 2026 targets, to be delivered 
through our seven growth platforms 
and two efficiency programmes,  
as well as highlighting how we  
are living our purpose of “unique 
chemistry, sustainable solutions” 
through our sustainability strategy. 
Guests were able to watch live 
demonstrations showcasing 
recent innovations developed  
to address global trends,  
and a sustainability update.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: BoardXdivisionXofXresponsibilites_WorkforceXEngagement_v80 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:20 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

79

Workforce engagement

Engaged activities throughout the year

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

Board meeting

Board site visit

DNED engagement with employees

Employee survey

Speak Up survey

Global townhall

Board visits
The Non-Executive Directors visit at least 
two of the Company’s manufacturing sites 
each year, to gain insights into the Group’s 
activities and to meet and engage with 
colleagues across the business. This 
enables the Directors to maximise their 
contribution to Board discussions and  
their understanding of stakeholders.

June

UK
Livingston, UK 
The Board visited our Livingston plant, 
where organoclay is processed for the 
Performance Specialties and Personal 
Care business segments. Members of the 
management team gave presentations  
on the plant’s activities, followed by  
a tour of the manufacturing site and 
laboratory, which included presentations 
by colleagues on specific activities 
undertaken at the site. A Board meeting 
was also held at the Livingston plant.

The Board continued the discussions  
with management over dinner.

Sept

Taiwan and China
Day 1 – Hsinchu, Taiwan
The Board visited our two plants in 
Hsinchu and received an overview of  
the plants’ activities from management, 
with an opportunity for Q&A, before a full 
site tour of both the North Plant and the 
South Plant. After the tour, a Board 
meeting was held at the North Plant. 

The Board engaged with employees  
from a range of functions over dinner  
in the evening.

Day 2 – Songjiang, China
Having last visited the Songjiang site  
in 2019, the Board was keen to hear  
the local team’s perspectives on  
how the marketplace had evolved  
in the intervening period.

The Songjiang management team  
provided the Board with an overview  
of the plant’s activities, including resilience 
during COVID-19 and innovative plans  
for the future, as well as commercial 
opportunities in the region, before 
undertaking a site tour.

This was followed by a lunch with the 
management team, during which 
employees had the opportunity to  
engage directly with the Board.

North Plant

South Plant

80 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: BoardXdivisionXofXresponsibilites_WorkforceXEngagement_v80 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:20 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

All 
year

Engaged activities 
throughout the year

In line with the requirements of the  
UK Corporate Governance Code, the 
Board considered the mechanisms for 
ensuring that the views and concerns  
of the workforce are taken into account 
and agreed that a specific Board 
accountability for workforce engagement 
would be formalised by appointing  
a Board member to serve as the 
Designated Non-Executive Director  
for workforce engagement (“DNED”). 

Christine Soden currently serves as  
the DNED, having assumed the role on 
appointment as a Board member on  
1 November 2020. 

DNED engagement
While visiting the various sites during  
the year, Christine Soden, as DNED,  
held a number of focus groups which  
gave her an opportunity to meet with  
a selection of employees and encourage 
them to share their views and raise any 
issues or concerns. 

Christine then ensures that employees’ 
questions and concerns are heard during 
Board discussions, that appropriate  
steps are taken to evaluate the impact  
of proposals and developments on the 
workforce, and that the Board considers 
what steps should be taken to mitigate  
any adverse impact.

Non-Executive  
Director for workforce 
engagement

Christine Soden

Values and  
culture

Local/global  
ways of  
working

Processes

Examples of 
workforce  
engagement 
themes

Remuneration  
and benefits

Communications

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: BoardXdivisionXofXresponsibilites_WorkforceXEngagement_v80 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:20 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

81

Learnings and responsesThemes identified from the focus group sessions during the year included:  Importance of keeping a focus on communication with employees on Fit for the Future, which has been reflected in the communication plans at global and local levels   The Company’s approach to remuneration was generally well understood and satisfactory to employees, although clarity was sought as to how pay parity is maintained between long serving and new employees. Data examined from recent hires showed that  there was parity and that current processes work  The introduction of the Company-wide engagement survey had been well received and had provided actionable insights to teams  Although access to IT systems was good, further training on using the Company’s different IT platforms would be useful in some cases.  The Company is reviewing its use  of different platforms as part of the evolution of the IT function under  the Fit for the Future programmePurpose, culture and values

Our purpose 
Our purpose is Unique Chemistry, 
Sustainable Solutions.

We are collaborative industrial innovators, 
developing long term partnerships with  
our customers, innovating at pace to  
keep them at the forefront of their markets. 
Combining our access to unique  
natural resources with our unmatched 
rheology and technological expertise,  
we responsibly transform raw materials  
into advantaged ingredients that provide 
crucial end product benefits. This enables 
our customers to solve their product 
performance and sustainability challenges. 

Our culture
The Board is satisfied that the Company’s 
culture continues to be aligned with its 
purpose, values and strategy: 

    Strategy is discussed regularly and 
includes the three-year plan and  
annual operating plan, and is formally 
agreed as part of the Board’s  
annual programme 

   The Company’s Values underpin  
the behaviours expected to cultivate  
an open and inclusive culture

   Further information on Elementis culture  
can be found on pages 45-50.

How the Board monitors culture

Promoting integrity 
and accountability

Valuing  
diversity

Cultural indicators

Being responsive  
to the view of 
stakeholders

Culture aligned  
to purpose  
and Values

Culture aligned  
to strategy

Cultural identifier

Employee engagement  
survey insight

Employee retention,  
promotion and attrition data

Reports on progress on 
diversity, equity and inclusion

Whistleblowing reports

HSE performance

Internal Audit reports  
and findings

Ethics & Compliance 
programme

Our values
Our values are core to our high-performance culture and are reflected in everything that we do.

Safety

Solutions

Ambition

Respect

Team

Our way 
of life

Creating value  
for our customers

Passion for  
excellence

We do the  
right thing

The power of 
collaboration

   Further information regarding our values can be found on page 6.

82 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Purpose_XcultureXandXvaluesX_BoardXevaluationXexercise_v53 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 3:14 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Board evaluation

Process for the year

2023

   The Group General Counsel & Company Secretary and 
Board Chair agreed the timetable and process of the 
internal evaluation, and the content of the questionnaire

   The Group General Counsel & Company Secretary 
discussed the key themes of the evaluation with the 
Chair and prepared a formal paper for discussion

   The Chair met with each Director individually  
to provide a forum for sharing any more  
detailed or specific feedback

   The SID led a performance evaluation of the  
Chair with the other Board members

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Dec

   The questionnaire was sent to Directors for completion

   Anonymous feedback was solicited from employees 
who had interacted with the Board during the year

   The individual responses were collated into a report 
summarising key themes by the Group General 
Counsel & Company Secretary

   The Board discussed the key findings and agreed  
on focus areas for 2024

The Board undertakes a rigorous 
evaluation of its effectiveness and that of 
its Committees and individual Directors 
annually. The results of the evaluation 
enable the Board to reflect on the 
continuing effectiveness of its activities  
and quality of decisions, and to identify any 
areas for further focus in the coming year. 

At least every three years, an externally 
facilitated evaluation of Board effectiveness 
is carried out. The last externally facilitated 
evaluation was carried out in 2021, with 
the next scheduled to take place in 2024.

In 2023, the Board undertook an  
internal evaluation of its performance. 
Board members completed a detailed 
questionnaire compiled by the General 
Counsel & Company Secretary and 
approved by the Chair. The questionnaire 
focused on:

   How the Board had managed 
opportunities and challenges  
during the year 

   Board dynamics, Chair/Committee 
Chair and individual Board  
member performance

   The operation and effectiveness  
of the Board and its Committees 

   Priorities for 2024

In addition, employees who presented to 
the Board during the year were given the 
opportunity to provide feedback on their 
experience anonymously. 

Suggested topics for this feedback  
were whether they felt welcomed by  
the Board, that the Board listened and  
was actively engaged in the discussion, 
and asked relevant, thoughtful and 
challenging questions.

Evaluation findings  
and recommendations 
The responses of Board members to  
the questionnaire were largely positive  
in relation to the continued effective 
operation of the Board and its Committees. 
The Board’s relationship with management 
was seen as constructively challenging 
and characterised by a high degree of  
trust and respect. The Board was felt to 
have received robust and comprehensive 
reporting from management in relation  
to key areas such as strategic priorities, 
talent and succession, sustainability  
and financial resilience.

The wider employee feedback was largely 
favourable, and highlighted that the Board 
was felt to listen carefully and to ask 
challenging, but constructive, questions. 
The Board was considered approachable 
and engaged, inside and outside of formal 
Board meetings. 

The agreed focus areas for 2024  
include maintaining oversight over the 
implementation of the Fit for the Future 
programme, maintaining the strong focus 
on strategy and the growth agenda,  
and ensuring that sustainability continues  
to be seen as a differentiator. 

With regard to the actions and focus  
areas agreed as a result of the 2022  
Board evaluation, it was generally felt  
by Board members that these had 
progressed well, particularly in relation  
to the continued focus on the execution  
of the Chromium divestiture (which had 
completed in Q1 2023) and on strategy  
(as demonstrated during the Capital 
Markets Day held in Q4 2023).

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

83

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Purpose_XcultureXandXvaluesX_BoardXevaluationXexercise_v53 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 3:14 pm

Nomination Committee report

Dear Shareholders, 
As Chair of the Nomination Committee (the ‘Committee’), I am 
pleased to present the Nomination Committee report covering 
the work of the Committee during 2023. This report should be 
read in conjunction with the separate section on compliance 
under the UK Corporate Governance Code on page 92.

Attendance at Nomination Committee meetings

Member

John O’Higgins

Dorothee Deuring

Steve Good

Trudy Schoolenberg

Christine Soden

Clement Woon

Member since

February 2020

March 2017

October 2014

March 2022

November 2020

December 2022

Eligible meetings  
(max 61)

Attendance

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

The CEO and CFO were invited to attend where appropriate. 

1  Four meetings were scheduled, and two were ad hoc.

John O’Higgins
Chair, Nomination Committee

Highlight areas of focus
   Ongoing Board  
succession planning 

   Executive progression

   Oversight of Group’s  
Diversity Policy 

   Board effectiveness review

Role of the committee
The Committee is responsible for the structure and composition  
of the Board and ensuring that the Board and Committees have  
an appropriate balance of skills, knowledge and experience to 
support the strategy of the Company now and in the future. 

Programme of business 
   Annual review of Directors’ independence and conflicts  
in accordance with the Committee’s terms of reference 

   Reviewing structure, size, diversity and composition of  
the Board 

Key responsibilities 
   Regularly reviewing the structure and composition of the Board 

   Succession planning for the Board, ELT leadership 
development, and oversight of senior management  
succession plans 

   Ensuring the right leadership, balance of skills and experience 
to deliver the Company’s strategy and enable the Board to  
fulfil its obligations effectively 

   Succession planning for the Board and ELT 

   Leading on the annual performance evaluation of the Board  
and its Committees 

   Identifying and managing any potential conflicts of interests 

The Committee’s terms of reference, which are reviewed and 
approved annually, are available at www.elementis.com. 

   Ensuring that at least annually the Non-Executive  
Directors meet without the Executive Directors present 

   Annual evaluation of the Board Chair, led by the SID

   Approval of Nomination Committee report for inclusion  
in the Annual Report 

84 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: NomXComm_AuditXComm_ComplianceXStatement_v83 

  Modification Date: 18 March 2024 11:36 am

 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Board effectiveness processes 
Annually, the Board is responsible for conducting an evaluation  
of the performance of the Board and its Committees.  
The Committee oversees the effectiveness of the process,  
which for 2023 comprised an internal evaluation by way of 
comprehensive questionnaire covering the effective performance 
of the Board and the functioning of the Committees. The last 
externally facilitated evaluation was carried out in 2021 and  
the next external review will be conducted in 2024. Following  
the evaluation, the Board is satisfied of the continued effective 
operation of the Board and its Committees. Further information 
regarding the process can be found on page 83. 

Directors’ conflicts 
The Committee has oversight of Directors’ potential  
conflicts of interest and, during the year, in accordance with  
policy, considered and approved the following additional  
external appointments:

   Steve Good as non-executive director and non-executive board 
chair of Norcros plc

   Dorothee Deuring as non-executive director of PolyPeptide 
Group AG and as non-executive director of Temenos AG

Board composition and skills 
A matrix is maintained which serves as a record of Directors’ 
experience, attributes and expertise. The Committee reviews  
this matrix annually to ensure that the Board has an appropriate 
composition and range of skills, experience and diversity  
to prevent any dominance, either individually or collectively,  
over the Board’s decision making processes. Highlights from  
this matrix are noted on page 87. 

Re-appointments to the Board and 
succession planning
The re-appointments of Christine Soden (for a second three  
year term from November 2023) and Steve Good (for a six month 
period at the end of his nine year tenure in October 2023, primarily 
in order to facilitate an orderly handover to Clement Woon, as 
Remuneration Committee Chair, in early 2024) were considered 
and approved by the Committee, and recommended to the  
Board during the year. The recommendations were supported by 
considerations regarding the Directors’ independence, experience 
and contribution made to the Board and its Committees. The 
Committee considered that Steve would continue to demonstrate 
independence in character and judgement despite having served 
nine years on the Board as of October 2023, and that the Board 
would benefit from his extensive knowledge of the Company  
and experience for the additional six month period. 

These matters were subsequently confirmed following the Board 
evaluation process and a review of conflicts and independence. 

The Board followed the Nomination Committee’s recommendation 
to appoint Clement Woon as Remuneration Committee Chair  
with effect from the conclusion of the AGM. In addition to having 
served 16 months as a member of the Remuneration Committee, 
Clement has served as a member of the remuneration committee 
of Morgan Advanced Materials plc since May 2019.

The Chair of the Board, assisted by the Nomination Committee 
members, led the search process for a new Non-Executive 
Director during the year. A role specification was considered  
and approved by the Committee, with input from the Executive 
Directors and Korn Ferry, which was awarded the mandate by the 
Committee to search for the Board’s next three members in 2021. 
(Korn Ferry was appointed as an advisor by the Remuneration 
Committee following a competitive tender process in 2017, but 
otherwise has no connection with the Company or with any 
individual Director. The services provided by Korn Ferry to the 
Remuneration Committee were carried out by a separate team to 
the human capital related services. Further information regarding 
the role of Korn Ferry in advising the Remuneration Committee 
can be found on page 121). 

The Committee agreed that the Non-Executive Director 
candidates should:

   be current, proven and well-regarded executives from the  
broad industrial/manufacturing sector 

   exhibit significant international business experience in their 
executive careers as either a CEO, or main board executive, 
of a complex multinational B2B company 

   be strategic thinkers, able to play a role in Board discussions  
on Elementis’ strategy 

Korn Ferry prepared a long list comprising candidates from the 
widest talent pool, against the above objective criteria and with 
regard for the benefits of diversity, including gender and ethnicity. 
The Committee duly discussed the merits of each candidate  
and agreed a shortlist to be interviewed by Board members. 
Committee meetings were held to discuss feedback. Following  
the interviews and taking of references for the preferred candidate, 
external responsibilities and potential conflicts, the Committee 
agreed to recommend to the Board that Maria Ciliberti be 
appointed as Non-Executive Director, with effect from  
11 March 2024. Please see page 76 for Maria’s biography. 

In light of the Board’s programme of activity, the Nomination 
Committee is evaluating further strengthening the depth and 
expertise of the Board through the appointment of an additional 
Non-Executive Director during 2024.

Re-election of Directors
The Board has concluded, following the appraisal process, that 
each of the Directors standing for (re-)election continued to make 
an effective contribution to the Board and committed sufficient 
time to the Board and Committee meetings and any other duties. 
With the exception of Steve Good, who will step down from  
the Board at the conclusion of the AGM in April 2024 having 
completed a nine and a half year tenure, all Directors will stand  
for (re-)election at the 2024 AGM, and an explanation of how  
they contribute to the success of the Company can be found in  
the Notice of Meeting.

Diversity Policy
The Board has adopted a Diversity Policy, which is available on the 
Company’s website. The Board acknowledges the importance of 
diversity in its broadest sense in the boardroom as a key element 
of Board effectiveness. Diversity includes perspective, experience 
(including working internationally), background (including 
nationality), cognitive and personal strengths and other personal 
attributes, as well as diversity of gender, social background and 
ethnicity. We consider overall Board balance when appointing  
new Board members. 

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

85

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: NomXComm_AuditXComm_ComplianceXStatement_v83 

  Modification Date: 18 March 2024 11:36 am

Nomination Committee report
continued

Progress on our diversity objectives 
   Our external advisers are selected on their commitment and 
ability to deliver diverse long-lists in the recruitment processes 

   The composition of the Board is reviewed on an annual basis, 
with an assessment of skills, expertise, backgrounds and 
experience prior to Directors joining the Board and on an 
ongoing basis using a diversity matrix

   The proportion of female Directors on the Board as at  
31 December 2023 was 37.5% (three women and five men). 
After the conclusion of the 2024 AGM, the gender balance of 
the Board is expected to be 50:50 (four women and four men). 
The Board is aware of the target specified in recent updates  
to the Listing Rules for female representation on Boards of at  
least 40% and will ensure that the benefits of diversity are 
appropriately considered in the context of any future Board 
recruitment. The Board currently meets the targets referred  
to in the new Listing Rules for there to be at least one woman  
in a senior Board role (the role of Senior Independent Director 
being held by Dr Trudy Schoolenberg) and at least one member 
of the Board from a minority ethnic background (following the 
appointment of Clement Woon, a Singaporean national, to the 
Board in December 2022)

   Oversight of gender and ethnic diversity profile across the 
Group including promotion of talent into management roles  
(see page 48 for progress on female leadership)

   We note the new Parker Review target to set a percentage  
goal for senior management positions that will be occupied by 
ethnic minority individuals, to be achieved by December 2027,  
and have started a process to identify how best to approach  
this in order to set a meaningful target which will take into 
account our global presence. We expect to be in a position  
to set our target during 2024

   Oversight of executive and senior management succession 

   Continuing to monitor regulatory developments and best 
practice in respect of diversity 

Our gender identity and ethnicity data in accordance with Listing 
Rule 9.8.6R(10) is set out below as at 31 December 2023. To 
compile this data, at year end, Board and ELT members were 
asked to complete a diversity disclosure to confirm which of the 
categories contained in the tables below that they identify with.

Gender representation among Board and Executive Management as at 31 December 2023

Male

Female

Not specified/ 
prefer not to say

Number of  
Board members

5

3

–

Percentage  
of Board

62.5%

37.5%

–

Number of  
Senior Positions  
on Board1

Number in  
Executive 
Management

Percentage of 
Executive 
Management

3

1

–

8

1

–

88.9%

11.1%

–

Ethnicity representation among Board and Executive Management as at 31 December 2023

Number of  
Board members

Percentage  
of Board

Number of  
Senior Positions  
on Board1

Number in  
Executive 
Management

Percentage of 
Executive 
Management

White British or other  
White (including minority 
white groups)

Mixed/multiple ethnic groups

Asian/Asian British

Black/African/Caribbean/
Black British

Other ethnic group,  
including Arab

Not specified/prefer  
not to say

1  CEO, CFO, SID, Chair.

5

0

1

0

0

2

62.5%

0%

12.5%

0%

0%

25%

4

0

0

0

0

–

8

0

0

1

0

–

88.9%

0%

0%

11.1%

0%

–

Priorities for the year ahead 
   Review Board and senior management succession plans 

   Review Board Diversity Policy and objectives 

   Review management progress towards achieving  
diversity objectives

   Review of 2024 external evaluation outcomes and  
planning for 2025 internal evaluation

John O’Higgins
Chair, Nomination Committee

86 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: NomXComm_AuditXComm_ComplianceXStatement_v83 

  Modification Date: 18 March 2024 11:36 am

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Diversity

Composition of the Board1

Gender of the Board

Chair

1

12.5%

Male

Independent
Non-Executive Directors 

5

62.5%

Female

Executive Directors

2

25%

5

3

62.5%

37.5%

Length of tenure

6-9 years

3-6 years

Less than 3 years

2

2

2

Gender of ELT

33.3%

Male

33.3%

Female

1

33.3%

8

88.9%

11.1%

Nationality of the Board

Gender balance of ELT and direct reports

1

1

1

1

1

American

Austrian

British

Dutch

Irish

Singaporean

Board ethnicity

White British or 
other white

12.5%

Male

12.5%

Female

37

22

63%

37%

3

37.5%

12.5%

12.5%

12.5%

Gender Company-wide

Male

Female

Age

7

87.5%

Under 50

0

341

939

73.4%

26.6%

4

4

0%

50%

50%

Asian/Asian British

1

12.5%

50-60

60+

1  Senior Independent Director is female.

Note: As at 31 December 2023

Board expertise and experience matrix

John
O’Higgins

Paul
Waterman

Ralph
Hewins

Dorothee
Deuring

Steve
Good

Christine
Soden

Trudy
Schoolenberg

Clement
Woon

Manufacturing/industrial processing

Specialty chemicals

International business and markets

Pension trustee 

M&A/capital raising

Financial/accounting/risk expertise (recent/relevant)

Sales/marketing/customer

Strategy/business development

Research/technology/innovation/product dev

Risk management

HR/people

Sustainability/climate

Digital/e-commerce/cyber

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: NomXComm_AuditXComm_ComplianceXStatement_v83 

  Modification Date: 18 March 2024 11:36 am

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

87

 
 
Audit Committee report

Dear Shareholders, 
As Chair of the Audit Committee (the ‘Committee’), I am pleased 
to present the Audit Committee report covering the work of  
the Committee during 2023. This report should be read in 
conjunction with the separate section on compliance under  
the UK Corporate Governance Code on page 92.

Attendance at Audit 
Committee meetings
Member

Member since

Eligible meetings  
(max 3)

Attendance

Christine Soden (Chair)

November 2020

Dorothee Deuring

Trudy Schoolenberg

Clement Woon

March 2017

March 2022

December 2022

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Christine Soden
Chair, Audit Committee

Highlight areas of focus
   Recommended approval of the 
2022 Annual Report and Accounts 
and 2023 Half Year Interim 
Statements to the Board 

   Approval of audit plans  
(external and internal) for 2023 

   Review of going concern  
and viability statement 

   Presentation of adjusting items 

   Goodwill and indefinite life 
intangible assets impairment review

Key responsibilities 
   Monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial statements, 
financial reporting and related statements 

   Ensuring the appropriateness of accounting policies,  
any changes to these, and any significant estimates and 
judgements made 

   Reviewing the effectiveness of internal control,  
compliance and risk management systems  
(including whistleblowing arrangements) 

   Overseeing all aspects of the relationship with the internal and 
external auditors; approving the policy on non-audit services; 
making recommendations to the Board for their dismissal or 
changes; and supervising any tender process

The Committee’s terms of reference, which are reviewed and 
approved annually, are available at www.elementis.com. 

Role of the committee
To assist the Board by establishing, reviewing and monitoring  
the Group’s financial reporting, internal controls framework  
and risk management, internal audit programmes and changes  
in regulatory requirements. 

Composition of the committee and 
meetings attendance
In accordance with the Code, the Board has confirmed that all 
members of the Committee are independent Non-Executive 
Directors and have been appointed to the Committee based  
on their individual financial and commercial experience.

The Board is satisfied that Christine Soden, as Chair of the 
Committee, has recent and relevant financial experience to chair 
this Committee through her previous executive roles as CFO at 
Acacia Pharma Group plc (2015-2020) and CFO of Electrical 
Geodesics, Inc. Christine is a chartered accountant (FCA). 

The Committee, as a whole, has financial and commercial 
competence relevant to the sector in which the Group operates. 
Further information on the skills, expertise and experience of 
Committee members can be found on page 87.

The Chair of the Board, CEO, CFO and Group Financial Controller 
& Head of Tax, and representatives from the external auditors 
(Deloitte) and internal auditors (PwC), have a standing invitation  
to attend Committee meetings. All Board members have access  
to Committee papers.

88 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: NomXComm_AuditXComm_ComplianceXStatement_v83 

  Modification Date: 18 March 2024 11:36 am

 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Activities during the year 
The Committee’s focus in 2023 has been on: 

   Meetings with both the internal and external auditors to review 
their key findings 

   Reviewing the internal control systems and considering the 
output of internal audit reviews and management’s action plans 

   Reviewing the integrity, consistency and key accounting 
judgements made by management in both the Company’s  
full and half year results 

   Advising the Board on whether the Annual Report and 
Accounts preparation process is fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provides the information necessary to 
shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy 

   Reviewing the going concern and viability statements and the 
supporting assumptions and assessments in the Company’s 
half year report and Annual Report and Accounts 

   Ensuring compliance with applicable accounting standards, 
monitoring developments in accounting regulations which  
affect the Group and reviewing appropriateness of accounting 
policies and practices currently in place 

   Reviewing effectiveness of the internal and external auditors, 
their independence and objectivity and terms and scope of 
engagement, and recommending their re-appointment 

   Overseeing matters relating to tax including the impact of  
tax rates on the financial statements, the position on EU state 
aid and approval of the Company’s tax strategy 

   Litigation and compliance reports for both the full and half year 

   Considering the material legal risks impacting the Company  
and the associated provisioning for both the full and half year 

   Receiving updates on the Code of Conduct and Ethics and  
the associated training and whistleblowing reports

   Technical updates on the Annual Report and Accounts  
key developments, 2023 year end report environment, 
corporate governance matters and future developments 

   Reviewing the Group’s risk management activities undertaken 
by each business area, and at Group level to identify and 
assess the Group’s principal and key operational risks 

   Monitoring and assessing the Group’s insurance arrangements 

   Preparation, and reviewing progress, for CFD and TCFD 
disclosure requirements 

   Identifying, assessing and mitigating climate related risks

   Monitoring proposed Audit and Corporate Governance reforms 
and the Group’s preparedness for these

Committee effectiveness 
The Committee’s performance and effectiveness was reviewed in 
the year as part of the Board and Committee effectiveness review 
conducted by the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary 
on behalf of the Chair of the Board. Further details can be found  
on page 83. 

External auditors 
Deloitte has served as external auditors for seven years.  
The Committee engaged with Deloitte to ensure this key area  
of oversight was appropriately maintained. The Committee 
periodically meets privately with the lead audit partner and senior 
members of the audit team to discuss their work and findings. 

Audit of the 2023 Annual Report  
and Accounts 
At the end of 2023, Deloitte presented its audit plan for the year 
ahead, which the Committee considered and approved. Deloitte 
highlighted the key areas of risk, which were primarily identified  
as areas of judgement and complexity, and were consistent with 
the areas identified by the Committee.

As part of the audit process, Deloitte prepared a detailed  
report of its audit findings, which was reviewed and discussed  
by the Committee. A similar process was undertaken for the  
half year results. 

Audit effectiveness 
To support the Committee in evaluating the effectiveness of the 
external auditors, a questionnaire-based evaluation is circulated to 
internal stakeholders who have had the most interaction with the 
external auditors during the audit process. The data is collated  
into a score card which is used to assess the strengths and any 
weaknesses of the external auditors. 

Management and the external auditors then address any areas  
of weakness in their regular review meetings and the lead audit 
partner from Deloitte updates the Committee on how areas of 
weakness are being addressed. 

The Committee also monitors audit effectiveness by reviewing  
the Audit Quality Inspection reports published by the FRC. 

The Committee will formally assess Deloitte’s performance in 
relation to the 2023 audit following its completion. It is intended 
that a resolution to re-appoint Deloitte as the external auditors  
is proposed at the 2024 AGM. 

Audit independence and objectivity
The Committee considers the external auditors’ objectivity and 
independence at least twice a year. It takes into account the 
information and assurances provided by the auditor confirming 
that all its partners and staff involved with the audit are 
independent of any links to Elementis. The Committee also 
monitors changes in legislation related to auditor independence 
and objectivity to assist the Company to remain compliant. 

Deloitte has confirmed that all its partners and staff complied  
with their ethics and independence policies and procedures  
which are fully consistent with the FRC’s Ethical Standard, 
including that none of its employees working on the Company’s 
audit hold any shares in Elementis plc.

Deloitte is required to provide written disclosure at the planning 
stage of the audit in the form of an independence confirmation 
letter. Their letter discloses matters relating to its independence 
and objectivity, including any relationships that may reasonably be 
thought to have an impact on its independence and the integrity 
and objectivity of the audit engagement partner and the audit staff. 

The audit engagement partner must change every five years and 
other senior audit staff rotate at regular intervals. 

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

89

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: NomXComm_AuditXComm_ComplianceXStatement_v83 

  Modification Date: 18 March 2024 11:36 am

Audit Committee report
continued

The Committee develops and recommends to the Board the 
Company’s policy on non-audit services and associated fees that 
are paid to Deloitte. In accordance with the FRC’s Revised Ethical 
Standard, an auditor is only permitted to provide certain non-audit 
services to public interest entities (e.g. Elementis plc) that are 
closely linked to the audit itself or that are required by law or 
regulation, as such services could impede their independence. 
Permitted non-audit services fees paid to the statutory auditor are 
subject to a fee cap of no more than 70% of the average annual 
statutory audit fee for the three consecutive financial periods 
preceding the financial period in which the cap applies. The 70% 
non-audit services fee cap has been applied to the Group for  
the year ended 31 December 2023. The average of audit fees is 
$2.3m (calculated as the average of the audit fees for the three 
preceding financial years (2022: $2.4m; 2021: $2.2m; 2020: $2.2m). 

Non-audit services fees during the year were $0.0m, (2022: 
$0.0m; 2021: $0.0m; 2020: $0.1m;) so significantly below the cap 
of $1.6m (70% of $2.3m). In 2023, fees for non-audit services 
represent 0% of the average audit fees on which the cap is based. 

The Committee is of the view that Deloitte was objective and 
independent throughout the 2023 audit process. 

Auditor rotation and tendering, and 
competition and markets authority  
order – statement of compliance 
The Committee carried out an audit tender process in 2015, 
resulting in the appointment of Deloitte as external auditors in  
April 2016. Deloitte’s re-appointment in 2023 was approved  
by shareholders at the Company’s AGM in April 2023. 

Under the Companies Act 2006, the lead audit partner must  
be mandatorily replaced after five years to ensure auditor 
independence. The external auditors, as a whole, can only  
be appointed for a maximum term of ten years before  
a competitive tender is required to be undertaken. 

The year ended 31 December 2023 is the third year for the lead 
audit partner, Lee Welham, who was appointed in January 2022.

Following this rotation of the lead external audit partner in FY2021, 
the Committee considers a full tender for the Group’s external 
audit services, subject to its annual reviews, be undertaken as  
per the indicative tendering timeline below. 

The Committee confirms that the Company is compliant with the 
provisions of the Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies 
market investigation (mandatory use of Competitive Tender 
processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014,  
for the year ended 31 December 2023. 

External audit – indicative  
tendering timeline 
   2016: Deloitte appointed as external auditors 

   2021: Mandatory appointment of new audit partner 

   2025: Full competitive tender to be undertaken 

   2026: Re-appointment of, or appointment of new,  
external auditors 

Non-audit services 
The Group has an agreed policy with regard to the provision  
of audit and non-audit services by the external auditors,  
which has operated throughout 2023 and is available on  
the Company’s website. 

90 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Under the policy, the CFO may approve individual engagements 
where the fee is up to 15% of the Group’s audit fee for the year, 
provided that the non-audit fees in the year do not exceed 50%  
of that Group audit fee. Decisions above these thresholds must  
be referred to the Committee for determination.

Audit fees ($m)

Assurance related services ($m)

Non-audit fees ($m)

Ratio of non-audit fees to  
audit fees (%)

Total fees ($m)

Key Judgements

2023

2022

2.1

0.3

–

0%

2.4

2.4

0.3

–

0%

2.7

Key judgements How the Committee has addressed these matters

Adjusting 
Items

Revenue 
recognition

The presentation and consistency of costs and 
income within adjusting items is a key determinant  
in the assessment of the quality of the Group’s 
adjusted earnings. Adjusting items was a particularly 
important area of judgement during the current year 
due to the announcement of the fit for the future 
restructuring programme. The restructuring gives 
rise to an IAS 37 provision, with the expense of 
$25.4m being included as an adjusting item as part 
of business transformation costs. The Committee 
carefully reviewed the appropriateness of 
classification of the costs as adjusting items,  
as well as the accuracy of the costs.

The main area of judgement continues to be in 
relation to recognition of revenue from shipments 
by sea. The Committee satisfied itself that the 
Group had appropriately recognised revenues  
in accordance with their contractual obligations 
during the period, paying particular attention to 
period end cut-off.

Internal controls, risk and risk management 
The Committee’s role is to review the effectiveness of the internal 
control, compliance and risk management systems, which it 
carries out in support of the Board’s formal review of significant 
risks and material controls, as summarised in the Risk 
management report on pages 63-66. 

The Committee also has oversight of associated readiness activity 
and implementation timelines, and allocates appropriate resources 
to continue the development of our framework of controls in line 
with guidance. 

PwC provides an outsourced internal audit function. The 
Committee considers that the value of internal audit is enhanced 
by having a third party perform this function, to support the 
independent challenge of management and give greater access  
to expertise and resources than an internal function could provide. 

The internal audit plan is based on a review of the Group’s key 
risks which are considered high risk, or have not been subject  
to a recent audit. The 2023 internal audit plan was discussed  
and agreed between management and PwC ahead of it being 
considered and subsequently approved by the Committee. 
Management review the schedule with PwC on a quarterly basis 
and adapt the schedule during the year to incorporate any new  
or increased risks. The outcomes of these reports are provided  
to the Committee, alongside any management actions.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: NomXComm_AuditXComm_ComplianceXStatement_v83 

  Modification Date: 18 March 2024 11:36 am

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Following an evaluation of the services provided by PwC in respect 
of the internal audit, the Committee confirms that both the process 
for determining the internal audit programme, and the programme 
itself, are appropriate and effective. 

Management are committed to address all control findings 
identified by both the internal and external auditors. The Group  
has continued to remediate control deficiencies as they are 
identified. The Group also continues to invest in its finance, 
operational and IT capabilities, and management are committed  
to maintaining a strong control environment. Set out below is  
a summary of the key features of the Group’s internal controls  
and risk management system. 

   Internal and external audit programmes, and regular litigation 
and compliance reviews with the Group General Counsel  
& Company Secretary 

   A programme of compliance audits, regulatory inspections, 
environmental reviews and property surveys by external specialists 

   The Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics, on which  
all employees receive training, and which summarises the 
Company’s key policies, including anti-bribery and corruption, 
whistleblowing arrangements and anti-retaliation. In 2023, we 
launched our “Business Partner Expectations Document” which 
sets out our key requirements of third parties that we do business 
with, as well as our third party compliance risk screening tool

Control environment 
The Group has policies and procedures that set out the 
responsibilities of business and site management, including 
authority levels, reporting disciplines, and responsibility for  
risk management and internal controls. In addition, annual 
compliance statements on internal controls are certified by  
each operating segment. 

Risk identification and review
A formal risk review process exists at Board and ELT levels for the 
identification, evaluation, mitigation and ongoing monitoring of risks, 
including emerging risks. Further details can be found on pages 67-71.

Internal audit programme 
An internal audit programme is proposed by PwC in consultation 
with the CFO and approved by the Committee each year, setting 
out a programme of audits over the course of the next 12 months. 
The programme covers the monitoring of the effectiveness  
of internal controls and the design of processes to test the 
effectiveness of controls. As well as conducting audits of operating 
facilities, sales offices and tolling sites on a two to three year 
rotational basis, the internal audit programme includes reviews  
of Group functions and processes. 

During 2023, the following audits were undertaken: 

   ESG review (phase 2)

   Brazil review

   Supplier Assurance review

   Forecasting, planning and budgeting review

Internal auditor effectiveness 
To support the Committee in evaluating the effectiveness of the 
internal audit programme, a questionnaire-based evaluation is 
completed by employees who have had the most interaction with 
PwC during the year. A scorecard is reviewed by the Committee  
to assess the strengths and weaknesses of the internal auditors. 
The effectiveness of the internal audit function was considered  
and confirmed by the Committee. 

Controls assurance 
The controls assurance framework at Elementis is as follows: 

   Board leadership supported by an open and transparent  
culture of ‘no surprises’, good governance and compliance.  
This means knowing and understanding the businesses  
and quality interactions between the Board and the ELT 
(including a regular programme of presentations and reports  
to the Board, as well as operational site visits) 

Whistleblowing 
If an individual is not comfortable speaking up to their line 
manager, to HR or to the Compliance team regarding potential 
breaches of law, Company policy or values (including those  
related to accounting, auditing, risk, internal control and related 
matters), they have access to an independently hosted, 
anonymous (if preferred) whistleblowing facility (IntegrityCounts), 
available 24 hours a day, 365 days of the year. Details of how  
to access this service are referenced in the Code of Conduct  
and Ethics, and actively advertised at all Elementis locations. 
Information is also available online. The Committee has oversight 
of reports of this nature, which are investigated by the Group 
General Counsel & Company Secretary with the involvement  
of other senior colleagues as required. During 2023, there were  
17 reports. As a result of the Committee’s review, it was satisfied 
that all had been duly investigated and appropriate actions 
identified by management.

Fair, balanced and understandable 
The Committee adopted a similar approach as in previous years  
to ensure that the Annual Report is fair, balanced and 
understandable. The process was as follows: 

   An internal Annual Report team was set up to manage the 
process. The team consisted of members drawn from Group 
Finance, Company Secretariat, Investor Relations, Sustainability 
and Communication teams. The team was responsible for 
regularly reviewing work and ensuring balanced reporting with 
appropriate links between key messages and sections of the 
Annual Report 

   The Committee Chair held meetings with the audit partner,  
and the Committee held meetings with the external auditors 
without management being present 

   An audit clearance meeting was held with the Committee Chair, 
CFO and members of the Finance team alongside the audit 
partner and audit team members 

   The Committee received updates from management on the 
Annual Report progress and audit throughout the process  
as well as from the Company’s brokers and other advisers 

   The Committee, Chair and Executive Directors reviewed the 
Annual Report in its final stages 

Following this process, the Committee and then the Board were 
able to confirm that the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable, and provides the necessary 
information for shareholders to assess the Group’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy.

Christine Soden 
Chair, Audit Committee

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

91

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: NomXComm_AuditXComm_ComplianceXStatement_v83 

  Modification Date: 18 March 2024 11:36 am

Compliance statement

The UK Corporate Governance Code
For the year ended 31 December 2023, Elementis plc was 
subject to the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (“the 
Code”). The Code sets standards of good practice in relation  
to all areas of corporate governance in the UK. In this Annual 
Report, we report on how we applied the main principles of  
the Code and complied with its relevant provisions.

We consider ourselves to be fully compliant throughout the year 
ended 31 December 2023 and from that date up to the date of 
approval of this Annual Report, save in relation to Listing Rule 
LR9.8.6R(9) due to having 37.5% female Directors on the Board 
as at 31 December 2023 and from that date up to the date of 
approval of this Annual Report. The Board focused on Board 
succession planning during 2023 and was pleased to announce 
the appointment of Maria Ciliberti, effective from 11 March 2024. 
The appointment of Maria brings the proportion of female 
Directors on the Board to 50%, bringing the Board into full 
compliance with Listing Rule LR9.8.6R(9). We note that Provision 
10 of the Code provides that a tenure of more than nine years  
on the board is considered a circumstance that could, or could 
appear to, impair the independence of a non-executive director. 
Steve Good reached a nine year tenure on the Board in October 
2023 and was reappointed for a further six month period,  
to April 2024. The Nomination Committee considered that Steve 
would continue to demonstrate independence in character and 
judgement despite having served nine years on the Board, and 
that the Board would benefit from his extensive knowledge of the 
Company and experience for the additional six month period, 
which would enable the conclusion of the process to appoint  
a new Non-Executive Director, as well as an orderly handover  
of the Remuneration Committee Chair. Further information 
regarding Steve’s independence can be found on page 85.

The Code is currently available at www.frc.org.uk.

1.  Board leadership and company purpose
A.  Board of Directors 

B. 

Purpose, values, strategy and culture 

C.  Resource and control framework 

D. 

Stakeholder engagement 

E.  Workforce policies and practices 

2.   Division of responsibilities
Leadership of Board by Chair 
F. 

G.  Board composition and responsibilities 

H.  Role of the Non-Executive Directors 

74

82

66

26

47

93

93

93

I. 

 Board policies, processes, information, time and resources   94

3.   Composition, succession and evaluation
J. 

Board appointments and succession 

K. 

L. 

Board skills, experience and knowledge 

Annual Board and Committee evaluation 

4.  Audit, risk and internal controls
M. 

Financial reporting, external auditor and internal audit 

N.   Fair, balanced and understandable assessment 

O. 

Internal financial controls and risk management 

5.   Remuneration
P. 

Linking remuneration with purpose and strategy 

Q.  Remuneration Policy review 

R. 

Remuneration performance outcomes 

85

87

83

89

91

90

99

104

113

92 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

How the Board operates
The Board held eight scheduled meetings during the year and 
additional Board meetings were also held to discuss emerging 
matters such as capital markets day and shareholder engagement.

For each Board and Committee meeting, meeting papers are 
provided in advance through a secure portal. Board papers 
include standing items, such as financial performance and investor 
relations updates, and special business such as strategic, 
operational or governance matters, which are prepared by 
Executive Directors, senior management, the Group General 
Counsel & Company Secretary and/or external advisers. The 
Board regularly invites ELT members to attend Board meetings 
and receives presentations and updates from their relevant 
business and functional areas.

Other key information, such as analyst/investor reports, Company 
policies and governance guidelines, is available through the 
secure portal.

Matters reserved for the Board
To ensure there is a clear division of responsibilities between the 
Board and the running of the Company business, the Board has 
a formal schedule of matters reserved for its decision. This is 
reviewed on a periodic basis and is available on our website:  
www.elementis.com.

   Group financial report

   Risk management and internal controls

   Corporate governance

   Group strategy

   Acquisitions and disposals

    Talent and succession

   Culture and Values

   Sustainability

   Health and safety

   Engagement with key stakeholders

   Financial and trading statements

Board allocation of agenda time
Agendas for each Board meeting are prepared by the Group 
General Counsel & Company Secretary as a rolling programme 
over a 12 month period, but are reviewed regularly and updated 
where appropriate. The agenda for each Board meeting is  
agreed with the Chair, CEO and CFO.

Shareholder communications
The Chair is responsible for effective communication  
with shareholders. The CEO and CFO are the Company’s  
principal contacts for investors, analysts, press and other 
interested stakeholders.

There is a dedicated investor relations programme for current  
and potential investors, which is managed by the Head of Investor 
Relations who reports to the CFO. Further information regarding 
shareholder services can be found on page 193.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: NomXComm_AuditXComm_ComplianceXStatement_v83 

  Modification Date: 18 March 2024 11:36 am

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Roles and responsibilities of the Directors
The Board members have clearly defined roles and responsibilities, as set out in the table below. They also have a range of skills, 
knowledge and experience that is relevant to the successful operation of the Board (see the biographies on pages 74-76 and  
Board Composition and Skills table on page 87).

Non-Executive Directors

Chair  
John O’Higgins

   Leads the Board and is responsible for its overall effectiveness 

   Sets the agendas in consultation with the CEO, CFO and Group General Counsel & Company Secretary 

   Promotes open, honest and constructive debate, challenges during meetings and guides the CEO and 
CFO in delivery of the strategy 

   Ensures the Board conforms with the highest standards of corporate governance 

   Chairs the Nomination Committee and ensures the Board has an appropriate balance of skills,  
diversity and experience 

   Ensures effective succession planning is in place and leads the annual Board effectiveness review 

   Engages with shareholders and other stakeholders, and ensures that their views are understood and 
considered appropriately in Board decision making

   Acts as a sounding board to the Chair, providing support and advice where necessary

   Is the point of contact for shareholders and other stakeholders to discuss matters of concern

   Leads the Board’s appraisal of the Chair’s performance with the Non-Executive Directors

   Provide independent oversight objectivity to the Board’s deliberations

   Use their broad range of experience and expertise to challenge management and aid decision making

   Serve on various Committees and play a leading role in the effectiveness of those Committees

   Day-to-day management of the business

   Execution of strategy and operational performance

   Provides regular updates to the Board on all significant matters relating to the Group

   Ensures the Company has a strong team of high calibre executives

   Puts in place management succession and development plans

   Supports the CEO in the delivery of the Company’s strategy and financial performance

   Leads the Group Finance function and is responsible for financial reporting, investor relations,  
IT, risk, insurance and tax matters

   Plays a key role in external stakeholder relationships, including investment community, lenders  
and pension trustees

Senior Independent 
Director 
Trudy Schoolenberg

Independent 
Non-Executive 
Directors  
Maria Ciliberti, 
Dorothee Deuring, 
Steve Good,  
John O’Higgins, 
Trudy Schoolenberg, 
Christine Soden, 
Clement Woon

Executive Directors

CEO  
Paul Waterman

CFO  
Ralph Hewins

Group General Counsel & Company Secretary

Anna Lawrence

   Supports the Chair in ensuring the Board operates efficiently and effectively

   Provides the Board with advice on governance developments

   Facilitates the Directors’ induction programmes and assists with ongoing training and development

   Assists the Chair with the Board effectiveness review process

Designated Non-Executive Director for workforce engagement

Christine Soden

   Represents the Board when engaging and communicating with employees and provides communication 
on any outcomes

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: NomXComm_AuditXComm_ComplianceXStatement_v83 

  Modification Date: 18 March 2024 11:36 am

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

93

Compliance statement
continued

Independence of the  
Non-Executive Directors
Each of the Non-Executive Directors is considered independent in 
character and judgement. The Chair was considered independent 
on appointment and the Board confirms that he remains effective. 
The independence of Non-Executive Directors is reviewed 
annually by the Nomination Committee, with the continuing 
independence of Steve Good being subject to a particularly 
rigorous review, in view of his longer service, as described  
further on page 85.

The biographies of the Directors can be found on pages 74-76 and 
details of the membership of each Board Committee can be found 
on pages 84, 88 and 96 respectively.

Time commitment
Following the Board evaluation process, as detailed on page 83, 
the Board has considered the individual Directors’ attendance, 
contribution and external appointments, and is satisfied that each 
of the Directors is able to allocate sufficient time to the Group to 
discharge their responsibilities effectively. Information on Directors’ 
external appointments can be found on pages 74-76. The 
Directors’ commitments register is maintained by the Group 
General Counsel & Company Secretary and is regularly reviewed 
by the Nomination Committee. All Directors are expected to 
commit sufficient time to the Board, and the Company, as is 
necessary to carry out their duties as a Director.

Additional appointments
If a Non-Executive Director wishes to take on an additional 
external appointment, they are required to seek permission  
from the Board. The Board will take into consideration the time 
commitment required by the Non-Executive Director in their role 
as a Board Director, Committee Chair or Committee member 
before any permission is given. 

Executive Directors are not permitted to take on more than  
one non-executive directorship of a FTSE 100 company or  
other significant appointment. No such external appointments  
are currently held by any of the Executive Directors.

In March 2023 and April 2023, Dorothee Deuring notified  
the Board of her wish to take on additional appointments as  
a board member of PolyPeptide Group AG and Temenos AG.  
The Board considered Dorothee’s external commitments and 
additional time required for the new proposed roles and concluded 
that Dorothee would still have sufficient time to perform her role 
with the Company. 

In May 2023, Steve Good notified the Board of his wish to take  
on an additional appointment as non-executive director and 
non-executive board chair designate of Norcros PLC. The Board 
considered Steve’s external commitments and additional time 
required for the new proposed role and concluded that Steve would 
still have sufficient time to perform his role with the Company. 

In September 2023, Trudy Schoolenberg notified the Board of her 
wish to take on an additional appointment as Senior Independent 
Director of Accsys Technologies PLC. The Board considered 
Trudy’s external commitments and additional time required for  
the new proposed role and concluded that Trudy would still have 
sufficient time to perform her role with the Company. 

The Board also considered whether the new appointments for 
Dorothee, Trudy and Steve would be a conflict of interest and 
concluded that they would not.

94 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Conflicts of interest
Elementis plc has a Conflicts of Interest Policy in place for all 
Group companies. Our Board and its Committees consider 
potential conflicts at the outset of every meeting and the Board 
formally reviews the authorisation of any potential conflicts of 
interest throughout the year, with any conflicts being recorded  
in the Conflicts of Interest Register.

The Conflicts of Interest Register sets out any actual or potential 
conflict of interest situations which a Director has disclosed to the 
Board in line with their statutory duties and the practical steps that 
are to be taken to avoid conflict situations. When reviewing conflict 
authorisations, the Board considers any other appointments held 
by the Director as well as the findings of the Board effectiveness 
evaluation. Directors are required to seek Board approval for any 
actual or potential conflicts of interest. Ralph Hewins is in receipt of 
a conflict authorisation from the Company in respect of him acting 
as a trustee of the Elementis Group Pension Scheme. Further 
details can be found in the Directors’ report on page 123.

Directors’ insurance and indemnities
The Company maintains Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance, 
in the event of legal action brought against its Directors.

The Company has also granted indemnities to each of the 
Directors. These indemnities are uncapped in amount, in relation 
to certain losses and liabilities which they may incur to third parties 
in the course of acting as a Director of the Company. Neither the 
indemnity nor insurance provides coverage in the event that  
a Director is proved to have acted fraudulently or dishonestly.

Board training and independent advice
All Directors have access to the advice and services of the 
Group General Counsel & Company Secretary and may take 
independent professional advice, as appropriate, at the expense  
of the Company.

Directors are given the opportunity throughout the year to 
undertake training and attend seminars, as necessary, to keep 
their skills and knowledge up to date. In addition, technical 
briefings are regularly included in Board and Committee papers.

The Group General Counsel & Company Secretary supports  
the Chair in ensuring that the Board and its Committees operate 
within the governance framework and that communication  
and information flows within the Board and its Committees,  
and between management and Non-Executive Directors,  
remain effective.

Information flows
The Chair and the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary 
ensure that the Directors receive clear and timely information on all 
relevant matters. Board papers are circulated in a timely manner in 
advance of the meetings to ensure that there is adequate time for 
them to be read and to facilitate robust and informed discussion. 

A fully encrypted electronic Board portal is used to distribute 
Board and Committee papers and to provide efficient distribution 
of business updates and other resources to the Board.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: NomXComm_AuditXComm_ComplianceXStatement_v83 

  Modification Date: 18 March 2024 11:36 am

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Board induction 
The Chair, with support from the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary, is responsible for preparing and coordinating  
an appropriate induction programme, which is to be tailored to the needs of each newly appointed Non-Executive Director.  
Newly appointed Directors will be provided with a thorough briefing on their fiduciary duties and continuing obligations from  
the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary, supported by external legal advisers, if required. 

Board induction programme

Induction –  
general topics

Induction –  
Board 
Committees  
(as appropriate)

   The role of the Director

   Board and Committees

   Board meetings

   Rules, regulations and guidance

   Board procedures

   Current issues

   Nature of the Company, its business and its markets

   The Company’s main relationships

   Role and remit of the Committee

   Link between the Committee’s policy and the Company’s strategic objectives

   The annual meeting schedule for the Committee

   The main business conducted by the Committee

   The legal requirements relevant to the Committee’s operations

   Market practice and current trends relevant to the Committee

   Current issues

   Views of investors on matters considered by the Committee and potential areas of focus

   Any technical training on key matters

Induction –  
external advisers

Meetings with:

   External auditors

   Internal audit function

   Remuneration consultants

   Brokers

   Lawyers

Meetings with:

  All ELT members

  IT Director

  Group Financial Controller & Head of Tax

  Head of Investor Relations

  Global Director Sustainability

  Key Elementis operating and corporate sites globally

Induction –  
senior 
management 
meetings

Induction –  
site visits

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: NomXComm_AuditXComm_ComplianceXStatement_v83 

  Modification Date: 18 March 2024 11:36 am

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

95

Directors’ Remuneration report 
Annual statement of the Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholders, 
As Chair of the Remuneration Committee the (‘Committee’),  
I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration report  
for the year ended 31 December 2023. This report should be 
read in conjunction with the separate section on compliance 
under the UK Corporate Governance Code on page 92.

Steve Good
Chair, Remuneration Committee

The Directors’ 
Remuneration report
The Directors’ Remuneration report  
is set out in the following parts:

1.  This Annual Statement from  

the Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee summarising how our 
Remuneration Policy has been 
implemented and the key decisions 
taken by the Committee

2.  At a glance section providing an 

overview of how we implemented  
the Remuneration Policy during the 
year under review

3.  The Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
for which shareholder approval was 
received in a binding vote at the 
AGM held on 26 April 2022 with 
c.97% votes in support

4.  The Annual Report on Remuneration 
which provides full detail on how we 
paid Directors during 2023 and how 
we propose to implement the Policy 
in 2024

The Directors’ Remuneration  
Report (excluding the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy) will be presented 
to shareholders for approval at the 
AGM on 30 April 2024 and I hope you 
will vote in support of the resolution.

Index page
 96 

 Annual statement of the Chair  
of the Remuneration Committee

 99  Remuneration at a glance

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
103  Policy report 

104  Policy table

106  Share ownership guidelines 

109  Recruitment policy 

110  Service contracts

110	 Payment	for	loss	of	office	

110  Treatment of incentive plans

111 

 Non-Executive Directors’  
– terms of appointment 

111  Shareholder engagement

Annual Report on Remuneration
 Remuneration payable  
112 
to Directors for 2023

113 

 Annual bonus for performance  
in 2023

115  Directors’ share based awards

117  Directors’ scheme interests

118  Directors’ share interests

118	 Directors’	retirement	benefits

118 

 Payments to past Directors  
for	loss	of	office

119 

 Total shareholder return

119  CEO to all-employee pay ratio

120   Relative importance of spend on pay 

120   Percentage change in remuneration  

of the Directors 

121 

 Statement of shareholder voting 

121 

 Other information about the 
Committee’s membership  
and operation 

121 

 Terms of reference 

122 

 Activities during the year

Attendance at Remuneration committee meetings

Member

Steve Good (Chair)

Dorothee Deuring

John O’Higgins

Christine Soden

Trudy Schoolenberg

Clement Woon

Member since

October 2014

March 2017

February 2020

November 2020

March 2022

December 2022

Eligible 
meetings 
(max 4)

Attendance

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

96 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Remuneration policy
As a global specialty chemicals company, Elementis offers 
performance driven additives that help create innovative 
formulations for consumer and industrial applications. We have 
market leading positions in high performance ingredients in the 
Performance Specialties and Personal Care markets. We have  
a global footprint, with sites in Europe, Asia and the America’s,  
and a talented leadership team located across the world. Our 
strategy is to deliver long term sustainable shareholder value 
through	innovation-led	growth	and	the	execution	of	efficiency	
savings. We continue to deliver solid progress against this  
strategy, improving both our margin and leverage.

Our Remuneration Policy has been purposefully designed to 
support our strategy detailed above. Our overall policy is set with 
reference to UK benchmarks, with flexibility retained to pay above 
UK norms where executives are recruited from overseas. Our pay 
model	is	UK-centric	and	includes	base	salary,	pension	and	benefits,	
annual bonus, and a performance share plan (the same policy 
cascades below Executive Director level but includes restricted 
stock as well as performance shares in recognition of local market 
practice in the geographic locations in which we operate).

Remuneration is weighted towards long term variable pay which 
supports the long term nature of the investment decisions we 
make. Our performance metrics are fully aligned with strategy  
as set out above.

At the 2022 AGM, we received 97% support from shareholders  
for the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration Policy which is intended  
to apply until the 2025 AGM.

Remuneration in 2023
As detailed in the Strategic report, performance in 2023 was 
extremely resilient with good progress against our Innovation,  
Growth	and	Efficiency	strategy.	This	was	achieved	notwithstanding	
the challenging external market context and as a direct result of the 
strong leadership of our executive team and the commitment and 
motivation	of	our	talented	workforce.	In	2023,	adjusted	Group	profit	
before tax grew 4% representing strong performance in very 
challenging markets. However, our performance in relation to average 
trade working capital to sales ratio, one of our bonus metrics, was 
marginally below the lower end of the range of bonus targets with  
our performance against this metric continuing to be impacted by  
a combination of industry destocking and supply chain disruption.  
In	line	with	the	strategic	focus	on	Innovation,	Growth	and	Efficiency,	
we achieved a 14.3% contribution to revenue from our innovation 
pipeline, delivered $51m of new business, increasing our future 
pipeline, and delivered over $10m of annualised cost savings. This 
was all achieved while delivering our safety targets and continuing to 
progress our sustainability agenda. Furthermore, we also completed 
the sale of our Chromium business in January 2023 which resulted in 
Elementis becoming a more focused specialty chemicals business.

Annual bonus
As a result of the above, following the Committee undertaking  
a formal assessment of performance against the targets, bonuses 
were payable at 74% of maximum for the Executive Directors.

Across Elementis, circa 95% of employees are expected to receive a 
bonus with awards to be paid up to circa 80% of maximum depending 
upon	individual	performance	and	specific	bonus	plan	targets.

The Committee was comfortable with the bonus earned in the 
context of the performance delivered, and the bonuses awarded 
across the Company, and so did not consider it necessary to  
use discretion in relation to the bonus outturn.

Further details of the targets set for 2023 and the actual 
performance achieved are disclosed on page 100.

Long term incentive plan (“LTIP”)
The 2023 LTIP awards were granted on 3 April 2023 based on 
normal award levels of 200% of salary for the Chief Executive and 
175%	of	salary	for	the	Chief	Financial	Officer.

The metrics were equally weighted on earnings per share (“EPS”), 
total shareholder return (“TSR”) and cash conversion. The vesting 
of the award is also subject to a return on capital employed 
underpin which requires the Committee to consider whether the 
return generated is in line with the Board’s expectations and,  
if not, to reduce the vesting to a more appropriate level. In addition, 
the Committee will retain discretion to reduce the number of 
shares on vesting should it be considered appropriate to do  
so (e.g. in the event that there was perceived windfall gain).

Full details of the targets and the awards are set out on page 100. To 
the extent these awards vest at the end of the three year performance 
period, shares will be required to be held for a further two years.

Based on the performance measured over the three years to  
31 December 2023, the 2021 LTIP awards will vest at 54.7% of  
the maximum. This is based on achievement against the targets set at 
grant, including delivering a growth in earnings per share of 66% and  
a TSR of 21.5% over the three year period, and satisfying the ROCE 
financial	underpin	to	the	award,	with	ROCE	increasing	significantly	over	
the three year performance period in challenging market conditions.

Following the divestment of the Chromium business, the 2021  
LTIP performance targets were reviewed with EPS re-stated to 
reflect the change (also applied to the 2022 Awards). This ensured 
the targets were no more or less challenging than when originally 
set (i.e. Chromium was excluded from the base and end targets  
so the condition was tested on a consistent basis).

In determining vesting, the Committee also considered the 
potential for windfall gains and concluded that the value on vesting 
of	the	2021	awards	did	not	benefit	from	windfall	gains.	In	reaching	
this conclusion, the Committee noted that the share prices used 
as the basis of converting awards set as a multiple of salary into 
shares was £1.2550 which was consistent with the share price in 
February 2020 prior to the onset of the Covid pandemic and the 
market wide fall in share prices. Accordingly, the Committee  
did not use any discretion in connection with the 2021 award. 
Further details are included on page 100.

The Committee believes that the overall incentive outturns and 
approach to target setting (as detailed above) were appropriate 
based on the Company’s performance over the whole 
performance period and demonstrates that the Committee has, 
and will continue to, set performance targets which it considers  
to be meaningful and appropriately stretching. As a result,  
the Committee is comfortable that its general approach to 
remuneration and the overall policy framework are working as 
intended. In reaching this conclusion, the Committee did consider 
the quantum of remuneration earned at both executive level and 
across the Company (including considering pay ratios) and 
determined that our overall remuneration policy and outcomes 
were appropriate and proportionate. As detailed in the sections 
above, the Committee did not use discretion during the year.

Remuneration in 2024
The Committee considers the Policy to be operating effectively.  
As a result, the only change that the Committee is making for FY 
2024	is	a	modest	refinement	to	the	choice	of	performance	metrics	
for this year’s long term incentive award. The change will better 
align our long term incentive plan performance targets, measured 
to	the	end	of	the	2026	financial	year,	with	the	2026	financial	
targets set out in our November 2023 CMD presentation.

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

97

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Annual statement of the Chair of the Remuneration Committee
continued

Salary review: The Executive Directors’ base salary increases  
will be 4% for the CEO and CFO for 2024. These increases are 
below the workforce salary increase budgets for each location, 
which was 4.5% in both the US and UK, in recognition of current 
market conditions and a modest weighting of salary budgets 
towards the wider workforce. 

2024 annual bonus: There will be no change to the quantum of 
the Executive Director bonus opportunity and as such the CEO  
will have the opportunity to earn up to 150% of salary and the  
CFO up to 125% of salary.

As for 2023, the bonus will be based 70% against a challenging 
range	of	financial	targets	(50%	on	adjusted	Group	profit	before	 
tax and 20% on average trade working capital (“AWC”) to  
sales ratio on total operations), with the remaining 30% based on 
non-financial	strategic	objectives	which	are	specific	and	measurable	
objectives that are related to the Company’s strategic priorities. 

The	non-financial	targets	for	2024	will	again	be	focused	on	
sustainability and strategic targets. Reflecting the continued 
Group-wide	focus,	half	of	the	non-financial	targets	will	relate	to	
sustainability,	with	the	balance	of	the	non-financial	targets	relating	
to	Innovation,	Growth,	and	Efficiency	which	aim	to	support	
strengthening of our operating margin over the next three years.

Summary details of our approach to target setting are detailed  
on	page	101	and	full	details	of	the	financial	target	ranges	and	 
our performance against them will be disclosed on a retrospective 
basis in next year’s report. The Committee has discretion to modify 
the overall amount of bonus payable to ensure it is appropriate. 
50% of any bonus earned is deferred in shares for two years.

2024 LTIP awards:	Subject	to	final	Committee	review	prior	to	grant,	
awards are expected to be granted at 200% of salary for the CEO and 
175% of salary for the CFO. The awards will be subject to an overriding 
Committee discretion to reduce the awards at vesting should there be  
a perceived windfall gain.

The primary performance targets will be as per the 2023 awards 
plus	the	addition	of	an	operating	profit	margin	target	to	align	with	
CMD, with 25% based on EPS, 25% based on cash conversion, 
25% based on TSR performance conditions and 25% based upon 
operating	profit	margin.

   The EPS targets will be set based on the level of EPS achieved 
in 2026, with vesting to take place from 14.0 cents to  
18.5 cents, with threshold vesting set at 0% and to take place 
from 14.0 cents, with vesting increasing to 50% at 17.0 cents 
and then increasing further to maximum vesting at 18.5 cents 
 or greater. Vesting between performance points will occur on a 
straight line basis. The range of EPS targets is more demanding 
than those set for the 2023 LTIP award. The target range was 
set to align with the outcomes of our CMD commitments. 
External expectations for our future performance were also 
considered as part of the target setting process

   The three year average operating cash conversion targets will 
be set based on a range of 80% to 100%, consistent with  
the range that applied to the 2023 awards, reflecting market 
conditions, and aligned with the Company’s publicly stated 
ambitious medium term target of 90% (or greater) three year 
average operating cash conversion by 2026. Threshold to 
maximum vesting runs from 0% to 100% on a straight-line basis

   TSR will continue to be assessed against the constituents of the 
FTSE All-Share Index (excluding investment trusts). Threshold 
vesting starting at 25% for median performance, increasing on 
a straight-line basis, with 100% vesting for achieving at least 
upper quartile performance

98 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

	 	Operating	profit	margin	(“OPM”)	targets	will	be	set	based	 
upon the level of OPM achieved in 2026 to align with the CMD 
commitments, with vesting to take place from 18.0% (threshold)
to 20% (maximum). Threshold vesting is set at 0% and to take 
place at an OPM of 18%, with vesting increasing to 50% at an 
OPM of 19%, and then increasing further to maximum vesting 
at an OPM of 20%. Vesting between performance points will 
take place on a straight-line basis

Vesting based on the primary performance conditions will be 
subject to a return on capital employed underpin. This will require 
the Committee to consider the vesting result determined based  
on the application of the EPS, TSR, OPM and operating cash 
conversion performance conditions in light of the return on  
capital employed achieved during the three-year period ending  
31 December 2026 relative to the Board’s internal targets and 
planning over the period. If the Committee does not consider  
the vesting result appropriate considering the return on capital 
employed achieved, the underpin enables vesting to be reduced  
to a more appropriate level.

Context of Directors’ pay within the Company
Christine Soden is the Designated Non-Executive Director 
(“DNED”) for workforce engagement. During the year Christine 
held focus groups with employees in UK, China and Taiwan, each 
of which included discussion around compensation. Two further 
focus groups were held with all people managers globally (c.250) 
in January 2023 by myself, Christine Soden and Chris Shepherd, 
Chief	Human	Resource	Officer	(“CHRO”)	to	explain	governance	 
of remuneration at Elementis, to show how the policy is applied 
throughout the organisation, and to take feedback. The session 
including polling questions to assess understanding and questions 
and answers. The output of these sessions included the Board 
gaining	confirmation	that	managers	understand	the	basis	on	which	
our pay programmes are set, including the link to strategy, and how 
Directors’ remuneration is determined.

A Company-wide external pay benchmarking exercise was 
undertaken during 2022 as part of a standard three year review 
process. This review concluded that employees are generally  
well positioned against industry benchmarks.

The Group is not required to provide disclosure of the CEO to 
all-employee pay ratio given the Group has less than 250 employees 
in the UK. However, given the external focus on pay ratios, the 
Committee has included full pay ratio disclosure on page 119 and is 
comfortable that the ratio is in line with the Company’s pay policies 
and in line with current FTSE market practice.

The Group is also not required to report under the gender pay  
gap regulations. Despite this, the Group reviews gender pay  
on a biennial basis. The last gender pay review was completed 
towards the end of 2022 concluding that the approach to pay  
was fair and equitable with any anomalies adjusted accordingly. 
The CEO pay ratio and gender pay gaps are taken into account 
when there is a full review of the Executive Director and wider 
Remuneration Policy.

Concluding remarks
The Committee believes that the Policy and our approach to 
implementation are in the best interests of the Company and we 
hope that you will support the actions the Committee has taken  
by voting in favour at the 2024 AGM. If you have any feedback, 
please feel free to contact me via the Group General Counsel  
& Company Secretary at company.secretariat@elementis.com.

Steve Good 
Chair, Remuneration Committee

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

2023 at a glance

Our 2023 measures

Annual bonus
Adjusted Group profit before tax (“PBT”):
50% weighting

Adjusted AWC to sales ratio:
20% weighting

Non-financial objectives (aligned with strategic 
implementation, safety and environment, and people):
15% weighting – Sustainability targets 
15% weighting – Strategic targets

2023 LTIP How our measures link to strategy 

Performance metrics

Bonus

Financial: (70%)

Adjusted Group PBT

AWC to sales ratio

Non-financial: (30%)

Sustainability targets

Innovation,	Growth	and	Efficiency

LTIP

EPS (33%)

Relative TSR versus FTSE All-Share (33%)

Cash conversion (33%)

ROCE underpin

2023 LTIP
EPS:
33% weighting

Relative TSR:
33% weighting

Cash conversion:
33% weighting

ROCE underpin

Strategic priorities

Innovation

Growth

Efficiency

Implementation of Remuneration Policy in 2023
The	section	below	summarises	how	the	Policy	was	implemented	in	the	financial	year	ended	31	December	2023.	Further	details	are	
provided on pages 109 to 118.

Key Policy features

Salary

Performance assessment

Not applicable

   Increases normally guided by  
the general increase for the  
local workforce and/or broader 
workforce as a whole

Pension/benefits/all employee  
share schemes

Not applicable

   Pension: In line with the phased pension 
contribution detailed in the 2021 
Remuneration Policy, the CEO and 
CFO pension contribution reduced  
to a maximum of 21% from 1 December 
2022, to align with the typical UK 
workforce pension funding rate of  
21% of salary

	 	Benefits:	Directors	receive	market	
competitive	benefits	and	may	participate	
in all-employee share schemes

How we implemented in 2023

Paul 
Waterman

Ralph  
Hewins

2023 salary

£804,1971

£397,691

1  Equivalent to $995,033.

The salaries of the CEO and CFO were increased 
by 3.2% and 4.5% respectively. These were 
below the average increases awarded to the US 
and UK salaried workforce. These changes were 
effective from 1 January 2023.

Paul 
Waterman

Ralph  
Hewins

Pension

£161,8421

£83,515

1  Equivalent to $200,247.

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

99

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

 
Directors’ Remuneration report
continued

Key Policy features

Annual bonus

   Performance related scheme  
which delivers value for achievement 
against annual targets

   Committee may adjust outturn where 
formulaic assessment is inconsistent 
with Company’s overall performance

   50% of bonus earned deferred into 
shares for two years

   Recovery and withholding  
provisions apply

Long term incentive plan

   Performance measures based on 
financial	and/or	relative	TSR	metrics	
and measured over three years

   Committee may adjust outturn where 
formulaic assessment is inconsistent 
with Company’s overall performance

   Holding period applies for two years 
following vesting

   Recovery and withholding  
provisions apply

   ROCE underpin

Performance assessment

How we implemented in 2023

Opportunity

PBT

Payout  
(50% of bonus)

Paul 
Waterman

150% of 
salary

Ralph  
Hewins

125% of 
salary

$84.5m vs target  
of $71.2m

100% of PBT  
maximum

AWC to sales ratio 25.1% vs target of 22.3%

Payout  
(20% of bonus)

Non-financial

Payout  
(30% of bonus)

Total

0% of AWC  
maximum

See page 115

80% of 
Non-
financial 
maximum

80% of 
Non-
financial 
maximum

74% of 
maximum

74% of 
maximum

Further information can be found on  
pages 113-114.

2021 Award

Weighting

Threshold 
target

Maximum 
target

Actual

Vesting

EPS  
growth

Average 
cash 
conversion

TSR vs 
FTSE All 
Share

33.3%

33.3%

33.3%

8.4 cents

85% Median

10.9 
cents

10.82 
cents

95%

Upper 
quartile

77%

66.5 
percentile

32.3%/ 
33.3%

0%/ 
33.3%

22.44%/ 
33.3%

Further information can be found on pages 
115-117.

As detailed in the Annual Statement on  
page 96, 2023 was a year of continued 
progress against our Innovation, Growth  
and	Efficiency	strategy.

We delivered 4.4% growth in adjusted 
operating	profit	to	$84.5m	which	was	above	
our internal planning; however the AWC ratio  
of 25.1% was slightly below the lower end of 
the performance range.

The PBT targets for 2023 were lower than 
2022 as a result of excluding Chromium post 
its sale but were no more or less challenging 
when they were set than in prior years. 

The relative TSR and EPS over the 
performance period were above the threshold 
target; however, the average operating cash 
conversion target was not met. Overall, this has 
resulted in 54.7% of the award vesting. With 
regard to the ROCE underpin, the Committee 
considered the vesting result appropriate 
having had regard to the ROCE increasing 
during the period by 64% with this achieved  
in	difficult	economic	conditions.

The Committee considered the potential for 
any windfall gains on vesting, but noting that 
the awards were granted from a share price of 
£1.2550, which was consistent with the share 
price in February 2020 prior to the onset  
of the COVID-19, concluded that there were  
no windfall gains. Shares are subject to the two 
year holding period. Further details are set out 
on page 113.

Share ownership guidelines

   Build up and maintain a shareholding 
equal to 200% of salary

Guideline

   The guideline also applies for two  
years post cessation of employment

Level

Paul 
Waterman

200% of 
salary

Achieved 
203% of 
salary1

Ralph
Hewins

Both the CEO and CFO increased their 
holdings during the year.

Further information can be found on  
page 118.

200% of 
salary

On track 
97% of 
salary1

1   For the purposes of the guideline, an estimate  

has been made in relation to the after tax number  
of shares in relation to vested/unexercised  
share awards.

100 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Implementation of Remuneration Policy for 2024
As a UK Listed business, our primary reference points for both quantum and remuneration structure for our Executive Directors are  
UK benchmarks. However, as noted in our policy, we retain flexibility as to where we position individuals against UK benchmarks to  
take into account the locations in which they work and also the relevant market for talent. With our CEO being a US Citizen, based in the 
US, splitting his time between the UK and US, his remuneration quantum is set to be aligned with UK market practice both in terms of 
structure and quantum. However, recognising that remuneration quantum is above UK levels in US businesses of a similar size and 
complexity, his total remuneration package is positioned towards upper quartile versus UK FTSE 250 benchmarks. For completeness,  
this market positioning is considered appropriate on the basis that versus US companies of a comparable size and complexity his 
remuneration quantum falls between lower quartile and median.

The	section	below	summarises	how	the	Committee	intends	to	implement	the	Policy	for	the	forthcoming	financial	year	ending	 
31 December 2024.

Key Policy features

Salary

   Level based on the scope and 
responsibilities of the role

   Increases normally guided by the  
general increase for the local workforce 
and/or broader workforce as a whole

Pension/benefits/All-employee  
share schemes

	 	Pension:	CEO	participates	in	US	specific	
arrangements and receives a salary 
supplement and the CFO receives  
a salary supplement

   Any new Director appointment will  
have pension set at 8% of salary in line  
with that offered to new joiners across  
the wider workforce

	 	Benefits:	Directors	receive	market	
competitive	benefits	and	may	participate	 
in all-employee share schemes

Annual bonus

   Policy maximum of 150% of salary for  
CEO and 125% of salary for CFO

   Performance related scheme which  
delivers value for achievement against 
annual targets

   Committee may adjust outturn where 
formulaic assessment is inconsistent  
with Company’s overall performance

2024 implementation

   The Committee reviewed salaries and decided to award Paul Waterman and Ralph 
Hewins each a salary increase as shown in the table below, which is lower than 4.5% 
budgeted for the US and UK salaried workforce

Salary as at 1 January 23

Salary as at 1 January 24

2024 increase

   Implementation in line with the Policy

Paul Waterman

$995,033

$1,034,834

4.0%

Ralph Hewins

£397,691

£413,599

4.0%

   Pension rates for incumbent Directors for 2024 are aligned with the typical UK 
individual pension funding rates (see page 118 for further detail)

Opportunity

Performance metrics

   Adjusted Group PBT: 50%

   AWC to sales ratio: 20%

Paul Waterman

150% of salary

Ralph Hewins

125% of salary

	 	Non-financial	strategic	priorities:	30%	of	which	15%	based	on	appropriately	structured	
sustainability priorities with the remaining 15% set on Innovation, Growth and 
Efficiency	targets.

   50% of bonus earned deferred into shares 
for two years

   Recovery and withholding provisions apply

   The targets are fully aligned with the Company’s current strategy and have been set 
 to be challenging in the context of the Company’s performance expectations for the 
year ahead

Link to KPIs

   Adjusted Group PBT

   AWC to sales ratio

   Individual objectives linked to sustainability 
and strategic priorities

   The Committee considers that the bonus targets are commercially sensitive and 
therefore plans to disclose them only on a retrospective basis in next year’s Directors’ 
Remuneration report

   The range of targets around budgeted performance levels to apply in 2024 has been 
calibrated to take into account the current external environment and internal planning

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

101

Directors’ Remuneration report
continued

Key Policy features

Long term incentive plan

2024 implementation

   Policy maximum is 250% of salary

   Awards vest to the extent performance 
conditions are achieved

	 	Performance	measures	based	on	financial	
and/or relative TSR metrics and measured 
over three years with a ROCE underpin

   Committee may adjust outturn where 
formulaic assessment is inconsistent with 
Company’s overall performance and/or 
there is a perceived windfall gain

   Holding period applies for two years 
following vesting

   Recovery and withholding provisions apply

   ROCE underpin introduced for the 2019 
awards continues to apply

Link to KPIs

   EPS

   Relative TSR

   Cash conversion

   OPM

   The choice of targets relates to measuring 
the Company’s success in delivering 
profitable	growth	and	sustainable	
shareholder returns

Chair and NED fees

   To attract individuals with the relevant 
skills, knowledge and experience that the 
Board considers necessary in order to 
maintain an optimal mix that ensures the 
effectiveness of the Board as a whole in 
carrying out its duties and responsibilities

LTIP Award

Performance metrics

Paul 
Waterman

Ralph  
Hewins

200% of salary

175% of salary

Weighting

Threshold 
target

Threshold 
vesting

Intermediate 
Target

Intermediate 
Target 
vesting

Maximum 
target

Maximum 
Vesting

25% 14 cents 
per share

25%

25%

18.0%

80%

0% 17 cents 
per share

50% 18.5 cents 
 per share

0%

0%

19%

N/A

50%

N/A

20%

100%

25% Median

25%

N/A

N/A

Upper 
quartile

100%

100%

100%

100%

2026 EPS

2026 OPM

Cash 
conversion

Relative  
TSR vs FTSE 
all-share index

Straight line vesting takes place between performance points.

   The range of EPS targets is more demanding than those set for the 2023 LTIP award. 
The target range was set to align with the outcomes of our CMD commitments and 
external expectations for our future performance. Note (i) that vesting takes place from 
0% (as opposed to the market norm of 25%), and (ii) in line with institutional investor 
expectations, the range straddles consensus growth expectations

   Cash conversion is the three year average operating cash conversion. The target 
remains set to align with the medium term goal, whilst the wider range used in 2023 
continues to apply in recognition of continuing market conditions

   OPM – introduced in 2024 to align with CMD commitments made in November 2023 
for end 2026

	 	The	terms	of	the	above	awards	will	be	subject	to	a	final	review	prior	to	grant	and	the	
awards will be subject to an overriding Committee discretion to reduce the awards at 
vesting should there be a perceived windfall gain

   Fees will increase by 4% for the upcoming year, which is lower than the UK workforce, 
where the budgeted increase is 4.5%.

Basic fees

Chair

Non-Executive Director

Additional fees

Senior Independent Director

Chair of Audit or Remuneration Committee

Workforce engagement NED

2024

2023

2023  
increase

£216,225

£207,909

£58,538

£56,286

£10,172

£10,172

£5,087

£9,780

£9,780

£4,891

4.0%

4.0%

4.0%

4.0%

4.0%

102 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Remuneration Policy report
The 2021 Remuneration Policy (approved by shareholders at the AGM on 26 April 2022) has been summarised here for ease of 
reference, with factual data updated where appropriate (e.g. scenario charts, contractual terms, page references etc.). The Policy as 
approved by shareholders can be found in the Elementis plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 available on the corporate website.

The Committee determines the Remuneration Policy taking into account all relevant factors. The Committee receives input from 
management and external advisers with respect to the design of the Policy and consider the context of the relevant stakeholders when 
considering their input. The Committee determines the Policy applicable to the Executive Directors and the Chair, with the Policy for 
Non-Executive Directors agreed by the Board, excluding the Non-Executive Directors. This also applies when with respect to the 
implementation of the Policy so that no individuals are involved in decisions as to their own remuneration. The Committee concluded  
that the Policy continues to support the long term strategy of the company and as such only minor changes were required.

The Policy is aligned with the six factors listed in Provision 40 of the UK Corporate Governance Code:

   Clarity – the Policy is set out as transparently as possible and the workforce engagement Director retains oversight of employee 
communication and education. We proactively consult our shareholders on any proposed changes to remuneration policy

   Simplicity – the Remuneration Policy is structured as simply as possible; however, a degree of complexity is required to align pay  
and	performance.	Performance	metrics	are	chosen	to	focus	on	the	key	operational,	financial	and	strategic	performance	objectives	 
of the business

   Risk – the Remuneration Policy has been shaped to discourage inappropriate risk taking, including long term performance 
measurement, deferral and shareholding guidelines which extend into post employment. The Committee retains discretion to override 
formulaic outcomes

   Predictability – elements of the Policy are subject to caps and dilution limits. Examples of how remuneration varies depending on 
performance is set out in the scenario charts

   Proportionality	–	there	is	a	sensible	balance	between	fixed	pay	and	variable	pay,	and	incentive	pay	is	weighted	to	sustainable	 
long term performance

   Alignment to culture – the Policy is weighted towards performance related pay which supports a performance based culture and  
the	non-financial	targets	encourage	innovation	and	optimisation	which	are	also	central	to	the	Elementis	culture	and	is	aligned	to	
Company Values

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

103

Directors’ Remuneration report
continued

Policy table
The information in the table below sets out the Remuneration Policy for Directors.

Basic salary

Purpose and link  
to Company’s 
strategy

How it operates  
in practice

Maximum  
potential value

Benefits

Purpose and link  
to Company’s 
strategy

How it operates  
in practice

Targeted at a level to attract and retain world class executives who are essential to drive the business 
forward and deliver the Company’s strategic goals.

Annual salary increases that are broadly in line with the local workforce (in percentage of salary terms), 
subject to Committee approval.

Increases beyond the average of those granted to the local workforce (in percentage of salary terms)  
may be awarded in certain circumstances, such as where there is a material change in responsibility or 
experience	of	the	individual,	to	recognise	exceptional	performance	over	a	sustained	period	or	a	significant	
increase in the complexity, size or value of the Company.

Where new joiners or recent promotions have been placed on a below market rate of pay initially, a series  
of increases above those granted to the local workforce (in percentage of salary terms) may be given over 
the following few years subject to individual performance and development in the role.

Salaries are normally reviewed in December and any changes are effective from 1 January in the  
following year.

There is no prescribed maximum for salary increases. The Committee will be guided by the general 
increase for the local workforce and/or broader workforce as a whole, as well as the circumstances  
listed above.

To	aid	retention	and	to	remain	competitive	in	the	marketplace.	Healthcare	benefits	in	order	to	minimise	
business disruption.

Executive Directors may also participate along with other employees in the Group’s HMRC approved  
SAYE or other equivalent savings based share schemes to share in the success of the Group.

Life assurance and private medical health insurance are provided.

Provision of either a company car (for business and personal purposes) or a car allowance.

Payments in connection with an international assignment and payments in connection with a relocation, 
which would typically be paid for a transitionary period only, tailored to the location of each executive.

The	benefits	may	include	provision	of	tax	advice	where,	at	the	Company’s	request,	the	international	 
location (or balance of time spent in different locations) is changed.

Participation in all-employee/savings based share option schemes as above.

In	addition,	benefits	in	the	US,	where	it	is	standard,	include	cover	for	dental	costs,	accidental	death	and	
disablement, long term disability and club membership.

Maximum 
potential value

SAYE/savings based schemes are subject to individual limits. These are $2,000 per month in the US and  
up to the HMRC prescribed limit (£500 per month) in the UK.

Other	benefits:	the	Committee	will	determine	the	level	of	benefit	as	it	considers	appropriate,	taking	into	
consideration local market practice.

Pension

Purpose and link  
to Company’s 
strategy

To aid retention and remain competitive in the marketplace.

To	provide	appropriate	retirement	benefits	commensurate	with	local	market	practice,	seniority	of	the	role	
and tenure with the Company.

How it operates  
in practice

Executive Directors are eligible to participate in a Company sponsored pension scheme, a statutory  
pension arrangement, receive cash in lieu of a Company pension or a combination of these.

Maximum  
potential value

For incumbent Executive Directors, pensions are set to be aligned with the rate of pension provision most 
commonly provided to a typical UK employee (as at the time of setting the current remuneration policy)  
of 21%.

Any new Director appointment will have pension set to be aligned with the average of the appropriate  
wider workforce rate (currently 8% of salary).

104 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Annual bonus scheme

Purpose and link  
to Company’s 
strategy

To incentivise the senior management team to exceed the annual operating plan approved by the Board at 
the	start	of	each	financial	year.

To	ensure	that	a	significant	proportion	of	an	executive’s	total	remuneration	is	based	on	corporate/business	
financial	performance	that	is	linked	to	the	Company’s	annual	operating	plan.

Through the part deferral of bonuses into deferred shares this enables incentive pay to help executives  
build and maintain meaningful shareholdings and thereby provides a long term focus.

How it operates  
in practice

An annual bonus is based on over performance against selected performance measures which are linked  
to the Company’s key performance indicators, or the achievement of strategic and/or operational objectives.

Bonus payments are paid following the approval of full year results. Payments are based on salaries at the 
time of payment.

Bonus deferral element: 50% of any cash bonus payable is normally awarded in shares and deferred for  
two years. Dividends accrue on deferred shares (which are normally structured as nil cost options or 
conditional share awards) that vest during the vesting period. Deferred shares are forfeitable for gross 
misconduct (dismissal for cause).

The Committee may seek recovery and/or withholding of bonuses paid that are later found to have been 
based on performance that was mis-stated or incorrectly calculated, or where the amount of any bonus  
may have been reduced or withheld due to reasons of gross misconduct. Recovery and withholding 
provisions will apply for a period of three years following payment of any bonus. Detailed provisions are 
incorporated into the rules of the various schemes which govern the terms of a bonus payment and/or  
the making of any deferred share or conditional award.

Maximum  
potential value

CEO: 150% of basic salary.

CFO: 125% of basic salary.

A higher annual bonus limit of 200% of basic salary may apply for new recruits.

Framework  
used to assess 
performance

Performance	measures	will	be	mainly	financial	measures.	The	Committee	reserves	the	right	to	select	 
other	non-financial	targets	(including	the	basis	of	their	measurement)	as	appropriate	considering	the	
Company’s strategic objectives for the year ahead.

The	financial	element	of	the	bonus	may	include	(but	is	not	limited	to)	the	Company’s	key	performance	
indicators which include:

	 	Profit	before	tax	or	other	measures	of	profitability

   Group average trade working capital to sales ratio expressed as a percentage or other cash flow 
indicators

For	any	profit	related	metric,	targets	will	be	set	at	threshold,	plan	and	stretch	levels	and	the	amount	 
payable	for	threshold	performance	is	0%	for	financial	targets	rising	on	a	graduated	basis	through	to	100%,	
becoming	payable	at	the	stretch	performance	level.	With	regard	to	non-financial	targets,	it	is	not	always	
practicable	to	set	targets	on	a	sliding	scale	and	so	targets	may	be	set	based	on	the	achievement	of	specific	
milestones and/or on a graduated scale.

The Committee will consider the bonus outcome each year based on the Company’s performance against 
the measures set at the start of the year. If it considers the quantum to be inconsistent with the Company’s 
overall performance during the year it can override the result of the performance test. For the avoidance of 
doubt, this can be to zero and bonuses may not exceed the maximum levels detailed above. Any use of 
such discretion would be detailed in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

The Committee keeps performance metrics under review on an annual basis to ensure they continue to 
remain appropriate and has the discretion to introduce new metrics or remove existing ones and amend 
their relative weightings. As a result, the performance metrics and weightings may vary in line with the 
Company’s	evolving	strategy	during	the	life	of	the	Policy.	The	profit	related	element	of	annual	bonus	shall	 
not be less than 50% of the overall bonus opportunity.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

105

Directors’ Remuneration report
continued

Long term incentives

Purpose and link  
to Company’s 
strategy

The LTIP is the sole long term incentive mechanism for Executive Directors and is intended to align the 
interests of the executives and shareholders in growing the value of the Group over the long term.

When granting awards under the LTIP the Committee generally takes into consideration the need to 
motivate and retain the Executive Directors and other participants.

How it operates  
in practice

Awards are normally structured as either nil cost options or conditional share awards which are eligible  
to be granted annually. Options may be exercisable three years from, and within ten years of, the date of 
award. Share awards normally vest on the third anniversary of the date of award.

Maximum  
potential value

A post vesting holding period of two years will normally apply to annual awards.

Recovery and withholding provisions similar to those described in respect of annual bonus payments  
but relating to the vesting of LTIP awards will apply to awards.

Dividends may accrue on shares that vest during the vesting period (and during the post vesting holding 
period where awards are structured as nil cost options) and may be paid in cash or shares.

The maximum award limit is set at 250% of basic salary.

Current practice is as follows:

   CEO: 200% of basic salary

   CFO: 175% of basic salary

Framework  
used to assess 
performance

Awards	are	subject	to	achievement	of	financial	(e.g.	EPS	and	operating	cash	conversion)	and/or	relative	
TSR	performance	conditions,	measured	over	a	minimum	of	three	financial	years	beginning	with	the	financial	
year in which the award is made. The Committee also retains flexibility to introduce strategic targets as  
a performance measure for a minority of an award.

The threshold vesting level may be up to 25% of maximum, increasing to 100% vesting on a graduated 
basis for achieving stretch targets.

For the TSR portion of the 2022 awards, the threshold vesting for achieving median will be 25% of 
maximum. For the EPS and operating cash conversion performance conditions applying to the 2022 
awards, the threshold vesting level will start from 0%.

In relation to strategic targets, the structure of the target will vary based on the nature of the target set  
(i.e. it will not always be practicable to set strategic targets using a graduated scale and so vesting may  
take	place	in	full	if	specific	criteria	are	met	in	full).

The metrics and their weighting and targets within the LTIP will be reviewed each year.

The Committee will consider the LTIP vesting outcomes for awards based on applying the performance 
conditions and, if it considers the level of vesting to be inconsistent with the Company’s overall performance 
during	the	performance	period	(including	its	underlying	financial	performance),	it	can	override	the	result	of	
the performance test. For the avoidance of doubt, this can be to zero. Any use of such discretion would be 
detailed in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Share ownership guidelines

Purpose and link  
to Company’s 
strategy

How it operates  
in practice

To align an executive’s interests with those of shareholders and to encourage executives to participate and 
share in the long term success of the Group.

Executive Directors are expected to build up a shareholding in the Company that is equal in value to  
200% of their basic annual salaries. The guideline will also apply for two years post cessation of  
employment such that Executive Directors are expected to hold shares equal to the value of the lower  
of the actual shareholding at cessation of employment and the current guideline (200% of salary).  
The post cessation guideline only applies to shares vesting under incentive plans from 2022.

Shares vesting from share awards, or transferred pursuant to an exercise of any option, granted under  
any share incentive or employee share saving scheme may not be sold (other than to meet a tax liability) 
until the above shareholding level has been met. In exceptional circumstances the Committee may allow  
the Director to sell some, or all, shares received from a share incentive scheme even if the individual  
has	not	met	the	share	ownership	guidelines,	provided	they	are	satisfied	that	shareholder	interests	are	
adequately aligned.

The Committee monitors compliance with these guidelines and can make changes to them from time  
to time.

106 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Non-Executive Chair and Directors’ fees

Purpose and link  
to Company’s 
strategy

How it operates  
in practice

To attract individuals with the relevant skills, knowledge and experience that the Board considers necessary 
in order to maintain an optimal mix that ensures the effectiveness of the Board as a whole in carrying out its 
duties and responsibilities.

Non-Executive Directors’ fees are determined by the Chair and the Executive Directors, having commitment 
and responsibilities of the role.

In the case of the Chair, the fee level is determined by the Committee. As well as taking into consideration 
the above factors, the Committee sets the fee at an appropriate level necessary to attract a role holder 
qualified	to	effectively	lead	the	board	of	a	company	of	a	similar	size	and	prestige	as	Elementis.

Fees are payable in cash and Non-Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in any pension,  
bonus or share incentive schemes.

All Non-Executive Directors are reimbursed for travel and related business expenses reasonably  
incurred in performing their duties so that they are fully recompensed on a pre-tax basis for undertaking 
Company business.

No individual is allowed to vote on his/her own remuneration.

Fees will be reviewed annually with changes taking effect from 1 January in the following year.

It is the Company’s policy (other than where there is a step change in the time commitment required of  
the Non-Executive Directors) that fees paid to the Chair and other Non-Executive Directors are increased 
annually in line with the average increase awarded to the UK salaried workforce.

Maximum 
potential value

Link between policy, strategy and structure
The Remuneration Policy is principally designed to attract, 
motivate and retain the Executive Directors and other members  
of the Executive Leadership team (senior management team) to 
execute the Company’s corporate and business strategies in order 
to deliver the annual operating plan and sustainable year on year 
profitable	growth,	as	well	as	to	generate	and	preserve	value	for	
shareholders over the longer term, without encouraging excessive 
levels of risk taking. The principles and values that underpin the 
remuneration strategy are applied on a consistent basis for all 
Group employees.

The remuneration structure for Executive Directors is made  
up	of	two	elements:	fixed	remuneration	(consisting	of	basic	 
salary,	benefits	including,	for	example,	non-contributory	 
health insurance and life assurance, and pension provision),  
and variable remuneration (annual bonus scheme and long term 
share incentives).

It is Company policy to reward all employees fairly, responsibly and 
by reference to local market practices, by providing an appropriate 
balance	between	fixed	and	variable	remuneration.

Choice of performance measures and 
approach to target setting
The performance metrics that are used for annual bonus,  
and long term incentive plans are drawn from a suite of Company 
KPIs	monitored	by	the	Board	that	are	closely	linked	to	the	financial	 
KPIs on pages 24-25.

In	the	annual	bonus	scheme,	the	financial	measures	currently	 
used are adjusted Group PBT and AWC to sales ratio. Adjusted 
Group PBT is a clear measure of the Company’s trading 
performance	and	AWC	to	sales	ratio	encourages	the	most	efficient	
use of working capital and is how earnings are converted into 
cash. These metrics are aligned with the Company’s objectives 
and strategy.

In	addition,	non-financial	criteria	also	form	part	of	the	targets	 
set in the bonus scheme and these are based on Company 
specific	sustainability	objectives	(e.g.	health	and	safety, 
DE&I and environment) and/or strategic business objectives  
(e.g.	relating	to	Innovation,	Growth	and	Efficiency	targets).

With regard to long term performance targets, EPS is currently 
used since it is aligned with the Company’s strategy of  
delivering	profitable	growth	and	creating	long	term	shareholder	
returns.	Cash	conversion	is	also	used	to	encourage	efficient	
working practices. Use of relative TSR also further aligns 
shareholders and executives. OPM is being introduced to  
align to CMD commitments.

Targets	for	financial	metrics	are	set	relative	to	internal	planning	
expectations after having regard to general economic conditions, 
external market data, current and past performance of the 
business and any organic or acquisitive growth plans.

Where appropriate, targets are set based on sliding scales.  
Only modest rewards are available for delivering performance  
at threshold levels or above, with maximum rewards requiring 
outperformance of our challenging plans approved at the start  
of each year.

The Committee keeps the choice of metrics and targets under 
review for both the annual and long term incentive plans each year 
to ensure they are appropriate in light of the Company’s current 
circumstances. The Committee retains discretion to revise the 
choice of metric and weightings within the incentives as detailed 
above. Should the Committee make material changes to the 
application of the Remuneration Policy from year to year the 
Committee would give consideration to an appropriate form  
of dialogue with the Company’s major shareholders.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

107

Directors’ Remuneration report
continued

Differences in Executive Remuneration 
Policy compared with other employees
The Committee is informed of pay structures across the wider 
Group when setting the Remuneration Policy for Executive 
Directors. The Committee considers the general basic salary 
increase for the broader Group and, in particular the employees 
based in the US, UK and Europe, when determining salary 
increases for the Executive Directors.

The same principles and values behind the design of remuneration 
for the Executive Directors apply to other members of the ELT and 
employees	throughout	the	rest	of	the	Group,	with	modifications	to	
reflect local market practice and the level of seniority and ability to 
influence Group performance. Overall, the Remuneration Policy 
for Executive Directors is more heavily weighted towards variable 
pay than for other employees. This ensures that there is a clear link 
between the value created for shareholders and the remuneration 
received by the Executive Directors, given it is the Executive 
Directors who are considered to have the greatest potential to 
influence shareholder value creation.

Committee discretion with regard to 
incentive plans
The Committee will operate the annual bonus plan, Deferred  
Share Bonus Plan, LTIP and all employee plans according to their 
respective rules and in accordance with the Financial Conduct 
Authority’s Listing Rules (‘Listing Rules’) and HMRC rules where 
relevant. The Committee retains discretion, consistent with  
market practice, in a number of regards to the operation and 
administration of these plans. These include the following  
(plan limits and performance targets restricted to the descriptions 
detailed in the preceding policy table):

   Who participates in the plans

   The timing of grant of award and/or payment

   The size of an award and/or payment

   The determination of vesting

   Dealing with a change of control (e.g. the timing of testing 
performance targets) or restructuring

The level of variable pay varies by level of employee within the 
Group	and	is	informed	by	the	specific	responsibilities	of	each	role	
and local market practice as appropriate.

   Determination of a good/bad leaver for incentive plan  
purposes based on the rules of each plan and the appropriate 
treatment chosen

In 2018, the Board introduced the ability to grant restricted shares 
into the new LTIP. The majority of the ELT are based in the US 
where it is common market practice to grant restricted shares.  
It is considered that the ability to grant restricted shares in tandem 
with performance related share awards enables the Company to 
compete for the best talent. Where restricted shares are used, the 
award levels are generally lower than if performance shares were 
granted, since restricted share awards are more valuable to a 
recipient given there is no performance requirement attached to 
the vesting of the award. Restricted shares will not be granted to 
Executive Directors.

How the views of employees are taken  
into account
The Board has established a DNED for workforce engagement  
as a direct response to the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
enabling the workforce voice in Board matters. The role of the 
workforce engagement Director is to review and monitor employee 
insight informed by engagement activities and employee 
engagement surveys. During 2021, global reward principles were 
communicated with additional detail on determination of pay, 
irrespective of position. The DNED engaged with the workforce  
on these principles during 2023, and feedback was sought during 
focus groups held. For more information on engaging with the 
workforce, please refer to pages 105-107.

   Adjustments required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights 
issues, corporate restructuring and special dividends)

   The annual review of performance conditions, including metrics 
and weightings, for the annual bonus plan and LTIP The 
Committee also retains the ability to adjust the targets  
and/or set different measures and alter weightings for the 
annual bonus plan and to adjust targets for the LTIP if events 
occur (e.g. material divestment of a Group business) which 
cause it to determine that the conditions are no longer 
appropriate and the amendment is required so that the 
conditions achieve their original purpose and are not materially 
less	difficult	to	satisfy.	The	Committee	has	discretion	to	override	
incentive pay outcomes in the event that payouts are not 
considered reflective of overall Company performance having 
applied the performance conditions for the annual bonus and LTIP.

CEO and CFO rewards scenario analysis
The bar charts overleaf illustrate the potential pay opportunities  
for Executive Directors under three different scenarios for 2023.  
The CEO’s remuneration has been converted into pounds sterling 
using the average exchange rate for 2023 ($1.2373:£1.00).

	 	Fixed:	comprises	fixed	pay,	being	the	value	of	salary,	benefits	
and pension (based on 2023 Company contributions)

   On target: the amount receivable assumes performance in 
which 50% of annual bonus is payable and 50% of LTIP  
awards vest

   Maximum: the maximum amount receivable should all stretch 
targets be met and vesting under both the annual bonus 
scheme and LTIP is 100%

   Maximum with share price growth: in addition, we have 
provided an illustration of the maximum outcome assuming 
50% share price appreciation for the purpose of the LTIP value

The LTIPs also relate to awards to be made in 2024 rather than  
any awards vesting in 2024.

108 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

CEO
£’000

£6,000k

£5,000k

£4,000k

£3,000k

£2,000k

£1,000k

0

£4,045k

41%

31%

28%

£4,882k
50%

26%

23%

£2,582k
32%

24%
43%

£1,181k
100%

Minimum

On target

Maximum

Maximum 
(with share price growth)

CFO
£’000

£2,500k

£2,000k

£1,500k

£1,000k

£500k

0

£1,769k
41%

29%

30%

£2,131k
51%

24%

25%

£1,149k
32%

24%
46%

£528k
100%

Minimum

On target

Maximum

Maximum 
(with share price growth)

  Fixed pay 
  LTIP value with 50% share price growth

  Annual Bonus 

  LTIP 

  Fixed pay 
  LTIP value with 50% share price growth

  Annual Bonus 

  LTIP 

Recruitment policy
For Executive Director recruitment and/or promotion situations, the Committee will follow the policy outlined below:

Element

Basic salary

Benefits

Pension

Annual bonus

Policy

Basic salary levels will be set in accordance with the Company’s Remuneration Policy, taking into account 
the experience and calibre of the individual (e.g. typically around market rates prevalent in companies of 
comparable size and complexity) or salary levels may be set below this level (e.g. if the individual was 
promoted to the Board). Where it is appropriate to offer a below market rate of pay initially, a series of 
increases to the desired salary positioning may be given over the following few years subject to individual 
performance and development in the role.

New	Directors	may	be	entitled	to	benefits	such	as	life	assurance,	private	medical	health	insurance,	cover	
for dental costs, accidental death and disablement, long term disability and provision of either a company 
car (for business and personal purposes) or a car allowance, club membership or any other appropriate 
benefit	as	the	Committee	reasonably	determines.

Where necessary, the Committee may approve the payment of reasonable relocation expenses to facilitate 
recruitment for a maximum period of 12 months.

Any new Executive Directors will have their pension level set to be aligned with the appropriate wider 
workforce rate (currently 8% of salary).

The annual bonus would operate as outlined for current Executive Directors but, where necessary to aid 
recruitment, the maximum bonus opportunity is 200% of basic salary for the life of this policy. Bonus will  
be pro-rated for the proportion of the year served. Depending on the timing and responsibilities of the 
appointment, it may be necessary to set different performance measures and targets initially.

Long term 
incentive

Awards under the LTIP will be granted in line with the policy outlined for the current Executive Directors on 
an annual basis but, where necessary to aid recruitment, the maximum award is 250% of basic salary for 
the life of this policy.

Buyout awards

An award may be made shortly after an appointment (subject to the Company not being in a prohibited 
period). For an internal hire, existing awards would continue over their original vesting period and remain 
subject to their terms as at the date of grant. In addition, if the grant of awards for that individual precedes 
his	or	her	appointment	as	a	Board	Director	for	that	financial	year,	the	Committee’s	policy	would	include	
flexibility to top up awards for that year (subject to the overall individual salary limit) based on the Executive 
Director’s new salary.

In	the	case	of	an	external	hire,	if	it	is	necessary	to	buy	out	incentive	pay	or	benefit	arrangements	which	
would be forfeited on leaving the previous employer, this would be provided for, taking into account the  
form (cash or shares), timing and expected value (i.e. likelihood of meeting any existing performance 
criteria) of the remuneration being forfeited.

Replacement share awards may be granted using the Company’s LTIP (up to the individual limit) or outside 
of the LTIP if necessary and as permitted under the Listing Rules.

Interim 
appointments

Where a Director is appointed on an interim basis (e.g. to cover a role until a permanent successor is 
appointed), the Company may pay additional remuneration to an individual in line with the policy for the role.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

109

Directors’ Remuneration report
continued

Outside Board appointments
The Company’s policy is to support executives should they wish  
to take on an external board appointment, provided that there is  
no conflict of interest and the role does not interfere with the 
executive’s commitment or duties. If an executive does take on  
an external appointment, they may retain any fees paid and will  
be restricted generally to only one such external appointment.

Service contracts
Executive Directors’ service contracts contain a termination notice 
period not exceeding 12 months.

Name 

Date of contract1 

Notice period

Paul Waterman, CEO 

6 November 2015  12 months

Ralph Hewins, CFO 

27 June 2016 

12 months

1    The date of the service contract is not the same as the date of appointment, 

which for Paul Waterman was 8 February 2016 and Ralph Hewins  
12 September 2016.

Copies of the Executive Directors’ service contracts are available 
for	inspection	at	the	Company’s	registered	office	during	normal	
business hours and will be available for inspection at the AGM.

Policy on payment for loss of office
Termination payments
The maximum amount payable under both the CEO’s and CFO’s 
contract	is	basic	salary,	benefits	and	pension	for	12	months	while	
each serves his notice period. For the Executive Directors, the 
terms covering termination were agreed at the date their contracts 
were made and both are required to mitigate their loss in the event 
of	loss	of	office	by	making	efforts	to	secure	a	new	position.

The Company may pay compensation in lieu of the notice period  
of basic salary only, to be paid in monthly instalments (pro-rated 
for the actual notice period). This would apply if the Company 
terminates his/her contract for any reason other than for cause,  
or if he/she serves notice to terminate his/her contract in  
12 months’ time.

Payments in lieu of notice to both the CEO and CFO may be 
reduced or ceased if either secures a new position. In both cases, 
the payments will only be ceased if the salary in a new position  
is equal to or more than the salary on termination; if not, the 
monthly payments will be reduced by the gross salary earned by 
the CEO or CFO in his/her new position each month.

The above summary only addresses contractual rights to 
payments in lieu of notice, or during the relevant Director’s notice 
period, and may not reflect any settlement or compromise sums 
which are separately agreed at the point of termination.

Treatment of incentive plans
Annual bonus plan
If an Executive Director resigns and serves his/her notice period, 
the Committee retains discretion to make a pro-rata payment 
based on performance. The same applies in certain circumstances 
such as if the individual’s employment is terminated on the 
grounds of ill health or disability. No bonus is payable for 
termination for cause.

In line with the Company’s policy, rules of the annual bonus 
scheme incorporate a requirement to defer half of the amount of 
bonus vesting for two years in the form of share awards under the 
Deferred Share Bonus Plan. In certain ‘good leaver’ circumstances 
(e.g. ill health, death), the Committee, acting fairly and reasonably, 
may waive deferral.

Deferred share bonus plan
If an Executive Director’s employment is terminated before  
a deferred share award vests (after two years), then the awards 
would vest in full on the date of leaving unless termination is for 
cause, in which case the awards would lapse.

LTIP
As with the annual bonus plan, the Company’s LTIP also includes  
a number of discretions in connection with an Executive Director 
leaving	employment.	Other	than	in	certain	defined	‘good	leaver’	
circumstances, awards lapse on cessation of employment.  
Where	an	individual	ceases	employment	for	one	of	the	defined	
‘good leaver’ events (i.e. ill health, disability, redundancy within the 
meaning of UK legislation or its overseas equivalent, transfer out of 
the Group/sale of business or retirement with employer’s consent 
and, in the case of the new LTIP, any other reason at the discretion 
of the Committee), the award will remain eligible to vest on its 
normal vesting date (unless the Committee uses its discretion  
to vest the award on the date of cessation of employment), in all 
cases subject to a pro-rata reduction to reflect the portion of the 
vesting period that has elapsed (unless the Committee determines 
otherwise) and the application of the performance condition.  
In the event of a death of an Executive Director, the default is  
for the award to vest at the date of death unless the Committee 
determines otherwise, in which case it will vest at the normal 
vesting date with pro-rating and performance conditions applied 
as described in other ‘good leaver’ circumstances.

Similar provisions apply in the event of a change of control,  
with performance measured up to the date of the relevant event, 
and a pro-rata reduction applying unless the Committee 
determines otherwise.

It is the Committee’s policy to exercise these discretions in a way 
that would be in the best interests of the Company and depending 
on the individual circumstances of each case.

110 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Payments agreed prior to the effective date of this policy 
Any agreements entered in good faith prior to the commencement of the 2022 Remuneration Policy will remain eligible to operate on their 
original terms.

Non-Executive Directors’ terms of appointment
Non-Executive Directors are appointed for a three year term, subject to annual re-election by shareholders. For Non-Executive Directors 
who have served for nine years or more, they may be appointed for a further year at a time. Each letter of appointment currently provides 
that the Director’s appointment can be terminated by the Company on six months’ notice on any grounds without claim for compensation. 
Following the 2018 AGM, the letters of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors were amended to 30 days’ notice by either party, 
which is the application of the new Remuneration Policy where a limit of up to three months is permitted. All other terms will remain the 
same. The Chair’s letter of appointment will remain with a six months’ notice period.

Non-Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in any pension, bonus or share incentive schemes. No individual is allowed to vote 
on his/her own remuneration.

The table below provides further details of the letters of appointment that the Non-Executive Directors held with the Company  
during 2023.

Name

Non-Executive Director

Dorothee Deuring

Steve Good

John O’Higgins

Trudy Schoolenberg

Christine Soden

Clement Woon

Date of appointment

Date of last re-appointment

Date of expiry

1 March 2017

1 March 2023

20 October 2014

21 October 2023

1 March 20261

29 April 20242

4 February 2020

4 February 2023

4 February 20261

15 March 2022

n/a

15 March 2025 

1 November 2020

1 November 2023

1 November 20262

1 December 2022

n/a

1 December 2025

1  Dorothee Deuring and John O’Higgins’ reappointments were approved by the Nomination Committee on 6 December 2022. 
2  Steve Good and Christine Soden’s reappointments were approved by the Nomination Committee on 29 September 2023.

Shareholder engagement
The views of shareholders are important to the Committee. Regular dialogue and engagement with the Company’s shareholders is 
undertaken. For example, the Committee wrote to its major shareholders and the leading advisory bodies in 2021 with the proposed 
changes to the Policy and its operation going forward. In particular, the Committee has introduced a post cessation of employment  
share ownership guideline in response to shareholder views, which has applied since 2022.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

111

Directors’ Remuneration report
continued

Annual report on remuneration (‘report’)
This	report	details	how	the	Company’s	policies	and	practices	on	Directors’	remuneration	were	applied	in	respect	of	the	financial	year	
ended	31	December	2023	and	how	they	will	be	applied	in	the	2024	financial	year.

Remuneration payable to directors for 2023 (audited) 
Although the Company reports its results in US dollars, the remainder of this report on remuneration is presented in pounds sterling 
because the majority of the Directors are UK based and paid in pounds sterling.

A breakdown of the Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2023 is set out in the table below.

£’000

Year

Salary/fees

Benefits2

Pension

Total	fixed

Bonus

LTIP

Other3

Fixed

Performance related

Executive Directors

Paul Waterman1, CEO

Ralph Hewins, CFO

Non-Executive 
Directors

John O’Higgins, Chair

Dorothee Deuring

Steve Good4

Trudy Schoolenberg5

Christine Soden6

Clement Woon

Former Directors

Anne Hyland7

Total

Total

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

804

778

398

381

208

199

60

54

66

66

65

50

71

65

56

4

–

20

106

85

28

28

162

171

84

85

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,072

1,034

510

494

208

199

60

54

66

66

65

50

71

65

56

4

–

20

928

903

383

373

710

235

339

100

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

42

42

18

18

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
variable

1,680

1,180

740

491

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total

2,752

2,214

1,250

985

208

199

60

54

66

66

65

50

71

65

56

4

–

20

1,728

1,617

134

113

246

256

2, 108

1,986

1,311

1,276

1,049

335

60

60

2,420

1,671

4,002

3,657

1    Paul Waterman is based in the US and paid in US dollars. He received an annual salary of $995k (2022: $964k). His pension comprises a salary supplement  

and	employer	contributions	to	defined	contribution	retirement	schemes.	The	foreign	exchange	rate	applied	is	the	2023	average	rate	of	$1.2373:£1.00	 
(2022: $1.2392:£1.00).

2	 	 Taxable	benefits	for	Paul	Waterman	consist	of	a	car	allowance	(£19,000),	private	health	care	(£23,849),	dental,	life	assurance,	accidental	death	and	disablement	
cover	and	long	term	disability	insurance	(£31,354),	and	tax	advice	(£24,246).	The	tax	advice	benefit	allows	appropriate	tax	filings	to	be	made	in	both	the	UK	and	
US as a result of Company business travel requirements during 2022/23, which exceeded the normal business expectations agreed on appointment and gave 
rise	to	the	need	for	dual	filings.	Taxable	benefits	for	Ralph	Hewins	consist	of	a	car	allowance	(£18,000),	private	health	care	and	life	assurance.

3    As required by remuneration reporting regulations, the valuation of Paul Waterman’s US Savings Related Share Option Scheme (SRSOS) award and  

Ralph Hewin’s SAYE grant are based on the face value of shares at grant (September 2022), less the exercise price. There are no performance measures  
for either the SRSOS or SAYE.

4    Steve Good was appointed SID upon John O’Higgins’ appointment as Chair until 15 March 2022. He is also Chair of the Remuneration Committee.
5    Trudy Schoolenberg was appointed a NED on 15 March 2022 and assumed the role of SID at the conclusion of the 2022 AGM held on 26 April 2022.
6    Christine Soden is the DNED for workforce engagement. She is also Chair of the Audit Committee.
7    Anne Hyland stepped down from the Board on 26 April 2022.

112 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Determination of annual bonus outcome for performance in 2023 (audited) 
This section shows the performance targets set in respect of the 2023 annual bonus scheme and the level of performance achieved.

Full details of the bonus assessment for the Executive Directors is set out below. The bonus targets were set prior to the start of the 
financial	year	based	on	the	continuing	operations	of	the	Company	(i.e.	excluding	Chromium).	The	range	of	targets	were	set	to	be	similarly	
challenging to those set in prior years having had regard to both internal planning and prevailing market conditions. The PBT targets for 
2023 were lower than 2022 as a result of excluding Chromium post its sale but were no more or less challenging when they were set  
than in prior years. The total bonuses payable based on the performance achieved are 74% of maximum for the CEO and CFO. The 
Committee was comfortable with the bonus earned in the context of the performance delivered and did not consider it necessary to use 
discretion in relation to the bonus out-turn. Accordingly, and in line with the Policy, 50% of the bonus payable will be deferred over shares 
which will be released to the Director after two years and which are forfeitable for gross misconduct.

Relative 
weighting of 
performance 
conditions

50%

20%

30%

100%

Full year bonus

Maximum 

PBT ($m)

AWC to sales 
(%)

Non-financial	

Total full year

2023 bonus plan targets

Threshold

Plan

Stretch

Actual  
result

Percentage 
of maximum

64.1

71.2

78.3

84.5

50%

24.3

n/a

22.3

n/a

20.3

n/a

25.1

24/30

0%

24%

Percentage of maximum 
bonus earned

Percentage of  
salary earned

Paul 
Waterman 
CEO

100%

50%

0%

24%

74%

Ralph 
Hewins 
CFO

100%

50%

0%

24%

74%

Paul 
Waterman 
CEO

150%

75%

0%

36%

111%

Ralph 
Hewins 
CFO

125%

62.5%

0%

30%

92.5%

In relation to the targets, 0% is payable at the threshold performance levels, 50% at plan and 100% at the stretch performance level. 

Set	out	below	is	a	summary	of	the	Committee’s	assessment	of	the	challenging	2023	non-financial	targets.	The	objectives	were	
categorised	into	two	categories:	(1)	sustainability	priorities	(15%	weighting)	and	(2)	Innovation,	Growth	and	Efficiency	(15%	weighting).	

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

113

Directors’ Remuneration report
continued

2023 bonus assessment for CEO and CFO: Non-financial targets

Measure

Performance indicator

Achievements

Sustainability objectives

Safety, compliance,  
and risk management

Focus on maintaining and 
strengthening responsible 
workplace practices through  
plant based safety engagement

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

Continue to build organisational 
capability through actions that 
increase employee engagement 
and create a more diverse, 
equitable and inclusive organisation

Environmental

Continue to demonstrate clear 
progress towards achieving our 
2030 goals through implementation 
of	key	energy	efficiency	and	
environmental projects, and 
continue to put actions in place to 
minimise environmental tier 2 and 3 
incidents. Prepare for regulatory 
and best practice driven changes 
(e.g. corporate disclosure, net zero 
transition plan, setting a SBT)

Strategic objectives

Innovation and Growth

Pipeline of new products in place to 
be launched in 2024/2025 to ensure 
innovation revenue contribution  
on track for 17% of total by 2025, 
from 2022 actual of 13.3%

Underpin future revenue growth 
through continuing to maintain  
a healthy NBO pipeline leading  
to >50m NBO delivery in 2024  
and 2025

Strategy

Set out ‘Post Chromium’ direction 
and goals in 2025-2030 strategy 
work, gaining Board alignment with 
clear implementation roadmap.

Talc recovery plan

Deliver	2023	Operating	Profit,	
improved margin and cost savings 
versus 2022

Summary 
scoring

4.75% / 5%

 4% / 5%

3% / 5%

   Recordable injuries:  
Threshold 9; Target 7; Stretch 5
   Plant safety engagement; 
Threshold 75% engagement 
minimum 2 activities/employee 
per quarter; Maximum 75% 
engagement 4 activities/
employee per quarter

   Gender diversity: Increase 
Senior Leadership female 
representation towards  
2025 goal of 40%
   Ethnic diversity: diverse 
workforces throughout the 
organisation
   DE&I Engagement Index
   Progress DE&I Council  
lead initiatives

   Overall GHG emissions
   2030 target progress
	 	Scope	3	data	verification
   Progress on carbon footprint 
and life cycle analysis

   Recordable injuries: 4
   Safety engagement: Weighted average of  
3.8 = 90% of maximum

   Improved gender diversity in senior population 
from 34% to 37%, making progress towards 
40% goal; overall gender diversity improved 
from 24% to 27%
   US ethnic diversity maintained at 26%
   Culture of inclusion index launched  
scoring 3.9/5
   Further embedded Women in Leadership 
programme, launched Women Engineers  
in Elementis, Gallup training on Inclusion  
and Engagement

   Absolute GHG emissions reduced by  
6.7% versus 2022
   2 out of 4 met but all 4 declined vs 2022 due  
to product mix and India plant start up
	 	Obtaining	verification	of	our	Scope	3	data	for	
the	first	time	for	2023	and	completed	FLAG	
(Forest, Land Agriculture) emissions screening 
across all Scopes
   Product carbon footprints were calculated (for 
talc products) and full environmental life-cycle 
analysis (“LCA”) was commenced for a range  
of Personal Care products (due in April 2024)

   Innovation revenue 
contribution
   New product launches
   NBO revenue in 2023
   Growth of NBO pipeline

   Innovation grew from 13.3% to 14.3% of sales
   12 new products launched vs target of 15 with 
pipeline for 15 in 2024
   $51m of NBO revenue delivered in 2023 with 
pipeline growing to $363m from $291m in 2022

3.25% / 5%

   2025-2030 Strategy 
progressed with  
Board alignment
   Execution of CMD

   Board fully engaged in strategy development 
process in readiness for H1 2024 approval
   CMD well received with high level of attendance 
and engagement

	 	2023	Operating	Profit
   Margin improvement
   Performance Specialties 
synergies

   The target was $11m and was exceeded  
with	$14m	of	Operating	Profit
   Operating Margins 10.2% versus 0% in 2022 
supported by lower costs versus 2022
   Further revenue synergies of $5.7m

 4% / 5%

5% / 5%

Key to summary scoring

  Achieved in full or predominantly achieved

 Partially achieved

 Not achieved

114 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

 
 
 
 
10.82 cents  
per share 
Above threshold

77% 
 Below threshold

Payout

32.3%

0%

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Directors’ share based awards
Determination of 2021 LTIP awards (audited)
Under the 2021 award, the performance is assessed against EPS growth, relative TSR and cash conversion performance metrics,  
as summarised below. 

The EPS growth and relative TSR threshold targets were partially met. However, the average operating cash conversion target was not 
met. Overall this has resulted in 54.7% of the award vesting. The Committee considers this to be in line with underlying performance.

In determining vesting, the Committee considered:

   ROCE (including goodwill) over the performance period which increased from 5.5% to 9.0% in challenging market conditions and as 
such	the	Committee	confirmed	the	formulaic	outcome

   The potential for windfall gains and given the share price used to determine the number of shares included in awards in  
February 2021 was £1.2550, which was consistent with the share price in February 2020 shortly before the impact of the  
COVID-19,	the	Committee	concluded	that	the	value	on	vesting	of	the	2020	awards	did	not	benefit	from	windfall	gains.

Accordingly, the Committee did not use any discretion in connection with the 2021 award.

Performance metric

Weighting

Threshold  
target

Threshold 
payout

Maximum 
target

Elementis  
achievement 

EPS1

33.3% 8.4 cents per share

0% 10.9 cents 
per share

Three year operating  
cash conversion

Relative TSR vs  
FTSE All-Share Index

33.3%

33.3%

85%

0%

95%

Median

3.85%

Upper 
quartile

Above threshold

22.44%

1    As disclosed in last year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report , the targets were restated to exclude earnings from Chromium in connection with the sale of the 

business. The range of targets were reduced to reflect the forecast earnings expected from Chromium at the time the targets were set so as to ensure that the 
restated target was no more or less challenging than when they were originally set. Accordingly, the threshold target was adjusted from 10.0 cps to 8.4 cps and  
the maximum from 13.0 cps to 10.9 cps. 

Based on this performance assessment, the table below illustrates the value receivable under the 2021 Awards. Any shares vesting will 
be subject to a two year holding period. 

Award holder

Paul Waterman

Ralph Hewins

Number of 
awards 
granted

1,789,362

515,214

Payout  
(% of 
maximum)

54.7%

54.7%

Number of 
shares  
due to vest

590,483

281,856

Value from 
share price
 increase1

Value of 
dividend 
equivalents2,3

£0

£0

£0

£0

Total value
 vesting3

£710,056

£338,932

1    There was no share price appreciation from the date of grant (£1.2550) to the three-month average share price to 31 December 2023 (£1.2025). 
2    Value of dividend equivalents estimated based on dividends until 31 December 2023. 
3    Value of shares based on a three-month average share price of £1.2025 to 31 December 2023. This value will be restated next year based on the actual  

share price on the date of vesting. 

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

115

Directors’ Remuneration report
continued

Annual LTIP awards granted in the year (audited) 
On 03 April 2023, LTIP awards were granted in line with the Remuneration Policy. The CEO was granted an award over shares to the 
value of 200% of salary and 175% of salary for the CFO. Share awards will ordinarily vest after three years, with any shares vesting  
(other than those sold to meet associated tax liabilities) subject to a two year holding requirement.

Details of the main terms of the 2023 LTIP awards are summarised in the table below. In addition, the Committee retain the discretion  
to reduce the number of shares on vesting should it be considered appropriate to do so (e.g. in the event that there was perceived  
windfall gain).

Award holder

Paul Waterman

Ralph Hewins

Type of share award

Grant date

Number of 
awards

Face value of 
award at grant
 (£000s)1

Nil cost (restricted 
stock unit)

03.04.2023

1,350,978

£1,607,664

Nil cost option 03.04.2023

584,349

£695,959

The awards are subject to EPS, TSR and operating cash conversion performance conditions (equally weighted), each measured over the 
three years to 31 December 2025 as shown in the table below.

Performance metric

EPS

Cash conversion 

Relative TSR vs FTSE All-Share Index

Weighting

Threshold target

33.3%

33.3%

33.3%

2025 EPS of  
13 cents per share

80%

Median

Threshold 
payout

0%

0%

25%

Stretch target

2025 EPS of  
17 cents per share

Stretch 
payout

End of the 
performance 
period

100% 31.12.2025

100%

100% 31.12.2025

Upper quartile

100% 31.12.2025

1    The share price used to determine the number of awards granted was £1.19, based on the share price on the day prior to grant (3 April 2023).
2    The vesting of the award is also subject to a return on capital employed underpin which requires the Company to consider whether the return generated is in line 
with the Board’s expectations and if not, to reduce the vesting to a more appropriate level. The Committee also retains discretion to reduce the number of shares 
on vesting should it be considered appropriate, including in the event of a perceived windfall gain. 

3	 	 The	rationale	for	the	range	of	financial	targets	set	was	detailed	in	last	year’s	Directors’	Remuneration	Report.

Sourcing shares for our share plans
Employee share plans comply with the Investment Association’s guidelines on dilution, which provide that overall issuance of shares 
under all plans should not exceed an amount equivalent to 10% of the Company’s issued share capital over any ten year period,  
with a further limitation of 5% in any ten year period on discretionary plans. Based on the number of awards that remain outstanding  
as at the year end, the Company’s headroom for all plans is 4.53% and for discretionary plans is 3.84% of issued share capital.

116 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Directors’ scheme interests (audited)
The interests of the persons who were Directors during the year in the issued shares of the Company were:

Interest  
type

Grant  
date

Option price 
(p)

01.01.231

Granted 
during 2023

Exercised 
during 2023 

Lapsed
during 2023

Scheme interests

Vested but 
unexercised 
share options

31.12.23

Executive 
Directors

Paul Waterman

Total scheme 
interests

Ralph Hewins

LTIP1 07.04.2020

LTIP1 06.04.2021

DSBP2 05.03.2022

LTIP1 04.04.2022

– 2,037,577

– 1,079,362

–

490,383

– 1,236,244

SRSOS5 20.09.2022

92.31

45,584

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

374,376

1,350,978

225,967

1,811,610

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,079,362

490,383

1,236,244

45,584

374,376

1,350,978

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4,889,150

1,725,354

225,967

1,811,610

4,576,927

Nil

DSBP2 08.03.2023

LTIP1 03.04.2023

DSBP2 07.03.2017

RA3 07.03.2017

RA4 07.03.2017

DSBP2 05.03.2018

DSBP2 06.03.2019

DSBP2 05.03.2020

LTIP1 07.04.2020

LTIP1 06.04.2021

DSBP2 05.03.2022

LTIP1 04.04.2022

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

7,140

92,262

17,458

73,123

48,865

76,266

862,469

515,214

213,105

559,656

SAYE6 20.09.2022

88.00

20,454

DSBP2 08.03.2023

LTIP1 03.04.2023

–

–

–

–

147,833

584,349

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

95,647

766,822

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

7,140

92,262

17,458

73,123

48,865

76,266

–

515,214

213,105

559,656

20,454

147,833

584,349

7,140

92,262

17,458

73,123

48,865

76,266

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total scheme 
interests

2,486,012

732,182

95,647

766,822

2,355,725

Nil

Notes
1    LTIP awards are subject to performance conditions. The same relative TSR performance conditions apply in respect of all awards. The EPS target for the 2020 
awards required annual growth of 3% to 12%. The EPS target for the 2021 awards is based on FY23 EPS of between 8.4 cents and 10.9 cents, for the 2022 
awards is based on FY24 EPS of between 10.9 cents and 14.7 cents. The operating cash conversion performance conditions for the 2021 and 2022 awards is 
based on three year targets between 85% and 95%. These awards ordinarily vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. Full detail of the vesting conditions 
for the 2023 awards are set out on page 97.

2     Conditional share award under the Deferred Share Bonus Plan (“DSBP”). Structured as restricted stock units for Paul Waterman and nil cost options for  

Ralph Hewins. The 2020 DBSP vested on 5 March 2022. Paul Waterman’s tax liability crystallised on vesting which he self funded and he therefore retained  
the 188,130 shares. Ralph Hewin’s 2020 DSBP Award has vested but has not yet been exercised. For DSBP awards granted in March 2020, the share price  
at date of grant was 98.95 pence. The face value of awards at grant were £186,155 and £75,466 for Paul Waterman and Ralph Hewins respectively. Both 
Executive Directors recommended and the Committee agreed that no bonus be payable in respect of 2020, therefore no DSBP awards were granted in 2021.  
For DSBP awards granted in March 2022, the share price at date of grant was 103.8 pence with the face value of awards at grant of £509,018 and £221,204  
for Paul Waterman and Ralph Hewins respectively. For DSBP awards granted in March 2023, the share price at date of grant (7 April 2020) was 126.1 pence  
with the face value of awards at grant of £472,088 and £186,418 for Paul Waterman and Ralph Hewins respectively.

3     Replacement Awards structured as nil cost options made under standalone arrangements that borrow terms from the LTIP as amended. In line with the 

remuneration forfeited on leaving his former employer, the 2017 Award did not have performance conditions, but shares were required to be held for two years.

4     Replacement Awards structured as nil cost options made under standalone arrangements that borrow terms from the DSBP as amended.
5     Grant under the Elementis plc US Savings Related Share Option Scheme 2018. The options granted in 2020 became exercisable from 15 September 2022  

with an option price of 63.11 pence per share. The options are made pursuant to a two year savings contract and the exercise price is based on the share price  
at close of business on 15 September 2020, being the date of the grant. A 2022 grant was made on 20 September 2022 with an option price of 92.31 pence  
per share.

6     Options held under the UK SAYE scheme. This is a savings based share option scheme that is not subject to performance conditions. The 2018 grant vested on  
1 January 2022 and 10,981 shares lapsed on 1 July 2022 due to the shares being underwater. A 2022 grant was made on 20 September 2022 with an option 
price	of	88.00	pence	per	share.	Further	details	on	this	scheme	is	shown	in	Note	26	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements	on	page	178.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

117

Directors’ Remuneration report
continued

Directors’ share interest (audited)
The interests of the Directors (including any connected persons) during the year (and from the year end to 6 March 2024) in the issued 
shares of the Company were:

Executive Directors

Paul Waterman

Ralph Hewins

Non-Executive Directors

Dorothee Deuring

Steve Good

John O’Higgins

Trudy Schoolenberg

Christine Soden

Clement Woon

01.01.23

Acquired 
during 2023

Disposed 
during 2023

31.12.23

Shareholding 
level met as at 
31.12.23

1,116,780

92,995

151,701

50,775

26,250

62,500

125,600

–

20,000

–

–

30,000

30,000

20,000

–

10,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,268,481

143,770

26,250

82,500

125,600

30,000

30,000

30,000

Yes1

No1

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

1    As per the Policy, Executive Directors are expected to build up a shareholding that is equal in value to 200% of their basic annual salaries. Share awards vesting 

over time will contribute to meeting the shareholder requirement. 

The market price of ordinary shares at 31 December 2023 was £1.278 pence (2022: £1.20 pence) and the range during 2023 was  
£0.9775 pence to £1.296 pence (2022: £0.88 pence to £1.47 pence).

As at 31 December 2023, the trustee of the Company’s Employee Share Ownership Trust (“ESOT”) held 1,458,404 shares  
(2022:	258,404).	As	Executive	Directors	and	as	potential	beneficiaries	under	the	ESOT,	Paul	Waterman	and	Ralph	Hewins	are	 
deemed to have an interest in any shares that become held in the ESOT.

As	at	6	March	2024,	no	person	who	was	then	a	Director	had	any	interest	in	any	derivative	or	other	financial	instrument	relating	to	the	
Company’s shares and, so far as the Company is aware, none of their connected persons had such an interest. There was no other 
change, so far as the Company is aware, in the relevant interests of other Directors or their connected persons.

Other than their service contracts, letters of appointment and letters of indemnity with the Company, none of the Directors had an interest 
in	any	contract	of	significance	in	relation	to	the	business	of	the	Company	or	its	subsidiaries	at	any	time	during	the	financial	year.

Directors’ retirement benefits (audited)
The	table	below	shows	the	breakdown	of	the	retirement	benefits	of	the	Executive	Directors,	comprising	employer	contributions	to	defined	
contribution plans and salary supplements paid in cash.

Paul Waterman received a salary supplement and participated in US contractual retirement schemes. Further detail can be found in the 
Policy. The amount shown in the table below represents employer matching contributions, and both this and the salary supplement are 
included in the Directors’ emoluments table shown on page 112.

Ralph	Hewins	received	a	salary	supplement	in	lieu	of	any	other	retirement	benefit.	The	amount	received	is	shown	in	the	table	below	and	in	
the Directors’ emoluments table.

Paul Waterman

Ralph Hewins

Defined	contribution	plans

Salary supplement

2023  
£’000

37

n/a

2022  
£’000

40

n/a

2023  
£’000

125

84

2022  
£’000

131

85

Note: The pensions received were consistent with the Company’s remuneration policy at up to a total of 21% of salary and for Paul Waterman included contributions 
to	his	US	pension	arrangements	(which	included	a	tax	qualified	401k	plan	and	a	non-qualified	plan).

Payments to past directors or payments for loss of office (audited)
There	were	no	payments	in	the	financial	year.

118 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Total shareholder return performance and change in CEO’s pay
The graph below illustrates the Company’s total shareholder return for the ten years ended 31 December 2023, relative to the FTSE 250 
Index, along with a table illustrating the change in CEO pay over the corresponding period. The table also details the payouts for the 
annual bonus scheme and LTIP.

As the Company’s shares are denominated and listed in pence, the graph below looks at the total return to 31 December 2023 of  
£100 invested in Elementis on 31 December 2013 compared with that of the total return of £100 invested in the FTSE 250 Index.  
This index was selected for the purpose of providing a relative comparison of performance because the Company is a member of it. 

TSR performance since 2013 (rebased to 100)
£

200

150

100

50

0

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

  Elementis plc 

  FTSE 250 index (excl. Investment Trusts)

CEO pay (total remuneration – £’000s)

Annual bonus payout (% of maximum)

LTIP vesting (% of maximum)

2014

1,573

50%

65%

2015

763

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

1,5531

2,539

1,229

1,114

1,007

1,946

2,214

2,752

0% 27.5% 93.0% 35.0% 17.3%

0% 91.2%2 91.4%3

0%

0%

0%

0%

93%

75%

74%

0% 11.1% 54.7%

1  Includes remuneration for Paul Waterman and David Dutro for the period in which each was CEO during 2016.
2  Relates to Paul Waterman’s buy-out awards which vested in March 2017.
3  Relates to Paul Waterman’s buy-out awards vesting in March 2018.

CEO to all-employee pay ratio
Whilst Elementis is not required to publish a CEO to all-employee pay ratio given it has less than 250 UK employees, voluntary disclosure 
of the pay ratio is included below. In line with the relevant legislation, the analysis has been completed using Option A (i.e. actual total 
remuneration earned has been used as the basis for comparison). The reference date for the analysis was 31 December 2023.

Whilst	this	is	only	based	upon	80	UK	employees,	there	is	a	mix	of	factory	based	employees	(c.75%)	and	corporate	Head	Office	
employees. Option A was used as it was deemed the most accurate and prevalent amongst recent FTSE 250 disclosures. The 2023  
ratio	is	greater	than	the	equivalent	2022	figure	due	to	the	higher	ratio	of	variable	pay	within	the	CEO’s	overall	compensation	as	a	result	 
of the vesting of the 2021 LTIP award. Circa 10% of UK employees are eligible for LTIP. The ratio is consistent with the pay, reward  
and progression policies for the Company’s UK employees taken as a whole. The pay ratio illustrates the greater leverage in Director 
packages versus the wider workforce in that in years where Elementis performs strongly against its performance targets, the ratio is 
generally higher.

CEO pay ratio

Method

CEO	single	figure

Upper quartile

Median

Lower quartile

2019

A

2020

A

2021

A

2022

A

2023

A

£1,114

£1,007

£1,946

£2,214

£2,752

15

21

25

14

19

23

23

34

42

24

40

49

31

52

67

The	salary	and	total	pay	for	the	individuals	identified	at	the	Lower	quartile,	Median	and	Upper	quartile	positions	in	2023	are	set	out	below:

2023

Upper quartile individual

Median individual

Lower quartile individual

Salary

Total pay

£72,509

£48,346

£37,476

£90,125

£52,843

£41,214

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

119

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Directors’ Remuneration report
continued

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the total remuneration paid across the Group together with the total dividends paid in respect of 2023 and the 
preceding	financial	year.

£m

Remuneration paid to all employees1

Total dividends paid in the year

2023

89.2

0

2022

91.3

0

Change

-2.4%

0%

1	 		See	Note	8	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements.	The	amounts	for	2023	and	2022	have	been	converted	from	dollars	into	pounds	sterling	using	the	average	

USD/GBP exchange rates for those years.

Percentage change in the remuneration of the directors (unaudited)
The table below shows the change in the Directors’ pay and the corresponding change of these elements across all UK employees within 
the Group from 2022 to 2023.

Average percentage change 
2019-20

Average percentage change 
2020-21

Average percentage change 
2021-22

Average percentage change 
2022-23

Salary

Taxable 
benefits

Annual 
bonus

Salary

Taxable 
benefits

Annual 
bonus

2.0% 8.5%

2.2% 2.8%

0%

0%

n/a

2.2%

2.2%

–

n/a

–

-9.4%

2.8%

2.2%

2.2%

2.2%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2% 26% 100%

2%

131%

2%

7%

–

512%

–

11.1%

–

-31%

–

2%

4% 100%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Salary

3%

3%

86%

3%

3%

–

14%

–

1.8%

–

–

–

-67%

Taxable 
benefits

Annual 
bonus

Salary

Taxable 
benefits

Annual 
bonus

-4% -17%

3.2% 24.7% 2.7%

4% -16%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

-12%

–

–

–

–

4.5%

4.5%

10.5%

-0.2%

31.9%

9.3%

4.5%

0.4%

0% 2.7%

– 

–

–

–

–

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– -20.7%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

CEO1,2,3,4

CFO1,2

John O’Higgins5

Dorothee Deuring

Steve Good6

Trudy Schoolenberg7

Christine Soden8

Clement Woon9

Employees3 

Former Directors

Sandra Boss10

Andrew Duff5

Nick Salmon11

Anne Hyland12

1  All percentages are based on converting relevant local currencies into pounds sterling using the average rates for the respective year.
2  The Executive Directors recommended and the Committee agreed that no bonuses should be payable in relation to 2020 performance.
3	 The	2019-20	year	on	year	change	in	the	CEO’s	benefits	are	driven	by	increased	private	medical	insurance	subscription	as	a	result	of	a	change	in	coverage,	 

while	changes	in	employee	salary,	benefits	and	bonus	are	driven	by	changes	to	the	employee	population	and	movements	in	exchange	rates.

4	 The	actual	benefits	cost	for	FY2022	were	effectively	understated	in	FY2022	by	approximately	£15k	due	to	the	timing	of	the	medical	payments.	This	has	been	

corrected for 2023 and accounts for the majority of the 26% increase. FX rates and changes in costs due to age and salary also impact 2023.

5  Andrew Duff stepped down as Chair on 1 September 2021, with John O’Higgins assuming the role.
6  Steve Good assumed the interim role of SID on 1 September 2021 until April 2022.
7  Trudy Schoolenberg was appointed NED on 15 March 2022 and assumed the role of SID in April 2022.
8  Christine Soden joined the Board as NED and DNED for workforce engagement on 1 November 2020.
9  Clement Woon was appointed NED on 1 December 2022.
10  Sandra Boss was appointed as DNED for workforce engagement in October 2019 and retired from the Board in April 2020. 
11  Nick Salmon retired from the Board in April 2020.
12  Anne Hyland retired from the Board in April 2022.

120 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Statement of shareholding voting
The resolutions to approve the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration report were passed by a poll 
at the Company’s 2022 and 2023 AGM respectively. Set out in the table below are the votes cast by proxy in respect of these resolutions.

2022 Directors’ Remuneration report (2023 AGM)

2021 Directors’ Remuneration Policy (2022 AGM)

Votes for

% for

Votes against

% against

394,335,860

460,112,804

82.73 82,320,489

96.99 14,282,696

17.27

3.01

Votes 
withheld1

16,032

42,939

1	 	 Votes	withheld	are	not	included	in	the	final	figures	as	they	are	not	recognised	as	a	vote	in	law.

Other information about the Committee’s membership and operation
Committee composition
The Chair and members of the Committee are shown on pages 74 to 76, together with their biographical information. Four meetings were 
held during 2023 and the attendance of Committee members is shown on page 96.

The Chair, CEO and other Non-Executive Directors who are not members of the Committee have a standing invite to attend, and the  
CFO and CHRO also attend meetings by invitation, as appropriate. The Executive Directors are not present when their own remuneration 
arrangements are discussed or, if they are, they do not participate in the decision making process.

External advisor
Korn Ferry was appointed as external independent advisor to the Committee in 2017 following a competitive tender process.  
During 2023, Korn Ferry provided advice to the Committee in relation to emerging market practice and benchmarking. Through a 
separate advisory team to the remuneration advisory team, Korn Ferry provided other human capital related services to the Nomination 
Committee.	The	Committee	is	therefore	satisfied	that	the	advice	received	was	objective	and	independent.	Korn	Ferry	is	a	member	of	the	
Remuneration Consultants Group and abides by the voluntary code of conduct of that body, which is designed to ensure objective and 
independent advice is given to remuneration committees. More information regarding the role of Korn Ferry in advising the Nomination 
Committee can be found on page 85. Fees paid to Korn Ferry for remuneration advisory services in 2023 were £31,047 (excluding VAT) 
and were charged on a time and materials basis.

Terms of reference 
A full description of the Committee’s terms of reference is available on the Company’s website at www.elementis.com.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

121

Directors’ Remuneration report
continued

Activities during the year
The Committee operated in line with its Terms of Reference during the year, setting the pay for the Executive Directors and wider senior 
leadership team, having oversight of pay across the organisation and setting the Board Chair’s fee. The Committee considered the 
following at its meetings during 2023:

Committee meeting dates

Agenda items

February 2023

   2020 LTIP performance outcomes

   2022 Executive Director bonus awards

   2023 LTIP targets/performance conditions and delegated authority to grant the 2023 awards

   Adjustments to 2021 and 2022 LTIP performance targets as a result of the sale of Chromium 

   ELT salary review and bonus payments

   CEO pay ratio calculations

	 	Approval	of	final	draft	of	Directors’	Remuneration	report

July 2023

   Market update and Remuneration Policy review discussion proposals

October 2023

   Application of Remuneration Policy in 2024 

   Employee share schemes

December 2023

   Institutional investor and proxy agency update

   Update on 2023 performance against annual bonus targets and 2021 LTIP

   Workforce engagement

   Update on workforce pay reviews

   2024 salary reviews for Paul Waterman and Ralph Hewins

   Chair’s fee review

   Update on 2023 performance against annual bonus targets and 2021 LTIP

   Gender pay gap review

	 	Global	benefits	review

   Committee terms of reference

Outside	of	the	above	meeting	dates,	the	Committee	considered	and	confirmed	operational	matters	in	appropriate	forums	 
(e.g. the Executive Directors’ annual bonus targets, and granting of the 2023 LTIP awards).

Evaluation, training and development
On an annual basis, the Committee’s effectiveness is reviewed as part of the evaluation of the Board. Following the evaluation  
last year, there were no major issues to report. During 2023, Committee members were updated on the latest developments  
on	executive	remuneration	and	all	members	received	briefings	from	the	Group	General	Counsel	&	Company	Secretary	and	the	 
Committee’s remuneration advisers throughout the year, to keep them updated on topical matters and developments relating to  
executive remuneration.

Auditable sections of the Directors’ remuneration report
The sections of the Annual Report on Remuneration that are required to be audited by law are as follows: Remuneration payable to 
Directors	for	2023	and	Directors’	retirement	benefits;	and	tables	headed	Annual	LTIP	awards	granted	in	the	year,	Directors’	scheme	
interests,	Directors’	share	interests	and	Directors’	retirement	benefits.

Approved by the Board on 6 March 2024

Steve Good
Chair, Remuneration Committee

122 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XRemunerationXReport_v100 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:20 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Directors’ report

The Directors present their report together with the Annual Report 
and Accounts, together with the audited consolidated financial 
statements of the Company, and the Group, for the year ended  
31 December 2023.

The Directors’ report is set out on pages 123 to 125, together with 
the information required to be disclosed (referred to below) which 
is incorporated by reference. The Company, in accordance with 
Section 414(C)(11) of the Companies Act 2006, has chosen to set 
out certain information required to be included in the Directors’ 
report in the Strategic report. Such information is identified in the 
table below. The Governance report is set out on pages 73 to 126. 
Information from the consolidated financial statements referred to 
in this Directors’ report is incorporated by reference. 

Disclosure of information under Listing Rule 9.8.4 
39 

 Carbon emissions, energy consumption and energy efficiency

77 

 Corporate Governance Framework

112 

 Directors’ remuneration

117 

 Directors’ share interests

94 

48 

49 

29 

63 

16 

97 

73 

 Directors’ training and development

 Employee equality, diversity and inclusion

 Employee engagement

 Environmental matters

  Financial instruments and financial risk management

 Innovation, Growth and Efficiency strategy

  Long term incentive schemes

  Membership of Board

29  Modern Slavery Statement

54 

67 

55 

28 

26 

 Non-financial and sustainability information

  Principal risks

 Results and dividend

 Section 172(1) statement

 Stakeholder engagement

126 

  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

29 

72 

 Sustainability

 Viability and going concern

The Company has chosen, in accordance with section 414C(11) of 
the Companies Act 2006, and as noted in this Directors’ report, to 
include certain matters in its Strategic report that would otherwise 
be required to be disclosed in this Directors’ report. The Strategic 
report can be found on pages 1 to 72 and includes an indication  
of future likely developments in the Company, details of important 
events and the Company’s business model and strategic progress.

Directors
Directors and their interests 
The biographical details of the Directors of the Company who  
held office during the year, and up to the date of the signing of  
the financial statements, are set out on pages 123 and 125. 

Appointment and replacement of directors
The Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’) give the Directors power 
to appoint and replace Directors. Under the terms of reference of 
the Nomination Committee, appointments are recommended by 
the Nomination Committee for approval by the Board. In line with 
the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Articles also require  
all Directors to retire and submit themselves for election at each  
AGM except for any Director appointed by the Board after  
the notice of the AGM has been given. The service contracts  
of the Executive Directors and letters of appointment of the 
Non-Executive Directors are available for inspection at the 
Company’s registered office.

Amendment of articles 
Amendments to the Articles may be made by way of special 
resolution, in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.  
The most recent amendments to the Articles were approved  
at the AGM held on 30 April 2019. 

Directors’ powers
The business of the Company is managed by the Board, which 
may exercise all the powers of the Company, subject to the 
Articles, the Companies Act 2006 and any special resolution of 
the Company. The exercise of certain powers, including in relation 
to the issuing or buying back of shares, requires authority from  
the Company’s shareholders. The Articles may only be amended 
by special resolution of the Company at a general meeting of  
its shareholders. 

Directors’ conflicts of interest
Ralph Hewins is in receipt of a conflict authorisation from the 
Company in respect of him acting as a trustee of the Elementis 
Group Pension Scheme. The conflict authorisation enables  
Ralph Hewins to continue to act as a trustee, notwithstanding that 
this role could give rise to a situation in which there is a conflict of 
interest. The Board considers that it is appropriate for the trustees 
of the UK pension scheme to benefit from the financial expertise  
of the CFO and that his contribution at trustees’ meetings 
demonstrates the Board’s commitment to supporting the UK 
pension scheme. The Board’s conflict authorisation is subject to 
annual review and, under the terms of the conflict authorisation, 
reciprocal provisions have been put in place with a view to 
safeguarding information that is confidential to the Group,  
as well as to the trustees. Were a conflict of interest to arise,  
Ralph Hewins is required to excuse himself from reading the 
relevant papers and absent himself from participating in relevant 
discussions. Procedures are in place to ensure compliance with 
the Companies Act 2006. These procedures have been complied 
with during the year. Details of any new conflicts or potential 
conflict matters are submitted to the Board for consideration  
and, where appropriate, are approved. Authorised conflicts and 
potential conflict matters are reviewed on an annual basis and 
more frequently where required.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XReport_Directors_XResponsibilities_v46 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:23 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

123

Directors’ report
continued

Directors’ insurance and indemnities
In addition to the indemnities granted by the Company to Directors 
in respect of the liabilities incurred as a result of their office  
(which are qualifying third party indemnity provisions under the 
Companies Act 2006), a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance 
policy is maintained throughout the year. Neither the indemnity  
nor the insurance provides cover in the event that a Director  
has proven to have acted dishonestly or fraudulently. Similar 
arrangements also exist for directors of Group subsidiary entities.

Directors’ share interests
The Directors’ interests in the ordinary shares and options of the 
Company can be found within the Directors’ Remuneration report 
on pages 117 and 118. 

Shares 
Share capital
As at 31 December 2023, the Company’s issued share capital  
was 587,824,987 ordinary shares, with a nominal value of 5 pence 
each. Each issued share carries a voting right of one vote per 
share. All of the Company’s issued shares are fully paid up and 
rank equally in all respects. The rights attached to the shares, in 
addition to those conferred on their holders by law, are set out in 
the Company’s Articles. From time to time, the ESOT holds shares 
in the Company for the purposes of various share incentive plans 
and the rights attached to them are exercised by independent 
trustees, who may take into account any recommendation by the 
Company. As at 31 December 2023, the ESOT held 1,458,404 
shares in the Company (2022: 258,404). A dividend waiver is in 
place in respect of all shares that may become held by the ESOT. 
Further details of the authorised and issued share capital during the 
financial year are provided in Note 17 to the accounts on page 162. 

Voting rights 
In a general meeting of Elementis plc, the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006 apply in relation to voting rights, subject  
to the provisions of the Articles and to any special rights or 
restrictions as to voting attached to any class of shares in 
Elementis plc (of which there are none). Shareholders are entitled 
to attend and vote at any general meeting of the Company and  
a poll will be held on every resolution. Every member present in 
person or by proxy has, upon a poll, one vote for every share held. 
In the case of joint holders of a share, the vote of the senior who 
tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted  
to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and, for this 
purpose, seniority shall be determined by the order in which the 
names stand in the Register of Members in respect of the joint 
holding. Full details of the deadlines for exercising voting rights in 
respect of the resolutions to be considered at the AGM to be held on 
30 April 2024 will be set out in the Notice of Annual General Meeting. 

Authority to purchase own shares 
The Company did not purchase any of its ordinary shares  
(2022: nil) during the year. All of the Company’s 5p ordinary shares  
held in treasury were issued in satisfaction of awards under the 
Company’s share-based incentive plans during the year and no 
shares were held in treasury at 31 December 2023 (2022: nil). 

A special resolution will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM to 
renew the Company’s authority to purchase its own shares in the 
market up to a limit of 20% of its issued ordinary share capital. The 
maximum and minimum prices will be stated in the resolution at 
the date of the AGM. The Directors believe that it is advantageous 
for the Company to have this flexibility to make market purchases 
of its own shares. The Directors may consider holding repurchased 
shares pursuant to the authority conferred by this resolution as 

124 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

treasury shares. This will give the Company the ability to reissue 
treasury shares quickly and cost effectively, and will provide  
the Company with additional flexibility in the management of its 
capital base. Any issues of treasury shares for the purposes of the 
Company’s employee share schemes will be made within the 20% 
anti-dilution limit set by The Investment Association. The Directors 
will only exercise this authority if they are satisfied that a purchase 
would result in an increase in expected earnings per share and 
would be in the interests of shareholders generally. 

Employee share schemes
The Company operates a number of employee share plans,  
details of which are set out in Note 26 to the consolidated financial 
statements and on page 117 of the Directors’ Remuneration report. 

Substantial shareholders 
In accordance with the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules (DTR), as at 31 December 2023, the interests in voting 
rights over the issued share capital of the Company had  
been notified. 

Information provided to the Company pursuant to the DTRs  
is published on a regulatory information service and on the 
Company’s website.

Ordinary shares

% of issued share 
capital

Franklin Templeton

Columbia Threadneedle

Fidelity International

Soros Fund Management

Vanguard Group

57,618,174

42,850,084

35,084,692

34,411,898

27,236,692

9.80

7.29

5.97

5.85

4.63

Between 31 December 2023 and 15 February 2024 (being the 
latest available register date), the Company has been notified of 
the following changes:

   Franklin Templeton increased their shareholding to  
58,477,949 or 9.95%;

   Columbia Threadneedle reduced their shareholding to 
42,508,599 or 7.23%; and

   Fidelity International increased their shareholding to  
38,121,330 or 6.49%.

Employees 
Employment policies and equal opportunities 
Group policies seek to create a workplace that has an open 
atmosphere of trust, honesty and respect. Harassment or 
discrimination of any kind based on race, colour, religion, gender, 
age, national origin, citizenship, mental or physical disabilities, 
sexual orientation, veteran status, or any other similarly protected 
status is not tolerated. This principle applies to all aspects of 
employment, including recruitment and selection, training, 
development, promotion, and retirement. Employees are free  
to join a trade union and participate in collective bargaining 
arrangements. It is also a Group policy to reasonably 
accommodate applicants and employees who have a disability, 
where practicable, and to provide training, career development 
and promotion, as appropriate. It is Group policy not to 
discriminate on the basis of any unlawful criteria and its practices 
include prohibition on the use of child or forced labour. Elementis 
plc supports the wider fundamental human rights of its employees 
worldwide, as well as those of our customers and suppliers,  
and further details are set out in the People and Responsible 
business sections on pages 45 to 53.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XReport_Directors_XResponsibilities_v46 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:23 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Employee communications and involvement
The Company is committed to employee involvement throughout 
the business. Employees are kept informed of the performance 
and strategy of the Group via email. Videoconference calls are 
held by the CEO to employees worldwide and these serve as an 
informal forum for employees to ask topical questions about the 
Group. Further information can be found on page 26. 

Engagement with other stakeholders
Details of engagement with other stakeholders and information on 
how the Directors have had regard to their interests in the context 
of principal decisions taken by the Board during the year are set 
out on pages 26 to 27.

R&D activities 
Innovation is a core strategic priority. Our innovation expertise  
and capability is focused on delivering products that address our 
customers’ needs. As at 31 December 2023, over 100 employees 
were engaged in global R&D activities. For further information on 
our approach to innovation, please refer to pages 18 and 19. 
During the year ended 31 December 2023, costs relating to  
R&D activities were $16m (2022: $16m). 

Additional information 
Going Concern and Viability Statement 
The Directors consider that the Group and the Company have 
adequate resources to remain in operation for the foreseeable 
future and have therefore continued to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the financial statements. The UK Corporate 
Governance Code requires the Directors to assess and report on 
the prospects of the Group over a longer period. The full viability 
statement and associated explanations are set out on page 72. 

Audit information 
Each Director of the Company on 6 March 2024, the date this 
Directors’ report was approved, confirms that so far as they  
are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the 
Company’s auditors, Deloitte LLP, are unaware and that they  
have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as  
a Director to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditors  
are aware of that information. 

Auditors 
Following recommendation by the Audit Committee, resolutions  
to re-appoint Deloitte LLP as auditors and to authorise the  
Audit Committee to fix their remuneration will be proposed at  
the forthcoming AGM. The remuneration of the auditors for the 
year ended 31 December 2023 is fully disclosed in Note 7 to  
the financial statements on page 155. 

Annual general meeting 
The 2024 AGM will be held at 10.00am on Wednesday 30 April 
2024 at the offices of Allen & Overy LLP, One Bishops Square, 
London, E1 6AD. Details of the resolutions to be proposed at the 
AGM are set out in the Notice of AGM, which has been sent to 
shareholders and is available on the Elementis corporate website: 
www.elementis.com. 

Significant agreements – change of control 
There are a number of significant agreements which the Company 
is party to that take effect, alter or terminate in the event of change 
of control of the Company. The Company is a guarantor under the 
Group’s $100m and €143m long term loans, and $375m revolving 
credit facility and, in the event of a change of control, any lender 
among the facility syndicate, of which there are 13 with 
commitments ranging from $10m to $93m, may withdraw from  
the facility and that lender’s participation in any loans drawn down 
are required to be repaid. 

The rules of the Company’s various share incentive schemes set 
out the consequences of a change of control of the Company on 
the rights of the participants under those schemes. Under the 
rules of the respective schemes, participants would generally be 
able to exercise their options on a change of control, provided  
that the relevant performance conditions have been satisfied  
and, where relevant, options are not exchanged for new options 
granted by an acquiring company. 

In the event of a takeover or other change of control (usually 
excluding an internal reorganisation), outstanding awards  
under the Group’s incentive plans vest and become exercisable 
(including DSBP cash awards and LTIP awards), to the extent any 
performance conditions (if applicable) have been met, and subject 
to time pro-rating (if applicable) unless determined otherwise by 
the Board in its discretion, in accordance with the rules of the 
plans. In certain circumstances, the Board may decide (with the 
agreement of the acquiring company) that awards will instead be 
cancelled in exchange for equivalent awards over shares in the 
acquiring company. 

Political donations 
The Group made no political donations during the year (2022: $nil). 

Branches 
As a global Group, Elementis’ interests and activities are held or 
operated through subsidiaries, branches, joint arrangements or 
associates which are established in, and subject to the laws and 
regulations of, many different jurisdictions. 

Other information 
Information about the Group’s financial risk management and 
exposure to financial market risks are set out in Note 23 to  
the financial statements on pages 168-172. 

Events after the balance sheet date 
On 6 March 2024, Elementis entered into an agreement to sell  
its former Chromium manufacturing site at Eaglescliffe to Flacks 
Group for negative purchase consideration of £11.5m ($14.5m). 
Completion of the transaction is conditional on regulatory approval.

There were no other significant events after the balance sheet date.

By order of the Board:  

Anna Lawrence
Group General Counsel  
& Company Secretary

6 March 2024

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

125

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XReport_Directors_XResponsibilities_v46 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:23 pm

Directors’ responsibilities

Statement of directors’ responsibilities  
in respect of the annual report and 
financial statements 
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law, the Directors 
are required to prepare the Group financial statements in 
accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards 
in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act  
2006 and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)  
as adopted by the UK. The financial statements also comply with 
the IFRSs as issued by the International Accounting Standards 
Board (IASB).

The Directors have also chosen to prepare the parent company 
financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and 
applicable law) including Financial Reporting Standard 101 
Reduced Disclosure Framework – Disclosure exemptions  
from EU-adopted IFRS for qualifying entities (FRS 101).

Under company law, the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and  
fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and  
of the profit or loss for that period.

In preparing the parent company financial statements,  
the Directors are required to:

   select suitable accounting policies and then apply  
them consistently;

   make judgements and accounting estimates that are  
reasonable and prudent;

   state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have  
been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed  
and explained in the financial statements; and

   prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is appropriate to presume that the Company will  
not continue in business.

In preparing the Group financial statements, International 
Accounting Standard 1 requires that the Directors:

   properly select and apply accounting policies;

   present information, including accounting policies,  
in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable  
and understandable information;

   provide additional disclosures when compliance with the 
specific requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable  
users to understand the impact of particular transactions,  
other events and conditions on the entity’s financial position  
and financial performance; and

   make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue  
as a going concern.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 
2006. The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps  
for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. 

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Strategic report, Directors’ report, 
Directors’ Remuneration report and Corporate Governance 
statement which comply with that law and regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
 of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may  
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ responsibility statement
Each of the Directors, who are appointed at the date of approval  
of this report, confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

   the financial statements, which have been prepared in 
accordance with the relevant financial reporting framework, 
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit or loss of the Company and the  
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole;

   the Strategic report includes a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the position of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that they face; and

   the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as  
a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable, and provide  
the information necessary for shareholders to assess  
the Company’s position, performance, business model  
and strategy.

This responsibility statement was approved by the Board of 
Directors on 6 March 2024 and is signed on its behalf by: 

Paul Waterman  Ralph Hewins
CEO  

CFO

126 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Directors_XReport_Directors_XResponsibilities_v46 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:23 pm

 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Independent Auditor’s report to the members  
of Elementis plc

Report on the audit of the  
financial statements

1. Opinion

In our opinion:

   the financial statements of Elementis plc (the ‘parent 
company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) give a true  
and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent 
company’s affairs as at 31 December 2023 and of the 
group’s profit for the year then ended;

   the group financial statements have been properly prepared 
in accordance with United Kingdom adopted international 
accounting standards and International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (IASB); 

   the parent company financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting 
Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”; and

2. Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law.  
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in 
the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report.

We are independent of the group and the parent company in 
accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the Financial 
Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as applied to 
listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. The 
non-audit services provided to the group and parent company  
for the year are disclosed in note 7 to the financial statements.  
We confirm that we have not provided any non-audit services 
prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard to the group or the  
parent company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

3. Summary of our audit approach

   the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Key audit 
matters

The key audit matters that we identified in the 
current year were:

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

   the consolidated income statement;

   the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;

   the consolidated and parent company balance sheets;

   the consolidated and parent company statements of changes  
in equity;

   the consolidated cash flow statement;

   the consolidated financial statement related notes 1 to 32; and

   the parent company financial statement related notes 1 to 11.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in  
the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable  
law and United Kingdom adopted international accounting 
standards and IFRSs as issued by the IASB. The financial 
reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of 
the parent company financial statements is applicable law and 
United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 
“Reduced Disclosure Framework” (United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice).

   Adjusting items – transformation costs; and

   Revenue recognition, including cut off.

Within this report, key audit matters are identified 
as follows:

!   Newly identified

  Increased level of risk

  Similar level of risk

Materiality

Scoping

The materiality that we used for the group 
financial statements was $3.7 million (2022:  
$3.8 million). Materiality was based on 5% of 
adjusted profit before tax from all operations 
(“adjusted PBT”) (2022: 5% of adjusted profit 
before tax). See section 6.1 for more details. 

We have performed full scope audits or audits of 
specified account balances of four components 
which contribute 83% of the group’s revenue, 
90% of the group’s profit before tax and 80%  
of the group’s net assets.

Significant 
changes in 
our approach

In the current year, we reduced the scope of  
work previously performed in speciality 
operations in China. 

In the previous year we identified a key audit 
matter relating to impairment of goodwill of the 
Talc CGU. As this was fully impaired in 2022,  
we have no longer identified a fraud risk or key 
audit matter in relation to this balance. We have 
pinpointed our fraud risk in the current year to 
transformation costs classified within adjusting 
items, which has significantly increased  
by $21.3m in the year due to the group’s 
commitment to restructuring plans in 2023.  
We have also identified a new key audit matter  
in this area. 

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

127

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Auditors_Xreport_v22 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:23 pm

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of Elementis plc
continued

4. Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the 
directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and 
parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting, included:

   evaluating the group’s financing facilities including the nature of 
facilities, repayment terms and covenants set out on page 72 of 
the annual report;

   recalculating and assessing of the amount of forecast headroom 
on the loan covenants to testing dates;

   evaluating the reverse stress test prepared by management and 
performing a sensitivity analysis to consider specific scenarios, 
including a reduction in revenue and associated profits; 

   challenged management on the assumptions used in the cash 
flow model used to prepare the going concern forecast, 
including with consideration to current macro-economic factors 
such as the inflationary environment and international conflicts. 

This includes testing of clerical accuracy of the model, 
assessment of the historical accuracy of forecasts prepared  
by management and reviewing the balance sheet for items 
which could potentially result in a cash outflow; and

   evaluating management’s going concern disclosures in the 
financial statements.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified  
any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the 
group’s and parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the 
financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the reporting on how the group has applied the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add  
or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the 
financial statements about whether the directors considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with 
respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections  
of this report.

5. Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements 
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we 
identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon,  
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

5.1. Adjusting Items – transformation costs 

!  

Key audit matter 
description

The group have recorded total adjusting items of $26.1 million (2022: $133.7 million). Adjusting items are a key 
determinant of the groups adjusted operating profit.

We have identified new adjusting items in the year which has increased the risk associated with the accuracy 
and classification of the adjusting items. The group has undertaken a group-wide restructuring programme 
branded “Fit for Future”. This was announced internally to the group in September 2023 and was announced 
externally at the capital markets day in November 2023. Management has recognised a current year provision  
of $25.4 million in line with IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, classified as an 
adjusting item under FRC guidance. There is an element of estimation in determining the associated future  
costs, and judgement in identifying which costs are appropriate to recognise within the provision. Therefore,  
we identified a key audit matter in this area.

See note 5 to the financial statements for further details of adjusting items.

Our procedures included:

   obtaining an understanding of the relevant controls over identification and evaluation of adjusting items;

   testing a sample of adjusting items related to transformation costs by agreeing to source documentation and 
underlying financial records to evaluate their nature and amounts; and 

   verifying the nature of the costs included in the “Fit for Future” restructuring provision, to assessed whether 
they meet the recognition requirements in IAS 37, and are appropriate to be classified as adjusting items in 
line with FRC guidance. 

How the scope of our 
audit responded to 
the key audit matter

Key observations

We completed our planned audit procedures with no exceptions noted. We are satisfied that the valuation of and 
classification as an adjusting item of the restructuring provision is appropriate.

128 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Auditors_Xreport_v22 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:23 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

5.2. Revenue recognition, including cut-off 

Key audit matter 
description

During the year the group recognised revenue from all operations of $713.4m (2022: $736.4m) and recorded a 
cut off adjustment of $6.6m (2022: $5.8m). 

How the scope of our 
audit responded to 
the key audit matter

At the year end, manual adjustments are made by management for goods which have been despatched but 
where, under the terms of sale, the control of the goods has yet to pass to the customer; this is done because 
the group’s systems record revenue on despatch. Management determines the point at which the performance 
obligation has been fulfilled based on different shipping terms and estimates the delivery times to the point at 
which control passes to the customer. The group trades globally and a change in the number of days estimated 
for shipments to transfer to the customer can have a material impact on the cut off adjustment. This remains a 
higher risk for the audit and an area of significant audit effort and therefore we determined it a key audit matter.

The accounting policy is described in note 1 where this is also included as a critical accounting judgement.  
This area of judgement areas is also referred to within the Audit Committee report on page 90.

Our procedures included:

   testing the relevant controls over each significant class of revenue transaction;

   assessing the commercial arrangements, to determine the correct point of revenue recognition for different 
shipping arrangements and agreements with customers; 

   testing a sample of revenue transactions at each component and obtaining support for appropriate revenue 
recognition including shipping documentation and payments received;

   selecting a sample of international shipments made pre-year end for time periods varying by destination port 
and therefore transit time for shipments and agreeing these to invoice, shipment and order details and goods 
receipt notes; 

   developing an understanding of how current global supply chain disruption could impact the timing of delivery 
of group’s products to its customers;

   assessing management’s assumptions used in their cut off calculation for reasonableness and consistency 
with consideration to macroeconomic factors and substantively testing of international shipments both pre and 
post year-end; and 

   testing a sample of post year end credit notes raised to determine if revenue was inappropriately recognised  
in 2023.

Key observations

We completed our planned audit procedures with no exceptions noted. We are satisfied that management has 
completed appropriate cut off adjustments at the year end to take into account those sales where control has  
not transferred.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Auditors_Xreport_v22 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:23 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

129

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of Elementis plc
continued

6. Our application of materiality
6.1. Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of 
a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and 
in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

Basis for  
determining 
materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

Group financial statements

$3.7 million (2022: $3.8 million)

Parent company financial statements

$1.2 million (2022: $1.1 million)

The materiality that we used for the group financial 
statements was $3.7 million (2022: $3.8 million) which 
was determined on the basis of 5% (2022: 5%) of 
adjusted profit before tax from all operations without 
adjustment for amortisation of purchased intangibles 
arising on acquisition. 

We have considered the users of the financial 
statements when selecting the appropriate benchmark. 
Earnings based metrics tend to be of more interest  
to the shareholders, analyst and investor-based 
communities. Adjusted profit before tax is a suitable 
measurement for profit orientated entities. 

A factor of 3% of net assets (2022: 3%) was used 
capped to an appropriate component materiality  
of 50% (2022: 50%) of group materiality.

We have used net assets in determining materiality  
as we believe this is an appropriate basis for materiality 
as it reflects the nature of the parent company  
as a holding company and its contribution to the  
group performance.

Adjusted PBT
$74.2m

Adjusted PBT
Group materiality

Group materiality $3.7m

Component materiality range $1.2m to $1.5m

Audit Committee reporting threshold $0.184m

6.2. Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole. 

Performance 
materiality

Basis and rationale 
for determining 
performance 
materiality

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

70% (2022: 60%) of group materiality

70% (2022: 60%) of parent company materiality

In determining performance materiality, we considered our past experience of the group and our risk 
assessment, including our assessment of the group’s overall control environment and low number of 
misstatements identified in the prior year.

6.3. Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of $184,000 (2022: $191,000), 
as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the  
Audit Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

130 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Auditors_Xreport_v22 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:23 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

At the parent entity level we also tested the consolidation process 
and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion 
that there were no significant risks of material misstatement of the 
aggregated financial information of the remaining components not 
subject to full scope audit or audit of specified account balances. 
The parent company is located in the UK and is audited directly by 
the group audit team.

7.2. Our consideration of the control environment
Our audit for the prior period identified a number of general  
IT control deficiencies primarily related to the user access and 
segregation of duties within the IT systems specific to the Talc 
operations. We note that the control deficiencies remain in 2023 
but acknowledge that this business will adopt the wider group’s 
ERP system in 2024 as outlined in the CEO statement on Page 11. 

With involvement of our IT specialists, we have tested general  
IT controls over the key IT systems. We have obtained an 
understanding of the relevant internal controls over financial 
reporting and management’s review controls of key estimates  
and judgements. We have tested relevant controls over revenue 
recognition cycle. Based on our testing, we have not relied on 
controls and we therefore adopted a fully substantive approach. 
As described in the internal controls and risk management  
section of pages 90 and 91, the Audit Committee will continue  
to oversee the actions taken to monitor and improve the internal 
control environment.

7. An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1. Identification and scoping of components
There are four components in scope for the 2023 year-end audit 
(2022: seven including two Chromium entities which have been 
disposed in 2023), of which the first three below are significant  
to the group:

   the Talc operation in Netherlands and Finland;

   the specialty products operations in the US;

   the specialty products operations in the UK; and

   the specialty products operations in India.

All of these locations were subject to full scope audits or audits  
of specified accounts balances.

We have increased the number of specified account balances in 
the scope of work performed on speciality product operations in 
India because of the manufacturing plant becoming operational. 
Given the appropriate coverage achieved in the current year,  
we reduced the scope of work previously performed on operations 
in China to review procedures. 

Each component was set a specific component materiality, 
considering its relative size and any component specific risk 
factors such as internal control findings and history of error.  
Our audit work on the four components was executed at levels  
of performance materiality applicable to each individual entity 
which were lower than group materiality and ranged from  
$1.2 million to $1.5 million (2022: $1.1 million to $1.5 million).

The in-scope locations represent the principal business units 
within the group’s operating divisions and account for 83%  
(2022: 95%) of the group’s revenue, 90% (2022: 95%) of the 
group’s profit before tax and 80% (2022: 96%) of the group’s  
net assets.

Revenue

Profit before tax

Net assets

Full audit scope 
Review at group level 

      83%
      17%

Full audit scope 
Specificed audit procedures 
Review at group level 

      87%
        3%
      10%

Full audit scope 
Specificed audit procedures 
Review at group level 

      77%
        3%
      20%

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Auditors_Xreport_v22 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:23 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

131

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of Elementis plc
continued

7.3. Our consideration of climate-related risks
Climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy 
(“climate change”) were considered in our audit where they have 
the potential to directly or indirectly impact key judgements and 
estimates within the financial statements. The group continues to 
develop its assessment of the potential impacts of climate change, 
as explained in the Chief Executive Officer’s review within the 
strategic report on page 11. Management has disclosed their 
climate risk considerations on page 141 primarily in relation to the 
key judgements and estimates in the assessment of the carrying 
value of non-current assets and environmental provisions. The key 
judgements and estimates included in the financial statements 
incorporate actions and strategies, to the extent they have been 
approved and can be reliably estimated in accordance with the 
group’s accounting policies. With the involvement of our 
Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) specialists,  
we assessed this disclosure by performing inquiries with 
management and independent industry research, and we did not 
identify any climate related material risks of misstatement. We also 
considered whether information included in the climate related 
disclosures in the Annual Report were materially consistent with 
our understanding of the business and the financial statements.

7.4. Working with other auditors
The group audit was conducted by the UK group audit team with 
exception of Talc operations in Netherlands and Finland where 
work was performed by local Deloitte member firms under the 
direction and supervision of the UK group audit team. Component 
auditors were assigned to perform audit procedures in line with  
the scoping of the respective components within their jurisdiction. 
Further work was performed at a group level over the 
consolidation and components not in scope. Dedicated  
members of the group audit team were assigned to each 
component to facilitate an effective and consistent approach  
to component oversight.

The planned programme which we designed as part of our 
involvement in the component auditor’s work was delivered over 
the course of the group audit. The extent of our involvement  
which commenced from the planning phase included:

   Setting the scope of the component auditor and assessment  
of the component auditor’s independence.

   Designing the audit procedures for all significant risks to be 
addressed by the component auditors and issuing group audit 
instructions detailing the nature and form of the reporting 
required by the group engagement team.

   Holding frequent calls and meetings (including in person 
meetings) between the group and component teams.

   Providing direction on enquiries made by the component 
auditors through online and telephone conversations.

   Reviewing of each component auditor’s engagement file  
by a senior member of the group audit team.

   Attending local component audit close meetings virtually  
or in-person. 

   Visiting components in the Netherlands and Finland sites.

8. Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the 
annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s 
report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other 
information contained within the annual report.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in 
our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion 
thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with 
the financial statements, or our knowledge obtained in the course of 
the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether this  
gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements 
themselves. If, based on the work we have performed,  
we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this  
other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

9. Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, 
the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible 
for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters 
related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group 
or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

10. Auditor’s responsibilities for the  
audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance  
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise  
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually  
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to 
influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis  
of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of  
the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description  
forms part of our auditor’s report.

132 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Auditors_Xreport_v22 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:23 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

11. Extent to which the audit was 
considered capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements  
in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud 
is detailed below.

11.1. Identifying and assessing potential risks related  
to irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in 
respect of irregularities, including fraud and noncompliance  
with laws and regulations, we considered the following:

   the nature of the industry and sector, control environment  
and business performance including the design of the group’s 
remuneration policies, key drivers for directors’ remuneration, 
bonus levels and performance targets;

   the group’s own assessment of the risks that irregularities may 
occur either as a result of fraud or error;

   results of our enquiries of management, internal audit, the 
directors and the audit committee about their own identification 
and assessment of the risks of irregularities, including those  
that are specific to the group’s sector;

   any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed  
the group’s documentation of their policies and procedures 
relating to:

–  identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and  

regulations and whether they were aware of any instances  
of non-compliance;

–  detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether 
they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged 
fraud; and

–  the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud  

or non-compliance with laws and regulations;

   the matters discussed among the audit engagement team, 
including significant component audit teams, and relevant 
internal specialists, including tax, valuations, pensions, financial 
instruments, ESG, IT and environmental regarding how and 
where fraud might occur in the financial statements and any 
potential indicators of fraud.

As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities 
and incentives that may exist within the organisation for fraud and 
identified the greatest potential for fraud in transformation costs 
adjusting items. In common with all audits under ISAs (UK), we are 
also required to perform specific procedures to respond to the risk 
of management override.

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory 
frameworks that the group operates in, focusing on provisions  
of those laws and regulations that had a direct effect on the 
determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. The key laws and regulations we considered in this 
context include the UK Companies Act, Listing Rules, pensions 
legislation and tax legislation and the sector it operates in.

In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and regulations 
that do not have a direct effect on the financial statements but 
compliance with which may be fundamental to the group’s ability  
to operate or to avoid a material penalty which included 
environmental regulation.

11.2. Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we identified transformation 
costs adjusting items as a key audit matter related to the potential 
risk of fraud. The key audit matters section of our report explains 
the matter in more detail and also describes the specific 
procedures we performed in response to that key audit matter.

In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks 
identified included the following:

   reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing to 
supporting documentation to assess compliance with provisions 
of relevant laws and regulations described as having a direct 
effect on the financial statements;

   enquiring of management, the audit committee and in-house legal 
counsel concerning actual and potential litigation and claims;

   performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or 
unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material 
misstatement due to fraud;

   reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance, 
reviewing internal audit reports and reviewing correspondence 
with HMRC and environmental regulators; and

   in addressing the risk of fraud through management override  
of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal entries  
and other adjustments; assessing whether the judgements 
made in making accounting estimates are indicative of  
a potential bias;and evaluating the business rationale of  
any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the 
normal course of business.

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations 
and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members 
including internal specialists and significant component  
audit teams and remained alert to any indications of fraud or  
non-compliance with laws and regulations throughout the audit. 

Report on other legal and  
regulatory requirements

12. Opinions on other matters prescribed 
by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to 
be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of 
the audit:

   the information given in the strategic report and the 
directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial 
statements; and

   the strategic report and the directors’ report have been 
prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group 
and the parent company and their environment obtained in  
the course of the audit, we have not identified any material 
misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

133

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Auditors_Xreport_v22 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:23 pm

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of Elementis plc
continued

13. Corporate Governance Statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statement  
in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part  
of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the group’s 
compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code specified for our review.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have 
concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial 
statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit: 

   the directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness 
of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any 
material uncertainties identified set out on page 72;

   the directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the  
group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers  
and why the period is appropriate set out on page 72;

   the directors’ statement on fair, balanced and 
understandable set out on page 126;

   the board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust 
assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on 
page 63;

   the section of the annual report that describes the review  
of effectiveness of risk management and internal control 
systems set out on page 63; and

   the section describing the work of the audit committee set 
out on page 88.

14. Matters on which we are required to 
report by exception
14.1. Adequacy of explanations received and  
accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to  
you if, in our opinion:

   we have not received all the information and explanations  
we require for our audit; or

15. Other matters which we are required  
to address
15.1. Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were 
appointed by the Board on 27 April 2016 to audit the financial 
statements for the year ending 31 December 2016 and 
subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement including previous renewals and reappointments  
of the firm is 8 years, covering the years ending 31 December 
2016 to 31 December 2023.

15.2. Consistency of the audit report with the additional 
report to the audit committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to  
the audit committee we are required to provide in accordance  
with ISAs (UK).

16. Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
 Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might 
state to the company’s members those matters we are required  
to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose.  
To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or  
assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the 
company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, 
or for the opinions we have formed.

As required by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rule (DTR) 4.1.15R – DTR 4.1.18R, 
these financial statements will form part of the Electronic Format 
Annual Financial Report filed on the National Storage Mechanism 
of the FCA in accordance with DTR 4.1.15R – DTR 4.1.18R. This 
auditor’s report provides no assurance over whether the Electronic 
Format Annual Financial Report has been prepared in compliance 
with DTR 4.1.15R – DTR 4.1.18R.

Lee Welham 
(Senior statutory auditor) 
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
Cambridge, United Kingdom

   adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 
company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

06/03/2024

   the parent company financial statements are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

14.2. Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report  
if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration  
have not been made or the part of the directors’ remuneration 
report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

134 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Auditors_Xreport_v22 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:23 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Consolidated income statement

For the year ended 31 December 2023

Revenue 

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Distribution costs

Administrative expenses

Operating profit/(loss)

Other expenses1

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit/(loss) before income tax

Tax

Profit/(loss) from continuing operations

(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations

Profit/(loss) for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Earnings per share

From continuing operations

Basic earnings/(loss) (cents) 

Diluted earnings/(loss) (cents) 

From continuing and discontinued operations

Basic earnings/(loss) (cents) 

Diluted earnings/(loss) (cents) 

1  Other expenses comprise administration expenses for the Group’s pension schemes.

Note

2

2

25

3

4

6

7

32

9

9

9

9

2023 
$m

713.4

(429.1)

284.3

(108.7)

(116.7)

58.9

(2.3)

4.4

(21.3)

39.7

(11.5)

28.2

(1.7)

26.5

2022 
$m

736.4

(437.5)

298.9

(125.0)

(215.7)

(41.8)

(1.3)

9.9

(21.6)

(54.8)

(7.8)

(62.6)

11.5

(51.1)

26.5

(51.1)

4.8

4.7

4.5

4.4

(10.7)

(10.7)

(8.8)

(8.8)

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XPrimaryXStatements_v70 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 4:02 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

135

 
 
 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

For the year ended 31 December 2023

Profit/(loss) for the year

Other comprehensive income:

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss:

Remeasurement of retirement benefit obligations

Deferred tax associated with retirement benefit obligations

Items relating to discontinued operations, net of tax

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss:

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Effective portion of change in fair value of net investment hedge

Tax associated with change in fair value of net investment hedge

Tax associated with changes in cash flow hedges

Recycling of deferred foreign exchange losses on disposal

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

Fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to income statement

Exchange differences on translation of share options reserves

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Note

25

25

22

22

22

22

2023 
$m

26.5

12.3

(2.8)

–

(5.1)

14.8

(0.1)

(0.6)

9.3

12.7

(6.3)

0.2

34.4

60.9

2022 
$m

(51.1)

(18.5)

5.3

0.3

(100.9)

46.2

(2.8)

0.8

–

(2.6)

1.6

(0.9)

(71.5) 

(122.6)

60.9

 (122.6)

136 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XPrimaryXStatements_v70 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 4:02 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Consolidated balance sheet

As at 31 December 2023

Non-current assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Tax recoverable

Financial assets

Deferred tax assets

Net retirement benefit surplus

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Financial assets

Current tax assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Assets classified as held for sale

Total assets

Current liabilities

Bank overdrafts and loans

Trade and other payables

Financial liabilities

Current tax liabilities

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Loans and borrowings

Retirement benefit obligations

Deferred tax liabilities

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Financial liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Liabilities classified as held for sale

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to holders of the parent

Total equity

2023  
31 December 
$m

2022  
31 December 
$m

Note

10

11

30

21

16

25

12

13

21

20

32

19

14

21

24

15

21

25

16

24

15

21

32

17

18

 650.6 

423.6

 20.0 

 6.0 

 19.6

42.1

660.2

386.4

17.5

1.3

24.8

26.4

 1,161.9 

1,116.6

 163.3 

 101.8 

 7.4 

 11.2 

 65.8 

 349.5

–

182.0

94.9

10.7

7.0

54.9

349.5

160.9

 1,511.4

1,627.0

–

(117.9) 

–

(13.6)

(5.9)

(21.5)

(2.7)

(135.4)

(3.3)

 (20.2)

(6.1)

(5.8)

(158.9)

(173.5)

(264.7)

(414.7)

(9.0)

(8.9)

(138.7)

(131.3)

(30.3)

(60.4)

(2.1)

(505.2)

–

(664.1)

847.3

52.5

239.2

 70.1

 485.5 

 847.3 

 847.3 

(30.2)

(23.9)

(2.8)

(611.8)

(57.8)

 (843.1)

783.9

52.3

238.7

42.1

450.8

783.9

783.9

The financial statements on pages 135 to 182 were approved by the Board on 6 March 2024 and signed on its behalf by:

Paul Waterman  Ralph Hewins
CEO 

CFO

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

137

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XPrimaryXStatements_v70 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 4:02 pm

 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

For the year ended 31 December 2023

Balance at 1 January 2022

Comprehensive income:

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive loss:

Exchange differences (see Note 22)

Fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to the income 
statement (see Note 22)

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges 
(see Note 22)

Tax associated with changes in cash flow hedges

Tax associated with change in fair value of net investment hedge

Remeasurements of retirement benefit obligations (see Note 25)

Deferred tax associated with retirement benefit obligations

Transfer

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income

Total comprehensive (loss)/income

Transactions with owners:

Issue of shares by the Company

Deferred tax on share based payments recognised within equity

Share based payments (see Note 26)

Fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to net assets  
(see Note 22)

Reserve reclassification

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 31 December 2022

Comprehensive income:

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income:

Exchange differences (see Note 22)

Fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to the income 
statement (see Note 22)

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges 
(see Note 22)

Tax associated with changes in cash flow hedges

Tax associated with change in fair value of net investment hedge

Remeasurements of retirement benefit obligations (see Note 25)

Deferred tax associated with retirement benefit obligations

Recycling of deferred foreign exchange losses on disposal

Transfer

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

Transactions with owners:

Issue of shares by the Company

Purchase of shares by Employee Share Options Trust (“ESOT”)

Deferred tax on share based payments recognised within equity

Share based payments (see Note 26)

Fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to net assets  
(see Note 22)

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 31 December 2023

138 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Share 
capital  
$m

Share 
premium 
$m

Translation 
reserve  
$m

Hedging 
reserve  
$m

Other 
reserves 
$m

Retained 
earnings 
$m

Total  
equity  
$m

52.2

240.8

(67.7)

(8.6)

167.0

517.3

901.0

238.7

(122.4)

(1.0)

165.5

450.8

783.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

0.8

–

–

–

–

0.1

52.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.2

52.5

–

–

–

(2.9)

(2.1)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.5

–

(54.7)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(54.7)

(54.7)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.6

(2.6)

–

–

–

–

7.8

6.8

6.8

–

–

–

0.8

–

0.8

–

(51.1)

(51.1)

(0.9)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(4.0)

(4.9)

(4.9)

–

–

3.4

–

–

3.4

–

–

–

0.8

(2.8)

(55.6)

1.6

(2.6)

0.8

(2.8)

(18.2)

(18.2)

5.3

(3.8)

5.3

–

(18.7)

(71.5)

(69.8)

(122.6)

–

0.4

–

–

2.9

3.3

0.9

0.4

3.4

0.8

–

5.5

–

9.7

–

–

–

–

–

–

9.3

–

19.0

19.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(6.3)

12.7

–

–

–

–

–

–

6.4

6.4

–

–

–

–

0.5

0.5

5.9

–

26.5

26.5

0.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(2.3)

(2.1)

(2.1)

–

–

–

4.2

–

4.2

–

–

–

(0.6)

(0.1)

12.3

(2.8)

–

2.3

11.1

37.6

–

(1.6)

(1.3)

–

–

(2.9)

9.9

(6.3)

12.7

(0.6)

(0.1)

12.3

(2.8)

9.3

–

34.4

60.9

0.7

(1.6)

(1.3)

4.2

0.5

2.5

167.6

485.5

847.3

0.2

0.5

239.2

(103.4)

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XPrimaryXStatements_v70 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 4:02 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Consolidated cash flow statement

For the year ended 31 December 2023

Operating activities:

Profit/(loss) from continuing operations

Adjustments for:

Other expenses

Finance income

Finance costs

Tax charge

Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment

Increase/(decrease) in provisions and financial liabilities

Pension payments net of current service cost

Share based payments expense

Impairment of goodwill

Operating cash flow before movement in working capital

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

Cash generated by operations

Income taxes paid

Interest paid

Net cash flow used in operating activities from discontinued operations

Net cash flow from operating activities

Investing activities:

Interest received

Disposal of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Disposal of business

Acquisition of intangible assets

Net cash flow used in investing activities from discontinued operations

Net cash flow used in investing activities

Financing activities:

Issue of shares by the Company, net of repurchases of shares by ESOT

Net movement on existing debt

Payment of interest on lease liabilities

Payment of gross lease liabilities

Net cash flow used in financing activities from discontinued operations

Net cash flow used in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

Foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents

Less: cash and cash equivalents classified as held for sale

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

1  2022 has been re-presented following the sale of the Chromium business, see Note 32 for further details.

Note

2023  
$m

20221  
$m

28.2

(62.6)

2.3

(4.4)

21.3

11.5

55.7

–

16.7

(3.1)

4.4

–

132.6

22.5

(0.3)

(20.1)

134.7

(27.3)

(18.1)

(12.5)

76.8

0.4

–

(38.1)

139.2

(0.1)

(0.3)

101.1

(1.0)

(160.5)

(1.3)

(5.2)

–

(168.0)

9.9

54.9

1.0

–

65.8

1.3

(9.9)

21.6

7.8

56.9

23.0

(7.7)

(0.7)

3.4

103.4

136.5

(57.5)

6.5

13.8

99.3

(13.3)

(14.6)

5.6

77.0

0.2

(0.4)

(33.1)

–

(0.2)

 (13.4)

(46.9)

0.9

(51.6)

(1.4)

(5.7)

–

(57.8)

(27.7)

84.6

(2.0)

–

54.9

11

25

26

10

4

32

11

32

10

32

28

24

24

32

32

20

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XPrimaryXStatements_v70 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 4:02 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

139

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

For the year ended 31 December 2023

1. Accounting policies
Elementis plc is a public company limited by shares incorporated 
and domiciled in England and is the parent company of the Group. 
The address of its registered office is The Bindery, 5th Floor,  
51-53 Hatton Garden, London, EC1N 8HN. The Group financial 
statements have been prepared and approved by the Directors in 
accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards. 
The Company has elected to prepare its parent company financial 
statements in accordance with FRS 101. These are presented  
on pages 183 to 189.

Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
UK adopted international accounting standards in conformity with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the UK. 
These financial statements also comply with IFRS as issued  
by the IASB.

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost 
basis except that derivative financial instruments are stated at their 
fair value. The preparation of financial statements requires the 
application of estimates and judgements that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and costs and related 
disclosures at the balance sheet date.

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern 
basis. The rationale for adopting this basis is discussed in the 
Directors’ report on page 125.

Reporting currency
As a consequence of the majority of the Group’s sales and 
earnings originating in US dollars or US dollar linked currencies, 
the Group has chosen the US dollar as its presentational currency. 
This aligns the Group’s external reporting with the profile of  
the Group, as well as with internal management reporting.  
The functional currency of the parent is pounds sterling.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of 
estimation uncertainty
When applying the Group’s accounting policies, management 
must make a number of key judgements on the application of 
applicable accounting standards and estimates and assumptions 
concerning the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are 
not readily apparent from other sources. These estimates and 
judgements are based on factors considered to be relevant, 
including historical experience, which may differ significantly  
from the actual outcome. The key assumptions concerning the 
future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty that have  
a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the amounts 
recognised in the financial statements within the next year are 
discussed below. The development of the estimates and 
disclosures related to each of these matters has been  
discussed by the Audit Committee.

Critical accounting judgements
The following is the sole critical judgement, as opposed to those 
involving estimations which are dealt with separately below, that 
the Directors have made in the process of applying the Group’s 
accounting policies that has significant effect on the amounts for 
the year ended 31 December 2023 recognised in the financial 
statements. Where relevant and practicable, sensitivity analyses 
are disclosed in the relevant notes to demonstrate the impact of 
changes in estimates or assumptions used.

A. Revenue recognition
Judgement is exercised over how to determine the timing of 
revenue recognition for orders where the agreed terms are 
delivery to the destination point. The Group has compiled shipping 
estimates based on the destination country which are used to 
inform the timing of revenue recognition. In compiling these 
estimates management have used past experience and carrier 
standard shipping estimates to inform their decision making.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources 
of estimation uncertainty at the reporting period that may have  
a significant risk of causing a material misstatement to the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year,  
are discussed below.

A. Environmental provisions
Provisions for environmental restoration are recognised where:  
the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as  
a result of past events; it is probable that an outflow of resources 
will be required to settle the obligation; and the amount can be 
estimated reliably.

Environmental provisions are measured at the present value of the 
expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation using 
a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments  
of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. 
Due to the long time horizons over which costs are anticipated, 
small changes in recurring annual cash outflows can have a 
significant cumulative impact on the total provision required.  
At 31 December 2023 the carrying value of environmental 
provisions was $60.5m. Further details of these provisions  
and a sensitivity assessment are given in Note 15.

B. Valuation of a defined benefit pension obligation
The key estimates made in relation to defined benefit pensions 
relate to the discount rate used to determine the present value of 
future benefit, the rate of inflation applied to plan assets, mortality 
rates and rates of salary growth. At 31 December 2023 the UK 
scheme, the largest of the Group’s retirement plans, had a surplus 
of $38.7m, the US pension scheme had a surplus of $3.4m whilst 
the US PRMB scheme and other schemes were in a net deficit 
position of $9.0m in aggregate. Further details of pensions and  
a sensitivity analysis are given in Note 25.

C. Impairment testing of Talc Cash Generating Unit (“CGU”)
The Group performed an assessment as to whether the intangible 
and tangible fixed assets of the Talc CGU are required to be 
impaired. Based on the assessment performed no impairment  
has been recognised. The assessment is sensitive to the higher 
expected rehabilitation costs for the Finnish mines, for which  
a reliable estimate cannot be made (see Note 30), as well as the 
current ongoing appeal regarding the revocation certain mining 
permits. The Group cannot reliably estimate the impact that these 
events could have on future operations, however if they were to 
result in a deterioration of future operating profits of the Talc CGU 
then an impairment of the intangible and tangible fixed assets may 
be required.

140 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

1. Accounting policies continued
Climate related risks
The financial statements have been prepared with consideration  
of risks resulting from climate change, our ambition to reach net 
zero by 2050, and in accordance with our Task Force for Climate 
Change Related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) disclosures.

In conjunction with our net zero ambition and TCFD, a review  
has been performed in the following areas that are deemed most 
at-risk of being impacted by climate change:

A. Five year forecasting model
To support the carrying value of assets, impairment of goodwill 
testing, going concern, and the viability statement, management 
prepare a five year forecasting model. The five year forecasting 
model includes actions already taken by management to work 
towards achieving the Group’s net zero ambition. Specifically,  
for the impairment of goodwill and the carrying value of the CGUs, 
management considered the risks associated with: carbon pricing; 
customer, consumer and investor demands; raw material supply/
prices; access to renewable electricity; energy prices; water 
scarcity; and extreme weather events. Based on that consideration 
management have not made any adjustments to the five year 
forecasting model.

B. Useful economic lives of property, plant and equipment,  
right of use assets and intangible assets.
Management have reviewed the useful economic life of the 
Group’s non-current assets with respect to the physical risk 
resulting from extreme weather events and our net zero ambition 
and have concluded that the current economic useful lives are  
in line with all current and foreseeable plans.

C. Environmental provisions
Management have considered the Group’s legal, regulatory and 
social obligations in determining the estimate of costs associated 
the closure and remediation of our sites. A provision has been 
recognised where management can make a reliable estimate of 
the costs associated with the closure and remediation of these 
sites (see Note 15). Where a reliable estimate cannot be made,  
a contingent liability has been disclosed (see note 30).

After detailed consideration of the aforementioned climate risks, 
management are comfortable that no adjustments are required  
to the carrying value of non-current assets and liabilities for the 
year ended 31 December 2023.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial 
statements of the Company and its subsidiaries for the year.

Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over 
which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when 
the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from  
its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully 
consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the 
Group. They are deconsolidated from the date on which that 
control ceases.

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business 
combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of 
a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities 
incurred to the former owners of the acquiree, and the equity 
interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred 
includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from  
a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in  
a business combination are measured initially at their fair value  

at the acquisition date. The Group recognises any non-controlling 
interest in the acquiree on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, 
either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate 
share of the recognised amounts of the acquiree’s identifiable  
net assets.

Acquisition costs are accounted for as an expense in the  
period incurred.

Intragroup balances and any unrealised gains and losses or 
income and expenses arising from intragroup transactions,  
are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial  
statements. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way  
as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no  
evidence of impairment.

A full list of the Group’s subsidiaries is shown in Note 6 of the 
parent company financial statements.

Changes in accounting policies
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of  
the previous financial year.

Foreign currency
A. Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the foreign 
exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the 
balance sheet date are translated at the foreign exchange rate 
ruling at that date. Foreign exchange differences arising on 
translation are recognised in the income statement. Non-monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are 
stated at fair value are translated at exchange rates ruling at the 
dates the fair value was determined.

B. Financial statements of foreign operations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill 
and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated 
at exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The revenues 
and expenses of foreign operations are translated at the average 
rates of exchange ruling for the relevant period. Exchange 
differences arising since 1 January 2004 on translation are taken 
to the translation reserve. They are recognised in the income 
statement upon disposal of the foreign operation. The Group may 
hedge a portion of the translation of its overseas net assets 
through US dollar and euro borrowings. From 1 January 2005,  
the Group has elected to apply net investment hedge accounting 
for these transactions where possible. Where hedging is applied, 
the effective portion of the gain or loss on an instrument used to 
hedge a net investment is recognised in equity. Any ineffective 
portion of the hedge is recognised in the income statement.

Intangible assets
A. Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents 
the excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any 
non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date 
fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the 
fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. If the total of 
consideration transferred, non-controlling interest recognised and 
previously held interest measured at fair value is less than the fair 
value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, in the case of  
a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in the 
income statement.

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

141

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

1. Accounting policies continued
B. Research and development
Expenditure on pure research is recognised in the income 
statement as an expense as incurred. Under IAS 38, expenditure 
on development where research findings are applied to a plan or 
design for the production of new or substantially improved 
products and processes is capitalised if the product or process  
will give rise to future economic benefits and where the cost of  
the capitalised asset can be measured reliably. Expenditure 
capitalised is stated as the cost of materials, direct labour and  
an appropriate proportion of overheads less accumulated 
amortisation. The length of development lifecycles, broad nature of 
much of the research undertaken and uncertainty until a late stage 
as to the ultimate commercial viability of a potential product can 
mean that the measurement criteria of IAS 38 regarding the 
probability of future economic benefits and the reliability of 
allocating costs may not be met, in which case expenditure is 
expensed as incurred.

C. Customer relationships, brands and other intangible assets
Customer relationships, brands and other intangible assets  
are stated at cost or when arising in a business combination, 
estimated fair value, less accumulated amortisation.

D. Amortisation
Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight line 
basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets through 
the administrative expenses line item, unless such lives are 
indefinite. Goodwill is systematically tested for impairment  
each year. Other intangible assets, comprising customer lists, 
customer relationships, manufacturing processes and procedures, 
trademarks, non-compete clauses and patents are amortised  
over their estimated useful lives which range from 4 to 23 years.

Property, plant and equipment
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Freehold land  
is not depreciated. Leasehold property is depreciated over the 
period of the lease. Freehold buildings, plant and machinery, 
fixtures, fittings and equipment are depreciated over their 
estimated useful lives on a straight line basis. Depreciation 
methods, useful lives and residual values are assessed at the 
reporting date. No depreciation is charged on assets under 
construction until the asset is available for use.

Depreciation is charged on a straight-line basis over the estimated 
useful economic lives of the assets as follows:

Buildings

10 – 50 years

Plant and machinery

2 – 20 years

Fixtures, fittings and 
equipment

Right of use assets

2 – 20 years

Shorter of the useful economic life  
of the asset and the lease term

The cost of replacing part of an item of property, plant and 
equipment is recognised in the carrying amount of the item if it is 
probable that the future economic benefits embodied within it will 
flow to the Group and its cost can be measured reliably. The costs 
of the day-to-day servicing of property, plant and equipment are 
recognised in the income statement as incurred.

Management regularly considers whether there are any indicators 
of impairment to carrying values of property, plant and equipment. 
Impairment reviews are based on risk adjusted discounted  
cash flow projections. Significant judgement is applied to the 
assumptions underlying these projections which include estimated 
discount rates, growth rates, future selling prices and direct costs. 
Changes to these assumptions could have a material impact on 
the financial position of the Group and on the result for the year.

Impairment of non-current non-financial assets
The carrying amount of non-current assets other than deferred tax 
is compared to the asset’s recoverable amount at each balance 
sheet date where there is an indication of impairment. For goodwill, 
assets that have an indefinite useful life and intangible assets that 
are not yet available for use, the recoverable amount is estimated 
at each balance sheet date.

Annually the Group carries out impairment tests of its goodwill and 
other indefinite life intangible assets which requires an estimate  
to be made of the value in use of its CGUs. These value in use 
calculations are dependent on estimates of future cash flows  
and long term growth rates of the CGUs. Further details of these 
estimates are given in Note 10.

An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying  
amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. 
Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement. 
Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated 
first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to 
CGUs and then to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets 
in the unit on a pro-rata basis. A CGU is the smallest identifiable 
group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely 
independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups  
of assets.

The recoverable amount is the greater of their fair value less costs 
to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a 
pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments  
of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset(s). 
For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash 
inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to 
which the asset belongs.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price, less estimated 
costs of completion and selling expenses. Cost, which is based  
on a weighted average, includes expenditure incurred in acquiring 
stock and bringing it to its existing location and condition. In the 
case of manufactured inventories and work in progress, cost 
includes an appropriate share of overheads attributable to 
manufacture, based on normal operating capacity.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables and other receivables are due for payment 
within one year and are thus classified as current. They are 
non-interest bearing and are stated at their nominal amount  
which is the original invoiced amount, less allowance for expected 
future credit losses. Estimates of future expected credit losses are 
informed by historical experience and management’s expectations 
of future economic factors, further information on expected credit 
loss impairment is given in the impairment of financial assets 
accounting policy. Individual trade receivables are written off  
when management deem them to be no longer collectable.

142 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

1. Accounting policies continued
Impairment of financial assets – expected credit losses
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring 
expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss 
allowance for all trade receivables.

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have 
been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics  
and the days past due. The expected loss rates are based on 
payment profiles and the corresponding historical credit losses 
experienced. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect 
current and forward looking information in relation to 
macroeconomic factors that could affect the ability of  
customers to settle receivables.

The Group usually considers a financial asset in default when 
contractual payments are 120 days past due. In certain cases,  
the Group may also consider a financial asset to be in default  
when internal or external information indicates that the Group  
is unlikely to receive the outstanding contractual amounts in full 
before taking into account any credit enhancements held by the 
Group. A financial asset is written off when there is no reasonable 
expectation of recovering the contractual cash flows.

Trade and other payables
Trade payables are non-interest bearing borrowings and are 
initially measured at fair value and subsequently carried at 
amortised cost.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call 
deposits with an original maturity of three months or less. Bank 
overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part 
of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of 
cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of 
cash flows.

Borrowings
Borrowings are initially measured at cost, which is equal to the fair 
value at inception, and are subsequently measured at amortised 
cost using the effective interest rate method. Any difference 
between the proceeds, net of transaction costs and the settlement 
or redemption of borrowings is recognised over the terms of  
the borrowings using the effective interest rate method.

Pension and other post retirement benefits
In respect of the Group’s defined benefit schemes, the Group’s net 
obligation in respect of defined benefit pension plans is calculated 
by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have 
earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods, 
that benefit is discounted to determine its present value, and the 
fair value of any plan assets is deducted. The liability discount rate 
is the yield at the balance sheet date on AA credit rated bonds  
that have maturity dates approximating to the terms of the Group’s 
obligations. Pension and post retirement liabilities are calculated  
by qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method. 

Following the introduction of the revised IAS 19 Employee Benefits 
standard, the net interest on the defined benefit liability consists  
of the interest cost on the defined benefit obligation and the 
interest income on plan assets, both calculated by reference to  
the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation  
at the start of the period.

The Group recognises actuarial gains and losses in the period  
in which they occur through the statement of comprehensive 
income. The Group also operates a small number of defined 
contribution schemes and the contributions payable during the 
year are recognised as incurred. Due to the size of the Group’s 
pension scheme assets and liabilities, relatively small changes in 
the assumptions can have a significant impact on the expense 
recorded in the income statement and on the pension liability 
recorded in the balance sheet.

Leases
A lease liability is recognised when the Group obtains control of 
the right-of-use asset that is the subject of the lease. The lease 
liability is subsequently measured using the effective interest 
method, with interest charged to finance costs. Right-of-use assets 
are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful  
life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is 
reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use 
asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

At inception, the Group evaluates whether it is reasonably certain 
that any option to extend a lease term will be exercised or likewise 
whether any option to terminate the lease will be exercised.  
The Group continues to evaluate the likelihood of exercising  
such options throughout the initial lease term. When the Group  
is committed to extending or terminating the lease, having 
considered the alternative options available, and where 
appropriate lessor consent to the extension or termination has 
been obtained, the Group will consider the option to be reasonably 
certain to be exercised. When an option is reasonably certain to  
be exercised, the right-of-use asset and lease liabilities recognised 
are adjusted to reflect the extended or curtailed lease term.

Leases, which at inception have a term of less than 12 months or 
relate to low-value assets, are not recognised on balance sheet. 
Payments made under such leases are recognised as an expense 
in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of 
the lease.

Provisions
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group  
has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past 
event, it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be 
required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be 
made. If the effect is material, provisions are determined by 
discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that 
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money 
and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

A provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has 
approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan and the 
restructuring has either commenced or has been announced 
publicly. In accordance with the Group’s environmental policy  
and applicable legal requirements, a provision for site restoration  
in respect of contaminated land is recognised when the land is 
contaminated. Provisions for environmental issues are judgemental 
by their nature, particularly when considering the size and timing  
of remediation spending, and are more difficult to estimate when 
they relate to sites no longer directly controlled by the Group.

Self-insurance provisions relate to personal injury and other  
claims from former employees or third parties and represent  
the aggregate of outstanding claims plus a projection of losses 
incurred but not yet reported which together make up the full 
liability recognised as a provision. Insurance recoveries are 
recognised as a separate reimbursement asset.

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

143

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

1. Accounting policies continued
Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments, such as forward 
currency contracts, interest rate swaps and commodity swap 
contracts, to hedge its foreign currency risks, interest rate risks 
and commodity price risks, respectively. The Group does not hold 
or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative trading 
purposes. However, derivatives that do not qualify for hedge 
accounting are accounted for as trading instruments. Due to the 
requirement to assess the effectiveness of hedging instruments, 
changes in market conditions can result in the recognition of 
unrealised gains or losses on hedging instruments in the  
income statement.

Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value 
and are shown within derivatives if they are in an asset position or 
within financial liabilities if they are in a liability position. The gain  
or loss on remeasurement to fair value is recognised immediately  
in the income statement. However, where derivatives qualify  
for hedge accounting, recognition of any resultant gain or loss 
depends on the nature of the item being hedged.

A. Cash flow hedges
Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge  
of the variability in cash flows of a recognised asset or liability,  
or a highly probable forecast transaction, the effective part of any 
gain or loss on the derivative financial instrument is recognised 
directly in the hedging reserve. Any ineffective portion of the 
hedge is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income 
and accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit and loss in  
the periods when the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss,  
in the same line of the income statement as the recognised 
hedged item. However, when the forecast transaction that is 
hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset the  
gains or losses previously accumulated in equity are transferred 
from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of 
the non-financial asset.

B. Fair value hedges
Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of 
the variability in a fair value of a recognised asset or liability or an 
unrecognised firm commitment, all changes in the fair value of the 
derivative are recognised immediately in the income statement.

The carrying value of the hedged item is adjusted by the change  
in fair value that is attributable to the risk being hedged, even if it  
is normally carried at amortised cost, and any gains or losses  
on remeasurement are recognised immediately in the income 
statement, even if those gains would normally be recognised 
directly in reserves.

C. Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation
The Group designates the foreign exchange gain or loss on  
a proportion of the Group’s euro and US dollar denominated 
borrowings as a hedge of the Group’s net investment in foreign 
operations. As such the foreign exchange gain or loss on those 
borrowings is recognised in other comprehensive income and 
accumulated in equity until such time as the operations are 
disposed of at which point the corresponding amounts are 
recycled to profit or loss.

Share capital
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary 
shares and share options are recognised as a deduction from 
equity. When share capital recognised as equity is repurchased, 
the amount of the consideration paid, including directly attributable 
costs, is recognised as a deduction from equity. Shares 
repurchased by the Company are classified as treasury shares 
and are presented as a deduction from total equity.

Own shares held by ESOT
Transactions of the Group sponsored ESOT are included  
in the consolidated financial statements. In particular,  
the ESOT’s purchases of shares in the Company are charged 
directly to equity.

Non-current assets held for sale and  
discontinued operations
A non-current asset or a group of assets containing a non-current 
asset (a disposal group), is classified as held for sale if its carrying 
amount will be recovered principally through sale rather than 
through continuing use, it is available for immediate sale and sale 
within one year is highly probable. On initial classification as held 
for sale, non-current assets and disposal groups are measured at 
the lower of previous carrying amount and fair value less costs to 
sell with any adjustments taken to profit or loss. The same applies 
to gains and losses on subsequent remeasurement.

A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s business 
that represents a separate major line of business or geographic 
area of operations or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with  
a view to resale, that has been disposed of, has been abandoned,  
or that meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale.

Revenue
Revenue is recognised upon transfer of promised goods to 
customers (the performance obligation) in an amount that reflects 
the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange  
for those goods. This may occur, depending on the individual 
customer relationship, when the product has been transferred  
to a freight carrier, when the customer has received the product 
or, for consignment stock held at customers’ premises, when 
usage reports for the relevant period have been compiled.

All revenue is from contracts with customers and pertains to the 
sale of specialty chemicals products. Selling prices are agreed  
in advance and hence are directly observable.

The Group’s payment terms offered to customers are within  
a certain number of days of receipt of invoice and standard 
contracts do not include a significant financing component.  
The Group does not expect to have any contracts where the 
period between the transfer of the promised goods to the 
customer and payment by the customer exceeds one year.  
As a consequence, the Group does not adjust any of the 
transaction prices for the time value of money.

Provisions for returns, trade discounts and rebates are recognised 
as a reduction in revenue at the later of when revenue is 
recognised for the transfer of the related goods and the entity  
pays or promises to pay the consideration. The promise to pay 
rebates is contractually agreed in advance and thus the point of 
transferring the goods to the customer is deemed to be the later  
of the two circumstances. Rebates and discounts are estimated 
using historical data and experiences with the customers.  
Returns from customers are negligible.

144 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

1. Accounting policies continued
Operating profit
Operating profit includes net profits realised on the sale of tangible 
fixed assets, current and long term assets and liabilities but 
excludes gains and losses on the disposal of businesses.

Other expenses
Other expenses are administration costs incurred and paid by  
the Group’s pension schemes, which relate primarily to former 
employees of legacy businesses.

Finance income and finance costs
Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested  
and changes in the fair value of financial instruments at fair value 
taken to the income statement. Interest income is recognised  
as it accrues, using the effective interest method.

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, lease 
liabilities, unwinding of the discount on provisions, dividends on 
preference shares classified as debt, foreign currency gains/losses 
and changes in the value of financial instruments at fair value taken 
to the income statement. All borrowing costs are recognised in  
the income statement using the effective interest method.

Taxation
Income tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and 
deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly  
in equity or in other comprehensive income. Current tax is the 
expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax 
rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, 
and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profits will be available against which 
the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax is provided on temporary 
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation 
purposes. The following temporary differences are not provided 
for: the initial recognition of goodwill; the initial recognition of 
assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit 
other than in a business combination; and differences relating to 
investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably  
not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred  
tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or 
settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using 
tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet 
date. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

The Group is required to estimate the income tax in each of the 
jurisdictions in which it operates. This requires an estimation of 
current tax liability together with an assessment of the temporary 
differences which arise as a consequence of different accounting 
and tax treatments. The Group operates in a number of countries 
in the world and is subject to many tax jurisdictions and rules.  
As a consequence the Group is subject to tax audits, which by 
their nature are often complex and can require several years to 
conclude. Management’s judgement is required to determine the 
total provision for income tax. Amounts are accrued based on 
management’s interpretation of country specific tax law and 
likelihood of settlement. However, the actual tax liabilities could 
differ from the position and in such events an adjustment would  
be required in the subsequent period which could have a material 
impact. Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that 
the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, 
management reviews each material tax benefit to assess whether 
a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit 
on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation. This 
evaluation requires judgements to be made including the forecast 
of future taxable income.

Share based payments
The fair value of equity settled share options, cash settled shadow 
options and LTIP awards granted to employees is recognised  
as an expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair  
value is measured at grant date and spread over the period during 
which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the 
options/awards. The fair value of the options/awards granted is 
measured using a binomial model, taking into account the terms 
and conditions upon which the options/awards were granted.  
The amount recognised as an employee expense is adjusted to 
reflect the actual number of share options/awards that vest except 
where forfeiture is only due to share prices not achieving the 
threshold for vesting.

Short-term employee benefits
Short-term employee benefits, such as salaries, paid absences, 
and other benefits including any related payroll taxes are 
accounted for on an accrual basis over the period which 
employees have provided services. Bonuses are recognised  
to the extent that the Group has a present obligation to its 
employees that can be measured reliably and are accounted for in 
accordance with the requirements of IAS 19, ‘Employee benefits’. 
All expenses relating to employee benefits (other than pension 
costs) are recognised in the income statement within wages and 
salaries, or social security costs.

Termination benefits
Termination benefits are recognised as an expense when the 
Group is demonstrably committed, without realistic possibility  
of withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to terminate employment 
before the normal retirement date. Termination benefits for 
voluntary redundancies are recognised if the Group has made  
an offer encouraging voluntary redundancy, it is probable that  
the offer will be accepted, and the number of acceptances can  
be estimated reliably.

Government grants
Government grants are recognised at fair value when there is 
reasonable assurance that the conditions associated with the 
grants have been complied with and the grants will be received. 
Grants compensating for expenses incurred are recognised as  
a deduction of the related expenses in the consolidated income 
statement on a systematic basis in the same periods in which the 
expenses are incurred.

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

145

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

1. Accounting policies continued 
Alternative performance measures
In the analysis of the Group’s operating results, earnings per  
share and cash flows, information is presented to provide readers 
with additional performance indicators that are prepared on a 
non-statutory basis. This presentation is regularly reviewed by 
management to identify items that are unusual and other items 
relevant to an understanding of the Group’s performance and long 
term trends with reference to their materiality and nature. This 
additional information is not uniformly defined by all companies 
and may not be comparable with similarly titled measures and 
disclosures by other organisations. The non-statutory disclosures 
should not be viewed in isolation or as an alternative to the 
equivalent statutory measure. Information for separate 
presentation is considered as follows:

   Material costs or reversals arising from a significant restructuring 
of the Group’s operations are presented separately

   Disposal of entities or investments in associates or joint ventures 
or impairment of related assets are presented separately

   Other matters arising due to the Group’s acquisition, such as 
adjustments to contingent consideration, payment of retention 
bonuses, acquisition costs and fair value adjustments for 
acquired assets made in accordance with IFRS 13 are 
separately disclosed in aggregate

   If a change in an accounting estimate for provisions, including 
environmental provisions, results in a material gain or loss,  
that is presented separately

   Other items the Directors may deem to be unusual as a result  
of their size and/or nature.

Adoption of new and revised standards
In the current year, the Group has applied a number of 
amendments to IFRSs issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (“IASB”) that are mandatorily effective for 
accounting periods that began on or after 1 January 2023.  
Their adoption has not had any material impact on the disclosures 
or on the amounts reported in these financial statements:

International Accounting Standards  
(IAS/IFRSs) and Interpretations (IFRICs):

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts

Amendments to IFRS 17: Initial 
Application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 – 
Comparative Information

Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS 
Practice Statement 2: Disclosure of 
Accounting Policies

Amendments to IAS 8: Definition of 
Accounting Estimates

Amendments to IAS 12: Deferred Tax 
related to Assets and Liabilities arising 
from a Single Transaction

UK 
Endorsement 
status

Endorsed

Endorsed

Endorsed

Endorsed

Endorsed

Amendment to IAS 12 - International 
tax reform - pillar two model rules

Endorsed

Effective date

1 January 
2023

1 January 
2023

1 January 
2023

1 January 
2023

1 January 
2023

1 January 
2023

New and revised IFRSs in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the 
Group has not applied the following new and revised international 
accounting standards (“IAS”/“IFRSs”) and interpretations 
(“IFRICs”) that have been issued but are not effective for periods 
starting on 1 January 2023 but will be effective for later periods:

International Accounting Standards  
(IAS/IFRSs) and Interpretations (IFRICs)  
not yet endorsed for use in the EU or UK:

Amendments to IAS 1: Classification of 
Liabilities as Current or Non-current

UK 
Endorsement 
status

Endorsed

Amendments to IFRS 16 Leases: 
Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback

Endorsed

Amendments to IAS 1: Non-Current 
Liabilities with Covenants

Amendment to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 – 
Supplier finance

Amendments to IAS 21 –  
Lack of Exchangeability

IFRS S1: General requirements for 
disclosure of sustainability-related 
financial information

IFRS S2: Climate-related disclosures

Endorsed

Not yet 
endorsed

Not yet 
endorsed

Not yet 
endorsed

Effective  
for annual 
reporting 
periods 
beginning  
on or after 

1 January 
2024

1 January 
2024

1 January 
2024

1 January 
2024

1 January 
2025

1 January 
2024

Not yet 
endorsed

1 January 
2024

2. Operating segments
Business segments
The Group has determined its operating segments on the basis  
of those used for management, internal reporting purposes and 
the allocation of strategic resources. The key measure used for  
review of the performance of the operating segments is adjusted 
operating profit. In accordance with the provisions of IFRS 8, the 
Group’s chief operating decision maker is the Board of Directors.

Effective from 1 January 2023 the results of the Coatings and  
Talc segments were merged and are now reported under a new 
segment called Performance Specialties, which reflects a change 
in the internal organisation structure used for management, 
internal reporting purposes and the allocation of strategic 
resources. We will continue to report results for the Coatings  
and Talc businesses.

The two reportable segments, Performance Specialties and 
Personal Care each have distinct product groupings and separate 
management structures. Segment results, assets and liabilities 
include items directly attributable to a segment and those that may 
be reasonably allocated from corporate activities. Presentation of 
the segmental results is on a basis consistent with those used for 
reporting Group results. The principal activities of the reportable 
segments are as follows:

Performance Specialties
Which consists of:

   Coatings: Production of rheological modifiers and additives for 
decorative and industrial coatings.

   Talc: Production and supply of talc for use in plastics, coatings, 
technical ceramics and the paper sectors.

Personal Care
Production of rheological modifiers and compounded products, 
including active ingredients for AP deodorants, for supply to 
personal care manufacturers.

146 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

2. Operating segments continued
Segmental analysis for the year ended 31 December 2023

Coatings  
$m

Performance 
Specialties 
totals
$m

Talc  
$m

Personal 
Care  
$m

Segment 
totals  
$m

Central 
costs  
$m

2023

Revenue

Internal revenue

367.6 

136.5 

504.1

209.3 

713.4

–

–

–

–

Revenue from external customers

367.6 

136.5

504.1

209.3

Adjusted operating profit/(loss)

Adjusting items (see Note 5)

Operating profit/(loss)

56.1 

(0.9)

55.2

14.0 

(5.4)

8.6

70.1

(6.3)

63.8

50.3 

(7.1)

43.2

–

713.4

120.4 

(13.4)

107.0

Total  
$m

713.4

–

713.4

103.9

(45.0)

58.9

(2.3)

4.4 

(21.3)

(11.5)

(1.7)

26.5

Total  
$m

1,074.2

 163.3 

101.8

 20.0

 13.4 

30.8

42.1

65.8

–

–

–

(16.5)

(31.6)

(48.1)

Central 
costs  
$m

15.8

 0.1 

4.6

 20.0

 13.4 

30.8

 42.1

65.8

(21.3)

(13.0)

(2.9)

(117.9)

(81.9)

(36.2)

(264.7)

(264.7)

(13.6)

(9.0)

(13.6)

(9.0)

(138.7)

(138.7)

(2.1)

(465.3)

(272.7)

6.5

(2.6)

(2.1)

(664.1)

847.3

71.7

(54.9)

Personal 
Care and 
Coatings1 
$m

763.0 

 135.8 

 77.4 

–

–

–

–

–

976.2

(74.1) 

(32.3) 

(23.9) 

–

–

–

–

–

2023

Segment 
totals  
$m

Talc  
$m

 295.4

1,058.4

 27.4 

19.8

 163.2 

97.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(22.5)

(36.6)

(9.4)

(96.6)

(68.9)

(33.3)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(130.3)

845.9

13.6

(27.8)

(68.5)

274.1

51.6

(24.5)

(198.8)

1,120.0

65.2

(52.3)

342.6

1,318.8

192.6

1,511.4

Other expenses

Finance income

Finance expense

Tax

Loss from discontinued operations

Profit for the year

Fixed assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Other tax recoverable

Derivatives

Tax assets

Retirement benefit surplus

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Trade and other payables

Operating provisions

Lease liabilities

Bank overdrafts and loans

Current tax liabilities

Retirement benefit obligations

Deferred tax liabilities

Financial liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Capital additions

Depreciation and amortisation

1  Due to the shared nature of the production facilities for the Personal Care segment and the Coatings business a split of assets and liabilities by segment is not 

available and the cost to determine such a split would be prohibitive, therefore the assets and liabilities are shown in aggregate for these segments.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

147

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

2. Operating segments continued
Analysis by geography

2023

Revenue from external customers

Fixed assets

Capital additions

Depreciation and amortisation

North 
America  
$m

United 
Kingdom  
$m

231.8

652.5

10.0

(22.9)

24.8

30.6

4.9

(1.6)

Rest of 
Europe  
$m

263.4

316.7

51.6

(26.4)

Rest of  
the World  
$m

193.4

74.4

5.2

(4.0)

Total 
 $m

713.4

1,074.2

71.7

(54.9)

Revenue is based on the location of the customer. The Group’s largest customer accounts for 8.5% of revenue ($60.3m).

Segmental analysis for the year ended 31 December 2022

Revenue

Internal revenue

Revenue from external customers

Adjusted operating profit/(loss) 

Adjusting items (see Note 5)

Operating profit/(loss)

Other expenses

Finance income

Finance expense

Tax

Profit from discontinued operations

Loss for the year

Coatings  
$m

389.1

–

389.1

70.3

(4.1)

66.2

Performance 
Specialties 
totals
$m

524.9

–

524.9

69.9

(137.7)

(67.8)

Talc  
$m

135.8

–

135.8

(0.4)

(133.6)

(134.0)

2022

Personal  
Care  
$m

211.5

–

211.5

49.0

(8.4)

40.6

Segment 
totals  
$m

736.4

–

736.4

118.9

(146.1)

(27.2)

Central  
costs  
$m

–

–

–

(18.4)

3.8

(14.6)

Total  
$m

736.4

–

736.4

100.5

(142.3)

(41.8)

(1.3)

9.9

(21.6)

(7.8)

11.5

(51.1)

148 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

2. Operating segments continued

Fixed assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Other tax recoverable

Derivatives

Tax assets

Retirement benefit surplus

Cash and cash equivalents

Segment assets

Assets classified as held for sale

Total assets

Trade and other payables

Operating provisions

Lease liabilities

Bank overdrafts and loans

Current tax liabilities

Retirement benefit obligations

Deferred tax liabilities

Financial liabilities

Segment liabilities

Liabilities classified as held for sale

Total liabilities

Net assets

Capital additions

Depreciation and amortisation

Personal 
Care, and 
Coatings1  
$m

774.6

151.6

70.9

–

–

–

–

–

2022

Segment 
totals  
$m

1,034.0

181.9

88.1

–

–

–

–

–

Talc  
$m

259.4

30.3

17.2

–

–

–

–

–

Central  
costs  
$m

12.6

0.1

6.8

17.5

12.0

31.8

26.4

54.9

997.1

306.9

1,304.0

162.1

(83.6)

(0.8)

(26.1)

(27.3)

(4.6)

(9.6)

(110.9)

(5.4)

(35.7)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(24.5)

(24.3)

(0.6)

(417.4)

(20.2)

(8.9)

(131.3)

(6.1)

(110.5)

(41.5)

(152.0)

(633.3)

888.6

18.3

(28.6)

265.4

17.1

(24.8)

1,152.0

(471.2)

35.4

(53.4)

3.2

(3.2)

Total  
$m

1,046.6

182.0

94.9

17.5

12.0

31.8

26.4

54.9

1,466.1

160.9

1,627.0

(135.4)

(29.7)

(36.3)

(417.4)

(20.2)

(8.9)

(131.3)

(6.1)

(785.3)

(57.8)

(843.1)

783.9

38.6

(56.6)

1  Due to the shared nature of the production facilities for the Personal Care segment and the Coatings business a split of assets and liabilities by segment is not 

available and the cost to determine such a split would be prohibitive. Assets and liabilities are therefore shown in aggregate for these segments.

Analysis by geography

2022

Revenue from external customers

Fixed assets

Capital additions

Depreciation and amortisation

North 
America  
$m

234.6

666.9

20.1

(24.0)

United 
Kingdom  
$m

23.2

26.4

6.0

(1.5)

Rest of 
Europe  
$m

250.3

280.9

5.3

(27.9)

Rest of  
the World  
$m

228.3

72.4

7.2

(3.2)

Total  
$m

736.4

1,046.6

38.6

(56.6)

Revenue is based on the location of the customer. The Group’s largest customer accounts for 7.5% of revenue ($55.6m).

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

149

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

3. Finance income

Interest on bank deposits

Pension and other post  
retirement liabilities

Fair value movement on derivatives

Interest on EU state aid receivable

Total finance income

4. Finance costs

Interest on bank loans

Unwind of discount on provisions

Interest on lease liabilities

Fair value movements on derivatives

Total finance costs

5. Adjusting items

Business transformation

Environmental provisions

Increase in provisions due  
to additional remediation  
work identified

Decrease in provisions due  
to change in discount rate

Impairment of property,  
plant and equipment

Impairment of goodwill

Amortisation of intangibles  
arising on acquisition

Unrealised mark to market of  
derivative financial instruments

Interest on EU state aid receivable

Tax credit in relation to adjusting items

2023  
$m

0.5

1.0

1.5

1.4

4.4

2023  
$m

17.5

1.4

1.3

1.1

21.3

2023  
$m

26.1

6.6

(0.4)

–

–

12.7

45.0

1.1

(1.4)

(8.4)

36.3

2022  
$m

0.2

0.6

9.1

–

9.9

2022  
$m

19.5

0.7

1.4

–

21.6

2022  
$m

4.8

3.4

(7.2)

23.0

103.4

14.9

142.3

(6.6)

–

(8.3)

127.4

A number of items have been recorded under ‘adjusting items’  
by virtue of their size and/or one time nature, in line with our 
accounting policy in Note 1, in order to provide additional useful 
analysis of the Group’s results. The Group considers the adjusted 
results to be an important measure used to monitor how the 
businesses are performing as they achieve consistency and 
comparability between reporting periods. The net impact of  
these items on the Group profit before tax for the year is a debit  
of $44.7m (2022: $135.7m). The items fall into a number of 
categories, as summarised below:

Business transformation – In November 2020, the closure of 
the Charleston plant was announced. Costs of $0.7m ($2.9m in 
2022) associated with the closure of the site are classified as  
an adjusting item and the site is planned to be disposed of in  
the future. Since November 2020, $23.4m has been incurred  
in relation to the closure of the site. 

In September 2023, the Fit for Future organisation restructuring 
programme was announced, for which a restructuring provision  
of $25.4m was recognised in 2023; reflecting the discounted 
future expected cash outflows for the programme. Total estimated 
costs for the programme are $31.3m, of which $5.4m was utilised 
in 2023. The programme is expected to be completed in 2025.

Environmental provisions – The Group’s environmental 
provision is calculated on a discounted cash flow basis, reflecting 
the time period over which spending is estimated to take place. 
The movement in the provision relates changes in discount rates 
which has resulted in the reduction of $0.4m to the liability  
(2022: $7.2m), and extra remediation work identified in the  
year which has resulted in a $6.6m increase to the liability  
(2022: $3.4m). As these costs relate to non-operational facilities 
they are classified as adjusting items.

Impairment of property, plant and equipment – In 2022 the 
Group recognised a non-cash $23.0m impairment in respect of 
non-operational bioleaching property, plant and equipment in the 
Talc business. The Group determined that the operational, health 
and safety and financial commitments required to operate the 
equipment were not the best use of the Group’s resources.

Impairment of goodwill – In 2022, the performance of the Talc 
business was adversely impacted by a lower demand environment, 
global inflationary pressures, higher energy costs and the Russian 
invasion of Ukraine. These factors, as well as a reduction in the 
near term forecasted profitability of the Talc business and a rise  
in the pre-tax discount rate resulted in an impairment charge of 
$103.4m being recognised in 2022. 

Amortisation of intangibles arising on acquisition – 
Amortisation of $12.7m (2022: $14.9m) represents the charge in 
respect of the Group’s acquired intangible assets. As in previous 
years, these are included in adjusting items as they are a non-cash 
charge arising from historical investment activities.

Unrealised mark to market of derivatives – The unrealised 
movements in the mark to market valuation of financial instruments 
that are not in hedging relationships are treated as adjusting items 
as they are unrealised non-cash fair value adjustments that will not 
affect the cash flows of the Group.

Interest on EU state aid receivables – Finance income of 
$1.4m has been recognised in respect of interest due to the  
Group if the EU state aid case settles in favour of the Group.  
Refer to Note 30 for further details on the tax recoverable asset. 

Tax on adjusting items – this is the net impact of tax relating to 
the adjusting items listed above.

150 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

5. Adjusting items continued
To support comparability with the financial statements as presented in 2023, a reconciliation to the adjusted consolidated income 
statement is shown below.

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Distribution costs

Administrative expenses

Operating profit

Other expenses

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before income tax

Tax

Profit from continuing operations

Earnings per share

From continuing operations

Basic earnings (cents)

Diluted earnings (cents)

2023  
Profit  
and loss  
$m

713.4

(429.1)

284.3

(108.7)

(116.7)

58.9

(2.3)

4.4

(21.3)

39.7

(11.5)

28.2

2023 
Adjusting 
items  
$m

2023 
Adjusted 
profit  
and loss  
$m

–

–

–

–

45.0

45.0

–

(1.4)

1.1

44.7

(8.4)

36.3

713.4

(429.1)

284.3

(108.7)

(71.7)

103.9

(2.3)

3.0

(20.2)

84.4

(19.9)

64.5

4.8

4.7

6.2

6.1

11.0

10.8

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

151

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

5. Adjusting items continued

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Distribution costs

Administrative expenses

Operating (loss)/profit

Other expenses

Finance income

Finance costs

(Loss)/profit before income tax

Tax

(Loss)/profit from continuing operations

Earnings per share

From continuing operations

Basic (loss)/earnings (cents)

Diluted (loss)/earnings (cents)

2022  
Profit  
and loss  
$m

736.4

 (437.5)

298.9

(125.0)

(215.7)

(41.8)

(1.3)

9.9

(21.6)

(54.8)

(7.8)

(62.6)

2022 
Adjusting 
items  
$m

–

–

–

–

142.3

142.3

–

(6.6)

–

135.7

(8.3)

127.4

2022 
Adjusted 
profit  
and loss  
$m

736.4

(437.5)

298.9

(125.0)

(73.4)

100.5

(1.3)

3.3

(21.6)

80.9

(16.1)

64.8

(10.7)

(10.7)

21.8

21.6

11.1

10.9

152 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

5. Adjusting items continued
To support comparability with the financial statements as presented in 2023, a reconciliation from operating profit/(loss) to adjusted 
operating profit/(loss) by segment is shown below for each year.

Operating profit/(loss)

Adjusting items:

Business transformation

Increase in environmental  
provisions due to additional  
remediation work identified

Decrease in environmental provisions 
due to change in discount rate

Amortisation of intangibles  
arising on acquisition

Adjusted operating profit/(loss)

Coatings  
$m

55.2

0.7

–

–

0.2

56.1

Talc  
$m

8.6

–

–

–

5.4

14.0

2023

Performance 
Specialties 
totals
$m

Personal 
Care  
$m

Segment 
totals  
$m

63.8

43.2

107.0

Central 
costs  
$m

(48.1)

Total  
$m

58.9

0.7

–

–

5.6

70.1

–

–

–

0.7

25.4

26.1

–

–

6.6

6.6

(0.4)

(0.4)

7.1

50.3

12.7

120.4

–

(16.5)

12.7

103.9

Operating profit/(loss)

Adjusting items:

Business transformation

Increase in environmental  
provisions due to additional  
remediation work identified

Decrease in environmental provisions 
due to change in discount rate

Impairment of property,  
plant and equipment

Impairment of goodwill

Amortisation of intangibles  
arising on acquisition

Adjusted operating profit/(loss)

Coatings  
$m

Talc  
$m

Performance 
Specialties
totals  
$m

69.2

(134.0)

(64.8)

2.9

1.9

4.8

–

–

–

–

1.2

73.3

–

–

23.0

103.4

5.3

(0.4)

–

–

23.0

103.4

6.5

72.9

2022

Personal  
Care  
$m

44.4

–

–

–

–

–

8.4

52.8

Segment 
totals  
$m

(20.4)

Central  
costs  
$m

(21.4)

Total  
$m

(41.8)

4.8

–

4.8

–

–

23.0

103.4

14.9

125.7

3.4

(7.2)

–

–

–

(25.2)

3.4

(7.2)

23.0

103.4

14.9

100.5

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

153

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

6. Income tax expense

Current tax:

UK corporation tax

Overseas corporation tax

Adjustments in respect of prior years:

United Kingdom

Overseas

Total current tax

Deferred tax:

United Kingdom

Overseas

Adjustment in respect of prior years:

United Kingdom

Overseas

Total deferred tax

Income tax expense for the year

Comprising:

Income tax expense for the year

Adjusting items1:

Overseas taxation on adjusting items

UK taxation on adjusting items

Taxation on adjusting items

Income tax expense for the year after adjusting items

1  See Note 5 for details of adjusting items.

2023  
$m

6.2

8.7

(0.7)

(3.0)

11.2

(0.2)

(1.6)

–

2.1

0.3

11.5

11.5

(4.0)

(4.4)

(8.4)

19.9

2022  
$m

11.2

6.5

(0.6)

(3.8)

13.3

3.1

(8.4)

–

(0.2)

(5.5)

7.8

7.8

(6.3)

(2.0)

(8.3)

16.1

The tax charge on profits represents an effective rate of 29.0% (2022: 14.2%) and an effective tax rate after adjusting items of 23.5% 
(2022: 20.0%).

The tax impact of the adjusting items outlined within Note 5 and within the consolidated income statement relates to the following:

Business transformation

Environmental provisions

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

Impairment of goodwill

Mark to market of derivative financial instruments

Interest on EU state aid receivable

Amortisation of intangibles arising on acquisition

Reversal of uncertain tax provision

Tax charge

2023  
Gross  
$m

26.1

6.2

–

–

1.1

(1.4)

12.7

–

44.7

2023  
Tax impact 
$m

5.2

1.3

–

–

0.2

(0.4)

2.1

–

8.4

2022  
Gross  
$m

4.8

(3.8)

23.0

103.4

(6.6)

–

14.9

–

135.7

2022  
Tax impact 
$m

1.1

(0.7)

4.9

–

(1.3)

–

2.9

1.4

8.3

The Group is international and has operations across a range of jurisdictions. Accordingly, tax charges of the Group in future periods will 
be affected by the profitability of operations in different jurisdictions and changes to tax rates and regulations in the jurisdictions within 
which the Group has operations. The Group’s adjusted effective tax rate in 2023 is higher than the prior year due to an increase in the  
UK corporation tax rate to 25% from April 2023. The medium-term expectation for the Group’s adjusted effective tax rate is around 26%.

154 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

6. Income tax expense continued
On 20 December 2021 the OECD published its Global Anti-Base Erosion Model Rules (Pillar Two). The report provided a model for a 
coordinated system of taxation that imposes a top-up tax on profits arising in a jurisdiction whenever the effective tax rate, determined  
on a jurisdictional basis, is below the minimum tax rate of 15%. The UK enacted legislation to enshrine this into domestic law in July 2023. 
The Group is below the revenue threshold for the legislation to apply and therefore there is no impact on the financial statements.

The total charge for the year can be reconciled to the accounting profit as follows:

Profit/(loss) before tax

Tax at 23.5% (2022: 19.00%)

Difference in overseas effective tax rates

Income not taxable

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Tax rate changes

Tax associated with disposal of discontinued operations

Movement in unrecognised deferred tax

Total charge and effective tax rate for the year

2023  
$m

39.7

9.4

1.9

–

7.1

(1.5)

–

(12.8)

7.4

11.5

2023  
%

23.5

4.9

–

17.9

(3.7)

–

(32.2)

18.6

29.0

7. Profit/(loss) from continuing operations
Profit from continuing operations of $28.2m (2022: loss of $62.6m) has been arrived at after charging/(crediting):

Employee costs (see Note 8)

Net foreign exchange gains

Research and development costs

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Total depreciation and amortisation expense

(Loss)/profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Write off of inventory

Cost of inventories recognised as expense

Fees payable to company’s auditors and its associates:

Audit of company1

Audit of subsidiaries1

Audit related services – interim review1

1  Includes auditing of the financial statements.

2022  
$m

 (54.8)

(10.4)

2.3

(0.4)

21.8

(4.6)

0.2

–

(1.1)

7.8

2023  
$m

131.2

(0.6)

7.8

41.6

13.3

54.9

(0.8)

4.6

2022  
%

(19.0)

4.2

(0.7)

39.7

(8.4)

0.4

–

(2.0)

14.2

2022  
$m

133.1

(1.3)

8.1

41.2

15.4

56.6

0.3

3.0

295.9

302.9

1.2

0.9

0.3

1.4

1.0

0.3

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

155

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

8. Employees
Employee costs:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Share based payment costs

Total employee costs

Number of shares:

2023  
$m

110.4

9.0

7.4

4.4

2022  
$m

113.2

9.6

7.2

3.1

131.2

133.1

Weighted average number of  
shares for the purposes of basic 
earnings per share

Effect of dilutive share options

Weighted average number of  
shares for the purposes of  
diluted earnings per share

2023  
m

2022  
m

585.7

11.2

582.6

9.7

596.9

592.3

Average number of FTE employees1:

Personal Care and Coatings

Talc

Central

Total

2023  
Number

1,031

228

19

1,278

2022  
Number

1,076

235

17

1,328

1  Full time equivalent includes contractors.

The aggregate amount of Directors’ remuneration (salary, bonus 
and benefits) is shown in the Remuneration Report on page 112:

   The aggregate amount of gains made by Directors on exercise 
of share options was $nil (2022: $nil).

   The remuneration of the highest paid Director was $3.4m 
(2022: $2.7m).

   Payments have been made to a defined contribution  
pension scheme on behalf of 1 Director (2022: 1 Director).  
For the highest paid Director, pension contributions of  
$0.2m (2022: $0.2m) were made.

9. Earnings per share
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share 
attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the parent is  
based on the following:

Earnings:

The dilutive (loss)/earnings per share calculation for 2022 in the 
table below, does not include the impact of the 9.7m dilutive share 
options, as the inclusion of these potential shares would have an 
anti-dilutive impact on the diluted loss per share from continuing 
operations; it would decrease the diluted loss per share from 
continuing operations.

Earnings per share:

Earnings per share from 
continuing operations:

Basic earnings/(loss)

Diluted earnings/(loss)

Basic after adjusting items

Diluted after adjusting items

Earnings per share from 
discontinued operations:

Basic (loss)/earnings from 
discontinued operations

Diluted (loss)/earnings from 
discontinued operations

Earnings per share  
from continuing and  
discontinued operations:

2023  
cents

2022  
cents

4.8

4.7

11.0

10.8

(0.3)

(0.3)

(10.7)

(10.7)

11.1

10.9

2.0

2.0

Adjusted earnings

Adjusting items net of tax

Earnings/(loss) for the purpose  
of basic earnings per share

(Loss)/earnings from  
discontinued operations

Earnings/(loss) from continuing  
and discontinued operations

2023  
$m

64.5

(36.3)

2022 
 $m

64.8

(127.4)

Basic earnings/(loss) from continuing 
and discontinued operations

Diluted earnings/(loss) from continuing 
and discontinued operations

4.5

4.4

(8.8)

(8.8)

28.2

(62.6)

(1.7)

11.5

26.5

(51.1)

156 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX1_9_v98 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:25 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

10. Goodwill and other intangible assets

Cost:

At 1 January 2022

Exchange differences

Additions

Transferred to assets held for sale 

At 31 December 2022

Exchange differences

Additions

At 31 December 2023

Amortisation and impairment:

At 1 January 2022

Exchange differences

Charge for the year

Impairment

Transferred to assets held for sale

At 31 December 2022

Exchange differences

Charge for the year

Impairment

At 31 December 2023

Carrying amount:

At 31 December 2023

At 31 December 2022

At 1 January 2022

Goodwill  
$m

Brand  
$m

Customer  
lists  
$m

Other 
intangible 
assets  
$m

Total  
$m

725.6

(26.2)

–

–

699.4

12.8

–

712.2

112.6

2.5

–

103.4

–

218.5

11.4

–

–

26.9

(1.6)

–

–

25.3

0.1

–

25.4

3.2

(0.7)

–

–

–

2.5

–

–

–

229.9

2.5

166.4

(3.2)

–

–

163.2

1.8

–

104.6

1,023.5

(3.3)

0.2

(2.6)

98.9

2.5

0.1

(34.3)

0.2

(2.6)

986.8

17.2

0.1

165.0

101.5

1,004.1

39.6

(1.9)

8.8

–

–

46.5

1.5

8.6

–

56.6

52.4

1.4

6.9

–

(1.6)

59.1

0.7

4.7

–

207.8

1.3

15.7

103.4

(1.6)

326.6

13.6

13.3

–

64.5

353.5

482.3

480.9

613.0

22.9

22.8

23.7

108.4

116.7

126.8

37.0

39.8

52.2

650.6

660.2

815.7

The net book value of customer lists includes $82.6m (2022: $89.3m) in relation to the acquisition of SummitReheis which have remaining 
lives of between 3 and 18 years (2022: between 4 and 19 years) and $25.9m (2022: $27.5m) in relation to the acquisition of Mondo 
Minerals which have remaining lives of 10 years (2022: 11 years).

The brand intangibles represent the value ascribed to the trading name and reputation of the Deuchem, Fancor, Watercryl, Hi-Mar and 
SummitReheis acquisitions. The Group, with the exception of SummitReheis, considers these to have significant and ongoing value to  
the business that will be maintained and it is therefore considered appropriate to assign these assets an indefinite useful life. The brand 
relating to SummitReheis has been amortised over a period of three years, and is fully amortised.

The carrying amount of brand intangibles with an indefinite useful life is $22.9m (2022: $22.8m). Brand intangibles with an indefinite 
useful life are tested annually for impairment as part of the annual goodwill impairment test and have been allocated to the Personal  
Care and Coatings CGUs.

Included within other intangible assets above are technology related intangible assets of $28.3m (2022: $30.1m) arising from the 
acquisition of Mondo Minerals which have remaining useful lives of 10 years (2022: 11 years), and know how related intangible assets  
of $4.5m (2022: $6.2m) which have remaining useful lives of between 3 and 4 years (2022: 4 and 5 years).

The remaining intangible assets comprise the value ascribed to customer lists, patents and non-compete clauses, which are being 
amortised over periods of 5 to 24 years.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX10_16_v64 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:26 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

157

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

Discount rates
Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that 
reflect current market assessments of the time value of money  
and the risks specific to the CGUs.

Personal Care
The recoverable amount of the CGU was calculated using forecast 
cash flows based on budgets and plans for 2024 to 2028,  
a pre-tax discount rate of 12.8% (2022: 12.0%) and a long-term 
growth rate of 5.0% (2022: 5.0%) based on the long term 
historical growth rate seen in this CGU. The recoverable amount 
exceeded the carrying value of the CGU by $211.7m (2022: 
$230.9m). The Directors do not consider that any reasonably 
possible changes to the key assumptions would reduce the 
recoverable amount to its carrying value.

Coatings
The recoverable amount of the CGU was calculated using forecast 
cash flows based on budgets and plans for 2024 to 2028,  
a pre-tax discount rate of 12.4% (2022: 11.9%) and a long-term 
growth rate of 3.0% (2022: 3.0%). The recoverable amount 
exceeded the carrying value of the CGU by $402.1m (2022: 
$531.8m). The Directors do not consider that any reasonably 
possible changes to the key assumptions would reduce the 
recoverable amount to its carrying value.

10. Goodwill and other intangible assets 
continued
Goodwill and brand intangibles with an indefinite useful life 
impairment testing
Goodwill and brand intangibles with an indefinite useful life are 
allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units (CGUs) as follows:

Personal Care

Coatings

At 31 December

2023  
$m

296.6

208.6

505.2

2022  
$m

296.0

207.7

503.7

The Group tests annually for impairment at 31 October, or more 
frequently, if there are events or circumstances that indicate that 
the carrying amount may not be recoverable. 

Basis of the recoverable amount
The recoverable amounts of the Group’s CGUs are determined 
from value in use calculations which use cash flow projections 
based on financial budgets approved by the directors covering  
a five year period.

Management’s judgement in estimating the cash flows of a CGU
The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are expected 
changes to sales volumes, selling prices and direct costs during 
the forecast period, growth rates used to extrapolate beyond the 
forecast period and the discount rates applied to the resulting cash 
flows. Changes in sales volumes, selling prices and direct costs 
are based on past practices and expectations of future changes  
in the market. A 5 year forecasting model is used for all CGUs.

Growth rates
Cash flows for periods beyond the forecast period are extrapolated 
based on estimated long-term growth rates. The rates do not 
exceed the average long-term growth rate for the relevant 
products or markets.

158 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX10_16_v64 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:26 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

11. Property, plant and equipment

Land and 
buildings  
$m

Plant and 
machinery  
$m

Fixtures 
fittings and 
equipment 
$m

Under 
construction 
$m

Land and 
buildings  
$m

Plant and 
machinery  
$m

Fixtures 
fittings and 
equipment 
$m

Right-of-use assets

Cost:

At 1 January 2022

127.1

680.6

Additions

Exchange differences

Disposals

Reclassifications

Transferred to assets  
held for sale 

At 31 December 2022

Additions

Exchange differences

Disposals

Reclassifications

–

(5.0)

–

1.6

(34.0)

89.7

1.5

1.8

(0.8)

7.9

13.5

(25.1)

(5.7)

33.5

(186.2)

510.6

62.3

13.3

(6.4)

15.1

At 31 December 2023

100.1

594.9

Accumulated 
depreciation and 
impairment losses:

At 1 January 2022

Charge for the year

Exchange differences

Disposals

Impairment losses

Reclassifications

Transferred to assets  
held for sale

At 31 December 2022

Charge for the year

Exchange differences

Disposals

Impairment losses

Reclassifications

66.4

2.6

 (2.5)

–

–

0.4

(26.4)

40.5

2.1

1.2

(0.8)

–

–

330.3

39.6

(10.9)

(4.9)

23.0

3.2

(134.3)

246.0

33.0

6.1

(6.1)

–

1.0

At 31 December 2023

43.0

280.0

Net book value:

At 31 December 2023

At 31 December 2022

At 1 January 2022

57.1

49.2

60.7

314.9

264.6

350.3

43.8

–

(1.4)

(0.2)

1.6

(11.7)

32.1

0.1

0.1

(0.3)

0.5

32.5

34.8

1.6

(0.7)

(0.2)

–

(3.6)

(8.6)

23.3

1.2

0.1

(0.2)

–

(1.0)

23.4

9.1

8.8

9.0

45.1

33.4

(1.6)

–

(36.7)

(7.3)

32.9

2.7

0.2

–

(23.5)

12.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

12.3

32.9

45.1

53.7

4.0

(0.9)

(1.5)

–

–

55.3

4.1

0.5

(5.5)

–

54.4

23.1

4.1

(0.3)

(0.7)

–

–

–

26.2

4.1

0.3

(4.9)

–

–

25.7 

28.7

29.1

30.6

6.0

0.8

(0.3)

(1.5)

–

(0.8)

4.2

0.3

0.1

(2.3)

–

2.3

2.8

0.9

–

(0.1)

–

–

(0.6)

3.0

0.9

0.1

(2.3)

–

–

1.7

0.6

1.2

3.2

2.9

0.5

–

–

–

(0.6)

2.8

0.7

0.2

(1.9)

–

1.8

2.1

0.5

–

–

–

–

 (0.4)

2.2

0.3

–

(1.6)

–

–

0.9

0.9

0.6

0.8

Total  
$m

959.2

52.2

(34.3)

(8.9)

–

(240.6)

727.6

71.7

16.2

(17.2)

–

798.3

459.5

49.3

(14.4)

(5.9)

23.0

–

 (170.3)

341.2

41.6

7.8

(15.9)

–

–

374.7

423.6

386.4

499.7

Group capital expenditure contracted but not provided for in these financial statements amounted to $nil (2022: $nil).

In 2022, the Group recognised a $23.0m non-cash impairment of the non-operational bioleaching property, plant and equipment 
acquired as part of the Mondo Minerals acquisition, impairing the asset to a nil carrying value. The impairment was a result of the Group 
concluding that the operational, health and safety and financial commitments required to operate the equipment were not the best use  
of the Group’s resources.

In 2023 and 2022, the Group reclassified items of property, plant and equipment from under construction to their relevant categories 
upon the assets becoming available for use.

In 2023, additions for the year included $28.4m related to the non-cash rehabilitation and closure provisions (see Note 15).

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

159

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX10_16_v64 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:26 pm

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

12. Inventories

14. Trade and other payables

Raw materials and consumables

Work in progress

Finished goods and goods  
purchased for resale

At 31 December

2023  
$m

43.9

7.2

112.2

163.3

2022  
$m

55.4

10.7

115.9

182.0

Inventories are disclosed net of provisions for obsolescence of 
$6.1m (2022: $5.6m).

13. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Prepayments

At 31 December

2023  
$m

80.1

13.5

8.2

101.8

2022  
$m

77.5

10.4

7.0

94.9

The Group entered into an accounts receivable purchase 
programme. The net balance outstanding in relation to this 
programme was $19.8m (2022: $22.6m).

15. Provisions 

At 1 January 2023

Increase/(decrease) in provisions

Unused amounts reversed

Unwinding of discount

Utilised during the year

Currency translation differences

At 31 December 2023

Due within 1 year

Due after 1 year

Trade payables

Other payables

Accruals

At 31 December

2023  
$m

60.5

14.2

43.2

2022  
$m

74.0

13.5

47.9

117.9

135.4

The Group entered into supplier financing arrangements with 
Santander and US Bank. At the end of the period the net balance 
outstanding on the Santander facility was $nil (2022: $nil)  
and the net balance outstanding on the US bank facility was 
$0.8m (2022: $0.5m).

Environmental 
$m

Self insurance 
$m

Restructuring 
$m

27.5

34.6

–

1.5

(4.4)

1.3

60.5

4.5

56.0

0.5

0.5

–

–

(0.5)

–

0.5

0.3

0.2

0.6

25.4

(0.6)

–

(5.4)

0.1

20.1

15.9

4.2

Other  
$m

1.1

–

(0.4)

–

–

0.1

0.8

0.8

–

Total  
$m

29.7

60.4

(1.0)

1.5

(10.3)

1.5

81.9

21.5

60.4

Environmental provisions include restoration provisions relating to manufacturing and distribution sites including certain sites no longer 
owned by the Group, as well as rehabilitation and closure provisions related to the mining activities of the Talc business.

Restoration provisions have been derived using a discounted cash flow methodology and reflect the extent to which it is probable that 
expenditure will be incurred over the next 25 years. The level of these provision are based on management’s best estimate of the most 
likely outcome for each individual exposure. These provisions are discounted using discount rates which reflect market assessments  
and the risks specific to the liabilities. The discount rates used were 4.0% in the US, 4.1% in the UK and 3.0% in Canada. Included  
within these provisions are amounts in respect of all anticipated costs related to the closure and remediation of the Eaglescliffe site. 

Rehabilitation and closure provisions have been derived using a discounted cash flow methodology and reflects management’s best 
estimate of the current obligation for restoration and closure of mining sites in Finland, excluding passive mines, in line with latest best 
practice guidelines and Finnish mining regulatory guidelines. The provisions will not be utilised until the mines are closed. The provisions 
are discounted using discount rates which reflect market assessments and the risks specific to the liabilities. The discount rate used  
was 2.7%.

The following table shows the timeframes over which undiscounted costs in relation to all environmental provisions are expected to  
be incurred:

Environmental provisions

160 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

1-10 years 
$m

11-20 years 
$m

20-25 years 
$m

25+ years
$m

46.8

29.3

12.4

13.1

Total 
$m

101.6

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX10_16_v64 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:26 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

15. Provisions continued
Additional environmental provisions of $35.0m were recognised due to extra remediation and rehabiliation work identified during the year, 
which was offset by a reduction of $0.4m due to changes in the discount rates used. $6.2m of overall increase in provisions is included 
within adjusting items (see Note 5) with $28.4m included as an addition to property, plant and equipment (see Note 11). If the cost 
estimates on which the provisions are based were to change by 10%, which is reasonably possible, the provisions recognised would 
increase by approximately $5.9m.

Whilst a range of outcomes is possible, the Directors believe that the reasonably possible range for the environmental provision is from 
$59.6m to $66.9m.

Self-insurance provisions relate to personal injury and other claims from former employees or third parties and represent the aggregate  
of outstanding claims plus a projection of losses incurred but not yet reported which together make up the full liability recognised as  
a provision. Insurance recoveries are recognised as a separate reimbursement asset. The self-insurance provisions are expected to  
be utilised within five years.

Restructuring provisions relate to costs of adjusting head count and other costs of restructuring where a need to do so has been  
identified by management. Additional restructuring provisions of $25.4m were recognised due costs related to the Fit for the Future 
programme which was announced during the year. This additional restructuring provision is included within adjusting items (see Note 5). 
The additional restructuring provisions are based on management’s best estimate of the cash outflow required to settle the obligation.  
The restructuring provisions are discounted using discount rates which reflect market assessments and the risks specific to the liability  
in the jurisdiction in which the provision has been recognised. If the cost estimates on which the additional restructuring provisions are 
based were to change by 10%, which is reasonably possible, the provision recognised would increase by approximately $2.5m.

16. Deferred tax

At 1 January 2022

Credit/(charge) to the income statement

Credit to other comprehensive income

Credit to retained earnings

Currency translation differences

Transferred to assets/(liabilities)  
held for sale

At 31 December 2022

(Charge)/credit to the income statement

(Charge)/credit to other  
comprehensive income 

Credit to retained earnings

Disposal

Currency translation differences

At 31 December 2023

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Retirement 
benefit plans 
$m

 (12.4) 

–

 5.3 

–

1.7

 (0.7) 

 (6.1) 

(0.5)

(2.8)

–

–

(0.3)

(9.7)

–

(9.7)

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation 
$m

Amortisation 
of US  
goodwill  
$m

Other 
intangible 
assets  
$m

Other 
temporary 
differences 
$m

Unrelieved  
tax losses  
$m

 (42.8) 

 (0.1) 

–

–

 (0.1) 

8.7

 (63.4) 

 (31.4) 

0.4

–

–

–

–

2.0

–

–

1.5

–

 (34.3) 

 (63.0) 

 (27.9) 

(4.8)

0.2

2.0

–

–

3.2

(3.7)

(39.6)

–

–

–

–

(62.8)

–

–

–

(0.7)

(26.6)

–

–

–

(39.6)

(62.8)

(26.6)

20.1

0.6

 0.8 

0.4

 (0.2) 

 (6.5) 

15.2

0.8

(0.6)

(1.4)

–

2.4

16.4

16.4

–

7.9

1.5

–

–

0.2

–

9.6

(6.1)

–

–

–

(0.3)

3.2

3.2

–

Total  
$m

 (122.0)

4.4

 6.1

0.4

3.1

1.5

 (106.5)

(8.4)

(3.4)

(1.4)

3.2

(2.6)

(119.1)

19.6

(138.7)

Deferred tax assets have been recognised to the extent that it is considered more likely than not that there will be taxable profits from 
which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted. Where this is not the case, deferred tax assets have not 
been recognised.

Deferred tax liabilities are reduced for any deferred tax assets which exist within a jurisdiction where consolidated tax returns are filed  
and where tax assets and liabilities may be netted.

At the balance sheet date the aggregate amount of the temporary differences in relation to the investment in subsidiaries for which 
deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised was $30.9m (2022: $37.9m). No liability has been recognised in respect of these 
differences because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and the Group considers 
that it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. As at the balance sheet date the Group had an 
unrecognised deferred tax asset of $4.5m (gross $21.4m) (2022: $4.5m (gross $21.4m)) in relation to restricted US interest deductions, 
an unrecognised deferred tax asset of $4.9m (gross $24.6m) (2022: $3.8m (gross $18.9m)) in relation to restricted Finnish interest 
deductions and an unrecognised deferred tax asset of $11.1m (gross $33.7m) (2022: $8.6m (gross $26.1m)) in respect of German  
net operating losses.

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

161

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX10_16_v64 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:26 pm

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

17. Share capital

At 1 January

Issue of shares

At 31 December

2023  
$m

52.3

0.2

52.5

2022  
$m

52.2

0.1

52.3

At 31 December 2023, the Group held 1,458,404 (2022: 258,404) Elementis plc shares through the Employee Share Options Trust with 
a value of $1.8m (2022: $0.2m). These shares are held to settle share options and awards granted to employees. Refer to Note 26 for 
further details.

18. Other reserves

At 1 January 2022

Share based payments

Exchange differences

Fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to the income statement

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

Fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to net assets

Transfer

At 31 December 2022

Share based payments

Exchange differences

Fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to the income statement

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

Fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to net assets

Recycle deferred foreign exchange losses on disposal

Transfer

At 31 December 2023

Capital 
redemption 
reserve  
$m

Translation 
reserve  
$m

Hedging 
reserve  
$m

158.8

 (67.7) 

 (8.6) 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 (54.7) 

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.6

 (2.6) 

0.8

7.8

158.8

 (122.4) 

 (1.0) 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9.7

–

–

–

9.3

–

158.8

(103.4)

–

–

12.7

(6.3)

0.5

–

–

5.9

Share  
options 
reserve  
$m

8.2

3.4

Total  
$m

90.7

3.4

 (0.9) 

 (55.6)

–

–

–

 (4.0) 

6.7

4.2

0.2

–

–

–

–

(2.3)

8.8

1.6

 (2.6)

0.8

3.8

42.1

4.2

9.9

12.7

(6.3)

0.5

9.3

(2.3)

70.1

The Company can redeem shares by repaying the market value to the shareholder, whereupon the shares are cancelled. Redemption 
must be from distributable profits. The capital redemption reserve represents the nominal value of the shares redeemed.

The translation reserve comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign 
operations as well as from the translation of liabilities that hedge the Company’s net investment in a foreign subsidiary.

The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments 
related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred. The transfer from the hedging reserve to retained earnings is as a result  
of adjusting the hedging reserve to reflect the balance of open cash flow hedges at the end of the year.

The share options reserve comprises amounts accumulated in equity in respect of share options and awards granted to employees.  
The transfers from the share options reserve to retained earnings is as a result of the exercise and expiry of share options and awards 
during the year.

162 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX17_21_v48 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:27 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

19. Borrowings

Bank loans

Unamortised syndicate loan fees

Short-term borrowings

Carrying value of borrowings at 31 December

The borrowings are repayable as follows:

Within one year

Within two to four years

In the fifth year

The weighted average interest rates paid were as follows:

Bank loans

Group borrowings were denominated as follows:

US dollar

Euro

Total bank loans

2023  
$m

267.8

(3.1)

–

264.7

71.6

196.2

–

267.8

2023  
%

5.8

2023  
$m

110.0

157.8

267.8

2022  
$m

419.0

 (4.3) 

2.7

417.4

2.7

419.0

–

421.7

2022  
%

3.0

2022  
$m

233.1

185.9

419.0

The Group’s bank loans include term loans and a revolving credit facility (“RCF”). The term loans mature in June 2026. $71.6m of the  
RCF matures in September 2024 and $303.4m in September 2025.

The US dollar borrowings comprised of a fully drawn $100.0m term loan (2022: $150.0m) and $10.0m of RCF drawings (2022: $83.1m). 
The euro borrowings comprised a fully drawn €142.9m term loan (2022: €142.9m) and €nil of RCF drawings (2022: €31.4m).

The RCF and term loans are governed by the Group’s bank syndicate facilities agreement, under which certain Group entities act as 
guarantors. The guarantors to the facilities agreement are required to constitute at least 75% of the Group’s total fixed assets plus  
current assets less current liabilities and 75% of the Group’s profits before interest expense and tax.

Each guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally guarantees the punctual performance under the Group’s bank 
syndicate facilities agreement. There are no fixed or floating charges over assets.

20. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the consolidated cash flow statement comprise the following:

Cash at bank and on hand at 31 December

2023  
$m

65.8

2022  
$m

54.9

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX17_21_v48 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:27 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

163

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

21. Financial instruments

At 31 December 2023:
Current:
Trade and other receivables (see Note 13) 
Derivative financial instruments (see Note 22)1 
Cash and cash equivalents (see Note 20) 

Non-current:
Derivative financial instruments (see Note 22)1 
Financial assets

Current:
Bank overdrafts and loans (see Note 19) 
Trade and other payables (see Note 14) 
Derivative financial instruments (see Note 22)1 
Lease liabilities (see Note 24) 

Non-current:
Loans and borrowings2 (see Note 19) 
Lease liabilities (see Note 24) 
Derivative financial instruments (see Note 22)1 
Financial liabilities
Total

At 31 December 2022:

Current:
Trade and other receivables (see Note 13) 
Derivative financial instruments (see Note 22)1 
Cash and cash equivalents (see Note 20)

Non-current:
Derivative financial instruments (see Note 22)1
Financial assets

Current:
Bank overdrafts and loans (see Note 19) 
Trade and other payables (see Note 14) 
Derivative financial instruments (see Note 22)1 
Lease liabilities (see Note 24) 

Non-current:
Loans and borrowings2 (see Note 19) 
Lease liabilities (see Note 24) 
Derivative financial instruments (see Note 22)1 
Financial liabilities
Total

Held at fair value

Held at amortised cost

Through 
profit  
and loss  
$m

Derivatives 
used for 
hedging  
$m

Loans and 
receivables 
$m

Liabilities 
$m

Total  
book value  
$m

Total  
fair value  
$m

–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
7.4
–

93.6
–
65.8

6.0
13.4

–
159.4

–
–
–

–
–

93.6
7.4
65.8

93.6
7.4
65.8

6.0
172.8

6.0
172.8

–
–
–
–

–
–
(2.1)
(2.1)
11.3

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
159.4

–
(117.9)
–
(5.9)

(264.7)
(30.3)
–
(418.8)
(418.8)

–
(117.9)
–
(5.9)

(264.7)
(30.3)
(2.1)
(420.9)
(248.1)

–
(117.9)
–
(5.9)

(267.8)
(30.3)
(2.1)
(424.0)
(251.2)

Held at fair value

Held at amortised cost

Through  
profit  
and loss  
$m

Derivatives 
used for 
hedging  
$m

Loans and 
receivables 
$m

Liabilities  
$m

Total  
book value  
$m

Total  
fair value  
$m

–
6.9
–

–
6.9

–
–
(0.5)
–

–
–

 (0.5) 
 6.4 

–
3.8
–

1.3
5.1

–
–
 (2.8) 
–

–
–
(2.8)
 (5.6) 
 (0.5) 

87.9
–
54.9

–
142.8

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
142.8

–
–
–

–
–

87.9
10.7
54.9

87.9
10.7
54.9

1.3
154.8

1.3
154.8

(2.7)
 (135.4) 

–
 (6.1) 

 (414.7) 
 (30.2) 

–

 (589.1) 
 (589.1) 

(2.7)
 (135.4)
 (3.3) 
 (6.1) 

(414.7)
 (30.2) 
 (2.8) 
 (595.2) 
 (440.4) 

(2.7)
(135.4)
 (3.3)
 (6.1)

(419.0)
 (30.2)
 (2.8)
 (599.5)
 (444.7)

1  Derivatives in an asset and liability position at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 are shown within current or non current financial assets and current or 

non current financial liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

2  The total book value of loans and borrowings are shown net of facility fees of $3.1m (2022: $4.3m).

164 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX17_21_v48 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:27 pm

 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

21. Financial instruments continued
Fair values measurement and hierarchy
Basis for determining fair values
The Group measures fair values in respect of financial instruments 
in accordance with IFRS 13, using the following fair value hierarchy 
that reflects the significance of the inputs used in making the 
measurements:

Level 1: Quoted market price (unadjusted) in an active market  
for an identical instrument.

Level 2: Valuation techniques based on observable inputs,  
either directly or indirectly.

Level 3: Valuation techniques using significant unobservable 
inputs. This category includes contingent consideration.

The following summarises the significant methods and 
assumptions used in estimating the fair values of  
financial instruments:

The Group assesses that the fair values of cash and cash 
equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade and other 
payables, and the current portion of floating rate bank and other 
borrowings, approximate to book values due to the short maturity 
periods of these financial instruments. For trade and other 
receivables, allowances are made within their book value for credit 
risk. The fair values of lease liabilities approximate to their book 
values due to the measurement of lease liabilities at the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate, which has not changed significantly 
since the inception of the lease liabilities presented. Leases are 
also negotiated at market rates with independent, unrelated third 
parties and are subject to periodic rental reviews.

Derivatives (Level 2)
Fair value is estimated by discounting the difference between the 
contractual forward price and the current forward price for the 
residual maturity of the contract using a risk free interest rate 
(based on government bonds).

Non-derivative non-current financial liabilities (Level 2)
Fair value is calculated based on the present value of future 
principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the market  
rate of interest at the reporting date.

The following table shows amounts recognised in profit or loss in 
relation to financial assets and liabilities within the scope of IFRS 9:

Recognised in profit or loss

Revenue – fair value of cash flow 
hedges transferred from equity  
to the income statement

Interest income on bank deposits  
held at amortised cost

Fair value movement on derivatives

Financial income

Interest on bank loans

Fair value of cash flow hedges 
transferred from equity to the  
income statement

Fair value movement on derivatives

Interest on lease liabilities

Financial costs

2023  
$m

2022  
$m

0.4

1.7

0.5

1.5

2.0

0.2

9.1

9.3

(23.4)

 (19.6) 

5.9

(1.1)

(1.3)

(19.9)

0.1

–

 (1.4) 

 (20.9) 

The following table shows amounts recognised directly in equity in 
relation to financial assets and liabilities within the scope of IFRS 9:

Recognised directly in equity

Effective portion of changes in fair 
value of cash flow hedge (gain/(loss)) 

Fair value of cash flow hedges 
transferred to income statement

Fair value of cash flow hedges 
transferred to net assets

Effective portion of change in fair  
value of net investment hedge

Foreign currency translation 
differences for foreign operations

Recycle deferred foreign exchange 
losses on disposal of subsidiary

Recognised in:

Hedging reserve

Translation reserve

2023  
$m

2022  
$m

12.7

 (2.6) 

(6.3)

0.5

1.6

0.8

14.8

46.2

(5.1)

 (100.9) 

9.3

6.9

19.0

 (0.2) 

 (54.7) 

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX17_21_v48 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:27 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

165

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

22. Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

At 31 December 2023: 

Current:

Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges

Interest rate swaps

Nickel swaps – cash flow hedges

Aluminium swaps – cash flow hedges

Total

Non current:

Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges

Nickel swaps – cash flow hedges

Total

At 31 December 2022: 

Current:

Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges

Nickel swaps – cash flow hedges

Aluminium swaps – cash flow hedges

Cross currency swaps

Foreign exchange forwards 

Swaptions

Total

Non current:

Nickel swaps – cash flow hedges

Total

Contract or underlying 
principal amount

Assets

Liabilities

Fair Value

Assets  
$m

Liabilities 
$m

$100m

$50m

324MT

2,460MT

–

–

–

–

–

€142m

576MT

–

2.0

0.6

4.4

0.4

7.4

–

6.0

13.4

–

–

–

–

–

(2.1)

–

(2.1)

Contract or underlying  
principal amount

Assets

Liabilities

Fair Value

Assets  
$m

Liabilities  
$m

€120m/$50m

–

–

288MT

2,580MT

1,380MT

€100m/$110m

€100m/$109m

$150m

–

–

–

216MT

720MT

3.7

–

0.1

3.1

–

3.8

10.7

1.3

1.3

–

 (2.6)

 (0.2)

–

 (0.5)

–

 (3.3)

 (2.8)

 (2.8)

Hedging activities
The Group is exposed to certain risks relating to its ongoing business operations. The primary risks managed using derivative instruments 
are foreign currency risk, commodity price risk and interest rate risk.

The Group’s risk management strategy is explained in Note 23.

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
Commodity price risk
The Group enters into commodity swap contracts to reduce the volatility attributable to price fluctuations of aluminium and nickel.  
To the extent they continue to meet the criteria for hedge accounting, the commodity forward contracts are accounted for as cash flow 
hedges. The weighted average strike price on outstanding aluminium hedges was $2,266.6 (2022: $2,616.0) and the weighted average 
strike price on outstanding nickel hedges was $30,931.4 (2022: $29,453.4).

There is an economic relationship between the hedged items and the hedging instruments as the terms of the commodity swap contracts 
match the terms of the expected highly probable forecast transactions (i.e. notional amount and expected payment date). During the year 
ended 31 December 2023, the group recognised a gain of $0.6m (2022: $0.5m) within revenue in the consolidated income statement  
as a result of a discontinuation of nickel hedges. For all other commodity hedges, as all critical terms matched during the year, hedge 
ineffectiveness was immaterial. The hedge ratio is 1:1.

166 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX22_25_v65 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:30 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

22. Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities continued
Interest rate risk
The Group enters into interest rate swaps to swap a portion of the interest arising from the Group’s bank borrowings from floating to fixed. 
Interest payments are highly probable, the hedged risk is the change in the market interest rate. The hedged items are the interest rate 
cash flows on $100.0m of USD denominated debt and €142.0m of EUR denominated debt. The Group’s total borrowings are shown in 
Note 19 to the financial statements.

The principal terms (notional, reset date, tenor) of the hedged items and the hedged instruments have been matched along with  
the contractual interest cash flows, therefore creating an exact offset for these transaction resulting in a net fixed interest payable.  
The interest rate swaps and the hedged items are matched (equal and opposite terms of interest rate, date and maturity) this results  
in a designated hedge ratio of 1:1 or 100%.

Hedge ineffectiveness can arise from: 

   Changes in timing of the hedged item

   A reduction in the amount of the hedged item considered to be highly probable

   A change in the credit risk of Elementis or the counterparty to the derivative contract

   Foreign currency basis spreads

The effect of cash flow hedges in the consolidated income statement and the consolidated statement of other comprehensive income 
(“OCI”) is as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2023

Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges

Nickel forward contracts – cash flow hedges

Aluminium forward contracts – cash flow hedges

Year ended 31 December 2022

Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges

Nickel forward contracts – cash flow hedges

Aluminium forward contracts – cash flow hedges

Total hedging 
(loss)/gain 
recognised  
in OCI  
$m

Amount 
reclassified 
from OCI to 
profit or loss 
$m

Amount 
reclassified 
from OCI to 
the Balance 
Sheet  
$m

Line item  
in the profit or loss 
statement or 
Balance Sheet  
$m

2.2

(15.0)

0.1

3.6

 (5.4) 

 (0.8) 

5.9

0.4

–

 (0.1) 

1.7

–

–

–

(0.5)

Finance costs

Revenue

Inventory

–

–

0.8

Finance costs

Revenue

Inventory

Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income to profit or loss are due to the hedged item affecting profit or loss in the period. 
There were no instances of non-occurrence of hedged cashflows in either the current or comparative period.

Hedge of net investments in foreign operations
The Group seeks to denominate the currency of its borrowings in euros and US dollars in order to match the currency of its cash flows, 
earnings and assets which are principally denominated in those currencies.

The euro and US dollar borrowings in Elementis Holdings Limited are designated as net investment hedges, as the company’s functional 
currency is pounds sterling. The Group does not undertake derivative transactions to hedge the foreign currency translation exposures.

The Group analyses the euro and US dollar net assets by subsidiary, and the foreign currency borrowings in the name of Elementis 
Holdings Limited are allocated against certain tranches of net assets. The critical terms of the euro and US dollar borrowings and their 
corresponding hedged items are therefore the same.

The Group performs a qualitative assessment of effectiveness and it is expected that the value of the euro and US dollar borrowings in 
pounds sterling and the value of the corresponding hedged items in pounds sterling will systematically move in the opposite direction  
in response to movements in the underlying exchange rates.

The main source of ineffectiveness in these hedging relationships is the impact of a decline in the carrying value of the hedged  
item compared to the euro and US dollar borrowings, with the result that the value of the hedged item is less than the value of  
hedging instrument.

Foreign currency revaluation on the euro and US dollar borrowings in the name of Elementis Holdings Limited are recorded in other 
comprehensive income and deferred in the foreign currency translation reserve on the balance sheet as long as the hedge is effective. 
Any ineffectiveness is recognised in the income statement for that year.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX22_25_v65 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:30 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

167

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

22. Derivative financial instruments and 
hedging activities continued
The impact of the hedged items on the statement of 
comprehensive income is as follows:

23. Financial risk management
Risk management objectives
The Group has exposure to the following risks from its use of 
financial instruments:

Year ended 31 December

2023 
Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve  
$m

2022  
Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve  
$m

Net investment in foreign subsidiaries

(5.1)

(100.9)

Impact of hedging on equity
Set out below is the reconciliation of each component of equity 
and the analysis of other comprehensive income:

At 1 January 2022

Effective portion of changes  
in fair value arising from:

Derivative cash flow  
hedging instruments

Amount reclassified to profit or loss

Amount reclassified to net assets

Transfer

Foreign currency revaluation of  
the net foreign operations

Foreign currency revaluation  
of borrowings

At 31 December 2022

Effective portion of changes  
in fair value arising from:

Derivative cash flow  
hedging instruments

Amount reclassified to profit or loss

Amount reclassified to net assets

Recycling of deferred foreign exchange 
losses on disposal of subsidiary

Foreign currency revaluation of  
the net foreign operations

Foreign currency revaluation  
of borrowings

At 31 December 2023

Cash flow 
hedge 
reserve  
$m

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve  
$m

 (8.6) 

 (67.7)

 (2.6) 

1.6

0.8

7.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

 (100.9)

46.2

 (1.0) 

 (122.4)

12.7

(6.3)

0.5

–

–

–

5.9

–

–

–

9.3

(5.1)

14.8

(103.4)

   Credit risk

   Liquidity risk

   Market risk

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the 
establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management 
framework. The Group’s risk management policies are established 
to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Group, to set 
appropriate risk limits and controls and to monitor risks and 
adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are 
reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and  
the Group’s activities.

The Group’s Audit Committee oversees how management 
monitors compliance with the Group’s risk management policies 
and procedures and reviews the adequacy of the risk management 
framework in relation to the risks faced by the Group. The Group’s 
Audit Committee is assisted in its oversight role by Internal Audit. 
Internal Audit undertakes both regular and ad hoc reviews of risk 
management controls and procedures, the results of which are 
reported to the Audit Committee.

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or 
counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual 
obligations, and arises principally from the Group’s receivables 
from customers.

Trade and other receivables
The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the 
individual characteristics of each customer. The demographics  
of the Group’s customer base, including the default risk of the 
industry and country in which customers operate, has less 
influence on credit risk. No single customer accounts for  
a significant proportion of the Group’s revenue.

Each new customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness 
before the Group’s standard payment and delivery terms and 
conditions are offered. The Group’s review includes external 
ratings, where available, and in some cases bank references. 
Purchase limits are established for each customer, which 
represents the maximum open amount without requiring approval 
from the Board of Directors. Customers that fail to meet the 
Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the  
Group only on a prepayment basis.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach in establishing 
an allowance for expected credit losses (“ECLs”). The Group 
therefore does not track changes in credit risk but instead 
recognises a loss allowance based on lifetime ECLs at each 
reporting date. A provision matrix is used to calculate lifetime  
ECLs which takes into account the Group’s historical credit loss 
experience adjusted for historical conditions that are not relevant 
to future cashflows and forward looking factors specific to the 
debtor and economic environment.

Investments
The Group limits its exposure to credit risk through a treasury 
policy that imposes graduated limits on the amount of funds  
that can be deposited with counterparties by reference to the 
counterparties’ credit ratings, as defined by Standard & Poor’s  
or Moody’s. Management does not expect any counterparty to  
fail to meet its obligations.

168 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX22_25_v65 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:30 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

23. Financial risk management continued
Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting 
date was:

Trade receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

At 31 December

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables at the reporting date by geographic region was:

North America

Europe

Rest of the World

At 31 December

Carrying amount

2023  
$m

80.1

65.8

2022  
$m

77.5

54.9

145.9

132.4

Carrying amount

2023  
$m

26.0

32.4

21.7

80.1

2022  
$m

25.5

27.2

24.8

77.5

Expected credit losses
Set out below is the information about the credit risk exposure on the Group’s trade receivables using a provision matrix:

Not past due

Past due 0-30 days

Past due 31-120 days

Past due > 121 days

Total 

Gross  
2023  
$m

71.0

7.5

1.8

0.7

81.0

Expected 
credit loss 
rate

Expected 
credit loss 
2023  
$m

0.1%

0.0%

13.2%

97.1%

–

–

(0.3)

(0.6)

(0.9)

Expected 
credit loss 
rate

0.1%

0.0%

0.0%

87.5%

Gross  
2022  
$m

67.9

6.3

3.2

1.6

79.0

The movement in the allowance for expected credit losses during the year was as follows:

At 1 January

Released to income statement – administrative expenses

Amounts written off

Transferred to assets held for sale (see Note 32) 

At 31 December

2023  
$m

1.5

(0.6)

–

–

0.9

Expected 
credit loss 
2022  
$m

 (0.1) 

–

–

 (1.4) 

(1.5)

2022  
$m

1.7

0.5

 (0.5) 

 (0.2) 

1.5

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX22_25_v65 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:30 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

169

 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

23. Financial risk management continued
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to managing 
liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and 
stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation. The Group’s funding policy is  
to have committed borrowings in place to cover at least 125% of the maximum forecast net borrowings for the next 12 month period.

The committed facilities at 31 December were as follows:

US dollar term loan

Euro term loan

RCF

Lines of credit

Total

of which expires after more than 1 year

Total 
committed 
facilities 
2023  
$m

Undrawn 
committed 
facilities 
2023  
$m

Drawn 
committed 
Facilities 
2023  
$m

Total 
committed 
facilities  
2022  
$m

Undrawn 
committed 
facilities  
2022  
$m

Drawn 
committed 
Facilities 
2022  
$m

100.0

157.8

375.0

22.9

657.7

–

–

365.0

22.9

387.9

303.4

100.0

157.8

10.0

–

267.8

150.0

152.5

408.5

22.4

733.4

–

–

291.9

22.4

314.3

301.9

150.0

152.5

116.6

–

419.1

In addition, some suppliers have access to utilise the Group’s supplier finance programmes, which are provided by Santander and  
US Bank. There is no cost to the Group for providing these programmes as the cost is borne by the suppliers. These programmes  
allow suppliers to choose whether they want to accelerate the payment of their invoices, by the financing banks, at a low interest cost.  
The amounts outstanding to the banks are presented within trade and other payables, and the cashflows are presented with cash  
flows from operating activities. At the end of the period, the total facility with Santander was $17.8m (2022 $15.9m) with the net  
balance outstanding of $nil (2022: $nil) and the total facility with US Bank was $3.5m (2022: $1.5m) with the net balance outstanding  
of $0.8m (2022: $0.5m).

Exposure to liquidity risk
The maturity analyses for financial liabilities showing the anticipated remaining contractual undiscounted cash flows, including future 
interest payments, at current year exchange rates and assuming floating interest rates remain at the latest fixing rates are:

Non-derivative financial liabilities:

Bank overdrafts

Secured bank loan

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Total

Derivative financial liabilities:

Interest rate swaps

Commodity swap contracts

Total

31 December 2023

1 to 2 years 
$m

2 to 5 years 
$m

After 5 years 
$m

Total  
$m

–

16.2

–

5.5

21.7

(0.1)

(4.5)

(4.6)

–

265.8

–

12.0

277.8

–

(3.1)

(3.1)

–

–

–

19.6

19.6

–

–

–

–

309.6

117.9

43.0

470.5

(3.7)

(12.5)

(16.2)

Within  
1 year  
$m

–

27.6

117.9

5.9

151.4

(3.6)

(4.9)

(8.5)

170 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX22_25_v65 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:30 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

23. Financial risk management continued
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates, will affect the Group’s income or 
the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures 
within acceptable parameters, whilst optimising the return on risk.

The Group uses derivatives in the ordinary course of business, and also incurs financial liabilities, in order to manage market risks.  
All such transactions are carried out within the guidelines set by the Board.

Market risk – Currency risk
The Group is exposed to currency risk on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in a foreign currency other than the 
respective functional currencies of Group entities, primarily the US dollar and the euro. The Group hedges up to 100% of current and 
forecast trade receivables and trade payables denominated in a foreign currency. The Group uses forward exchange contracts to hedge 
its currency risk, with a maturity of less than one year from the reporting date.

Interest on borrowings is denominated in currencies that match the cash flows generated by the underlying operations of the Group, 
primarily US dollar, but also euro and pounds sterling. This provides an economic hedge in instances where hedging derivatives are not 
entered into. In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, the Group ensures that its net exposure 
is kept to an acceptable level by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates when necessary to address short term imbalances.

The Group’s net investment in overseas subsidiaries creates exposure to foreign exchange fluctuations. The risk is hedged by US dollar 
and euro denominated drawdowns under the syndicated facility designated as the hedged item in net investment hedge relationships. 
This mitigates the currency risk arising from the retranslation of a subsidiary’s net assets into pounds sterling, the functional currency of 
the ultimate parent Elementis plc.

Currency risk sensitivity analysis
The following table illustrates the effect on the income statement and items that are recognised directly in equity that would result from  
a 10% strengthening of US dollar against the following currencies, before the effect of tax. The analysis covers only financial assets and 
liabilities held at the balance sheet date and assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant.

Gain from US Dollar strengthening 10% against Euro

Gain/(loss) from US Dollar strengthening 10% against Sterling

2023

2022

Income 
statement 
$m

0.4

0.2

Equity  
$m

0.9

(12.0)

Income 
statement  
$m

0.4

0.8

Equity  
$m

–

 (20.3) 

Market risk – Interest rate
The Group’s policy is to borrow at both fixed and floating interest rates and to use interest rate swaps to generate the required interest 
profile. These interest swaps are designated within cashflow hedging relationships with the interest payments on the borrowings they  
are hedging. The risk being hedged is the exposure of the Group to market rate volatility on a portion of the core Group debt. The Group 
policy does not require that a specific proportion of the Group’s borrowings are at fixed rates of interest.

Interest rate sensitivity analysis 
A change of 100 basis points (1%) in interest rates would have impacted profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis 
assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant.

Variable rate instruments – gain/(loss) 

2023

2022

100bps 
increase  
$m

100bps 
decrease  
$m

0.7

(0.7)

100bps 
increase  
$m

2.8

100bps 
decrease  
$m

 (2.0) 

Market risk – Commodity price risk
The group is exposed to movements in the prices of commodities it purchases and sells such as aluminium and nickel. The volatility in the 
prices of these commodities has led to the decision to enter into commodity swap contracts. The swap contracts do not result in physical 
delivery, but are designated as cash flow hedges to offset the effect of price changes.

Commodity price sensitivity analysis
In 2023 and 2022 the Group’s aluminium purchases were fully hedged and all aluminium swap derivatives achieved hedge accounting; 
there was no impact on profit or loss and no sensitivity is presented.

Other market price risk
Equity price risk arises from equity securities held within the Group’s defined benefit pension obligations. In respect of the US schemes, 
management monitors the mix of debt and equity securities in its investment portfolio based on market expectations. The primary goal  
of the Group’s investment strategy is to maximise investment returns, without excessive risk taking, in order to meet partially the Group’s 
unfunded benefit obligations; management is assisted by external advisers in this regard. In respect of the UK scheme, the investment 
strategy is set by the trustees and the Board is kept informed.

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

171

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX22_25_v65 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:30 pm

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

23. Financial risk management continued
Capital management
The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to 
maintain investor, creditor and market confidence, sustain future 
development of the business and maximise shareholder value.  
The capital structure of the Group consists of debt (see Note 19), 
cash and cash equivalents (see Note 20) and equity attributable  
to equity holders of the parent comprising capital, reserves  
and retained earnings (see Statement of Changes in Equity).

The Group utilises a mix of debt funding sources including term 
loans and revolving credit facilities (RCF) from the Group’s 
syndicated borrowing facility with differing maturities to ensure 
continuity and provide flexibility. The group is subject to two 
financial covenants which apply to the Group’s syndicated 
borrowing facilities. Following the refinancing on 1 July 2022  
the Group is required to maintain a ratio of net debt/EBITDA  
(post IFRS 16) of less than 3.50x and a minimum net interest cover 
of 3.1x (in relation to earnings before net interest expense and tax). 
The post IFRS 16 net debt/EBITDA ratio stood at 1.6x times at  
31 December 2023 (2022: 2.3x) and the directors anticipate  
the strong cash generation of the Group will continue to drive  
a deleveraging profile going forwards. Net interest cover at  
31 December 2023 was 6.2x (2022: 6.6x).

The Board monitors the adjusted return on operating capital 
employed (“ROCE”) both including and excluding goodwill,  
as defined on page 190.

The dividend policy is set out in the Chairman’s statement on 
page 4.

24. Leases
Group as lessee
The Group has lease contracts for various items of property, plant, 
machinery, vehicles and other equipment used in its operations. 
Disclosures in relation to Right of Use Assets are included within 
Note 11 – Property, plant and equipment.

The Group also has certain leases with lease terms of 12 months 
or less and leases of low-value assets to which the Group  
applies the ‘short-term lease’ and ‘lease of low-value assets’ 
recognition exemptions.

The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to lease 
liabilities is 3.0% (2022: 3.6%).

The following are the amounts recognised in profit or loss:

Depreciation expense on 
right-of-use assets

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Expense related to short-term 
leases and low-value assets

Expense relating to variable  
lease payments not included 
in lease liabilities

2023  
$m

2022  
$m

5.3

1.3

0.3

0.5

5.5

1.4

0.4

1.2

Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities and the 
movements during the period:

At 1 January

Additions

Disposals

Interest expense

Payments

Foreign exchange movements

Transferred to liabilities held for sale 
(see Note 32)

At 31 December

2023  
$m

36.3

5.1

(0.6)

1.3

(6.5)

0.6

–

36.2

The maturity analysis of lease liabilities is as follows:

Within one year

In the second to fifth years inclusive

After five years

At 31 December

2023  
$m

5.9

17.5

12.8

36.2

2022  
$m

40.2

5.5

 (2.2) 

1.4

 (7.1) 

 (1.1) 

(0.4)

36.3

2022  
$m

6.1

15.2

15.0

36.3

At 31 December 2023 there were $2.4m of leases that had not yet 
commenced to which the Group had committed to.

25. Retirement benefit obligations
The Group has a number of contributory and non-contributory 
post retirement benefit plans providing retirement benefits for the 
majority of employees and Executive Directors. At 31 December 
2023 the main schemes in the UK and US were of the defined 
benefit type, the benefit being based on number of years of 
service and either the employee’s final remuneration or the 
employee’s average remuneration during a period of years  
before retirement. The assets of these schemes are held in 
separate trustee administered funds or are unfunded but 
provided for on the Group balance sheet.

The UK defined benefit scheme had a surplus under IAS 19  
of $38.7m (2022: $26.4m). In addition, the US defined benefit 
scheme also had a surplus under IAS 19 of $3.4m (2022: $nil). 
In accordance with the requirements of IFRIC 14 management 
have concluded that the unconditional right to a refund of any 
surplus under any winding up of the plan provides sufficient 
evidence that an asset ceiling does not exist and as such the  
full surplus has been recognised.

In addition the Group operates an unfunded post retirement 
medical benefit (“PRMB”) scheme in the US. The entitlement 
to these benefits is usually based on the employee remaining  
in service until retirement age and completion of a minimum  
service period.

Other employee benefit schemes included in the table overleaf 
relate to two unfunded pension schemes, a long term service 
award scheme in Germany and a special benefits programme  
for a small number of former employees of the Eaglescliffe plant. 
The Group also acquired two further unfunded pension schemes 
and two long term service award schemes all in Germany as part 
of the SummitReheis acquisition in 2017. These are included  
within this category.

The Group also operates a small number of defined contribution 
schemes and the contributions payable during the year are 
recognised as incurred. The pension charge for the defined 
contribution pension schemes for the year is $6.7m (2022: $6.0m).

172 Elementis plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

File name: Financials_XNotesX22_25_v67 

Modification Date: 22 March 2024 1:15 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

25. Retirement benefit obligations continued
Net defined benefit liability
The net liability was as follows:

2023

Total market value of assets

Present value of scheme liabilities

Net asset/(liability) recognised in the balance sheet

2022

Total market value of assets

Present value of scheme liabilities

Net asset/(liability) recognised in the balance sheet

UK pension 
scheme  
$m

US pension 
schemes  
$m

US PRMB 
scheme  
$m

Other  
$m

Total  
$m

483.6

(444.9)

38.7

93.8

(90.4)

3.4

–

(3.4)

(3.4)

UK pension 
scheme  
$m

US pension 
schemes  
$m

US PRMB 
scheme  
$m

462.8

 (436.4) 

26.4

91.6

 (91.6) 

–

–

 (3.5) 

 (3.5) 

–

(5.6)

(5.6)

Other  
$m

–

 (5.4) 

 (5.4) 

577.4

(544.3)

33.1

Total  
$m

554.4

 (536.9)

17.5

Employer contributions in 2023 were $1.8m (2022: $0.5m) to the UK scheme and $1.4m (2022: $1.2m) to US schemes. Top up 
contributions to the UK scheme in 2024 will be $0.7m based on the 2021 triennial valuation.

Movement in net defined benefit asset/(liability) 
The following table shows a reconciliation from the opening balances to the closing balances for the net defined benefit liability and  
its components.

Surplus/(deficit) in schemes at 1 January 2023

Included in profit or loss:

Current service cost

Running costs

Net interest income/(expense) 

Total

Included in other comprehensive income:

Re-measurements:

Return on plan assets excluding interest income

Actuarial gains arising from demographic assumptions

Actuarial losses arising from financial assumptions

Actuarial (losses)/gains arising from experience adjustment

Exchange differences

Total

Contributions:

Employers

Surplus/(deficit) at 31 December 2023

UK pension 
scheme  
$m

US pension 
schemes  
$m

US PRMB 
scheme  
$m

26.4

–

(3.5)

(0.1)

(1.9)

1.4

(0.6)

9.7

12.2

(9.5)

(3.0)

1.7

11.1

1.8

38.7

(0.3)

(0.4)

–

(0.7)

4.3

–

(1.9)

0.8

–

3.2

0.9

3.4

–

–

(0.2)

(0.2)

–

–

(0.2)

–

–

(0.2)

0.5

(3.4)

Other  
$m

(5.4)

(0.1)

–

(0.1)

(0.2)

–

0.1

(0.1)

–

(0.4)

(0.4)

0.4

(5.6)

Total  
$m

17.5

(0.5)

(2.3)

1.1

(1.7)

14.0

12.3

(11.7)

(2.2)

1.3

13.7

3.6

33.1

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX22_25_v65 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:30 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

173

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

25. Retirement benefit obligations continued

Surplus/(deficit) in schemes at 1 January 2022

Included in profit or loss

Current service cost

Running costs

Net interest income/(expense) 

Total

Included in other comprehensive income

Re-measurements:

UK pension 
scheme  
$m

US pension 
schemes  
$m

US PRMB 
scheme  
$m 

56.6

 (1.7) 

 (6.6) 

 (0.5) 

 (1.0) 

1.0

 (0.5) 

 (0.6) 

 (0.4) 

–

 (1.0) 

 (0.1) 

–

 (0.3) 

 (0.4) 

Return on plan assets excluding interest income

 (200.4) 

 (26.1) 

Actuarial gains arising from demographic assumptions

Actuarial losses arising from financial assumptions

Actuarial (losses)/gains arising from experience adjustment

Exchange differences

Total

Contributions:

Employers

Transferred to liabilities held for sale (see Note 32)

Surplus/(deficit) at 31 December 2022

Plan assets
Plan assets for the major schemes comprise:

–

191.3

 (14.5) 

 (6.6) 

 (30.2) 

0.5

–

26.4

0.1

26.1

1.3

–

1.4

0.6

0.7

–

–

–

1.2

–

–

1.2

0.6

1.7

 (3.5) 

Other  
$m

 (9.0) 

–

–

 (0.1) 

 (0.1) 

0.1 

–

2.8

 (0.1) 

0.6

3.4

0.3

–

 (5.4) 

Equities

Bonds1

Cash/liquidity funds 

At 31 December 2023

Equities

Bonds1

Cash/liquidity funds

At 31 December 2022

UK pension 
scheme  
$m

US pension 
schemes  
$m

US PRMB 
scheme  
$m 

100.8

339.4

43.4

483.6

80.2

316.3

66.3

462.8

22.4

58.6

12.8

93.8

26.4

53.2

12.0

91.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total  
$m

39.3

 (1.2)

 (1.4)

0.6

 (2.0)

 (226.4)

0.1

221.4

 (13.3)

 (6.0)

 (24.2)

2.0

2.4

17.5

Total  
$m

123.2

398.0

56.2

577.4

106.6

369.5

78.3

554.4

1  Including LDI repurchase agreement liabilities.

To reduce volatility risk a liability driven investment (LDI) strategy forms part of the Trustees’ management of the UK defined benefit 
scheme’s assets, including government bonds, corporate bonds and derivatives. The bond assets category in the table above includes 
gross assets of $587.0m (2022: $566.8m) and associated repurchase agreement liabilities of $247.6m (2022: $250.5m). Repurchase 
agreements are entered into with counterparties to better offset the scheme’s exposure to interest and inflation rates, whilst remaining 
invested in assets of a similar risk profile. Interest rate and inflation rate derivatives are also employed to complement the use of fixed  
and indexed linked bonds in matching the profile of the scheme’s liabilities.

All equities, bonds and liquidity funds have quoted prices in active markets. Other assets include insured annuities, an insurance fund  
and various swap products.

Within the UK pension scheme, the current asset allocation is approximately 44% in a liability matching fund consisting of gilts  
(fixed interest and index linked), bonds, cash and swaps, 26% in a buy and maintain fund and 30% in an investment fund that includes 
various equity and equity like funds. The aim of the trustees is to manage the risk relative to the liabilities associated with the scheme’s 
investments through a combination of diversification, inflation protection and hedging of risk (currency, interest rate and inflation risk).  
The US scheme currently has approximately 24% of its asset value invested in a range of equity funds designed to target higher returns 
and thus reduce the pension deficit, with the balance invested in fixed income bonds and cash. The strategy is that as the deficit reduces, 
a greater proportion of investments will be made into liability matching funds. 

174 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX22_25_v65 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:30 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

25. Retirement benefit obligations continued
Fair value of plan assets
Changes in the fair value of plan assets for the major schemes are as follows:

At 1 January 2022 
Expected return
Running costs
Actuarial gains
Contributions by employer
Benefits paid
Exchange differences
Transferred to assets held for sale
At 31 December 2022
Expected return
Running costs
Actuarial gains
Contributions by employer
Benefits paid
Exchange differences
At 31 December 2023

UK pension 
scheme  
$m

US pension 
schemes  
$m

US PRMB 
scheme  
$m

774.9
12.6
 (1.0) 
 (200.4) 

0.5
 (34.7) 
 (89.1) 

–
462.8
23.3
(1.9)
9.7
1.8
(39.2)
27.1
483.6

130.1
3.3
 (0.4) 
 (26.1) 
0.6
 (7.7) 
–
(8.2)
91.6
4.4
(0.4)
4.3
0.9
(7.0)
–
93.8

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Defined benefit obligation
Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation for the major schemes are as follows:

At 1 January 2022
Service cost
Past service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial gains/(losses)
– demographic assumptions
– financial assumptions
– experience adjustments
Benefits paid
Exchange differences
Transferred to assets held for sale
At 31 December 2022
Service cost
Past service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial gains/(losses)
– demographic assumptions
– financial assumptions
– experience adjustments
Benefits paid
Exchange differences
At 31 December 2023

UK pension 
scheme  
$m

US pension 
schemes  
$m

US PRMB 
scheme  
$m

 (718.3) 
 (0.5) 
–

 (11.6) 

–
191.3
 (14.5) 
34.7
82.5
–

 (436.4) 
(0.1)
–
(21.9)

12.2
(9.5)
(3.0)
39.2
(25.4)
(444.9)

 (131.8) 
 (0.6) 
–
 (3.3) 

0.1
26.1
1.3
7.7
–
8.9
 (91.6) 
(0.3)
–
(4.4)

–
(1.9)
0.8
7.0
–
(90.4)

 (6.6) 
 (0.1) 
– 
 (0.3) 

–
1.2
–
0.6
–
1.7
 (3.5) 

–
–
(0.2)

–
(0.2)
–
0.5
–
(3.4)

Total  
$m

905.0
15.9
 (1.4)
 (226.5)
1.1
 (42.4)
 (89.1)
(8.2)
554.4
27.7
(2.3)
14.0
2.7
(46.2)
27.1
577.4

Total  
$m

 (856.7)
 (1.2)
–
 (15.2)

0.1
218.6
 (13.2)
43.0
82.5
10.6
 (531.5)
(0.4)
–
(26.5)

12.2
(11.6)
(2.2)
46.7
(25.4)
(538.7)

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX22_25_v65 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:30 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

175

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

25. Retirement benefit obligations continued
Actuarial assumptions
A full actuarial valuation was carried out as at 30 September 2020 for the UK scheme and as at 31 December 2015 for the US schemes.

The principal assumptions used by the actuaries for the major schemes have been updated by the actuaries at the balance sheet date 
and were as follows:

2023

Rate of increase in salaries

Rate of increase in pensions in payment

Discount rate

Inflation

2022

Rate of increase in salaries

Rate of increase in pensions in payment

Discount rate

Inflation

The assumed life expectancies on retirement are:

Retiring at 31 December

Males

Females

Retiring in 20 years

Males

Females

UK %

US %

4.2

3.1

4.5

3.2

4.5

3.3

4.8

3.5

US

2023  
years

21

22

21

23

3.0

N/A

5.1

2.4

3.0

N/A

5.1

2.4

2022  
years

21

22

21

23

UK

2023  
years

21

24

23

25

2022  
years

22

24

23

26

The main assumptions for the PRMB scheme are a discount rate of 4.8% (2022: 5.1%) per annum and a health care cost trend of 6.9% 
(2022: 6.7%) per annum for claims pre age 65, reducing to 4.1% per annum by 2033 (2022: 4.2%). Actuarial valuations of retirement 
benefit plans in other jurisdictions have either not been updated for IAS 19 purposes or disclosed separately because of the costs 
involved and the considerably smaller scheme sizes and numbers of employees involved.

At 31 December 2023, the weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligations for the major schemes was as follows:

UK: 10 years

US: 8 years.

Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the scheme liabilities are set out below:

Assumption

Discount rate

Rate of inflation

Change in assumption

Impact on UK scheme

Impact on US scheme

Increased/decreased by 0.5%

Decreased/increased by 5%

Decreased/increased by 4%

Increased/decreased by 0.5%

Increased/decreased by 3%

Increased/decreased by 0%

Rate of salary growth

Increased/decreased by 0.5%

Increased/decreased by 0%

Increased/decreased by 0%

Rate of mortality

Increased by 1 year

Increased by 5%

Increased by 3%

The sensitivity analyses above have been determined based on a method that extrapolates the impact on the defined benefit obligation as 
a result of reasonable changes in key assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period. These sensitivities have been calculated 
to show the movement of the defined obligation following a change in a particular assumption in isolation, assuming no other changes in 
market conditions.

176 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX22_25_v65 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:30 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

26. Share based payments
The Group maintains a number of active share option and award 
plans and schemes for its employees. These are as follows:

Savings-related options
Options are granted under the tax-advantaged Save As You  
Earn (“SAYE”) share option scheme in the UK. The SAYE  
allows UK-based eligible employees to acquire options over the 
Company’s shares at a discount of up to 20% of their market value 
at the date of grant. Options are normally exercisable during the 
six month period following either the third or fifth anniversary of  
the start of the relevant savings contract. Savings contracts are 
subject to the statutory savings limit of £500 per month.

US-based employees can enter into a similar share save scheme. 
Employees can enter into two year savings contracts saving up to 
a maximum of $2,000 per month, allowing eligible employees to 
acquire options over the Company’s shares at a discount of up to 
15% of their market value at the date of grant.

Long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) awards
The LTIP is a discretionary employee share scheme for Executive 
Directors and senior managers. The vesting of the awards are 
subject to performance conditions over a three year period at the 
discretion of the Remuneration Committee. The performance 
conditions of the LTIP are detailed in the Remuneration Report  
on pages 115 and 116. As approved at the 2018 AGM, restricted 
shares (i.e. shares that vest based on time only) are awarded to 
participants below Board level. Shadow LTIPs are in place for 
senior managers based in China and Malaysia.

Deferred share bonus plan (“DSBP”) awards
The DSBP operates exclusively for the Executive Directors.  
Under this scheme, 50% of any cash bonus payable is awarded  
in shares and deferred for two years. There are no other 
performance conditions other than continued employment.

Legacy schemes
Prior to the introduction of the LTIP for senior managers, certain 
employees participated in the Executive Share Option Scheme 
(“ESOS”). The ESOS which, except for outstanding awards which 
will run their course, has been discontinued. The Company 
operated shadow ESOS for a number of senior managers,  
who were employed or based in China or Malaysia.

Share-based payment awards were valued (as shown in the table 
below) using the binomial option pricing model. The weighted fair 
value per award granted and the weighted average assumptions 
used in the calculations are as follows:

Fair value per option (pence) 

Expected volatility (%)

Risk free rate (%)

Expected dividend yield (%)

2023

104.2

38.0

4.7

2.4

2022

95.2

44.0

3.3

3.0

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical 
volatility of the Company’s share price over the previous five years. 
The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on 
management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, 
exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

The Group recognised total expenses of $4.4m for continuing 
operations (2022: $3.1m) with $4.4m recognised for total 
operations (2022: $3.4m) related to share based payment 
transactions during the year.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX26_32_v55 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 4:28 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

177

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

26. Share based payments continued
At 31 December 2023 the following options/awards to subscribe for ordinary shares were outstanding:

Year of grant

Exercise price 
(p)1

From

UK savings related share option scheme

Exercisable

At 1 January 
2023  
’000

To

Granted  
’000

Exercised 
’000

Expired  
’000

At 31 
December 
2023  
’000

2019

2020

2021

2022

2022

2023

2023

121.33 

01/11/22

01/05/23

58.00 

01/11/23

01/05/24

117.00 

01/11/24

01/05/25

88.00 

88.00 

91.00

91.00

01/11/25

01/11/27

01/11/26

01/11/28

01/05/26

01/15/28

01/05/27

01/05/29

US savings related share option scheme

2020

2021

2022

2023

63.11 

16/09/22

16/12/22

133.71 

15/09/23

15/12/23

92.31 

15/09/24

15/12/24

94.86

15/09/25

15/12/26

Executive share option schemes/awards granted under the LTIP7

2015

2015

2016

20173

20175

20176

20172

20185

20195

20194,7

20205

20204,7

2020

20204,7

20204,7

2020

20204,7

20217

20217

2021

2021

2021

2021

20217

2021

20227

20225

20224,7

20224,7

290.20

01/04/18

01/04/25

Nil

27/04/18

27/04/25

218.17

04/04/19 

04/04/26

Nil

Nil

Nil

07/03/17

07/03/19

07/03/20

07/03/27

07/03/27

07/03/27

264.66

03/04/20

03/04/27

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

05/03/20

05/03/28

06/03/21

06/03/29

01/04/22

01/04/22

05/03/23

05/03/30

07/04/23

07/04/30

07/04/22

07/04/22

07/04/23

07/04/23

03/08/23

03/08/23

11/09/23

11/09/23

30/12/23

30/12/23

06/04/24

06/04/31

06/04/24

06/04/31

07/04/24

24/05/31

06/04/24

16/08/31

06/04/24

01/09/31

06/04/24

13/09/31

06/04/24

06/04/24

01/10/31

13/12/31

05/03/25

05/03/32

05/03/25

05/03/32

04/04/25

04/04/32

04/04/25

04/04/25

12

789

46

166

34

–

–

1,047

156

83

909

–

1,148

16

7

21

92

7

17

31

73

49

26

76

4,798

106

2,309

121

16

127

2,621

1,461

13

20

9

23

151

84

213

490

3,082

1,286

–

–

–

–

–

315

49

364

–

–

–

211

211

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(779)

–

–

–

–

–

(12)

(10)

(27)

(36)

(34)

–

–

(779)

(119)

–

–

(20)

–

(20)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(523)

(106)

(2,197)

(88)

(16)

(94)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(49)

(83)

(295)

–

(427)

(16)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(26)

–

(4,268)

–

(57)

–

–

(3)

(73)

(172)

(13)

–

–

(5)

(18)

(14)

–

–

(170)

(180)

–

–

19

130

–

315

49

513

107

–

594

211

912

–

7

21

92

7

17

31

73

49

–

76

–

–

55

33

–

30

2,548

1,289

–

20

9

18

133

70

213

490

2,912

1,106

178 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX26_32_v55 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 4:28 pm

 
 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

26. Share based payments continued

Exercisable

Year of grant

Exercise price 
(p)1

From

At 1 January 
2023  
’000

To

Granted  
’000

Exercised 
’000

Expired  
’000

At 31 
December 
2023  
’000

20227

20227

2022

2022

2022

2022

2022

20235

20238

20234,7

20234,7

2023

2023

20237

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

04/04/25

04/04/25

04/04/25

04/04/25

06/04/24

06/04/24

04/04/25

04/04/25

06/04/24

06/04/24

04/04/25

04/04/25

04/04/25

04/04/25

08/03/26

08/03/33

08/03/26

08/03/33

04/04/26

04/04/33

04/04/26

04/04/26

21/06/25

21/06/25

24/07/25

24/07/25

03/04/25

03/04/25

450

133

16

12

13

13

18

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

18,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

374

148

3,234

1,299

20

14

320

5,409

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(13)

–

–

(13)

(13)

–

–

–

(51)

(51)

–

–

–

450

120

16

12

–

–

18

374

148

3,183

1,248

20

14

320

(3,024)

(5,156)

15,229

1  Where necessary option prices were adjusted for by a factor of 1.092715 to reflect the dilutive effects of the 2018 Rights Issue.
2  These options include cash settled shadow executive options granted to a number of executives on the same basis as the executive options (with the same 

performance conditions and exercise provisions). These shadow options are included in the calculation of the total expenses recognised by the Group related  
to share based payments. The closing balance of the 2011, 2012 and 2017 options shown above include no shadow options.

3  Awards made as one-off agreements that borrow from the terms of the LTIP.
4  These options include cash settled shadow LTIPs granted to a number of executives on the same basis as the LTIP (with the same performance conditions and 

exercise provisions). These shadow LTIPs are included in the calculation of the total expenses recognised by the Group related to share based payments.

5  Conditional share award under the Deferred Share Bonus Plan.
6  Awards made as one-off agreements under the Deferred Share Bonus Plan (nil cost options).
7  The closing balance of 2020, 2021, 2022 and 2023 LTIPs shown above include approximately 124,933, 130,995, 282,174 and 113,154 shadow LTIPs respectively.
8  Conditional share award under the Deferred Share Bonus Plan (nil cost award, structured as restricted share units).

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the above shares outstanding at 31 December 2023 was 5.6 years  
(2022: 5.2 years).

The weighted average exercise prices of options disclosed in the previous table were as follows:

At 1 January

Granted

Exercised

Expired

At 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

2023 
Average 
exercise 
price (p) 

2022 
Average 
exercise  
price (p)

9.6

8.9

12.3

10.0

8.6

31.8

11.9

14.9

30.6

20.4

9.6

49.3

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of share options exercised during the year was 12.3 pence (2022: 31.5 pence).

The number of exercisable options outstanding as at 31 December 2023 was 676,151 (2022: 613,228).

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX26_32_v55 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 4:28 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

179

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

27. Related party transactions
The Company is a guarantor to the UK pension scheme under 
which it guarantees all current and future obligations of UK 
subsidiaries currently participating in the pension scheme to  
make payments to the scheme, up to a specified maximum 
amount. The maximum amount of the guarantee is that which  
is needed (at the time the guarantee is called on) to bring the 
scheme’s funding level up to 105% of its liabilities, calculated in 
accordance with section 179 of the Pensions Act 2004. This is 
also sometimes known as a Pension Protection Fund (“PPF”) 
guarantee, as having such a guarantee in place reduces the 
annual PPF levy on the scheme.

The Group consists of the parent company, Elementis plc,  
being the ultimate parent company of the Group, incorporated  
in the United Kingdom and its subsidiaries and associates. In 
accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006 a full  
list of related undertakings, the country of incorporation and the 
effective percentage of equity owned as at 31 December 2023 is 
disclosed in Note 6 to the parent company financial statements.

28. Movement in net borrowings

Change in net cash resulting from cash flows:

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Decrease/(increase) in borrowings repayable within one year

Decrease in borrowings repayable after one year

Currency translation differences

Decrease in net borrowings

Net borrowings at 1 January

Net borrowings at 31 December

At 1 January 2022

Exchange rate adjustments

Cash flows from financing activities

Other movements

Transferred to liabilities held for sale 

At 31 December 2022

Exchange rate adjustments

Cash flows from financing activities

Other movements

At 31 December 2023

The remuneration of key management personnel of the Group, 
which is defined as the Board of Directors, is shown below:

Salaries and short term  
employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Other long term benefits

Share based payments 

Total

2023  
$m

2022  
$m

3.6

0.3

0.4

1.3

5.6

3.4

0.3

0.4

0.4

4.5 

Full details of all elements of the remuneration of Directors is set 
out in the Directors’ Remuneration report on pages 96 to 122.

2023  
$m

9.9

2.5

158.0

170.4

(5.6)

164.8

(366.8)

(202.0)

Bank and 
other 
borrowings 
$m

Lease 
liabilities  
$m

Total  
financing 
liabilities  
$m

Cash and 
cash 
equivalents 
$m

 (485.6) 

 (40.2) 

 (525.8) 

12.3

51.6

–

–

(421.7)

(6.6)

160.5

–

1.1

7.1

 (4.7) 

0.4

13.4

58.7

 (4.7) 

0.4

(36.3)

(458.0)

(0.7)

6.5

(5.0)

(7.3)

167.0

(5.0)

(267.8)

(35.5)

(303.3)

84.6

 (2.0) 

 (57.8) 

30.1

–

54.9

1.0

9.9

–

65.8

2022  
$m

 (27.8) 

 (3.0) 

54.6

23.8

10.4

34.2

 (401.0) 

 (366.8) 

Net debt  
and lease 
liabilities  
$m

 (441.2)

11.4

0.9

25.4

0.4

(403.1)

(6.3)

176.9

(5.0)

(237.5)

Included in the net movement of borrowings of $160.5m (2022: $51.6m) are total draw downs of $122.3m (2022: $137.9m) and total 
repayments of $282.8m (2022: 189.5m).

180 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX26_32_v55 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 4:28 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

The UK Government’s appeal against the European Commission’s 
decision was heard by the General Court of the European Union 
during October 2021 and on 8 June 2022 the General Court of 
the European Union ruled against the UK Government. The UK 
Government lodged a further appeal to the European Court of 
Justice during Q3 2022 and the case was heard during January 
2024, with a decision expected during Q2 2024. As Elementis 
continues to consider that the appeal process will ultimately be 
successful, at 31 December 2023 an asset has been recorded 
within non-current assets in the expectation that the charge will  
be repaid in due course.

In August 2022 the Brazilian tax authorities opened a tax audit into 
the Group’s Brazilian entity. The audit is focused on the customs 
classification code used since 2017 for one of the entity’s imported 
raw materials. The potential exposure is $7.6m. Management have 
appealed the decision of the tax authorities and based on legal 
advice obtained have concluded that as at 31 December 2023  
it is not probable that an outflow of economic resources will be 
required to settle the matter.

During 2022 the Group terminated a distribution agreement  
with one of its distributors. The distributor has brought a claim  
for compensation as a result of the termination. This matter  
has now proceeded to arbitration and management have 
concluded at this stage that the obligation cannot be measured 
with sufficient reliability.

31. Events after the balance sheet date
On 6 March 2024, Elementis entered into an agreement to sell  
its former Chromium manufacturing site at Eaglescliffe to Flacks 
Group for negative purchase consideration of £11.5m ($14.5m). 
Completion of the transaction is conditional on regulatory approval.

There were no other significant events after the balance sheet date.

29. Dividends
No interim dividend was paid in 2023 (2022: nil cents per share). 
The Group is proposing a final dividend for the year ended  
31 December 2023 of 2.1 cents per share (2022: nil cents  
per share). The total dividend for the year is 2.1 cents per share 
(2022: nil cents per share).

The amount payable for the final dividend, based on the 
anticipated number of qualifying ordinary shares registered on  
the record date is $12m.

The payment of this dividend will not have any tax consequences 
for the Group.

30. Contingent liabilities
As is the case with other chemical companies, the Group 
occasionally receives notice of litigation relating to regulatory  
and legal matters. A provision is recognised when the Group 
believes it has a present legal or constructive obligation as  
a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of 
economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.  
Where it is deemed that an obligation is merely possible  
and that the probability of a material outflow is not remote,  
the Group would disclose a contingent liability.

The Group has not received any notice of litigation relating to 
events arising prior to the balance sheet date that is expected  
to lead to a material exposure.

In 2013 the UK Government (through HMRC) introduced the UK 
Finance Company Exemption (“FCE”) regime. Elementis entered 
into the FCE regime during 2014. In October 2017 the European 
Commission opened a State Aid investigation into the regime.  
In April 2019 the European Commission concluded that the FCE 
regime constituted State Aid in circumstances where Groups  
had accessed the regime using a financing company with UK 
significant people functions; the European Commission therefore 
instructed the UK Government to collect any relevant State Aid 
amounts. The UK government and other UK based international 
companies, including Elementis, appealed to the General Court  
of the European Union against the decision in 2019.

In Spring 2020 HMRC requested that affected Groups submit  
their UK significant people function analysis. The deadline for 
submission of these analyses was delayed due to the impact  
of COVID-19 and Elementis submitted its analysis to HMRC in  
July 2020. In December 2020 the UK government introduced 
legislation to commence collection proceedings.

Elementis received a charging notice from HMRC on 5 February 
2021 which assessed for the maximum exposure of $19m 
(excluding interest). This was paid to HMRC on 5 March 2021.  
A charging notice for associated interest of $1m was received  
on 24 June 2021 and paid on 7 July 2021. Whilst Elementis  
lodged an appeal against the charging notices that did not  
defer the payment of the tax assessed.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX26_32_v55 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 4:28 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

181

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

32. Business exits
2023 business exits
On 29 November 2022 the Group entered into a share purchase 
agreement to sell the Chromium business to Yildirim Group for an 
enterprise value of $170m. At 30 November 2022 the completion 
of the sale within the next 12 months was deemed to be highly 
probable and as such the Chromium business met the criteria to 
be classified as a held for sale asset and a discontinued operation.

The sale completed on 31 January 2023, and Elementis received 
gross cash proceeds of $139.2m ($127.2m net of total disposal 
transaction costs). 

The results of the discontinued operation, which have been 
included in the consolidated income statement within ‘Profit  
from discontinued operations’, were as follows:

Revenue

Expenses

Calculated gain on sale of  
Chromium business

Disposal transaction costs

Recycling of deferred foreign  
exchange losses

Profit before income tax

Tax

(Loss)/profit from  
discontinued operations

2023  
$m

14.4

2022  
$m

185.0

(14.2)

 (165.0) 

26.6

(6.4)

(9.3)

11.1

(12.8)

–

(5.6)

–

14.4

 (2.9) 

(1.7)

11.5

A reconciliation of the reported operating profit/loss from 
discontinued operations to adjusted operating profit/loss from 
discontinued operations is provided below:

Operating profit

Adjusting items:

Calculated gain on sale of  
Chromium business

Disposal transaction costs

Recycling of deferred foreign  
exchange losses on sale of business

Increase in environmental  
provisions due to additional 
remediation work identified

Decrease in environmental provisions 
due to change in discount rate

Amortisation of intangibles arising  
on acquisition

Adjusted operating profit

2023  
$m

11.1

(26.6)

6.4

9.3

–

–

–

0.2

2022  
$m

15.2

–

5.6

–

5.3

(3.1)

0.2

23.2

Details of assets and liabilities at the date of disposal are provided 
in the following table:

Goodwill

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Revenue includes $nil (2022: $nil) related to inter-segment sales.

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Total assets

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Pensions

Tax liabilities

Lease liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets disposed

Gross cash proceeds

Calculated gain on sale of Chromium business

182 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XNotesX26_32_v55 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 4:28 pm

2023  
$m

–

1.0

70.2

69.1

20.7

161.0

 (23.2)

 (19.7)

 (2.2)

 (3.2)

 (0.1)

 (48.4)

112.6

139.2

26.6

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Company balance sheet

At 31 December 2023

Non-current assets

Investments

Debtors

Total non-current assets

Debtors

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Creditors

Net current liabilities

Total assets less current liabilities

Creditors: Amounts falling due after more than one year

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Called up share capital

Share premium account

Capital redemption reserve

Other reserves

Share option reserve

Profit and loss account

Equity shareholders’ funds

Note

2023  
£m

2022  
£m

6

7

7

8

9

9

9

786.0

12.7

798.7

–

–

–

782.7

12.7

795.4

–

 (0.6) 

 (0.6) 

798.7

794.8

(191.3)

607.4

 (190.9) 

603.9

29.4

177.7

83.3

250.5

28.9

37.6

607.4

29.2

177.3

83.3

250.5

25.6

38.0

603.9

The Company recognised a loss for the financial year ended 31 December 2023 of £0.4m (2022: £1.4m).

The financial statements of Elementis plc, registered number 3299608, on pages 183 to 189 were approved by the Board on  
6 March 2024 and signed on its behalf by:

Paul Waterman  Ralph Hewins
CEO 

CFO

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XParentXCompanyX_XNotes_v35 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 2:58 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

183

 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Share  
capital 
 £m

29.1

Share 
premium  
£m

176.6

Capital 
redemption 
reserve  
£m

83.3

Other 
reserves  
£m

250.5

Share  
options 
reserve  
£m

20.7

Retained 
earnings  
£m

41.7

Issue of shares by the Company

0.1

0.7

Balance at 1 January 2022

Comprehensive income

Loss for the year

Total other comprehensive loss

Total comprehensive loss

Transactions with owners

Share based payments

Dividends received

Dividends paid

Transfer

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 31 December 2022

Balance at 1 January 2023

Comprehensive income

Loss for the year

Total other comprehensive loss

Total comprehensive loss

Transactions with owners

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

29.2

–

–

–

–

0.7

177.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

Issue of shares by the Company

0.2

0.4

Share based payments

Dividends received

Dividends paid

Transfer

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 31 December 2023

0.2

29.4

0.4

177.7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

83.3

250.5

–

–

–

–

2.6

–

–

2.3

4.9

25.6

(1.4)

–

(1.4)

–

–

–

–

(2.3)

(2.3)

38.0

Total  
£m

601.9

(1.4)

–

(1.4)

0.8

2.6

–

–

–

3.4

603.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

83.3

250.5

–

–

–

–

3.3

–

–

–

3.3

28.9

(0.4)

–

(0.4)

–

–

–

–

–

(0.4)

–

(0.4)

0.6

3.3

–

–

–

(0.4)

37.6

3.5

607.4

29.2

177.3

83.3

250.5

25.6

38.0

603.9

The Company’s distributable reserves amount to £37.6m (2022: £38.0m) at the end of the period. The Company regularly reviews  
its distributable reserves and makes dividend recapitalisations as and when necessary to ensure it can make all expected dividend 
payments. The Company has sufficient subsidiary reserves to enable such recapitalisations in 2024 and beyond.

For more information on the dividend declared and the dividend per share please see Note 29 of the Group financial statements.

184 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XParentXCompanyX_XNotes_v35 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 2:58 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Notes to the company financial statements of Elementis plc

for the year ended 31 December 2023

1. General information
Elementis plc is a public company limited by shares and is 
incorporated and domiciled in England. The address of its 
registered office is The Bindery, 5th Floor, 51-53 Hatton Garden, 
London, EC1N 8HN. The principal activity of the Company is  
to act as the ultimate holding company of the Elementis Group  
of companies.

2. Basis of preparation
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared under 
the historical cost convention, in compliance with applicable 
United Kingdom accounting standards, including Financial 
Reporting Standard 101 – ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework – 
Disclosure exemptions from EU adopted IFRS for qualifying 
entities’ (FRS 101), and with the Companies Act 2006. The 
Company has presented its results under FRS 101.

As a qualifying entity whose results are consolidated in the 
Elementis plc consolidated financial statements on pages 152 to 
214, the Company has taken advantage of the exemption under 
FRS 101 from preparing a statement of cash flows and associated 
notes, the effects of new but not yet effective IFRSs, disclosures  
in respect of transactions and the capital management of  
wholly owned subsidiaries and key management personnel 
compensation disclosures.

As the consolidated financial statements include equivalent 
disclosures, the Company has also taken the disclosure 
exemptions under FRS 101 in respect of certain requirements of 
IAS 1, IAS 7 statement of cash flows, IAS 8 accounting policies, 
IAS 24 related party disclosures, IAS 36 impairment of assets, 
group settled share-based payments under IFRS 2 share based 
payment, IFRS 3 business combinations, IFRS 5 non-current 
assets held for sale and discontinued operations, disclosures 
required by IFRS 7 financial instruments disclosures and by  
IFRS 13 fair value measurement, IFRS 15 revenue from contracts 
with customers and IFRS 16 leases.

By virtue of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the company 
is exempt from presenting an income statement and disclosing 
employee numbers and staff costs.

As a consequence of the majority of the Company’s assets, 
liabilities and expenses originating in pounds sterling, the 
Company has chosen pounds sterling as its reporting currency.

3. Summary of significant  
accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation  
of these financial statements are set out below. These policies  
have been consistently applied to all the years presented,  
unless otherwise stated. The Company has adopted FRS 101  
in these financial statements.

Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rates of 
exchange ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated 
using the contracted rate or the rate of exchange ruling at the 
balance sheet date and the gains and losses on translation  
are included in the profit and loss account.

Investments
Investments in subsidiaries are included in the balance sheet  
at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Potential indicators of impairment, including the market 
capitalisation of the group dropping below the net assets of 
Elementis plc, have been considered. The recoverable amounts  
of cash generating units as determined for the impairment testing 
of goodwill also support the recoverable amounts of the parent 
Company’s investments.

Dividends on shares presented within shareholders’ funds
Dividends unpaid at the balance sheet date are only recognised  
as a liability at that date to the extent that they are appropriately 
authorised and are no longer at the discretion of the Company.

Pensions and other post-retirement benefits
The Company participates in the Elementis Group defined benefit 
pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately 
from those of the Company. Details of the latest valuation carried 
out in September 2020 can be found in the 2020 Elementis plc 
Annual Report and Accounts. An updated triennial valuation  
was performed in September 2023, however the results of this 
valuation will not be finalised until 2024. Following the introduction 
of the revised reporting standard, any surplus or deficit in the 
Elementis Group defined benefit pension scheme is to be reported 
in the financial statements of Elementis UK Limited, which employs 
the majority of active members of the scheme and is responsible 
for making deficit contributions under the current funding plan.

Taxation
Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting 
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. There  
were no significant judgements or estimates necessary in 2023.

Changes in accounting policies
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the 
previous financial year.

Share based payments
The fair value of share options granted to employees is recognised 
as an expense with a corresponding increase in equity. Where the 
Company grants options over its own shares to the employees of 
its subsidiaries it recognises in its individual financial statements an 
increase in the cost of investment in its subsidiaries equivalent to 
the equity settled share based payment charge recognised in its 
subsidiaries’ financial statements, with the corresponding credit 
being recognised directly in equity. The fair value is measured  
at the grant date and spread over the period during which the 
employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. The fair 
value of the options granted is measured using a binomial model, 
taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the 
options were granted. The amount recognised as an expense is 
adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options that vest 
except where forfeiture is only due to share prices not achieving 
the threshold for vesting.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XParentXCompanyX_XNotes_v35 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 2:58 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

185

Notes to the company financial statements of Elementis plc
continued

3. Summary of significant accounting 
policies continued
Classification of financial instruments issued by  
the company
Financial instruments issued by the Company are treated as equity 
only to the extent that they meet the following two conditions:

a. They include no contractual obligations upon the Company  
to deliver cash or other financial assets or to exchange financial 
assets or financial liabilities with another party under conditions 
that are potentially unfavourable to the Company.

b. Where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s 
own equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative that includes 
no obligation to deliver a variable number of the Company’s own 
equity instruments or is a derivative that will be settled by the 
Company’s exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other financial 
assets for a fixed number of its own equity instruments.

To the extent that the definition is not met, the proceeds of issue 
are classified as a financial liability. Where the instrument so 
classified takes the legal form of the Company’s own shares,  
the amounts presented in these financial statements for called  
up share capital and share premium account exclude amounts  
in relation to those shares.

6. Investments

Cost at 1 January 2023

Additions

Net book value at 31 December 2023

Net book value at 31 December 2022

Finance payments associated with financial liabilities are dealt  
with as part of interest payable and similar charges. Finance 
payments associated with financial instruments that are classified 
as part of shareholders’ funds are dealt with as appropriations  
in the reconciliation of movements in shareholders’ funds.

4. Profit for the financial year attributable 
to shareholders
As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006,  
the Company has not presented its own profit and loss account.  
A loss of £0.4m (2022: £1.4m loss) is dealt with in the financial 
statements of the Company.

5. Directors’ remuneration
Details of Directors’ remuneration for the Company are included  
in the Directors’ Remuneration report within the Elementis plc 
Annual Report and Accounts on pages 96 to 122.

Unlisted 
shares at cost 
£m

0.1

–

0.1

0.1

Unlisted  
loans  
£m

759.0

–

759.0

759.0

Capital 
contributions 
£m

23.6

3.3

26.9

23.6

Total  
£m

782.7

3.3

786.0

782.7

186 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XParentXCompanyX_XNotes_v35 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 2:58 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

6. Investments continued
The investment in unlisted loans is with Elementis Holdings Limited, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary. The investments in unlisted 
shares are in Elementis Group BV, Elementis Export Sales Inc, and Elementis Overseas Investments Limited, all wholly owned 
subsidiaries. Capital contributions relate to share-based payment awards made to employees of subsidiary companies.

The trading subsidiaries and associates of Elementis plc, all of which are wholly owned, excluding Alembic Manufacturing Limited,  
in which the Group holds a 25% interest, are as follows:

Subsidiary undertakings

Alembic Manufacturing Limited

Personal Care products

Deuchem Co., Limited

Additives and resins

Deuchem (Shanghai) Chemical Co. Limited

Additives and resins

Elementis (Shanghai) New Material  
Co. Limited

Elementis Minerals BV

Elementis Specialties (Anji) Limited

Additives and resins

Talc products

Organoclays

Country of incorporation and operation

United Kingdom1

Taiwan2

People’s Republic of China3

People’s Republic of China3

Netherlands5

People’s Republic of China6

Elementis Specialties do Brasil Quimica Ltda Coatings additives

Brazil7

Elementis Specialties Inc

Rheological additives, colourants, waxes, 
other specialty additives

United States of America4

Elementis SRL Inc

Personal Care products

Elementis UK Limited trading as:  
Elementis Specialties

Rheological additives, colourants, waxes, 
other specialty additives

United States of America4

United Kingdom8

Elementis Pharma GmbH

Personal Care products

Mondo Minerals Deutschland GmbH

Elementis Minerals Nickel Oy

Talc products

Talc products

Mondo Trading (Beijing) Company Limited

Talc products

Germany9

Germany10

Finland11

People’s Republic of China12

1   Registered office: Unit 6 Wimbourne Buildings, Atlantic Way, Barry Docks, Barry, South Glamorgan CF63 3RA, UK.
2   Registered office: 92, Kuang-Fu North Road, Hsinchu Industrial Park, Hukou, Hsinchu Taiwan, ROC.
3   Registered office: 99 Lianyang Road, Songjiang Industrial Zone, Shanghai, China.
4   Registered office: 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, US.
5   Registered office: Kajuitweg 8, 1041 AR, Amsterdam, Netherlands.
6   Registered office: Huibutai, Majiadu Village, Dipu Town, Anji County, Huzhou City, Zhejiang Province, China.
7   Registered office: Rodovia Nelson Leopoldino, SP 375, Km 13,8, s/n, Bairro Rural, Palmital, São Paulo, Brazil.
8   Registered office: The Bindery, 5th Floor, 51-53 Hatton Garden, London EC1N 8HN, UK.
9   Registered office: Giulinistr. 2, 67065 Ludwigshafen, Germany.
10 Registered office: Friedrichsallee 14, 42117, Wuppertal, Germany.
11 Registered office: Talkkitie 7, 83500, Outokumpu, Finland.
12 Registered office: Nan Zhugan Hutong no.6, floor 9, 01-007, Dongcheng District, 100010, Beijing, China.

Non-trading and dormant subsidiaries of Elementis plc, all of which are wholly owned within the Group, are as follows:

Subsidiary undertakings

Agrichrome Limited

Elementis America Shared Services Inc

Elementis Australia Limited*

Elementis Catalysts Inc

Elementis Chemicals Inc

Elementis Eaglescliffe Limited

Elementis Export Sales Inc

Elementis Finance (Australia) Limited*

Elementis Finance (Europe) Limited

Elementis Finance (Germany) Limited

Elementis Finance (Ireland) Limited

Elementis Finance (Jersey) Limited

Elementis Finance (US) Limited

Elementis Germany GmbH

Non-trading

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Non-Trading

Non-trading

Dormant

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Country of incorporation and operation

United Kingdom1

United States of America2

United Kingdom1

United States of America2

United States of America2

United Kingdom1

United States of America2

United Kingdom1

United Kingdom1

United Kingdom1

Ireland3

Jersey4

United Kingdom1

Germany5

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

187

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XParentXCompanyX_XNotes_v35 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 2:58 pm

Notes to the company financial statements of Elementis plc
continued

6. Investments continued

Subsidiary undertakings

Elementis Germany Limited

Elementis Global LLC

Elementis GmbH

Elementis Group (Finance) Limited

Elementis Group BV

Elementis Group Limited

Elementis Holdings Limited

Elementis London Limited

Elementis Minerals Holding BV

Elementis Nederlands BV

Elementis New Zealand Limited*

Elementis NZ Limited

Elementis Overseas Investments Limited

Elementis Pigments Inc

Elementis Portugal, Unipessoal Lda

Elementis S.E.A. (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd

Elementis Securities Limited

Elementis Services GmbH

Dormant

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Dormant

Non-trading

Dormant

Non-trading

Non-trading

Dormant

Non-trading

Non-trading

Dormant

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Elementis Specialties (India) Private Limited

Non-trading

Elementis US Holdings Inc

Elementis US Limited

H & C Acquisitions Limited*

H & C Lumber Inc

Harcros Chemicals Canada Inc

Iron Oxides S.A. de CV

Mondo Minerals International BV

NB Chrome Limited*

Reheis Inc

SRL Coöperatief U.A.

SRLH Holdings Inc

SRL International Holdings LLC

Talc Holding Finance Oy

Talc Holding Oy

WBS Carbons Acquisitions Corp

Non-trading

Non-trading

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Country of incorporation and operation

United Kingdom1

United States of America2

Germany5

United Kingdom1

Netherlands6

United Kingdom1

United Kingdom1

United Kingdom1

Netherlands6

Netherlands6

United Kingdom1

New Zealand7

United Kingdom1

United States of America2

Portugal8

Malaysia9

United Kingdom1

Germany5

India10

United States of America2

United Kingdom1

United Kingdom1

United States of America2

Canada11

Mexico12

Netherlands6

United Kingdom1

United States of America2

Netherlands6

United States of America2

United States of America2

Finland13

Finland13

United States of America2

1   Registered office: The Bindery, 5th Floor, 51-53 Hatton Garden, London EC1N 8HN, UK.
2   Registered office: 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, US.
3   Registered office: 8th Floor, Block E, Iveagh Court, Harcourt Road, Dublin 2, Ireland.
4   Registered office: 3rd Floor, 44 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, JE4 9WG.
5   Registered office: Stolberger Str.370, 50933, Köln, Germany.
6   Registered office: Kajuitweg 8, 1041 AR, Amsterdam, Netherlands.
7   Registered office: KPMG, P O Box 1584, 18 Viaduct Harbour Avenue, Maritime Square, Auckland, New Zealand.
8   Registered office: c/o Avenida da Boavista, Numbero 3265 – 2.8 Porto, 4100-137 Porto, Portugal.
9   Registered office: 10th Floor, Menara Hap Seng, No. 1 & 3 Jalan P. Ramlee, 50250 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.
10 Registered office: Unit-B, Ground Floor, Jaswanti Landmark, Mehra Industrial Estate, L.B.S. Marg, Vikhroli (W), Mumbai 400079, India.
11 Registered office: C/o Stewart McKelvey Stirling Scales,44 Chipman Hill, Suite 1000 ON E2L 4S6, Canada.
12 Registered office: Calle San Ignacio N 105, 22106 Tijuana, Baja California Mexico.
13 Registered office: Kajaanintie 54, 88620, Korholanmaki, Finland.
*   Five entities were applied for strike off in November 2023.

188 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XParentXCompanyX_XNotes_v35 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 2:58 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

6. Investments continued
Notes:

   Other than Elementis Export Sales Inc, Elementis Group BV and 
Elementis Overseas Investments Ltd, none of the undertakings 
is held directly by the Company. Equity capital is in ordinary 
shares and voting rights equate to equity ownership.

   All undertakings listed above have accounting periods ending 
31 December, with the exception of Elementis Specialties 
(India) Private Limited, for which the relevant date is 31 March, 
and Elementis Eaglescliffe Limited, for which the relevant date  
is 31 July.

   Undertakings operating in the United Kingdom are incorporated 
in England and Wales. In the case of corporate undertakings  
not in the United Kingdom, their country of operation is also 
their country of incorporation.

   All undertakings listed above have been included in the 
consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year.

7. Debtors

2023  
£m

2022  
£m

Debtors: Amount falling due  
after more than one year

Group relief receivable

12.7

12.7

Debtors: Amount falling due  
within one year

Group relief receivable

–

–

8. Creditors: Amount falling due within  
one year

Accruals

9. Share capital and reserves

2023  
£m

–

2022  
£m

0.6

2023 
Number 
’000 

2023  
£m

2022 
Number 
’000 

2022  
£m

Called-up allotted 
and fully paid:

Ordinary shares of  
5 pence each

At 1 January

Issue of shares

584,017

29.2 581,858

3,807

0.2

2,159

At 31 December

587,824

29.4 584,017

29.1

0.1

29.2

During the year a total of 3,807,146 ordinary shares with an 
aggregate nominal value of £190,357 were allotted and issued  
in accordance with the Group’s share options and award plans  
and schemes to various employees, as well as shares that were 
redeemed for cash at subscription prices between 58 pence and 
93 pence on the exercise of options under the Group’s share 
option schemes. The total subscription monies received by  
the Company for these shares was £0.5m.

The Company can redeem shares by repaying the market value to 
the shareholder, whereupon the shares are cancelled. Redemption 
must be from distributable profits. The capital redemption reserve 
represents the nominal value of the shares redeemed.

The share options reserve comprises amounts accumulated  
in equity in respect of share options and awards granted  
to employees.

Details of the shared based payments in the year are set out in 
Note 26 to the Elementis plc consolidated financial statements.

10. Related party transactions
The Company, which is the ultimate parent company of the 
Elementis Group, is a guarantor to the Elementis Group defined 
benefit pension scheme under which it guarantees all current  
and future obligations of UK subsidiaries currently participating in 
the pension scheme to make payments to the scheme, up to 
 a specified maximum amount. The maximum amount of the 
guarantee is that which is needed (at the time the guarantee is 
called on) to bring the scheme’s funding level up to 105% of  
its liabilities, calculated in accordance with section 179 of the 
Pensions Act 2004. This is also sometimes known as a PPF 
guarantee, as having such a guarantee in place reduces the 
annual PPF levy on the scheme. Details of the UK pension 
schemes in the year are set out in Note 25 to the Elementis plc 
consolidated financial statements.

11. UK registered subsidiaries exempt  
from audit
The following UK subsidiaries will take advantage of the audit 
exemption set out within section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 
for the year ended 31 December 2023. Unless otherwise stated, 
the undertakings listed below are all 100% owned, either directly 
or indirectly, by Elementis plc. The Company will guarantee the 
debts and liabilities of the UK subsidiaries listed below at the 
balance sheet date in accordance with section 479C of the 
Companies Act 2006. The Company has assessed the probability 
of loss under the guarantee as remote.

Name

Agrichrome Limited

Elementis Finance 
(Germany) Limited

Elementis Finance  
(US) Limited

Elementis Germany 
Limited 

Elementis Group 
(Finance) Limited

Elementis Group Limited

Elementis Overseas 
Investments Limited

Elementis  
Securities Limited

Elementis US Limited

Elementis Finance 
(Europe) Limited

Proportion of 
shares held 
by the 
Company (%)

Proportion of 
shares held 
by subsidiary 
(%)

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Company 
Number

2228826

5531634

9303101

48664

9303017

4048541

8008981

597303

8005226

11717371

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

189

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XParentXCompanyX_XNotes_v35 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 2:58 pm

Alternative performance measures  
and unaudited information

Alternative performance measures
A reconciliation from reported profit for the year to adjusted 
earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation 
(Adjusted EBITDA) is provided to support understanding of the 
summarised cash flow included within the Finance Report on 
pages 55 to 59.

Profit/(loss) for the year

Adjustments for:

Loss/(profit) from  
discontinued operations

Finance income

Finance costs and other expenses

Tax charge

Depreciation and amortisation

Excluding intangibles arising  
on acquisition

Adjusting items before finance  
costs and depreciation

Adjusted EBITDA

2023  
$m

26.5

1.7

(4.4)

23.5

11.5

54.7

2022  
$m

(51.1)

 (11.5) 

 (9.9) 

22.9

7.8

56.6

(12.7)

 (14.9) 

45.0

145.8

141.9

141.8

There are also a number of key performance indicators (“KPIs”)  
on pages 24 to 25, the reconciliations to these are given below.

Adjusted operating cash flow
Adjusted operating cash flow is defined as the net cash flow from 
operating activities less net capital expenditure but excluding 
income taxes paid or received, interest paid or received, pension 
contributions net of current service cost and adjusting items.

Net cash flow from operating activities

Less:

Net cash flow used in operating 
activities from discontinued operations

Capital expenditure

Add:

Income tax paid or received

Interest paid or received

Pension contributions net of  
current service cost

Adjusting items – non cash

Adjusting items – cash

Adjusted operating cash flow

2023  
$m

76.8

2022  
$m

77.0

12.4

(38.2)

(5.6)

(33.7)

27.3

18.1

3.1

0.2

5.6

105.3

13.3

14.6

0.7

(2.6)

2.0

65.7

Adjusted operating cash conversion
Adjusted operating cash conversion is defined as adjusted 
operating profit divided by adjusted operating cash flow plus 
provisions and share based payments.

Adjusted operating profit 

2023  
$m

103.9

20221  
$m

123.7

Adjusted operating cash flow 

105.3

64.2

Add:

Provisions and share  
based payments

4.4

109.7

3.6

67.8

Adjusted operating cash conversion

106%

55%

1  2022 includes discontinued operations.

Contribution margin
The Group’s contribution margin is defined as sales less all 
variable costs, divided by sales, and expressed as a percentage.

Revenue

Variable costs

Non variable costs

Cost of sales

2023  
$m

713.4

(361.2)

(67.9)

(429.1)

2022  
$m

736.4

 (388.3) 

 (49.2) 

 (437.5) 

Adjusted group profit before tax
Adjusted group profit before tax is defined as the adjusted profit 
for the year plus the tax on adjusting items.

Adjusted return on operating capital employed
ROCE is defined as adjusted operating profit from total  
operations divided by operating capital employed, expressed as  
a percentage. Operating capital employed comprises fixed assets 
(excluding goodwill), working capital and operating provisions. 
Operating provisions include self insurance and environmental 
provisions but exclude retirement benefit obligations.

Adjusted operating profit

Fixed assets excluding goodwill

Working capital

Operating provisions

Operating capital employed

2023  
$m

103.9

612.0

147.2

(81.9)

677.3

2022  
$m

100.5

583.2

141.5

 (28.6) 

696.1

Return on capital employed %

15%

14%

190 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XAPMsX_X5_yearXrecord_v45 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 4:36 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Average trade working capital to sales ratio
The trade working capital to sales ratio is defined as the 12 month 
average trade working capital divided by sales, expressed as a 
percentage. Trade working capital comprises inventories, trade 
receivables (net of provisions) and trade payables. It specifically 
excludes repayments, capital or interest related receivables  
or payables, changes due to currency movements and items 
classified as other receivables and other payables.

Adjusted operating profit/Operating margin
Adjusted operating profit is the profit derived from the normal 
operations of the business. Adjusted operating margin is the  
ratio of adjusted operating profit to sales.

Unaudited information
To support a full understanding of the performance of the  
Group, the information below provides the calculations of  
net debt/EBITDA.

Revenue from total operations

Adjusted operating profit from  
total operations

Adjusted operating margin from  
total operations

Net Debt/EBITDA pre-IFRS 16

2023  
$m

727.8

2022  
$m

921.4

104.1

123.7

14.3%

13.4%

Adjusted EBITDA from total operations

146.8

173.1

IFRS 16 adjustment from  
total operations

Adjusted EBITDA pre-IFRS 16  
from total operations

(6.5)

 (7.1) 

140.3

166.0

Net Debt1

202.0

366.8

Net Debt/EBITDA pre-IFRS 16

1.4

2.2

Net Debt/EBITDA post-IFRS 16

Adjusted EBITDA from total operations

146.8

173.1

Net Debt1

IFRS 16 lease liabilities

Net Debt including lease liabilities

202.0

35.6

237.6

366.8

36.7

403.5

Net Debt/EBITDA post-IFRS 16

1.6

2.3

1  See Note 28. Net debt excludes lease liabilities.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XAPMsX_X5_yearXrecord_v46 

  Modification Date: 22 March 2024 4:44 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

191

Five year record

Turnover:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Total operations

Adjusted operating profit:

Total operations

Discontinued operations

Continuing operations

Adjusting items before interest

Operating profit/(loss)

Other expenses

Net interest payable

Profit/(loss) before tax

Tax

Profit/(loss) from continuing operations

(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations

Profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent

Continuing operations:

Basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (cents) 

Basic earnings per ordinary share after adjusting items (cents) 

Diluted earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (cents) 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share after adjusting items (cents) 

Continuing and discontinued operations:

Basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (cents) 

Basic earnings per ordinary share after adjusting items (cents) 

Diluted earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (cents) 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share after adjusting items (cents) 

Dividend per ordinary share (cents)

Interest cover1 (times)

2023  
$m

2022  
$m

2021  
$m

2020  
$m

2019  
$m

713.4

14.4

727.8

104.1

0.2

103.9

45.0

58.9

(2.3)

(16.9)

39.7

(11.5)

28.2

(1.7)

26.5

2023  
$m

4.8

11.0

4.7

10.8

4.5

11.0

4.4

10.8

2.1

6.2

736.4

185.0 

921.4

123.7

23.2

100.5

709.4

170.7

880.1

106.6

18.6

88.0

612.4

146.9

759.3

81.6

10.4

71.2

712.4

171.0

883.4

123.0

22.3

100.7

 (142.3) 

 (76.1) 

 (106.5) 

 (22.0) 

 (41.8) 

 (1.3) 

 (11.7) 

 (54.8) 

 (7.8) 

 (62.6) 

11.5

 (51.1) 

2022  
$m

 (10.7) 

11.1

 (10.7) 

10.9

 (8.8) 

14.2

 (8.8) 

13.9

–

6.6

11.9

 (3.7) 

 (15.7) 

 (7.5) 

 (0.4) 

 (7.9) 

10.4

2.5

2021  
$m

 (1.4) 

8.4

 (1.4) 

7.3

0.4

10.7

0.4

10.6

–

4.8

 (35.3) 

 (1.2) 

 (37.6) 

 (74.1) 

3.1

 (71.0) 

4.0

 (67.0) 

2020  
$m

 (12.2) 

5.5

 (12.2) 

5.4

 (11.5) 

6.6

 (11.3) 

6.5

–

3.7

78.7

 (10.4) 

 (28.0) 

40.3

 (10.2) 

30.1

16.3

46.4

2019  
$m

5.2

9.7

5.1

9.6

8.0

12.6

7.9

12.4

8.6

5.5

Equity attributable to holders of the parent

Net debt

847.3

(202.0)

783.9

901.0

860.4

906.2

 (366.8) 

 (401.0) 

 (408.1) 

 (454.2) 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during  
the year (million)

Weighted average number of ordinary and potential ordinary  
shares in issue during the year (million)

1  Ratio of operating profit after adjusting items to interest on net borrowings.

585.7

582.6

581.0

580.1

579.6

596.9

592.3

588.8

593.7

588.5

192 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Financials_XAPMsX_X5_yearXrecord_v45 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 4:36 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Duplicate documents
If you have more than one account on the Share Register and 
receive duplicate documentation from us as a result, please 
contact Equiniti to request that your accounts be combined.

Share fraud
Share or investment scams are often run from ‘boiler rooms’  
where fraudsters cold call investors offering them worthless, 
overpriced or even non-existent shares, or offer to buy their  
shares in a company at a higher price than the market value. 
Shareholders are advised to be very wary of any unsolicited 
advice, offers to buy shares at a discount, or offers of free reports 
about the company. Even seasoned investors have been caught 
out by such fraudsters. The FCA has some helpful information: 
www.fca.org.uk/scamsmart

Report a scam 
If you are contacted by a cold caller, you should inform  
the Secretariat (company.secretariat@elementis.com)  
and also the FCA by using its share fraud reporting form at  
www.fca.org.uk/scams or by calling its Consumer Helpline  
on +44 (0) 800 111 6768.

If you have already paid money to a share fraudster,  
please contact Action Fraud on +44 (0) 300 123 2040  
or www.actionfraud.police.uk

Shareholder services

Registrars
Enquiries concerning shares or shareholdings, such as the  
loss of a share certificate, consolidation of share certificates, 
amalgamation of holdings or dividend payments, should be 
addressed to the Company’s registrars:

Equiniti Group Limited 
Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA 
Tel: +44 (0) 371 384 2379

For deaf or speech impaired customers, Equiniti welcome calls via 
Relay UK. Please see www.relayuk.bt.com for more information.

Please use the country code when calling from outside the UK. 
Lines are open between 8.30am and 5.30pm Monday to Friday 
(excluding public holidays in England and Wales).

In any correspondence with the registrars, please refer to 
Elementis plc and state clearly the registered name and address  
of the shareholder. Please notify the registrars promptly of any 
change of address.

Website
Our website (www.elementis.com) provides the following information:

   Company news and information

   Details of our strategy

   The Company’s approach to sustainability and innovation

   A dedicated Investors section which contains up to date 
information for shareholders including:

   Share price and index chart information

   Financial results

   History of dividend payment dates and amounts

   Access to current and historical shareholder documents  
such as the Annual Report and Accounts

Share dealing services
Equiniti provides a share dealing service that enables shares  
to be bought or sold by UK shareholders by telephone  
or over the internet. For telephone share dealing, please  
call +44 (0) 345 603 7037 between 8.30am and 4.30pm  
(lines are open until 6.00pm for enquiries). For internet share 
dealing, please visit: www.shareview.co.uk/dealing

Electronic communications
Shareholders can elect to receive shareholder  
documents electronically by registering with Shareview at  
www.shareview.co.uk. This will save on printing and distribution 
costs, creating environmental benefits. When you register, 
you will be sent an email notification to say when shareholder 
documents are available on our website and you will be provided 
with a link to that information. When registering, you will need  
your shareholder reference number, which can be found on your 
share certificate or proxy form. Please contact Equiniti if you 
require any assistance or further information.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: ShareholderXServicesX_XCorporateXinformation_v22 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:33 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

193

Corporate information

Financial calendar (provisional)

30 April 2024

30 April 2024

1 August 2024

October 2024

Annual General Meeting

Q1 Trading Update

Interim Results 2024

Q3 Trading Update

31 December 2024

Financial Year End

January 2025

Q4 Trading Update

The financial calendar is updated on a regular basis throughout the year.  
Please refer to our website www.elementis.com for up-to-date details.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting of Elementis plc will be held on  
30 April 2024 at 10.00am at the offices of Allen & Overy LLP,  
One Bishops Square, London, E1 6AD. Shareholders will also  
be able to attend the meeting online.

The Notice of Meeting is included in a separate document.

Company Secretary
Anna Lawrence

Registered number
03299608

Registered office
The Bindery 
5th Floor 
51-53 Hatton Garden 
London 
EC1N 8HN 
UK

Principal offices
Elementis plc
The Bindery 
5th Floor 
51-53 Hatton Garden 
London 
EC1N 8HN 
UK

Tel: +44 208 148 5966

Elementis Global
469 Old Trenton Road 
East Windsor 
NJ 08512 
US

Tel: +1 609 443 2000

Independent Auditors
Deloitte LLP
1 Little New Street 
London 
EC4A 3TR

Joint Corporate Broker
JP Morgan Cazenove
60 Victoria Embankment 
London 
EC4Y 0JP

Joint Corporate Broker
Numis
Cheapside House 
138 Cheapside 
London 
EC2V 6LH

Public Relations
Teneo
2nd Floor 
85 Fleet Street 
London 
EC4Y 1AE

Solicitors
Allen & Overy LLP
One Bishops Square 
London 
E1 6AD

Email
company.secretariat@elementis.com

Website
www.elementis.com

194 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: ShareholderXServicesX_XCorporateXinformation_v22 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 1:33 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

GRI index

Statement of use   

 Elementis plc has reported the information cited in this GRI content index for the period 1 January 2023 to 
31 December 2023 with reference to the GRI standards.

GRI used  

GRI standard

GRI 2: General 
disclosures 2021

GRI 3: Material  
Topics 2021

GRI 201: Economic 
performance 2016

GRI 205:  
Anti-corruption 2016

GRI 206: Anti-competitive 
Behaviour 2016

GRI 1: Foundation 2021

Specific GRI Disclosure

2-1 Organisational details 

2-2 Entities included in the organisation’s sustainability reporting

2-3 Reporting period, frequency and contact point

2-4 Restatements of information

2-5 External assurance

2-6 Activities, value chain and other business relationships

2-7 Employees 

2-8 Workers who are not employees

2-9 Governance structure and composition

2-10 Nomination and selection of the highest governance body 

2-11 Chair of the highest governance body

2-12 Role of the highest governance body in overseeing the management of impacts

2-13 Delegation of responsibility for managing impacts 

2-14 Role of the highest governance body in sustainability reporting 

2-15 Conflicts of interest

2-16 Communication of critical concerns

2-17 Collective knowledge of the highest governance body 

2-18 Evaluation of the performance of the highest governance body 

2-19 Remuneration policies

2-20 Process to determine remuneration

2-21 Annual total compensation ratio

2-22 Statement on sustainable development strategy

2-23 Policy commitments 

2-24 Embedding policy commitments

2-25 Processes to remediate negative impacts

2-26 Mechanisms for seeking advice and raising concerns

2-27 Compliance with laws and regulations

2-28 Membership associations

2-29 Approach to stakeholder engagement

2-30 Collective bargaining agreements

3-1 Process to determine material topics

3-2 List of material topics

3-3 Management of material topics

Pages

1-2

41, 187-188

Inside front 
cover, 194

29, 42, 43

40

3, 7, 53, 61-63

47

Not disclosed

74-77, 86-87

84-87

74

78-82

32

32

84-85, 94

79-81

87

83, 85

97-122

99-102

119

4-5, 11

54

54

52, 79, 91

52, 80-81

27, 46, 52, 88-92

27, 52

26-28

47

33

33

32-54

201-2 Financial implications and other risks and opportunities due to climate change

36-40, 132, 141

201-3 Defined benefit plan obligations and other retirement plans

201-4 Financial assistance received from government 

205-2 Communication and training about anti-corruption policies and procedures

205-3 Confirmed incidents of corruption and actions taken

48, 58-59

145

51-52

Zero incidents, 
52

206-1 Legal actions for anti-competitive behaviour, anti-trust, and monopoly practices

54

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: GRI_SASBXIndex_v22 

  Modification Date: 22 March 2024 1:16 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

195

 
GRI index
continued

GRI standard

Specific GRI Disclosure

GRI 207: Tax 2019

207-1 Approach to tax

207-2 Tax governance, control, and risk management

207-3 Stakeholder engagement and management of concerns related to tax

207-4 Country-by-country reporting

GRI 302: Energy 2016

302-1 Energy consumption within the organisation

GRI 303: Water and 
Effluents 2018

GRI 304:  
Biodiversity 2016

302-3 Energy intensity

302-4 Reduction of energy consumption

303-3 Water withdrawal

303-4 Water discharge

303-5 Water consumption

304-4  IUCN Red List species and national conservation list species with habitats in 

areas affected by operations

GRI 305: Emissions 2016 305-1 Direct (Scope 1) GHG emissions

305-2 Energy indirect (Scope 2) GHG emissions

305-3 Other indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissions

305-4 GHG emissions intensity

305-5 Reduction of GHG emissions 

305-7 Nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulfur oxides (SOx), and other significant air emissions

GRI 306: Waste 2020

306-3 Waste generated 

GRI 401:  
Employment 2016

401-1 New employee hires and employee turnover

401-2  Benefits provided to full-time employees that are not provided to temporary or 

part-time employees

401-3 Parental leave

GRI 403: Occupational 
Health and Safety 2018

403-1 Occupational health and safety management system

403-2 Hazard identification, risk assessment, and incident investigation

403-4  Worker participation, consultation, and communication on occupational  

health and safety

403-5 Worker training on occupational health and safety

403-6 Promotion of worker health

403-8 Workers covered by an occupational health and safety management system

403-9 Work-related injuries

403-10 Work-related ill health

GRI 404: Training and 
Education 2016

404-1 Average hours of training per year per employee

404-2 Programme for upgrading employee skills and transition assistance programme

404-3  Percentage of employees receiving regular performance and career 

development reviews

GRI 405: Diversity and 
Equal Opportunity 2016

GRI 406: Non-
discrimination 2016

GRI 417: Marketing  
and Labeling 2016

GRI 418: Customer 
Privacy 2016

405-1 Diversity of governance bodies and employees

405-2 Ratio of basic salary and remuneration of women to men

406-1 Incidents of discrimination and corrective actions taken

417-1 Requirements for product and service information and labelling

418-1  Substantiated complaints concerning breaches of customer privacy and  

losses of customer data

Pages

53, 57, 145, 161, 
181

145

57, 145

154

40

40

40

42-43

42-43

42-43

44

39-41

39-41

39-41

39-41

39

42-43

42-43

47

47

47

45-46

45-46

45-46

45-46

46, 48

45-46

25, 46, 47

25, 46, 47

49, 50, 52

49

49

48, 87

47

52

52-53

52

196 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: GRI_SASBXIndex_v21 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:22 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

SASB index

Topic

Accounting Metric

Greenhouse  
Gas Emissions

Gross global Scope 1 emissions, percentage covered under 
emissions-limiting regulations

Air Quality

Discussion of long-term and short-term strategy or plan to manage 
Scope 1 emissions, emissions reduction targets, and an analysis of 
performance against those targets

Air emissions of the following pollutants: (1) nitrogen oxides 
(excluding N2O), (2) sulfur oxides, (3) volatile organic compounds, 
and (4) hazardous air pollutants

SASB code

RT-CH-110a.1

RT-CH-110a.2

Page

39-41

34-40

RT-CH-120a.1

42-43

Energy Management

(1) Total energy consumed, (2) percentage grid electricity,  
(3) percentage renewable, (4) total self-generated energy

RT-CH-130a.1

Water Management

(1) Total water withdrawn, (2) total water consumed, percentage of 
each in regions with high or extremely high baseline water stress

RT-CH-140a.1

Number of incidents of non-compliance associated with water 
quality permits, standards, and regulations

RT-CH-140a.2

40-41

42-43

46

Description of water management risks and discussion of 
strategies and practices to mitigate those risks

RT-CH-140a.3

38, 42, 44

Hazardous Waste 
Management

Community Relations

Amount of hazardous waste generated, percentage recycled

RT-CH-150a.1

Discussion of engagement processes to manage risks and 
opportunities associated with community interests

RT-CH-210a.1

42-43

27

Workforce Health  
& Safety

(1) Total recordable incident rate and (2) fatality rate for  
(a) direct employees and (b) contract employees

RT-CH-320a.1

25, 45-46

Product Design for 
Use-phase Efficiency

Safety & Environmental 
Stewardship of 
Chemicals

Description of efforts to assess, monitor, and reduce exposure of 
employees and contract workers to long-term (chronic) health risks

RT-CH-320a.2

Revenue from products designed for use phase resource efficiency RT-CH-410a.1

(1) Percentage of products that contain Globally Harmonized 
System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals, Category 1 
and 2 Health and Environmental Hazardous Substances,  
(2) percentage of such products that have undergone  
a hazard assessment

Discussion of strategy to (1) manage chemicals of concern  
and (2) develop alternatives with reduced human and/or 
environmental impact

RT-CH-410b.1

45-46

63

52-53

RT-CH-410b.2

52-53

Genetically Modified 
Organisms

Percentage of products by revenue that contain genetically 
modified organisms

RT-CH-410c.1

Not disclosed

Management of the 
Legal & Regulatory 
Environment

Operational Safety, 
Emergency 
Preparedness  
& Response

Discussion of corporate positions related to government 
regulations and/or policy proposals that address environmental  
and social factors affecting the industry

Process Safety Incidents Count, Process Safety Total Incident 
Rate, and Process Safety Incident Severity Rate

RT-CH-530a.1

Not disclosed

RT-CH-540a.1

45-46

Number of transport incidents

RT-CH-540a.2

Not disclosed

Activity metric

Production by reportable segment

RT-CH-000.A

43, 61-63

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: GRI_SASBXIndex_v21 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:22 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

197

Glossary

ACT  

AGM 

AI 

AOP 

AP 

APM 

AWC 

B2B 

Advance corporation tax

Annual General Meeting

Artificial Intelligence 

Adjusted operating profit

Antiperspirant

Alternative performance measures

Average working capital

Business-to-business

Board 

Board of Directors of Elementis plc

FAQs 

Frequently asked questions

FBI 

FCA 

FCE 

Federal Bureau of Investigation

Financial Conduct Authority

Finance Company Exemption

FLAG 

Forest, Land and Agriculture

FRC 

FRS 

FRV 

FTE 

Financial Reporting Council

Financial Reporting Standards

Federal Regulatory Violation

Full time equivalent

CAPEX 

Capital expenditure

FTSE 

Financial Times Stock Exchange

CDP 

CEO 

CFO 

CFD 

CGU 

Carbon Disclosure Project

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Climate related Financial Disclosures

Cash generating unit

CHRO 

Chief Human Resources Officer

CMD 

Capital Markets Day 

Carbon dioxide

CO2 
CO2e 
COVID-19  Coronavirus pandemic

Carbon dioxide equivalent

CP 

CSA 

Current policies

Climate scenario analysis

CSRD 

Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive 

DE&I 

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

DNED 

Designated Non-Executive Director

DNR 

Department of Natural Resources

DSBP 

Deferred Share Bonus Plan

DT 

DTR 

E&C 

EA 

Delayed Transition

Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules

Ethics and Compliance

Environmental Agency 

EBITDA 

 Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation  
and amortisation

GBP 

GDP 

GHG 

GJ 

GKA 

GRI 

GWh 

HAP 

Great British Pound

Gross domestic product

Greenhouse gases

Gigajoule

Global key accounts

Global Reporting Initiative

Gigawatt-hour

Hazardous air pollutants

HMRC 

HM Revenue and Customs

HR 

HSE 

Human resources

Health, Safety and Environment 

HRP+ 

Promotion of hazard recognition 

IAS 

IASB 

IFRIC 

IFRS 

IMA 

IP 

IPCC 

ISO 

ISSB 

IT 

International Accounting Standards 

International Accounting Standards Board

 International Financial Reporting Standards 
Interpretations Committee

International Financial Reporting Standards

Industrial Minerals Association

Intellectual Property

Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

International Organisation for Standardisation

International Sustainability Standards Board 

Information technology

Ethics and Compliance Council 

IUCN 

International Union for Conservation of Nature

Expected credit losses

Executive Leadership team

EMEA 

Europe, Middle East and Africa

Earnings per share

Enterprise resource planning

Elementis Sustainability Council

Environmental, Social and Governance

KPI 

LCA 

LDI 

LPG 

LTA 

LTIP 

M3 

Key performance indicator

Life-cycle analysis

Liability driven investment 

Liquefied petroleum gas

Lost time accidents

Long term incentive plan

Cubic metres

Executive Share Option Scheme

M&A 

Merger and acquisitions

Employee Share Ownership Trust

MO DNR  Missouri Department of Natural Resources

European Union

Mondo 

 Mondo Minerals Holdings B.V. and its subsidiaries

ECC 

ECL 

ELT 

EPS 

ERP 

ESC 

ESG 

ESOS 

ESOT 

EU 

EUBA 

European Bentonite Association

MT 

Metric ton

198 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Glossary_v35 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 2:05 pm

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

MWh 

NBO 

NED 

Megawatt per hour

New business opportunities

Non-Executive Director

NGFS 

Network for Greening the Financial Systems

NiSATs 

Non-ionic synthetic associative thickeners 

NOx 

NZ 

OCI 

Nitrogen oxides

Net Zero 2050

Other comprehensive income

OPEX 

Operating expenditure

OSHA 

Occupational Safety and Health Administration

UN SDGs 

 United Nations Sustainable  
Development Goals

US 

USD 

VOC 

United States

United States Dollar

Volatile organic compound

WBCSD 

 World Business Council for  
Sustainable Development

WRI 

World Resources Institute 

WWTP 

Waste water treatment plant

PAM 

PBT 

PHA 

PM 

PPF 

Privileged Access Management

Profit before tax

Process hazard analysis

Particulate matter

Pension Protection Fund

PRMB 

Post retirement medical benefit

PSE 

PwC 

Q&A 

R&D 

RA 

RCF 

Process safety event

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Questions and answers

Research and development

Replacement Awards

Revolving credit facility 

REACH 

 Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction 
of Chemicals

ROCE 

Return on capital employed

s.172 

SASB 

SAYE 

SBT 

SBTi 

SDS 

SID 

SME 

SOx 

Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006

Sustainability Accounting Standards Board

Save As You Earn

Science-based target

Science-based targets initiative

Safety data sheets

Senior Independent Director

Small to medium sized enterprises

Sulfur oxides

SRSOS 

Savings Related Share Option Scheme

SVHC 

Substances of Very High Concern 

SVP 

SWA 

Senior Vice President

Stop Work Authority

TCFD 

 Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

TMC 

TRIR 

TSR 

UK 

UN 

Trademark Committee

Total recordable injury rate

Total shareholder return

United Kingdom

United Nations

UN GC 

United Nations Global Compact

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Glossary_v35 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 2:05 pm

Elementis plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

199

Notes

200 Elementis plc  

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Glossary_v35 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 2:05 pm

Designed and produced by Friend  
www.friendstudio.com

This report has been printed on Indigo 
Arena Extra White Smooth which is  
FSC® certified and made from 100% 
Elemental Chlorine Free (ECF) pulp.

The mill and printer are both certified to  
ISO 14001 environmental management 
system. The report was printed 
by a CarbonNeutral® printer.

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: Glossary_v35 

  Modification Date: 15 March 2024 2:05 pm

E

l

e

m

e

n

t

i

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

3

Elementis plc 
The Bindery  
5th Floor 
51-53 Hatton Garden 
London EC1N 8HN

www.elementis.com

© 2020 Friend Studio Ltd 

  File name: CoversX_XIntro_v78 

  Modification Date: 12 March 2024 5:44 pm